HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract - Bigane Paving - 2026 MFT Street Resurfacing Project (Bid #26-24) $1,855,904.24
! "
#"$ %
& &&
$'
( (
# %"#)$#'
"'*$ $
+,-./0-,1.22034
5 6# # "%%77"% #"5"#
8"#
!" '!"9$
)
$"
:"
;<$
9
7"%$$ %"#'5"#
8"#
)
:"
;<$
9
204/3.=-.,+,>?,3@
#"$
! "
6#$5
A $
:5 #"$ " *$ $ "$# "$# %B "7( #$ $C "$)9)
"$ #"$ C ""'" $ C "$"$B #"$7"5"$#"$7"5"$#"$ #$ #"$
$ $ 7"%"%"$5"#
D ""#"$
A#5#(C5 $ 7%" "7"5"$5 5"$$E)"")"%""'EF G
"$
""#C 57"$ $##$ # 7 5$7%" $"$7 F C C $'C< $"#"
$ "7 ( 8$ ""$ 5%"7"55)7 "$) 5 "'$7 ""$ 7"55A98:9" "#8"#
:5)7 "$) 5 "' 5 "57"#5$"#"" $ 6#$' ""$ #"
" "$ ""$D " $ $$""$ $ #
:57"$ F 5% $%'5%" 5)7 "$) 5 "';
# %"#)$#'F $ #
% #5 "#
# " $
""#%
) $"# 5" : "$"$ ""#"$
$ 6#7"5F $
)""A"$" "$ 8"#
$ 6#7"5F $
:5D $"" "$"$5%" #5 H"$ 5# " $%" '$5$ #
7"%$' 5# D $"" 7 ( $## " $" 5## "$5#$ # :5
#5 D $"" 7 (%$$ " % $" 5'%"$# C# " 5 "$
"
%" "$%" 5%#$# " $#$7 $'5%" 5 H"$5$ $ $ $ D " $
5 $#7 ( :5%" 7"% $ "% "$5 "$ " $##$ #$
"$5H"$"$ :5)7 "$) 5 "'7"C"$$# C% $ "% $'# CH$ C #5$ "$
$"#" " "$ #5" $#5%"
G :5%" 5($$$' " "$"$5 $ " #$ #
I A #"$" "%'5)7 "$) 5 "'C#5 5 % %""$5$ $" 5%'5
)7 "$)$#'$5%$( # $5$ 5%""$# #'# '"$"#" #$$ J5$$$
5 5$5 #"$ $" 5%'5)7 "$) 5 "'" C" 5% (# '"$"#" #$$ J5$ $
%'"C5 5% 5)7 "$) 5 "'5 $"$# 5"#""$75 "#5
%" % #" ) 5%" " 5"$5# #"""$5 "# "
#" 5" #""7"% $5%" $$
" "$7"%"$%" 7"5 7 "5%" ( 5 D "$7 ""$ "$ $% 5"
$"$
! "
#"$ %
& &&
$'
( (
# %"#)$#'
"'*$ $
+,-+-./0
$ # 1
$ # 1 )
23$ 3 4 ( 3 %'"$$"$5*$"$6 %"#7 ( )$#'
$ %'38 $2 $ "$$
23 #""#"$ 3 "$ 3 %'38 $2 $ "$$ "$ 9 $
#""#"$ $ "$ #"$9$39 $ #""#"$ $# "$ #" " "$ 93 6
$"$#$3"$""$ %"
23 $ "$ ##6 3#$ #63"#% #" " "$ "$"#$393#( 3
# "$ #" " "$ 9#$"$"$3"
23 $ "$ #34 (4"3"$4 ("$' %':
:
" $"$## $#4"33 #""#"$
23 ## %" 3";# "$3#$ #4"4"% < " "#$ #%$ 3 $
34 73$#$ #%$" $ < " 63 $'#3#(4"%3"$" 3 =3" " ##
$3 $ "$" ;# #$ #$#$ #%$ < " 6"" 3 %' 33 " $#3#( 3%
"3)4 "$) 3 "'
> *#3'" 3 3 $" "#$ "# =$ "#" 34$ "3 " " # $#'%4$3 #
3 $" "# ""%'3< $"'63 $" "# 3 $ = $" "#" "63 "#4"%""%'3
< $"'"$ %" 3 $" "# )%"'%# $##%"$"3 $" "#$ "#" 34$
: 23 $ "$ %" 3 4"33 #3 "# $ # "$34 (% $ 3" #$ #
23 $ "$ 3 3"4 3#$ # 3 #"$ #$"$"$3#%"$"$ $ 634 (
3%"$## $#4"33 < " $ #3"$"" 3 "%" #"""$3 #3 ? " "
%4
) $'"$3 $6 #"""$ #" " "$ ""$< " $ $$""$
$ ""$"
$ # 64"% < " " $ 4"4"%4 $' )##$'"$3" " "3
%"%$6"46$8 $ $'#3#(6#'"$4"33 #""#"$ 6'%
@"'# 6"'*$ $2
23 $3#3#("
/AABCDEBFDGHIJFEDHCKLIEHIAGMGHNEDHCKOHIH
=$3$3$ $'#3#(" "$$# 4 %" 63 $ %< 3
3 $" 43"#34 % < " #3"$"" %" =3 $'#3#("
#"$$3 %" 6 %443 "'% $
23 $'#3#(4"% $"$3%" @ #"$ %
! "
#"$ %
& &&
$'
( (
# %"#)$#'
"'*$ $
+,-./0+.,/+1/.232+0.2,-4
56# ""#"$ 6 "$ %'6%" #6 " $"$# $76"#6 "$#" # 6 6
8 $$ "$6#$ #7"66%"
9:;<9:=>?@A:?BCD56%" #$ # %#$ # E #"'E# "" 6"" $"$F $"$6'$$'G
"$" %'68 $$ $ 6"$"" 6 $"'" #$ "$E"$## $#7"66 #
%" 6%'6 "$ )#E" "%""' 6G 6 $6G H("$ $" 6
#$ #$7 68 $ # $ "6"$"" $"' $ 6#$ #"$#""#"$
I>JK/>LL>?LMNI>J/M<O<>?L 56%" #$ # %#$ # E #"'E# "" 6"" $% #$ #"$
7"668 $%' $""$"6 PQ
*& PQ
*&
)""$ #"$ *& 7 % $%'#$"#"$6# "%"& ""$76"#6E"$""$ $'
$$#"$E " 6$' $#$"#6" $ E $' "" $ $' 6R$" 76"#6#$"$
6 $ 6" $ 6%% ' 6#$"#"$ #$ #"$7"6$' $"
# $$ # "$ 6%% #$ #"$7"6$' $" # $$ #$"#"$
$ 6" #"$$'' $ #6# "$"6' #$"#" $$ '%'6
# "$S
"6 %$"$'T "#$ "'
""$ 6 $$$"'7"676"#6" (
#$ #6$"'"$ 66#" "$6$ 7 $"6 6 "UE F E#$E$ %'
" # E"# 6"6$ "$$%66# "$
)""$ #"$ *&7 % $%'#$"#"$6# "%"& "$76"#6E"$""$ $'
$$#"$E " 6$' $#$"#6" $ $' "" $ $' 6R$" 76"#6#$"$
6 $ 6" $ 6% $$'% #$ #"$7"6$' $" # $$
# "$ 6%% #$ #"$7"6$' $" # $$ #$"#"$ $ 6" #"$
$'' $ #6# "$"6' #$"#" $$ '%'6# "$$S
"6 %$
"$'T "#$ "'
""$ 6 $$$"'7"676"#6" ( #$ #$6$"'"$ 6
6#" "$6$ 7 $"6 6 "UE F E#$E$ %'" # E"# 6"6
$ "$$%66# "$
IN>;:NCD56%" #$ # %#$ # E #"'E# "" 6E"6 $%$#$"#% "% ' "$
% "%$"# '6 Q"$" $' $"# $$E$ 6 6" $" "$ " #6
#$ #76"#6" # E$ 6 $"#"E$E '6" #"% "% ' % "% '$
%66" $ $6" #"$ 6 "U"$ $ "%"#"6"
2?<:N>V 4AWX:?W>M?MN4AWX:?W>M?D56%" #$ # %#$ # E #"'E# "" 6"" $# $' $
$ "$ "$"$ % Q5" %")6 QQQ 6Q"$" )"$" "# Y 6 E"
$ " #"$6" 7 (E6#$ # #$ # G# 6#"$6" 7 ('%#$#
! "
#"$ %
& &&
$'
( (
# %"#)$#'
"'*$ $
+,-./0123+
4$"$""
"$ )
"' 5"
4 $ 6"
7"
8"
"$ )
"' 5"
4$ 6 $) $
4# "$
8"
"$ )
"' 5"
4$ 9"# "$
# '
8
) :
# '
" "$ ;<
"$ ;<
"$ ;<
!"#$%$ &'()*+,# $# $ - # $# $ -
.*/0*1.23.4
'1+45!36+3
'/3+4
'7 '7
8+9+:($ ,:(
;91/6
8.+13:/(09
-<## # <##< 8
==
>? = ==@
A9+B16.3+9.+)9)6*99**01,,139/)613+B16,*1!93,136+**)9)6*"
A9+B**C13,*1!93,136+**01,,139/)613+B16(+91*)9)6*"
D**1316E)9+(3+F936)9++13)*1.4G,)+,13..9,3.C1+B+B)9!16136+BD**1316H1BC4',G9I/196+B16.3+9.+
+0C9,,++B*C6+96)361!3,96)3610*01,,9"FBC9,,.1613166/0J.++))9!*04+BE)9+(3+"D3,,1+13
+**+B996)36101*1+4.+96G+B16.3+9.+9,*1!93,136+**)9)6*9I/196**01,,963,**01,,9K66/0.3+9.+96+,16.*6
)9+1.1)+1313))93+1.6B1)9+91313)99(6+B+9 &))9!,043,916+9,C1+B+BL31+,8++6E)9+(3+09K6
/9/2))93+1.6B1)3,F91313G3, &))*1.0*++BC97+B0!13,1.+,)9)6*699/)6"FB99G**01,,96
99I/19,+.()*++B**C13.9+11.+13M
"5N.)+6)9!1,,13)99)BO0*CG+B/3,9613,01,,9.9+116+B+1+16)9+1.1)3+G1+B96313,1!1,/*96)9+
9/))99(G133))9!,))93+1.6B1)9+91313)99())*1.0*+.B+4)C979.9++B++B01,,9C1**)99(C1+B
1+6C3()*46"
"FB/3,9613,01,,9/9+B9.9+116G9C97+0)99(,046/0.3+9.+G+B+.B1+66/0.3+9.+961+B9 2&16G++B+1(
6/.B01,G)9+1.1)+13133))9!,G))*1.0*))93+1.6B1)9+91313)99(P9 &C1**G)919+.((3.(3+)99(3.
C97)/96/3+++B16.3+9.+G6+0*16B)9+1.1)+13133))9!,))93+1.6B1)9+91313)99())*1.0*++BC97+B
6/0.3+9.+"
"FB/3,9613,01,,9G0413.*/61313+B*16+13+B6).0*CG.9+116+B1.1*3(.B)99(6)369B*,13+B
'9+11.+ 16+9+139**+B+4)6C979.9+613CB1.B+B01,,916)9+1.1)3+3,+B+C1**0)99(,C1+B+B01,,9K6
()*46"F4)6C979.9++B+C1**06/0.3+9.+,6B**013.*/,,3,*16+,66/0.3+9.+C97"FB*16+6B***613,1.+
34+4)C979.9+J0.+949CB1.B+B9163))*1.0*))93+1.6B1)9+91313)99(!1*0*"
O"5N.)+934C971,3+11,0!G13401,,996/0.3+9.+96B**)99(**9)9++BC97+B.3+9.+9,*1!93,
136+**)9)6*6**40413,1!1,/*C396G)9+3969((0963,3+04()*46+CB(+B)4(3+)9!1*139+6C6
C/*,09I/19,G.B.7+B**C130NG3,1,3+14+BC39$)9+9C979.63,)61+136C396B1)"
FB9I/19(3+6+B16.9+11.+133,,16.*6/99(+91*)9++B.3+9.+G3,+B.3+9.+96B**9I/19+B16.9+11.+13
)9!1613+013.*/,,13**))9!,6/0.3+9.+6"FB01,,91696)3610*9(713.()*+9)9+3,6B**(7.9+13+B+
.B+4)C979.9+J0.+94+B+C1**0/+1*1Q,3+B)9J.+16../3+,93,*16+,"FBE)9+(3++34+1(099
+9C9,(49I/19+B)9,/.+13.)4.B))*1.0*'9+11.+ 16+9+13166/,04+BL31+,8++6E)9+(3+
09!1,3.136/.B)9+1.1)+1304+B.3+9.+93,349**1+66/0.3+9.+96"D39,9+/*1**+B)9+1.1)+139I/19(3+G1+
6B**3+03.6694+B+34))*1.0*)99(6)3690./993+*4+7139+B+1+C1**+7))*1.+1369))93+1.6B1)G+913139
()*4(3+,/913+B)99(3.+BC97+B16.3+9.+9,*1!93,136+**)9)6*"
1,,9
F1+*
813+/9RE+
2,,966 '1+4 8++S1)',
05/12/2026
!"#$% & & & &
'#$!($!)*+,
'#$!($!)*-%%!**'"$./$$0"1'%
(2
342"(-#(.
'"$.5#*$#
'3#$.
'6 '6
/($"#+3,4!
&7 7/
3$* /$!$ %+,
8!"3*
9: ;<
',4"#$"#$$!/($"#=#(23%%"#',4"#$"#*>$2
?@<
A!(,12$"#!,$"#(!"#$B*"$,*C*12#*#%*1(""($"#*
=$,+3,4!=$,*D#"$E3#$"$.D#"$
!"(>$2
>5F
G-HA5+'5 AGG>&
>55>D+I
G>5'>=G+5-'J K
>55GG>
D+=+L AGG>K&
K >55
D+=+L G85M 5-'J
/D
5F5+>-N->5=+L D+=>
&5->J5O'-8->=G+'DHP
>5+'J-'IA='DHP
Q
GGD/L+-'IAD>G+
R >G
/G=AS
/
5'=-'DHP &KR
/GPP=+LC/->>G5-+>/E HP Q
5O
>5+'JD
>G Q) 5-'J &
=+5>A=>5/5-'J &K
-LL 8C>H
5KM /E HP R
K -LL 8C>H
5&M /E HP Q&
J5/
'''N=P5+=+L RM /E HP
&-LL AG>5F
-''5//>G+
=>F->/>-'I'G->
GD+P Q
Q -LL5L->5
=F5'G->>G+
R F=O>D5AG'-'I/>G+
585=+L =+P5>G+RQ
! "
!# !#
$ $%"
!"&'
'
( '
)*%+,&* +--.-/01
-&*2%0%*/01
)*%+,!*34515 -2 678
7 3 !31& -%)*%+,-2
-&*)2- *34%)%--2
!!13(&9%05 /01
8
!!13(&9%085 /01
8 !!31&9%:
5 /,-6
6 1&-&!-% &9% 3 ;/,-7
)*%+,&*(%1&
/01
%(&*& -&*2(%/01
13(&9%0%(&*& -&*/01
!+ &*2(%,22- 7
7 !2* !+ ;+--&&*,22-6
31&9%:&*2(%/,-87
!!%-!)<&!65)&/01 6
!1 %-!)<&!65 /01 6
8 ,+1&&!%-!)5 /01 7
6 -2*&9&513!
,22-6
7-2*&9&8513!
,22-6
7! -0%<7=13%-0,2&%!)
73 -0%51-0,!&%!)
7*)-2 &&!2 -+!-&1 &%!)
77 ! -2 &&!2 -+!-&1 &%!)
7
((-2 &&!2 -+!-&1 &%!)
7( -2 &&!2 -+!-&1 &%!)
7 ,% 1;-2 &%1.&%!)8
78 ,% 131-2 &%1.&!&%!)
76 ,% 131<2& 31&!&%!)
,% 131<! 31&!&%!)
&*2(3 ;3 &-&%!)
&*2(3 ;*% )2&&%!)
!2 ! !+ -0& %&
,22-
7 !2 !!+ -0 %&
,22-886
&&1)+*/,-7
7
&!9%-&13 !+01
23132%% %03&%!)
3 3 '+/ "+-$
! "
!# !#
$ $%"
!"&'
'
( '
) * &!+%,%-&.+ !/0.
1 2* ++3%-+* /2
-%44+!!* -*% .*/2
%(&2& -25-%&6-04**-
7*--2(-25&2 84-9
-7(-25&-:02 84-
9 -7(-25+ &9;4**-)
-7(-25+ &;4**-99
-7(-25+ &;4**-1
-7(-25+ &9;4**-
)-&&-,&&+ <&%!7
1 &2:&&-- +< &%!7
&2:&&-%(&84-
&2:&&-.&! ,**.4**-
-%44+!**.&-&!-*4**-)
%, + 5&0&4**-
9 !' " /2
='-$>'$
&?>" '? $? >$>
+$>''?@?''>" @?> ? > $>$ "?A "6?
>'?$$
+ >' 6?$>@$$ "?A "' $'? >
9 % " $ > $? >$>''?@
!"!" #$%&'()! "! " ! "! "
*'+,'-*./*0
$-(01 /2(/
$+/(0
$3 $3
4(5(6%")6%
75-+2
4*(-/6+%,5
8!! !98!!84
:;
6%.-/(
$-(0.-/(
;
4((.-/(
;
,-/-52()+'02<5/+&/(=;2((2''<2>
?=(:%(=
@-*552-(-/
-))5
?=(:= &52/'3/<')(=*(2=5-/2(()
?=(;-2'*()+/)5(=&5&2')2*5-,), ;
-))5
;<-''%-/(-/,+2-/22-*-/(=
4((:''-/-2;<=-*=<-'','*()-/
$+/(0
$+/(0;:''-/-2
A ?=((=-2,+2-/22-*<-''25 2(=&5-%50&'*%&'0%/(5/0&52/2%&'0)-/(=*/2(5+*(-/*/(%&'(),0
(=-2&5&2'
9 ?=((=-2.-) -(-2- /25B+-5%/(2(('<2&5 -))-/4*(-/ !8 C#(=:''-/-25*+5%/($)
5-/(6%.-/(
DEFG
H
4-/) 52+,2*5-,)5((2()#,5%/
/%"2&52/"2#
$+/(0
41.#I0*%%-22-/J&-52
;+(=5-K)/( 2#
)(#
,0
-))5
4((::
6(50+,'-*4-/(+5LM(
4-/(+5LM(
04/04/2028
05/12/2026 04/04/2028
12th May 2026
EXHIBIT A 1
EXHIBIT A – BID FORM
For
2026 MFT RESURFACING PROJECT
(BID #26-24)
1.01 BID TO:
THE CITY OF EVANSTON
909 Davis Street
Evanston, Illinois 60201
Hereinafter called “OWNER”.
1.02 BID FROM:
____________________________________
(Hereinafter call "BIDDER")
______________________________________
Address
______________________________________
Telephone Number
______________________________________
Fax Number
1.03 BID FOR: 2026 MFT RESURFACING PROJECT
1.04 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:
A. The Bidder, in compliance with the Invitation for Bids, having carefully
examined the Drawings and Project Manual with related documents and
having visited the site of the proposed Work, and being familiar with all of
the existing conditions and limitation s surrounding the construction of the
proposed project, including the structure of the ground, subsurface
conditions, the obstacles which may be encountered, local restrictions, and
all other relevant matters concerning the Work to be performed, hereby
PROPOSES to perform everything required to be performed, and to provide
all labor, materials, necessary tools and equipment, expendable equipment,
all applicable permits and taxes and fees, and provide all utility and
transportation services necessary to perform and complete in a
workmanlike manner the Project in accordance with all the plans,
EXHIBIT A 2
specifications and related Contract Documents as prepared by the City of
Evanston.
B. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Invitation of Bids,
Instruction to Bidder, the Project Manual, Drawings, and other Contract
Documents and acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda:
Addendum No. Dated
Addendum No. Dated
Addendum No. Dated
1.05 GENERAL STATEMENTS
A. The undersigned has checked all of the figures contained in this proposal
and further understands that the Owner will not be responsible for any errors
or omissions made therein by the undersigned.
B. It is understood that the right is reserved by the Owner to reject any or all
proposals, to waive all informality in connection therewith and to award a
Contract for any part of the work or the Project as a whole.
C. The undersigned declares that the person(s) signing this proposal is/are
fully authorized to sign on behalf of the named firm and to fully bind the
named firm to all the conditions and provisions thereof.
D. It is agreed that no person(s) or company other than the firm listed below or
as otherwise indicated hereinafter has any interest whatsoever in this
proposal or the Contract that may be entered into as a result thereof, and
that in all respects the proposal is legal and fair, submitted in good faith,
without collusion or fraud.
E. It is agreed that the undersigned has complied and/or will comply with all
requirements concerning licensing and with all other local, state and
national laws, and that no legal requirement has been or will be violated in
making or accepting this proposal, in awarding the Contract to him, and/or
in the prosecution of the Work required hereunder.
F. To be considered a bona fide offer, this proposal must be completed in full
and accompanied by a bid deposit or a bid bond when required by Contract
Documents or Addenda.
1.06 ALTERNATES
A. When alternate proposals are required by Contract Documents or Addenda
thereto, the undersigned proposes to perform alternates for herein stated
additions to or deductions from hereinbefore stated Base Bid. Additions and
deductions include all modifications of Work or additional Work that the
undersigned may be required to perform by reason of the acceptance of
alternates.
EXHIBIT A 3
1.07 ALLOWANCE
A. The allowance is general and should be used in the event that any
unforeseen condition is discovered. After discovering the unforeseen
condition, the contractor shall submit a Found Condition Report (FCR) and
an Authorization to Use Allowance (AUA) to the Consultant. The Consultant
will then notify the Owner and both the Owner and the Consultant will view
the unforeseen condition to determine if the work will be authorized. Under
no circumstances shall the contractor move forward with the work in
question nor shall the contractor expend allowance without an approved
AUA. At the end of the project, unspent allowance shall be credited to owner
via change order.
1.08 AGREEMENT
A. In submitting this Bid, the undersigned agrees:
1. To hold this Bid open for sixty (60) days from submittal date.
2. To enter into and execute a Contract with the Owner within ten (10)
days after receiving Notice of Award from the Owner.
3. To accomplish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
4. To complete the work by the time stipulated in the General
Conditions
B. The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids and to waive any
informalities in Bidding.
1.09 SCHEDULE
A. See General Conditions for required schedule of completion dates.
1.10 PROPOSED PRICES
A. The Bidder hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment,
transportation, construction plant and facilities necessary to complete, in a
workmanlike manner and in accordance with the contract documents, the
contract of work bid upon herein for compensation in accordance with the
following prices:
BASE BID AMOUNT: $____________________
ALLOWANCE (ADDITIONAL WORK – GENERAL): $ +XX,XXX
TOTAL BASE BID AMOUNT: $____________________
1.11 UNIT PRICING LIST
The undersigned submits the following UNIT PRICING LIST to be performed as
shown on the Plans and/or described in the Specifications, and agrees that items
EXHIBIT A 4
of work not specifically mentioned in the Schedule which are necessary and
required to complete the work intended shall be done incidental to and as part of
the work for which a unit price is given, and understands that no additional payment
will be made for such incidental work from the estimated quantities shown below.
Unit prices for individual line items shall be used for the project’s schedule of
values, pay applications and will also be used to determine the amount to ADD TO
or DEDUCT FROM the contract LUMP SUM PRICE for properly authorized
additional or deducted work. In the event of a change to the contract the contractor
shall be limited to markup percentages as indicated in Section 01028, 1.05, A.
Bidders shall examine plans and determine actual w ork items and quantities for
the work involved for bid analysis by the Owner.
Item Description Unit Base
Bid
Quantity
Add
Cost *
Deduct
Cost **
1 TO BE COMPLETED BY
CONSULTANT
XX
XX
$ $
* Add costs to be provided by Bidder
** Deduct costs to be provided by Bidder
1.12 BID SECURITY
If required by the bid documents, a scanned copy of the bid bond must be included
with the bid electronic submission. The City is currently not able to accept a
certified check, bank cashier’s check or electronic bid bond at this time.
A. The City of Evanston Civic Center is unable to receive in person drop -off and
it is closed to the public. The original bid bond must be mailed within ten (10)
days after the due date, to the City of Evanston Purchasing Department, 909
Davis Street, Evanston, Illinois 60201 Attention Purchasing Manager using the
USPS (certified or priority), UPS or FedEx mail options in order to have a
tracking number.
B. Accompanying this electronic submittal is a scanned copy of a bank draft, bid
bond, Cashier's check or Certified check as surety in the amount of not less
than five percent (5%) of the Total Bid payable to the City of Evanston.
The amount of the check or draft is: $____________________
If this bid is accepted and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and
contract bond as required it is hereby agreed that the amount of the check or draft
or bidder’s bond substituted in lieu thereof, shall become the property of the City
and shall be considered as payment of damages due to delay and other causes
suffered by the City because of the failure to execute said contract and contract
bond; otherwise said check or draft shall be returned to the undersigned.
EXHIBIT A 5
In the event that one check or draft is intended to cover two or more bids, the
amount must be equal to the sum of the project proposal guarantees of the
individual sections covered.
If the check or draft is placed on another project proposal, state below where it
may be found, as follows: The check or draft will be found in the project proposal
for: ____________________ .
1.13 PERFORMANCE/PAYMENT BOND
The undersigned bidder agrees to provide Performance Bond and Payment Bond
executed in accordance with Contract Performance Bond form furnished by and
acceptable to the Owner written with
in the amount of 100% of the Contract Sum (Total Base Bid and all accepted
alternatives and adjustments) the cost of which is included in the Bid.
Cost of bond for change order is ___________ percent of change order cost.
1.14 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
The undersigned Bidder understands and agrees to the provisions stated under
"LIQUIDATED DAMAGES" in the General Conditions and shall be assessed at the
specified daily rate for each calendar day or partial calendar day until completion
as defined herein.
1.15 MATERIAL SUBSTITUTION SHEET
The following is a schedule of substitute materials I propose to furnish on this job,
with the difference in price being added to or deducted from the Base Bid. The
Base Bid is understood to include only those items which are definitely specified
by trade names or otherwise.
I understand that if no price difference is indicated, then the selection of materials
is optional with the Owner, and approval or rejection of the substitution below will
be indicated prior to signing of Contracts.
PRODUCT NAME AND/OR MANUFACTURER ADD DEDUCT
____________________________________ _____ ______
_____________________________________ _____ ______
_____________________________________ _____ ______
EXHIBIT A 6
1.16 PROPOSAL SIGNATURE (REQUIRED)
A.SOLE PROPRIETOR
Signature of Bidder: __________________________________________
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this _____ day of_____, 20__
___________________________________
Notary Public
Commission Expires: __________________
B.PARTNERSHIP
Signature of All Partners: ______________________________________
__________________________________________________________
Name (typed or printed)
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
Name (typed or printed)
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this ____ day of _____, 20___
_______________________________ Commission Expires: ________
Notary Public
C.CORPORATION
Signature of Authorized Official: _________________________________
Title: ______________________________________________________
Name above (typed or printed): _________________________________
(If other than the president, attach a certified copy of that section of
corporate by-laws or other authorization by the Corporation which permits
the person to execute the offer for the Corporation.)
(Corporate Seal)
Attest: _____________________________
Secretary
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this ____ day of _____, 20___
_______________________________ Commission Expires: _________
Notary Public
04/04/2028
EXHIBIT A 7
1.17 DISCLOSURE
A. The undersigned duly sworn deposes and says on oath that the bidder has
withheld no disclosures of ownership interest and the information provided
herein to the best of its knowledge is current and said undersigned has not
entered into any agreement with any other bidder or prospective bidder or
with any other person, firm or corporation relating to the price named in said
proposal or any other proposal, nor any agreement or arrangement under
which any person, firm or corporation is to refrain from bidding, nor any
agreement or arrangement for any act or omission in restraint of free
competition among bidders and has not disclosed to any person, firm or
corporation the terms of this bid or the price named herein.
Bidder: ______________________________________________
Business Address: ____________________________________
____________________________________
Telephone Number: ____________________________________
1.18 CONTACTS
A. In the event the Evanston City Council approves this bid response, list the
name, address, telephone, and fax number of the person to be contacted:
Bidder: _____________________________________________
Address: ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
Telephone Number: ___________________________________
Fax Number: ________________________________________
EXHIBIT A 8
1.19 REFERENCES
A. Provide three (3) references for which your firm has completed work of a
similar scope in the past.
1. Name: _______________________________________
Address: _____________________________________
Contact Person: ________________________________
Phone: _______________________________________
Contract Value: ________________________________
Contract Dates: ________________________________
2. Name: _______________________________________
Address: _____________________________________
Contact Person: ________________________________
Phone: __________________________________ ___
Contract Value:
Contract Dates: ________________________________
3. Name: _______________________________________
Address: _____________________________________
Contact Person: ________________________________
Phone: _______________________________________
Contract Value: ________________________________
Contract Dates: ________________________________
EXHIBIT E 2
EXHIBIT E
M/W/D/EBE UTILIZATION SUMMARY REPORT
The following Schedule accurately reflects the value of each MBE/WBE/DBE/EBE sub-
agreement, the amounts of money paid to each to date, and this Pay Request. The total
proposed price of response submitted is _____________________.
MBE/WBE/DBE/EBE
FIRM NAME
FIRM TYPE
(MBE/WBE/
DBE/EBE)
SERVICES
PERFORMED
AMOUNT OF
SUB-
CONTRACT
PERCENT OF
TOTAL
CONTRACT
AMOUNT
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
TOTAL
$
EXHIBIT H 1
EXHIBIT H
CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER REGARDING
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
(Only if Contract Exceeds $10,000)
This certification is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 (30 F.R. 12319-25). The
implementing rules and regulations provide that any bidder or prospective contractor, or
any of their proposed sub-contractors, shall state as an initial part of the bid or
negotiations of the contract whether it has participated in any previous contract or sub-
contract subject to the equal opportunity clause; and, if so, whether it has filed all
compliance reports due under applicable instructions.
Where the certification indicates that the bidder has not filed a compliance report due
under applicable instructions, such bidder shall be required to submit a compliance report
within seven calendar days after bid opening. No contract shall be awarded unless such
report is submitted.
CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER
Name and Address of Bidder (Include ZIP Code)
IRS EMPLOYER I.D. NUMBER 36-_____________________________
1. Bidder has participated in a previous contract or sub-contract subject to the Equal
Opportunity Clause. ____Yes ___No
2. Bidder has filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions.
___Yes ___No
3. Have you ever been or are you being considered for sanction due to violation of
Executive Order 11246, as amended?
___Yes ___No
Name: ____________________________
Title: ____________________________
Signature: _______________________
Date: _____________________________
EXHIBIT I 1
EXHIBIT I
DISCLOSURE OF OWNERSHIP INTERESTS
City of Evanston Ordinance 15-0-78 requires all persons (APPLICANT) seeking to do
business with the City to provide the following information with their bid. Every question
must be answered. If the question is not applicable, answer with "NA".
APPLICANT NAME: _______________________________________________________
APPLICANT ADDRESS: _________________________________________________
TELEPHONE NUMBER: _________________________________________________
FAX NUMBER: _________________________________________________
APPLICANT is (Check One)
1. Corporation ( ) 2. Partnership ( ) 3. Sole Owner ( ) 4. Association ( )
5. Other ( ) ______________________________________________________________
Please answer the following questions on a separate attached sheet if necessary.
SECTION I - CORPORATION
1a. Names and addresses of all Officers and Directors of Corporation.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
1b. (Answer only if corporation has 33 or more shareholders.) Names and addresses of
all those shareholders owning shares equal to or in excess of 3% of the proportionate
ownership interest and the percentage of shareholder interest. (Note: Corporations
which submit S.E.C. form 10K may substitute that statement for the material required
herein.)
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
EXHIBIT I 2
1c. (Answer only if corporation has fewer than 33 shareholders.) Names and addresses
of all shareholders and percentage of interest of each herein. (Note: Corporations
which submit S.E.C. form 10K may substitute that statement for the material
requested herein.)
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
SECTION 2 - PARTNERSHIP/ASSOCIATION/JOINT VENTURE
2a. The name, address, and percentage of interest of each partner whose interests
therein, whether limited or general is equal to or in excess of 3%.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
2b. Associations: The name and address of all officers, directors, and other members
with 3% or greater interest.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
SECTION 3 - TRUSTS
3a. Trust number and institution.
__________________________________________________________________
3b. Name and address of trustee or estate administrator.
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
EXHIBIT I 3
3c. Trust or estate beneficiaries: Name, address, and percentage of interest in total
entity.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
SECTION 4 - ALL APPLICANTS - ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURE
4a. Specify which, if any, interests disclosed in Section 1, 2, or 3 are being held by an
agent or nominee and give the name and address of principal.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
4b. If any interest named in Section 1, 2, or 3 is being held by a "holding" corporation or
other "holding" entity not an individual, state the names and addresses of all parties
holding more than a 3% interest in that "holding" corporation or entity as required in
1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 2(a), and 2(b).
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
4c. If "constructive control" of any interest named in Sections 1, 2, 3, or 4 is held by
another party, give name and address of party with constructive control.
("Constructive control" refers to control established through voting trusts, proxies, or
special terms of venture of partnership agreements.)
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
EXHIBIT I 4
I have not withheld disclosure of any interest known to me. Information provided is accurate
and current.
______________________ __________________________________
Date Signature of Person Preparing Statement
______________________
Title
ATTEST: ___________________________ (Notary Seal)
Notary Public
Commission Expires: ____________________
04/04/2028
EXHIBIT J 1
EXHIBIT J
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SHEET
Bid/Proposal Name: _______________________________________________
Bid/Proposal Number #: ____________________________________________
Company Name: __________________________________________________
Contact Name: ___________________________________________________
Address: ________________________________________________________
City,State, Zip: ____________________________________________________
Telephone/FAX: #_________________________________________________
E-mail: __________________________________________________________
Comments: _____________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
EXHIBIT K 1
EXHIBIT K
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
WITH PREVAILING WAGE RATE ACT
The undersigned, upon being first duly sworn, hereby certifies to the City
of Evanston, Cook, County, Illinois, that all work under this contract shall
comply with the Prevailing Wage Rate Act of the State of Illinois, 820
ILCS 130 et seq, and as amended by Public Acts 86-799 and 86-693
and our current city ordinance, with rates to be paid in effect at time work
is performed. Contractors shall submit monthly certified payroll records
to the city.
Name of Contractor:
By: ____________ _
By: State of , County of _________________
Subscribed and sworn to before me this ___________ day
of___________, __________.
Notary Public
EXHIBIT L 1
EXHIBIT L
MAJOR SUB-CONTRACTORS LISTING
The following Tabulation of Major Sub-contractors shall be attached and made a condition
of the Bid. The Bidder expressly understands and agrees to the following provisions:
A. If awarded a Contract as a result of this Bid, the major sub-contractors used
in the prosecution of the work will be those listed below.
B. The following list includes all sub-contractors who will perform work
representing 5% (five percent) or more of the total Base Bid.
C. The sub-contractors listed below are financially responsible and are
qualified to perform the work required.
D. The sub-contractors listed below comply with the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
E. Any substitutions in the sub-contractors listed below shall be requested in
writing by the Contractor and must be approved in writing by the Owner. All
pertinent financial, performance, insurance and other applicable information
shall be submitted with the request for substitutions(s). Owne r shall
respond to such requests within 14 calendar days following the submission
of all necessary information to the full satisfaction of the Owner.
Address and
Category Name of Sub-contractor Telephone
Number
_______
(Attach additional sheets as required)
END OF SECTION
EXHIBIT M 1
EXHIBIT M
CONFLICT OF INTEREST
___________________________________________________, hereby certifies that it
has conducted an investigation into whether an actual or potential conflict of interest
exists between the Bidder, its owners and employees and any official or employee of the
City of Evanston.
Bidder further certifies that it has disclosed any such actual or potential conflict of interest
and acknowledges if Bidder/proposer has not disclosed any actual or potential conflict of
interest, the City of Evanston may disqualify the bid/proposal.
_____________________________________________________________________
(Name of Bidder/proposer if the Bidder/proposer is an Individual)
(Name of Partner if the Bidder/proposer is a Partnership)
(Name of Officer if the Bidder/proposer is a Corporation)
The above statements must be subscribed and sworn to before a notary public.
Subscribed and Sworn to this _______ day of ______________, 20____
__________________________________ (Notary Seal)
Notary Public
Commission Expires: ________________
04/04/2028
EXHIBIT N 1
1
EXHIBIT N
SIGNATURE FORM
THE SECTION BELOW MUST BE COMPLETED IN FULL AND SIGNED
The undersigned hereby certifies that they have read and understand the contents of this
solicitation and attached service agreements and agree to furnish at the prices shown
any or all of the items above, subject to all instructions, conditions, specifications and
attachments hereto. Failure to have read all the provisions of this solicitation shall not be
cause to alter any resulting contract or to accept any request for additional compensation.
By signing this document, the proposer hereby certifies th at they are not barred from
bidding on this contract as a result bid rigging or bid rotating or any similar offense (720
ILCS 5/33 E-3, E-4).
Authorized Signature: ___________________________________________________
Company Name: _______________________________________________________
Typed/Printed Name: ____________________________________________________
Date: ________________________________________________________________
Title: _________________________________________________________________
Telephone Number: _____________________________________________________
E-mail
_________________________________________________________________
Fax Number:
____________________________________________________________
Bid No. 26-24
2026 MFT STREET RESURFACING PROJECT
ADDENDUM No. 2
May 5, 2026
Any and all changes to the Bid are valid only if they are included by written
addendum to all potential respondents, which will be emailed prior to the Bid due
date to all who are known to have received a complete Bid Document. Each
respondent must acknowledge receipt of any addenda by indicating in its Bid.
Each respondent, by acknowledging receipt of addenda, is responsible for the
contents of the addenda and any changes to the bid therein. Failure to
acknowledge receipt of addenda may cause the Bid to be rejected. If any language
or figures contained in this addendum are in conflict with the original Bid
Document, this addendum shall prevail.
This addendum consists of the following:
1. Addendum No. 2 is attached and consists of a total of two (3) pages
including this cover sheet.
Please feel free to call 847-866-2910 or email lithomas@cityofevanston.org with
any questions or comments.
Sincerely,
Linda Thomas
Purchasing Specialist
Bid No. 26-24
2026 MFT SREET RESURFACING PROJECT
ADDENDUM No. 2
May 5, 2026
This addendum forms a part of the Bid Documents for Bid #26-24 and modifies
these documents. This addendum consists of the following:
Questions & Answers:
1. Can work be performed on multiple streets at the same time?
The construction schedule & locations is identified in specifications
and is attached.
2. Can you please provide a special provision for line item
#38-FULL DEP SPEC PATCH 11”?
Special provision is attached.
3. What is the maximum percentage allowed of the total contract for line item
#59-MOBILIZATION?
The contractor should decide and paid as part of the progress
payment.
4. Exhibit O, Section 1.12, states that record drawings in 3 electronic format
(Auto Cad Version 2007, ArcView and PDF) will be required. Please
confirm?
Record drawings are not required.
5. The sod specs state that topsoil is incidental to pricing (See below). Can
you please confirm that we need to include 3" topsoil in our sod pricing?
The sod & topsoil are measured and paid separately.
6. Can you please confirm that the Topsoil Furnish & Place specs are for
Item 9 Topsoil F&PL Special?
Yes, 3” topsoil includes the preparation and placement.
Note: Acknowledgment of this Addendum is required in the
Submittal.
EXHIBIT O 2
EXHIBIT O
CONTRACTOR SERVICES AGREEMENT
The parties referenced herein desire to enter into an agreement for professional services for
2026 MFT RESURFACING PROJECT
IDOT SECTION: 26-00305-00-RS
(BID #26-24)
THIS AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) is entered into between the City
of Evanston, an Illinois municipal corporation with offices located at 909 Davis Street, Evanston
Illinois 60201 (hereinafter referred to as the “City”), and Bigane Pavement Company with offices
located at 935 W. Chestnut St., Ste. 100 (hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor”).
Compensation (the “Compensation”) for all basic services provided by the Contractor pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement shall not exceed $1,852,457.50
Revision March 2020
EXHIBIT O 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 Services and Duties of the Contractor ................................................................................ 4
2 Standard Certifications........................................................................................................ 7
3 Additional Services/Change Orders .................................................................................. 10
4 Bonds ................................................................................................................................ 12
5 Liquidated Damages in the Event Contractor Fails to Complete the Work ..................... 13
6 The City’s Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 13
7 Period of Service ............................................................................................................... 13
8 Payment for Services and Reimbursements ...................................................................... 14
9 Notice and Cure/Termination ........................................................................................... 15
10 Insurance ........................................................................................................................... 16
11 Indemnification ................................................................................................................. 17
12 Drawings and Documents ................................................................................................. 18
13 Successors and Assigns..................................................................................................... 19
14 Force Majeure ................................................................................................................... 19
15 Amendments and Modifications ....................................................................................... 20
16 Standard of Care & Warranty ........................................................................................... 20
17 Savings Clause .................................................................................................................. 21
18 Non-Waiver of Rights ....................................................................................................... 21
19 Entire Agreement .............................................................................................................. 21
20 Governing Law ................................................................................................................. 22
21 Ownership of Contract Documents ................................................................................... 22
22 Notice ................................................................................................................................ 22
23 Severability ....................................................................................................................... 22
24 Execution of Agreement ................................................................................................... 23
25 Counterparts ...................................................................................................................... 23
26 Authorizations ................................................................................................................... 23
27 Time of Essence ................................................................................................................ 23
EXHIBIT O 4
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the City intends to retain the services of a qualified and experienced
contractor for the following:
Work on this project includes the Resurfacing of various streets with minor
utility repairs, ADA Ramps, concrete curb and sidewalk replacement and all incidental
work including all materials and equipment. Bidders must be pre-qualified by Illinois
Department of Transportation and present IDOT issued “certificate of Eligibility” with
proposal.
WHEREAS, this Agreement shall include the following documents which are attached
hereto:
a) City of Evanston RFQ/RFP/Bid _______, attached as Exhibit A.
b) Contractor’s response to RFQ/RFP/Bid _______, attached as Exhibit B.
c) Any sub-contractor sub-contracts related to this Agreement, attached as Exhibit C.
d) Project Fee Schedule and hourly rates, attached as Exhibit D (if appropriate).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the
parties agree as follows:
1 Services and Duties of the Contractor
1.1 The Contractor shall perform professional services and provide equipment (the
“Work”) in accordance with Exhibits A, B, C and D. The Contractor retains the right to control
the manner of performance of the services provided for in this Agreement and is an independent
contractor and not agent or an employee of the City. All employees and sub-contractors of the
Contractor shall likewise not be considered to be employees of the City. Contractor is solely
responsible for the means and methods of all work performed under the terms of this Agreement
for this Project (“the Project”). Contractor is an independent Contractor and is solely responsible
for all taxes, withholdings, and other statutory or contractual obligations of any sort, including but
not limited to, Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Nothing in this Agreement accords any third-
party beneficiary rights whatsoever to any non-party to this Agreement that any non-party may
seek to enforce. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that should Contractor or its sub-contractors
provide false information, or fail to be or remain in compliance with this Agreement; the City may
void this Agreement.
1.2 The Contractor warrants and states that it has read the Contract Documents, and
agrees to be bound thereby, including all performance guarantees as respects Contractor’s work
and all indemnity and insurance requirements. Contractor further affirms that it has visited the
Project site and has become familiar with all special conditions, if any, at the Project site.
Contractor shall perform the Work and its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with
and subject to the Contract Documents to the full extent that each such provision is applicable to
the Work. Contractor shall take necessary precautions to properly protect the Work of others, if
#26-24
EXHIBIT O 5
any, from damage caused by operations under this Agreement. In addition, Contractor shall protect
the work during normal and adverse weather conditions until the Project is complete and accepted
by the City, or until the Contractor has fully completed its work under this Agreement.
Contractor’s obligations include, but are not limited to, placing and adequately maintaining at or
about all locations of Project work, sufficient guards, barricades, lights, and enclosures to protect
the Work.
1.3 The Contractor shall not have any public or private interest and shall not acquire
directly or indirectly any such interest which conflicts in any manner with the performance of its
services under this Agreement.
1.4 The Contractor shall designate, in writing, a person to act as its Project Manager
for the work to be performed under this Agreement. Such person shall have complete authority to
transmit instructions, receive information, interpret and define the Contractor’s policies and
decisions with respect to the work covered by this Agreement.
1.5 The Contractor shall employ only persons duly licensed by the State of Illinois to
perform the professional services required under this Agreement for which applicable Illinois law
requires a license, subject to prior approval of the City. The Contractor shall employ only well
qualified persons to perform any of the remaining services required under this Agreement, also
subject to prior approval of the City. The City reserves the right to require replacement of
Contractor, sub-contractor, or supplier personnel for any reason. Contractor will replace the
unacceptable personnel at no charge to the City. For all solicitations or advertisements placed by
or on behalf of Contractor for employees for this Project it will state that the Contractor is an Equal
Opportunity Employer.
1.6 Pursuant to the Illinois Freedom of Information Act, 5 ILCS 140/7(2), records in
the possession of others whom the City has contracted with to perform a governmental function
are covered by the Act and subject to disclosure within limited statutory timeframes (five (5)
working days with a possible five (5) working day extension). Upon notification from the City that
it has received a Freedom of Information Act request that calls for records within the Contractor’s
control, the Contractor shall promptly provide all requested records to the City so that the City
may comply with the request within the required timeframe. The City and the Contractor shall
cooperate to determine what records are subject to such a request and whether or not any exemption
to the disclosure of such records, or part thereof, is applicable. Contractor shall indemnify and
defend the City from and against all claims arising from the City’s exceptions to disclosing certain
records which Contractor may designate as proprietary or confidential. Compliance by the City
with an opinion or a directive from the Illinois Public Access Counselor or the Attorney General
under FOIA, or with a decision or order of Court with jurisdiction over the City, shall not be a
violation of this Section.
1.7 The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the City prior to sub-contracting
with any entity or person to perform any of the work required under this Agreement. The
Contractor may, upon request of the City, submit to the City a draft sub-contractor agreement for
City review and approval prior to the execution of such an agreement. Any previously entered into
sub-contractor agreement(s) are attached as Exhibit C. If the Contractor sub-contracts any of the
EXHIBIT O 6
services to be performed under this Agreement, the sub-contractor agreement shall provide that
the services to be performed under any such agreement shall not be sublet, sold, transferred,
assigned or otherwise disposed of to another entity or person without the City’s prior written
consent. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and quality of any sub-contractor’s
work.
1.8 The Contractor shall cooperate fully with the City, other City contractors, other
municipalities and local government officials, public utility companies, and others, as may be
directed by the City. This shall include attendance at meetings, discussions and hearings as
requested by the City. This cooperation shall extend to any investigation, hearings or meetings
convened or instituted by OSHA relative to this Project, as necessary. Contractor shall cooperate
with the City in scheduling and performing its Work to avoid conflict, delay in or interference with
the work of others, if any, at the Project.
1.9 The Contractor acknowledges that it shall enforce and comply with all applicable
Occupational Safety and Health Administration standards (OSHA) for this Project in effect as of
the date of the execution of this Agreement, or as otherwise promulgated by OSHA in the future
taking effect during the pendency of this Project. Contractor shall enforce all such standards and
ensure compliance thereto as to its own agents and employees, and as to the agents and employees
of any sub-contractor throughout the course of this Project. Contractor is solely responsible for
enforcing and complying with all applicable safety standards and requirements on this Project, and
is solely responsible for correcting any practices or procedures which do not comply with the
applicable safety standards and requirements for this Project. Any Project specific safety
requirements applicable to this Project must be followed by Contractor and any sub-contractor(s)
on the Project. Additionally, all such safety requirements shall be made a part of any sub-
contractor agreement.
1.10 The Contractor shall submit to the City a progress report each month this
Agreement is in effect. The report shall include the following items:
a) A summary of the Contractor’s project activities, and any sub-contractor project activities
that have taken place during the invoice period;
b) A summary of the Contractor’s project activities and any sub-contractor project activities,
that shall take place during the next invoice period;
c) A list of outstanding items due to or from the City; and
d) A status of the Project schedule.
1.11 The Contractor shall perform the work required under this Agreement pursuant to
high quality industry standards expected by the City. The Contractor shall apply for and receive
all appropriate permits before performing any work in the City. The Contractor shall also provide
the appropriate permit drawings for Building Permits to be issued for the Project, if said permits
are obligated by the Project. The City will assist the Contractor with obtaining the appropriate
building and right-of-way permits.
1.12 The Contractor shall provide drawings of record, in the following 3 electronic
formats for all locations where equipment has been installed and/or work has been performed. The
EXHIBIT O 7
electronic formats required by this Section 1.12 are Auto Cad Version 2007, ArcView and PDF.
1.13 Contractor recognizes that proper cleanup and removal of construction debris is an
important safety consideration. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for daily construction
site/area cleanup and removal of all construction debris in accordance with City-approved disposal
practices. Contractor shall be solely responsible for identifying and removing at its expense all
hazardous material and waste which it uses and generates.
1.14 To the extent that there is any conflict between a provision specified in this
Agreement, with a provision specified in any of the other Contract Documents, as defined in
Section 1.15, this Agreement shall control. The City and the Contractor may amend this Section
1.14 as provided by Section 15 herein.
The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the City has no retained control over any of
the Work done pursuant to this Agreement, and that the City is expressly exempt from the retained
control exception as defined in the Restatement of Torts, Second, Section 414. This provision
shall survive completion, expiration, or termination of this Agreement.
1.15 The Contract Documents for this Project consist of:
a) This Agreement;
b) The City’s RFP/RFQ, and the plans, specifications, general conditions, drawings
addenda, and modifications thereto;
c) The Contractor’s response to the RFP/RFQ/Bid;
d) Other exhibits and schedules, if any, listed in this Agreement;
e) Amendments or Other Contract Documents, if any; and
f) Amendments/Modifications to this Agreement issued after execution thereof.
1.16 As a condition of receiving payment, Contractor must (i) be in compliance with the
Agreement, (ii) pay its employees prevailing wages when required by law (Examples of prevailing
wage categories include public works, printing, janitorial, window washing, building and grounds
services, site technician services, natural resource services, security guard and food services).
Contractor is responsible for contacting the Illinois Dept. of Labor 217-782-6206;
http://www.illinois.gov/idol/Laws-Rules/CONMED/Pages/Rates.aspx to ensure compliance with
prevailing wage requirements), (iii) pay its suppliers and sub-contractors according to the terms of
their respective contracts, and (iv) provide lien waivers to the City upon request.
2 Standard Certifications
Contractor acknowledges and agrees that compliance with this section and each subsection
for the term of the Agreement is a material requirement and condition of this Agreement. By
executing this Agreement, Contractor certifies compliance with this section and each subsection
and is under a continuing obligation to remain in compliance and report any non-compliance.
This section, and each subsection, applies to sub-contractors used on this Agreement.
EXHIBIT O 8
Contractor shall include these Standard Certifications in any sub-contract used in the performance
of the Agreement.
If this Agreement extends over multiple fiscal years, Contractor and its sub-contractors
shall confirm compliance with this section in the manner and format determined by the City by the
date specified by the City and in no event later than January 1 of each year that this Agreement
remains in effect.
If the City determines that any certification in this section is not applicable to this
Agreement, it may be stricken, subject to sole approval by the City, without affecting the remaining
subsections.
2.1 As part of each certification, Contractor acknowledges and agrees that should
Contractor or its sub-contractors provide false information, or fail to be or remain in compliance
with the Standard Certification requirements, one or more of the following sanctions will apply:
• the Agreement may be void by operation of law,
• the City may void the Agreement, and
• Contractor and its sub-contractors may be subject to one or more of the following:
suspension, debarment, denial of payment, civil fine, or criminal penalty.
2.2 By signing this Agreement, the Contractor certifies that it has not been barred from
being awarded a contract with a unit of State or local Government as a result of bid rigging or bid
rotating or similar offense, nor has it made any admission of guilt of such conduct that is a matter
of public record. (720 ILCS 5/33 E-3, E-4).
2.3 In the event of the Contractor’s noncompliance with any provision of Section 1-12-
5 of the Evanston City Code, the Illinois Human Rights Act or any other applicable law, the
Consultant may be declared non-responsible and therefore ineligible for future contracts or sub-
contracts with the City, and the contract may be cancelled or voided in whole or in part, and such
other sanctions or penalties may be imposed or remedies invoked as provided by statute or
regulation.
2.4 During the term of this Agreement, the Contractor agrees as follows:
a) That it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment
because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, national
origin or ancestry, or age or physical or mental disabilities that do not impair ability
to work, and further that it will examine all job classifications to determine if
minority persons or women are underutilized and will take appropriate affirmative
action to rectify any such underutilization. Consultant shall comply with all
requirements of City of Evanston Code Section 1-12-5.
b) That, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by it on its behalf,
it will state that all applicants will be afforded equal opportunity without
discrimination because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, marital
EXHIBIT O 9
status, national origin, ancestry, or disability.
2.5 The Contractor certifies pursuant to the Illinois Human Rights Act (775 ILCS 5/2-
105 et. seq.), that it has a written sexual harassment policy that includes, at a minimum, the
following information:
a) The illegality of sexual harassment;
b) The definition of sexual harassment under State law;
c) A description of sexual harassment utilizing examples;
d) The Contractor’s internal complaint process including penalties;
e) Legal recourse, investigation and complaint process available through the Illinois
Department of Human Rights and the Human Rights Commission, and directions
on how to contact both; and
f) Protection against retaliation as provided to the Department of Human Rights.
2.6 In accordance with the Steel Products Procurement Act (30 ILCS 565), Contractor
certifies steel products used or supplied in the performance of a contract for public works shall be
manufactured or produced in the U.S. unless the City grants an exemption.
2.7 Contractor certifies that it is properly formed and existing legal entity and as
applicable has obtained an assumed name certificate from the appropriate authority, or has
registered to conduct business in Illinois and is in good standing with the Illinois Secretary of State.
2.8 If Contractor, or any officer, director, partner, or other managerial agent of
Contractor, has been convicted of a felony under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or a Class 3 or
Class 2 felony under the Illinois Securities Law of 1953, Contractor certifies at least five years
have passed since the date of the conviction.
2.9 Contractor certifies that if more favorable terms are granted by Contractor to any
similar governmental entity in any state in a contemporaneous agreement let under the same or
similar financial terms and circumstances for comparable supplies or services, the more favorable
terms will be applicable under this Agreement.
2.10 Contractor certifies that it is not delinquent in the payment of any fees, fines,
damages, or debts to the City of Evanston.
2.11 The Contractor certifies that all Design Professionals performing the Work under
this Agreement will ensure that the Project shall be designed in conformance with the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. Section 12101, et seq., and all regulations promulgated
thereunder. Design Professional means any individual, sole proprietorship, firm, partnership, joint
venture, corporation, professional corporation, or other entity that offers services under the Illinois
Architecture Practice Act of 1989 (225 ILCS 305/), the Professional Engineering Practice Act of
1989 (225 ILCS 325/), the Structural Engineering Licensing Act of 1989 (225 ILCS 340/), or the
Illinois Professional Land Surveyor Act of 1989 (225 ILCS 330/).
2.12 The Contractor shall comply with all federal, state and local laws, statutes,
EXHIBIT O 10
ordinances, rules, regulations, orders or other legal requirements now in force or which may be in
force during the term of this Agreement. The Contractor shall comply with the Illinois Human
Rights Act, 775 ILCS 5/1-101 et. seq, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, and the Illinois
Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et. seq.
3 Additional Services/Change Orders
3.1 If the representative of the City responsible for the Project verbally requests the
Contractor to perform additional services, the Contractor shall confirm in writing that the services
have been requested and that such services are additional services. Failure of the City to respond
to the Contractor’s confirmation of said services within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the
notice shall be deemed a rejection of, and refusal to pay for the additional services. Contractor
shall not perform any additional services until City has confirmed approval of said additional
services in writing. If authorized in writing by the City, the Contractor shall furnish, or obtain from
others, additional services of the following types, which shall be paid for by the City as set forth
in Section 9 of this Agreement:
a) Additional Services due to significant changes in scope of the Project or its design,
including, but not limited to, changes in size, complexity or character of
construction, or time delays for completion of work when such delays are beyond
the control of the Contractor;
b) Revisions of previously approved studies, reports, design documents, drawings or
specifications;
c) Preparation of detailed renderings, exhibits or scale models for the Project;
d) Investigations involving detailed consideration of operations, maintenance and
overhead expenses for the preparation of rate schedules, earnings and expense
statements, feasibility studies, appraisals and valuations, detailed quantity surveys
of material and labor, and material audits or inventories required for certification
of force account construction performed by the City;
e) Services not otherwise provided for in this Agreement.
3.2 The City may, upon written notice, and without invalidating this Agreement,
require changes resulting in the revision or abandonment of work already performed by the
Contractor, or require other elements of the work not originally contemplated and for which full
compensation is not provided in any portion of this Agreement. Any additional services,
abandonment of services which were authorized by the City, or changes in services directed by the
City which result in the revision of the scope of services provided for in Exhibits A, B, C, and D
that cause the total Compensation due Contractor under this Agreement to exceed $25,000 or more,
or increase or decrease the contract duration by more than 30 days are subject to approval by the
Evanston City Council. These actions must be addressed either in a written Change Order or in a
written amendment to this Agreement approved by both parties.
3.3 Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the Public Works Construction Change
Order Act, 50 ILCS 525/1 et seq. shall apply to all Change Orders for the Project. It is expressly
understood and agreed to by Contractor that it shall not be entitled to any damages or
Compensation from the City on account of delay or suspension of all or any part of the Work.
EXHIBIT O 11
Contractor acknowledges that delays are inherent in construction projects and Contractor assessed
that risk and fully included that risk assessment within its contract sum specified in its Response
to the City RFP/RFQ/Bid for this Project. The City shall not compensate Contractor for work that
is more difficult than the contract sum specified in its Response would reflect. Delays to minor
portions of the Work will not be eligible for extensions of time.
Delays to the Project caused by labor disputes or strikes involving trades not directly
related to the Project, or involving trades not affecting the Project as a whole will not be eligible
for an extension of time.
The City will not grant an extension of time for a delay by the Contractor’s inability to
obtain materials unless the Contractor first furnishes to the City documentary proof. The proof
must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor’s
operations and accepted construction schedule.
In addition to any other changes requested by City (as described in Sections 3.1 and 3.2),
the Company shall be entitled to request (and the City may grant) Change Orders with respect to:
(a) The City-caused delays;
(b) Change in Law;
(c) Force Majeure Events.
The foregoing events shall entitle the Contractor to a change in the Compensation for this
Project, if the Contractor demonstrates that it will unavoidably incur reasonable costs as a result
thereof and the Contractor provides reasonable and detailed documentary support with respect to
any such price impact.
The parties agree to reasonably confer regarding any such disputes with respect to the
issuance of a Change Order.
Any payment for compensable delay will only be based upon actual costs excluding,
without limitation, what damages, if any, the Contractor may have reasonably avoided. The
Contractor understands that this is the sole basis for recovering delay damages and explicitly
waives any right to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss.
All Contractor Change Orders authorized under this Section 3 shall be made in writing. In
remitting a Change Order, the Contractor must first show in writing that:
(a) The work was outside the scope of this Agreement,
(b) The extra work was not made necessary due to any fault of Contractor;
(c) The circumstances said to necessitate the change in performance were not
reasonably foreseeable at the time the Agreement was signed;
(d) The change is germane to the original Agreement; and
(e) The Change Order is in the best interest of the City and authorized by law.
EXHIBIT O 12
Any person who fails to first obtain the City’s written authorization for a Change Order
commits a Class 4 felony. The written determination and the written Change Order resulting from
that determination shall be preserved in the contract's file which shall be open to the public for
inspection.
The City reserves all rights and causes of action, at law or equity, to seek redress
against entities or persons who violate the requirements of this Section 3. By initialing below,
Contractor hereby acknowledges that it is bound by this Section 3.
Contractor’s Initials: ___________
3.4 The Contractor is required to include the City of Evanston as a reference whenever
and wherever the Contractor provides references for similar projects for a period of one (1) year
from the date of Final Acceptance by the City of the Work for this Project.
4 Bonds
4.1 Before the Scheduled Construction Commencement Date, the Contractor is
required to furnish unconditional performance and payment bonds in the amount of 100% of the
Compensation as security for the faithful performance and completion of all the Contractor’s
obligations under the Contract Documents and covering the payment of all materials used in the
performance of this Agreement and for all labor and services performed under this Agreement. All
Bonds shall be issued on a form acceptable to the City. The bonds must be for the entire term of
the Agreement. Failure to provide these bonds shall constitute a breach of Contractor’s obligations
under this Agreement. Each surety providing the Bonds must have a Best’s rating not less than
A/X and be licensed in Illinois and shall be named in the current list of “Companies Holding
Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring
Companies” as published in Circular 570 as published in the Federal Register and available on the
website of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Financial Management Service, at
www.fms.treas.gov/c570/c570.html. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a
certified copy of his or her authority to act. It shall be the duty of the Contractor to advise the
surety or sureties of any Change Orders that result in an increase to the Compensation and to ensure
that the amounts of the Bonds are updated to reflect and cover any such increases throughout the
course of the Project. The cost of such Bonds shall be included within the Compensation.
4.2 If the surety behind any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or
becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State or it ceases to meet any of
the requirements of this Contract, the Contractor shall, within [5] five days thereafter, substitute
another Bond of equivalent value and surety, both of which must be acceptable to the City. In
addition, no further progress payments under the Agreement will be made by the City until the
Contractor complies with the provisions of this Agreement. The Contractor shall furnish to the
City proof of any required bonds and proof of required insurance as one of the conditions precedent
to payment under the Agreement. Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a
potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment or performance of obligations arising under the
Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or authorize a copy to be
furnished. All surety Bonds provided for in this Section shall incorporate by reference this
EXHIBIT O 13
Agreement, and any language that may be in any such surety Bond which conflicts with the
provisions of this Agreement that define the scope of the surety(‘s) duty(ies) shall be of no force
and effect.
5 Liquidated Damages in the Event Contractor Fails to Complete the Work
5.1 The parties agree that failure of Contractor to timely complete the Work required
by this Agreement constitutes a default. The parties agree that this default will result in damage
and injury to City. The parties further agree, however, that actual damages incurred by City as
result of such default is difficult if not impossible to ascertain with any degree of certainty or
accuracy. Accordingly, the parties have negotiated and have agreed that for each calendar day
after written notice is delivered to Contractor and Contractor fails to cure such default, that
Contractor will pay City, as and for liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the sum of One
Thousand Four Hundred Twenty Five dollars ($1425.00) per day. Contractor shall reimburse
the City for all costs, expenses and fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), if any, paid
by the City in connection with such written demand by City. Contractor stipulates and agrees that
the sums payable by Contractor under this Section are reasonable under the circumstances existing
as of the execution of this Agreement. This Section 5.1 is not intended to limit any direct damages
that may be recoverable by City related to the Contractor's failure to complete the Work in
accordance with this Agreement. There shall be no early completion bonus if the Work is
completed before the substantial completion date. The City, at its option, may withhold liquidated
damages from progress payments payable to Contractor before the substantial completion date.
6 The City’s Responsibilities
6.1 The City may evaluate the Contractor’s and any sub-contractor’s performance
(interim and final). Timeliness in meeting the Project schedule and the overall relationship with
the Contractor are factors that will be considered in the Contractor’s performance rating. An
unfavorable performance rating may be a factor when future assignments are being considered.
6.2 The City makes no representation or warranty of any nature whatsoever as to the
accuracy of information or documentation provided by the City to the Contractor which were
generated or provided by third parties.
7 Period of Service
7.1 The Contractor shall commence work on the Project after supplying the City with
the Contractor’s performance and payment bonds and all required insurance documents before
starting its Work on this Project. The City shall determine when the Contractor has completed the
Work required pursuant to this Agreement, and shall determine the date of Final Acceptance.
Contractor recognizes time is of the essence regarding its performance on this Project. Contractor
shall continue to perform its obligations while any dispute concerning the Agreement is being
resolved, unless otherwise directed by the City.
7.2 Each phase of the project shall be completed in accordance with the activities
outlined in the City’s RFQ/RFP/Bid _______, Exhibit A. Project phases include: #26-24
EXHIBIT O 14
Phase7.2.1 1: Jenks Street, Harrison Street, Haven Street
Phase7.2.2 2: Dobson Street, McDaniel Avenue, Elmwood Avenue & Custer Avenue
8 Payment for Services and Reimbursements
8.1 Within the first five (5) business days of each month, the Contractor shall invoice
the City for Work completed during the previous month. The Contractor shall provide a detailed
invoice that relates invoiced items to the Contractor’s response to RFQ/RFP/Bid _______ in both
quantity and unit cost. Any discrepancies in the monthly invoice shall be promptly brought to the
attention of the Contractor by the City Project Manager and efforts shall be made to promptly
resolve said discrepancies between the City and Contractor. In the event the City and Contractor
cannot resolve invoice discrepancies, items in dispute will be removed from the invoice and the
City shall approve the remainder of the invoice. Payment will be made as soon as possible
following the City Council meeting in which the item appeared on the bills list, and in accordance
with all applicable laws and rules of the City of Evanston and the State of Illinois.
8.2 In the event of termination by the City of this Agreement pursuant to paragraph 9.1
after completion of any phase of the basic services, fees due the Contractor for services rendered
through such phase shall constitute final payment for such services, and no further fees shall be
due to the Contractor. In the event of such termination by the City during any phase of the basic
services, the Contractor shall be paid for services rendered on the basis of the proportion of work
completed on the phase to date of termination.
8.3 The City shall have the right to withhold payment to the Contractor due to the
quality of a portion or all of the work performed hereunder which is not in accordance with the
requirements of this Agreement, or which is unsatisfactory, or is due to the Contractor’s failure or
refusal to perform any of its obligations hereunder. Compensation in excess of the total contract
amount specified in this Agreement will not be allowed unless justified in the City’s sole judgment
and authorized in advance as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement. Compensation for
improper performance by the Contractor is disallowed.
8.4 Upon completion of the Work performed by the Contractor, prior to the submission
of a request for final payment, the City and Contractor shall perform a final acceptance test and
review of the Work performed and/or equipment installed pursuant to the Agreement. A punch list
of items outstanding will be jointly developed by the City and Contractor. In addition, the
Contractor shall submit drawings of record for the Project for the City to approve. The Contractor
shall promptly resolve all punch list items to the satisfaction of the City and shall transmit to the
City in writing confirmation that all punch list items have been resolved. The City will review, and
the Contractor shall modify, as necessary, any drawings of record to the satisfaction of the City.
Punch list items and drawings of record must be approved by the City prior to the Contractor
submitting its final invoice for payment.
8.5 The Contractor shall submit an Affidavit and a final waiver of its lien, and all final
waivers of liens of any sub-contractors, suppliers, and sub-sub-contractors, if applicable, with its
final invoice, stating that all obligations incurred in performance of the professional services have
been paid in full. The Affidavit will also include a statement stating that the professional services
were performed in compliance with the terms of the Agreement. The Affidavit and all final lien
#26-24
EXHIBIT O 15
waivers shall be on a form acceptable to the City.
8.6 All Project invoices shall be sent to:
City of Evanston
Sat Nagar P.E. Senior Project Manager
[Public Works Agency/ Capital Planning & Engineering]
909 Davis Street
Evanston, Illinois 60201
9 Notice and Cure/Termination
9.1 In furtherance of Contractor’s Work on this Project, the City and the Contractor
agree that the following Notice and Cure provision in this Section 9.1 shall apply during the
duration of Contractor’s work on this Project, in addition to the reserved rights of the City
enumerated in this Agreement as follows:
5.1 Liquidated Damages;
8.3 City’s right to withhold payment;
16.2 Contractor’s duty to revise and correct errors; and
16.3 Contractor’s duty to respond to City’s notice of errors and omissions.
The City may notify Contractor of its intent to terminate this Agreement within (7) seven calendar
days of issuance by the City of written notice to Contractor’s Project Manager regarding defects
in the Project or in Contractor’s Work. The City shall specify any such nonconforming Work or
defects in the Project in its notice to Contractor under this Section 9.1. Contractor will have the
opportunity to cure the non-conforming Work within (7) seven calendar days after receipt of the
written notice issued by the City. All such curative work done shall be performed and completed
to the City’s satisfaction. Nothing in this Section 9.1 shall otherwise affect the City’s right to
exercise its rights in Section 9.2.
9.2 The City shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon fifteen (15) days
written notice for any reason. Mailing of such notice shall be equivalent to personal notice and
shall be deemed to have been given at the time of receipt.
Payments made by the City pursuant to this Agreement are subject to sufficient
appropriations made by the City of Evanston City Council. In the event of termination resulting
from non-appropriation or insufficient appropriation by the City Council, the City’s obligations
hereunder shall cease and there shall be no penalty or further payment required.
9.3 Within thirty (30) days of termination of this Agreement, the Contractor shall turn
over to the City any documents, drafts, and materials, including but not limited to, outstanding
work product, data, studies, test results, source documents, AutoCAD Version 2007, ArcView,
PDF, Word, Excel spreadsheets, technical specifications and calculations, and any other such items
specifically identified by the City related to the Work herein. Upon receipt of said items, the
Contractor shall be paid for labor and expenses incurred to the date of termination as provided in
EXHIBIT O 16
Section 8.2. This Agreement is subject to termination by either party if either party is restrained
by a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction from performing the provisions of this
Agreement. Upon such termination, the liabilities of the parties to this Agreement shall cease, but
they shall not be relieved of the duty to perform their obligations through the date of termination.
No lien shall be filed by the Contractor in the event of a termination of this Agreement by the City.
9.4 If, because of death or any other occurrence, including, but not limited to,
Contractor becoming insolvent, it becomes impossible for any principal or principals of the
Contractor to render the services set forth in this Agreement, neither the Contractor, nor its
surviving principals shall be relieved of their obligations to complete the professional services.
However, in the event of such an occurrence, the City at its own option may terminate this
Agreement if it is not furnished evidence that competent professional services can still be furnished
as scheduled.
9.5 In the event of an emergency or threat to the life, safety, or welfare of the citizens
of the City, the City shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without prior written notice.
10 Insurance
10.1 The Contractor shall, at its own expense, secure and maintain in effect throughout
the duration of this contract, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property
which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work hereunder by the
Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or sub-contractors. Contractor acknowledges
and agrees that if it fails to comply with all requirements of this Section 10, the City may void the
Agreement.
The Contractor must give to the City Certificates of Insurance identifying the City to be an
Additional Insured for all Work done pursuant to this Agreement before City staff recommends
award of the contract to City Council. Any limitations or modifications on the Certificate(s) of
Insurance issued to the City in compliance with this Section that conflict with the provisions of
this Section 10 shall have no force and effect.
After award of the Contract to Contractor (contracts over $500,000 in value or if the project
is deemed high risk) the Contractor shall give the City a certified copy (ies) of the insurance policy
(ies) evidencing the amounts set forth in Section 10.2, and copies of the Additional Insured
endorsement to such policy (ies) which name the City as an Additional Insured for all Work done
pursuant to this Agreement before Contractor does any Work pursuant to this Agreement.
Contractor’s certificate of insurance shall contain a provision that the coverage afforded under the
policy(s) will not be canceled or reduced without thirty (30) days prior written notice (hand
delivered or registered mail) to the City. Contractor shall promptly forward new certificate(s) of
insurance evidencing the coverage(s) required herein upon annual renewal of the subject policies.
The policies and the Additional Insured endorsement must be delivered to the City within
two (2) weeks of the request. All insurance policies shall be written with insurance companies
licensed or authorized to do business in the State of Illinois and having a rating of not less than A-
VII according to the A.M. Best Company. Should any of the insurance policies be canceled before
EXHIBIT O 17
the expiration date, the issuing company will mail thirty (30) days written notice to the City. The
Contractor shall require and verify that all sub-contractors maintain insurance meeting all of the
requirements stated herein.
Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City.
At the option of the City, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-
insured retentions as respects the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers; or the
Contractor shall provide a financial guarantee satisfactory to the City guaranteeing payment of
losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses.
10.2 Contractor shall carry and maintain at its own cost with such companies as are
reasonably acceptable to City all necessary liability insurance (which shall include as a minimum
the requirements set forth below) during the term of this Agreement, for damages caused or
contributed to by Contractor, and insuring Contractor against claims which may arise out of or
result from Contractor’s performance or failure to perform the Services hereunder:
a) Worker’s compensation in statutory limits and employer’s liability insurance in the
amount of at least five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000);
b) Comprehensive general liability coverage which designates the City as an
additional insured for not less than three million dollars ($3,000,000) combined
single limit for bodily injury, death and property damage, per occurrence;
c) Comprehensive automobile liability insurance covering owned, non-owned, and
leased vehicles for not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single
limit for bodily injury, death, or property damage, per occurrence; and
Contractor understands that the acceptance of Certificates of Insurance, policies, and any
other documents by the City in no way releases the Contractor and its sub-contractors from the
requirements set forth herein.
Contractor expressly agrees to waive its rights, benefits and entitlements under the “Other
Insurance” clause of its commercial general liability insurance policy as respects the
City. Contractor expressly agrees that its insurance coverage is required to be primary by this
Agreement, that its insurance coverage shall be on a primary and non-contributory basis, and that
it and its insurance carrier are estopped from denying such coverage is primary. In the event
Contractor fails to purchase or procure insurance as required above, the parties expressly agree
that Contractor shall be in default under this Agreement, and that the City may recover all losses,
attorney’s fees and costs expended in pursuing a remedy, or reimbursement, at law or in equity,
against Contractor.
11 Indemnification
11.1 The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City and its officers,
elected and appointed officials, agents, and employees from any and all liability, losses, or
damages as a result of claims, demands, suits, actions, or proceedings of any kind or nature,
including but not limited to costs, and fees, including attorney’s fees, judgments or settlements,
resulting from or arising out of any negligent or willful act or omission on the part of the Contractor
EXHIBIT O 18
or Contractor’s sub-contractors, employees, agents or sub-contractors during the performance of
this Agreement. Such indemnification shall not be limited by reason of the enumeration of any
insurance coverage herein provided. This provision shall survive completion, expiration, or
termination of this Agreement.
11.2 Nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the City, or its officers,
agents, or employees, from defending through the selection and use of their own agents, attorneys,
and experts, any claims, actions or suits brought against them. The Contractor shall be liable for
the costs, fees, and expenses incurred in the defense of any such claims, actions, or suits. Nothing
herein shall be construed as a limitation or waiver of defenses available to the City and employees
and agents, including but not limited to the Illinois Local Governmental and Governmental
Employees Tort Immunity Act, 745 ILCS 10/1-101 et seq.
At the City Corporation Counsel’s option, Contractor must defend all suits brought upon
all such Losses and must pay all costs and expenses incidental to them, but the City has the right,
at its option, to participate, at its own cost, in the defense of any suit, without relieving Contractor
of any of its obligations under this Agreement. Any settlement of any claim or suit related to this
Project by Contractor must be made only with the prior written consent of the City Corporation
Counsel, if the settlement requires any action on the part of the City.
To the extent permissible by law, Contractor waives any limits to the amount of its
obligations to indemnify, defend, or contribute to any sums due under any Losses, including any
claim by any employee of Contractor that may be subject to the Illinois Workers Compensation
Act, 820 ILCS 305/1 et seq. or any other related law or judicial decision, including but not limited
to, Kotecki v. Cyclops Welding Corporation, 146 Ill. 2d 155 (1991). The City, however, does not
waive any limitations it may have on its liability under the Illinois Workers Compensation Act,
the Illinois Pension Code or any other statute.
11.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for any losses and costs to repair or remedy
work performed under this Agreement resulting from or arising out of any act or omission, neglect,
or misconduct in the performance of its Work or its sub-contractors’ work. Acceptance of the work
by the City will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for subsequent correction of any
such error, omissions and/or negligent acts or of its liability for loss or damage resulting therefrom.
11.4 All provisions of this Section 11 shall survive completion, expiration, or
termination of this Agreement.
12 Drawings and Documents
12.1 Any drawings, survey data, reports, studies, specifications, estimates, maps, plans,
computations, and other documents required to be prepared by the Contractor for the Project shall
be considered Works for Hire and the sole property of the City.
12.2 The Contractor and its sub-contractor shall maintain for a minimum of three (3)
years after the completion of this Agreement, or for three (3) years after the termination of this
Agreement, whichever comes later, adequate books, records and supporting documents to verify
EXHIBIT O 19
the amounts, recipients and uses of all disbursements of funds passing in conjunction with the
Agreement. The Agreement and all books, records and supporting documents related to the
Agreement shall be available for review and audit by the City and the federal funding entity, if
applicable, and the Contractor agrees to cooperate fully with any audit conducted by the City and
to provide full access to all materials. Failure to maintain the books, records and supporting
documents required by this Subsection shall establish a presumption in favor of the City for
recovery of any funds paid by the City under the Agreement for which adequate books, records,
and supporting documentation are not available to support their purported disbursement.
13 Successors and Assigns
13.1 The City and the Contractor each bind themselves and their partners, successors,
executors, administrators, and assigns to the other party of the Agreement and to the partners,
successors, executors, administrators, and assigns of such other party in respect to all covenants of
this Agreement. Neither the City nor the Contractor shall assign, sublet, or transfer its interest in
this Agreement without the written consent of the other. Nothing herein shall be construed as
creating any personal liability on the part of any officer or agent of any public body, which may
be a party hereto, nor shall it be construed as giving any right or benefits hereunder to anyone other
than the City and the Contractor.
14 Force Majeure
14.1 Whenever a period of time is provided for in this Agreement for the Contractor or
the City to do or perform any act or obligation, neither party shall be liable for any delays or
inability to perform if such delay is due to a cause beyond its control and without its fault or
negligence including, without limitation:
a) Acts of nature;
b) Acts or failure to act on the part of any governmental authority other than the City
or Contractor, including, but not limited to, enactment of laws, rules, regulations,
codes or ordinances subsequent to the date of this Agreement;
c) Acts or war;
d) Acts of civil or military authority;
e) Embargoes;
f) Work stoppages, strikes, lockouts, or labor disputes;
g) Public disorders, civil violence, or disobedience;
h) Riots, blockades, sabotage, insurrection, or rebellion;
i) Epidemics or pandemics;
j) Terrorist acts;
k) Fires or explosions;
l) Nuclear accidents;
m) Earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, tornadoes, or other similar calamities;
n) Major environmental disturbances; or
o) Vandalism.
If a delay is caused by any of the force majeure circumstances set forth above, the time
period shall be extended for only the actual amount of time said party is so delayed. Further, either
EXHIBIT O 20
party claiming a delay due to an event of force majeure shall give the other party written notice of
such event within three (3) business days of its occurrence or it shall be deemed to be waived.
15 Amendments and Modifications
15.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, the nature and scope of Work specified in this
Agreement may only be modified by a written Change Order, or a written amendment to this
Agreement, approved by both parties. This Agreement may be modified or amended from time to
time provided, however, that no such amendment or modifications shall be effective unless
reduced to writing and duly authorized and signed by the authorized representatives of the parties.
16 Standard of Care & Warranty
16.1 The Contractor shall perform all of the provisions of this Agreement to the
satisfaction of the City. The City shall base its determination of the Contractor’s fulfillment of the
scope of the work in accordance with generally accepted professional standards applicable to the
Work for this Project. The Contractor shall perform all of the provisions of this Agreement with
that degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of the same profession currently
practicing under similar conditions.
16.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of its professional services
under this Agreement and shall promptly make revisions or corrections resulting from its errors,
omissions, or negligent acts without additional compensation. The City’s acceptance of any of the
Contractor’s professional services shall not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to
subsequently correct any such errors or omissions. If a Contractor has provided the City with
specifications for this Project which are determined to be incorrect or which require revision during
the solicitation process (including but not limited to Requests for Proposals, Requests for
Qualifications, or bids), the Contractor shall make such corrections or revisions to the
specifications at no cost to the City. Further, upon receipt of an invoice from the City, the
Contractor shall promptly reimburse the City for the reasonable costs associated with the
preparation and dissemination of said corrections or revisions to appropriate parties, including but
not limited to preparation of the corrected or revised documents, and printing and distribution
costs.
16.3 During the pendency of its Work on this Project, the Contractor shall respond to
the City’s notice of any errors or omissions within twenty-four (24) hours. The Contractor shall be
required to promptly visit the Project site(s) if directed to by the City.
16.4 The Contractor shall comply with all federal, state, and local statutes, regulations,
rules, ordinances, judicial decisions, and administrative rulings applicable to its performance under
this Agreement.
16.5 Contractor guarantees and warrants to the City that:
a) All materials and equipment furnished under this Agreement shall be of good
EXHIBIT O 21
quality and new, unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract
Documents;
b) The Work of this Agreement shall be free from defects which are not inherent in
the quality required; and
c) The Work shall comply with the requirements set forth in the Contract Documents.
This warranty and guarantee shall be for a period of one (1) year from the date of
completion and Final Acceptance of the Work by the City, or as otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents.
If, within the one year warranty period, after the Contractor has received a final payment
under this Agreement, any of the Work is found to be not be in accordance with the requirements
of this Agreement, or where defects in materials or workmanship may appear, or be in need of
repair, the Contractor shall correct non-conforming and/or defective work or materials promptly
after receipt of written notice from the City. Contractor shall immediately at its own expense repair,
replace, restore, or rebuild any such Work. This remedy is in addition to any other legal or equitable
remedies the City may have under this Agreement or the law.
This guarantee and warranty shall not relieve Contractor of liability for latent defects, and
shall be in addition to the City’s rights under the law or other guarantees or warranties, express or
implied.
16.6 The provisions of this Section 16 shall survive the completion, expiration or
termination of this Agreement.
17 Savings Clause
17.1 If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision, shall be
rendered or declared invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, or by reason of its requiring any
steps, actions, or results, the remaining parts or portions of this Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect.
18 Non-Waiver of Rights
18.1 No failure or delay by the City to exercise any power given to it hereunder or to
insist upon strict compliance by Contractor with its obligations hereunder, nor any payment made
by the City under this Agreement, shall constitute a waiver of the City’s right to demand strict
compliance with the terms hereof, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the City.
19 Entire Agreement
19.1 This Agreement sets forth all the covenants, conditions and promises between the
parties with regard to the subject matter set forth herein. There are no covenants, promises,
agreements, conditions or understandings between the parties, either oral or written, other than
those contained in this Agreement. This Agreement has been negotiated and entered into by each
party with the opportunity to consult with its counsel regarding the terms therein. No portion of
EXHIBIT O 22
the Agreement shall be construed against a party due to the fact that one party drafted that
particular portion as the rule of contra proferentem shall not apply.
20 Governing Law
20.1 This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and subject to the laws and
rules of the City of Evanston and the State of Illinois both as to interpretation and performance.
Venue for any action arising out of or due to this Agreement shall be in Cook County, Illinois.
The City shall not enter into binding arbitration to resolve any dispute related to this Agreement.
The City does not waive tort immunity by entering into this Agreement.
21 Ownership of Contract Documents
21.1 Contractor is specifically prohibited from using in any form or medium, the name
or logo of the City for public advertisement, unless expressly granted written permission by the
City. Submission or distribution of documents to meet official regulatory requirements or for
similar purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation
of the City’s reserved rights.
22 Notice
22.1 Any notice required to be given by this Agreement shall be deemed sufficient if
made in writing and sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal service, to the
persons and addresses indicated below or to such other addresses as either party hereto shall notify
the other party of in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Subsection:
City of Evanston Project Manager, RFQ/RFP/Bid _______
909 Davis Street
Evanston, Illinois 60201
if to the Contractor:
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
22.2 Mailing of such notice as and when provided above shall be equivalent to personal
notice and shall be deemed to have been given at the time of mailing.
23 Severability
23.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, the invalidity or unenforceability of any
particular provision, or part thereof, of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions, and
this Agreement shall continue in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had not
been contained herein.
#26-24
Bigane Paving
EXHIBIT O 23
24 Execution of Agreement
24.1 This Agreement shall be signed last by the City Manager.
25 Counterparts
25.1 For convenience, this Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original.
26 Authorizations
26.1 The Contractor’s authorized representatives who have executed this Agreement
warrant that they have been lawfully authorized by the Contractor’s board of directors or its bylaws
to execute this Agreement on its behalf. The City Manager affirms that he/she has been lawfully
authorized to execute this Agreement. The Contractor and the City shall deliver upon request to
each other copies of all articles of incorporation, bylaws, resolutions, ordinances, or other
documents which evidence their legal authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of their
respective parties.
27 Time of Essence
27.1 Time is of the essence with respect to each provision hereof in which time is a
factor.
STATE OF ILLINOIS
City of Evanston
CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
For
2026 MFT Street Resurfacing Project
IDOT Section No. 26-00305-00-RS
Evanston Bid Number: 26-24
Type text here
CITY OF EVANSTON
2026 MFT Street Resurfacing Project
IDOT Section No. 26-00305-00-RS
Evanston Bid Number: 26-24
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LOCATION MAP.………………………………………………........................................................
STREET LIST.……………………………………………….............................................................
SUPPLEMENTAL AND RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISION……………………………..........
IDOT ERRATA FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION……………………………........
CHECK SHEET FOR RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISION……………………………..........
BDE SPECIAL PROVISION..................................................................................................
BLR 11310.………………………………………………..................................................................
PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...........................................................................................................
COMPLETION DATES ................................................................................................................
MATERIAL TESTING/INSPECTION ............................................................................................
SAW CUTS ..................................................................................................................................
FIBER OPTIC UTILITIES .............................................................................................................
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC ..........................................................
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS .............................................................................................
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT...............................................................................................
TREE PROTECTION ...................................................................................................................
DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL ....................................................................................
TOPSOIL FURNISH AND PLACE................................................................................................
SODDING, SALT TOLERANT .....................................................................................................
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE ....................................................................................................
INCIDENTAL HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACING .........................................................................
TEMPORARY HOT-MIX ASPHALT .............................................................................................
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT ....................................................
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK .........................................................................
HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACE REMOVAL (VARIABLE DEPTH) ...............................................
PAVEMENT PATCHING ..............................................................................................................
FRAMES AND LIDS TO BE ADJUSTED, SPECIAL ....................................................................
ADJUSTING FRAMES AND GRATES OF CATCH BASIN, MANHOLE, INLET AND VALVE
VAULTS .......................................................................................................................................
FRAMES AND GRATES ..............................................................................................................
CONCRETE CURB TYPE B AND CURB AND GUTTER TYPE B6.12.........................................
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PROTECTION ...................................................................................
STREET SWEEPING ...................................................................................................................
REMOVE AND RESETTING PAVERS . …………………………………………………….…………..
CONSTRUCTION LAY OUT AND STAKING…………………………………………….………
REMOVING AND RESETTING STREET SIGNS ……………………………………….………
LAWN SPRINKLER SYSTEM REPAIRS .....................................................................................
HOT MIX ASPHALT SURFACE PATCHES……………………………………….......................
REMOVE AND RESET EXISTING STREET LIGHT.....................................................................
ENVIORNMENTAL SOIL DISPOSAL OPTIONS..........................................................................
IDOT BDE SPECIAL PROVISIONS ……………………………………………………….………
EVANSTON FIBER NETWORK MAP.……………………………………………….......................
IDOT HIGHWAY STANDARDS ……………………………..……..…….……….………...….…
LOCAL QUALITY ASSURANCE/ QUALITY MANAGEMENT QC/QA
NO
R
T
H
S
H
O
R
E
C
H
A
N
N
E
L
NORTH SHORE CHANNEL
L
A
K
E
M
I
C
H
I
G
A
N
McCORMICK BLVD
SHERIDAN RD
PARK PL
ASHLAND AVE
DODGE AVE
HURD AVE
GIRARD AVE
LEE ST
OAK AVE
SHERIDAN PL
RIDGE CT
GREEN BAY RD
THAYER ST
PRATT CT
GRANT
JENKS ST
HAVEN ST
PAYNE ST
LEON PL
POPLAR AVE
GREY AVE
HARRISON ST
PRAIRIE A
VE
REBA PL
COLFAX ST
LEMAR AVE
MARCY AVE
DAVIS ST
MAPLE AVE
HARTZELL ST
LIBRARY PL
SIMPSON ST
CLYDE AVE
BROWN AVE
GREELEY
PITNER ALY
LAUREL AVE
HINMAN AVE
DEWEY AVE
EWING AVE
COWPER AVE
KIRK ST
HOVLAND CT
JUDSON AVE
GARRETT PL
ARBOR
LN
FOREST AVE
INGLESIDE
PK
GREY AVE
ST. MARK'S
CT
EMERSON ST
CA
M
P
U
S
D
R
SH
E
R
M
A
N
A
V
E
WILDER ST
MILBURN PK
GA
R
R
I
S
O
N
A
V
E
THELIN
CT
FOREST
PL
AS
B
UR
Y
A
V
E
MICHIGAN AVE
WE
S
L
E
Y
A
V
E
LELAND AVE
CENTRAL ST
CALLAN AVE
RIDGE TER
HULL TER
HOWARD ST
ISABELLA ST
GROSS POINT RD
CUSTER AVE
EMERSON ST
LYONS ST
FO
WL
E
R
A
VE
CLARK ST
DA
R
RO
W
AV
E
PI
O
N
EE
R
R
D
HASTINGS AVE
HARTREY AVE
BRUMMEL ST
PRINCETON AVE
PR
O
S
P
E
C
T
A
V
E
HAMLIN ST
PAYNE
EL
M
A
V
E
CASE PL
RIDG
EWAY
AV
E
MULFORD ST
MICHIGAN AVE
LAW
ND
A
L
E AVE
CHURCH ST
CRAIN ST
DEMPSTER ST
JACKSON AVE
KEDZIE ST
CLINTON PL
McDANIEL AVE
EL
M
W
O
O
D
A
V
E
SEWARD ST
ROSLYN PL
EAST RAILROAD AVE
FLORENCE AVE
BE
N
S
O
N
A
VE
SHE
RMAN PL
CULVER
FORESTVIEW RD
MARTHA LN HAWTHORNE
LN
WADE
CT
BR
O
WN
A
VE
CROFT
LN
COLFAX
TER
BR
O
W
N
GREY
BRIDGE
ST
CALVIN
CIR
BROWN
AVE
RICHMOND
AVE
NORMANDY
PL
WOODLAND RD
ELINOR
PL
KEENEY ST
SOUTH BLVD
HAMILTON ST
GREENWOOD ST
UNIVERSITY PL
REE
S
E
A
V
E
AUTOBARN PL
GAFFIELD PL
LINCOLNWOOD DR
CRAWFORD AVE
LEONARD PL
CENTRAL PARK AVE
BENNETT AVE
MADISON PL
BRADLEY PL
GREENLEAF ST
WALNUT AVE
ROSALIE ST
BURNHAM PL
WARREN ST
LIVINGSTON
WASHINGTON ST
CLEVELAND ST
MONTICELLO PL
NATHANIEL PL
HARVARD TER
WOODBINE AVE
MAPLE AVE
DOBSON ST
DEWEY AVE
DARROW AVE
DEWEY AVE
INGLESIDE PL
RIDGE AVE
ASBURY AVE
FOWLER AVE
HARTREY AVE
CASE ST
SOUTH BLVD
ASHLAND AVE
SHERMAN AVE
LYONS ST
STEWART AVE
MARCY
AVE
WELLINGTON
CT
CLEVELAND ST
MONROE ST
LINDEN PL
LAKE SHORE BLVD
KNOX
CIR
HILLSIDE
LN
TRINITY
CT
SHERIDAN
SQ
EDGEMERE
CT
GREEN BAY RD
GARNETT
PL
CENTRAL ST
HARRISON
RIDGE
AVE
PAYNE ST
WESLEY AVE
CHURCH ST
HARTZELL ST
PRAIRIE AVE
DODGE AVEOAKTON ST
SOUTH BLVD
CRAIN
McDANIEL AVE
PITNER AVE
LEE ST
ASHLAND AVE
GROVE ST
FOSTER ST
ASBURY AVE
BARTON AVE
GRANT ST
BRYANT AVE
JUDSON AVE
SHERMAN AVE
COLFAX ST
ISABELLA ST
DAVIS ST
MAIN ST
RIDGE AVE
ASBURY AVE
THAYER CT
THAYER
ST
ISABELLA ST
HAYES
DARTMOUTH
PL
COLFAX
PL
THAYER
THAYER
ST
CRAWFORD
LINCOLNWOOD DR
LIVINGSTON ST
CHANCELLOR ST CHANCELLOR
LIVINGSTON
MILBURN ST
LAKESIDE
CT
EUCLID
PARK PL
WESLEY
NORWOOD CT
LYONS ST
GREY AVE
DEWEY AVE
PAYNE ST
MAIN ST
DODGE AVE
CENTRAL ST
McDA
NIEL AVE
EWING AVE
SHERIDAN RD
BRUMMEL ST
PITNER AVE
LINCOLN ST
HINMAN AVE
SEWARD ST
WESLEY AVE
CENTRAL ST
KEENEY ST
RIDGE AVE
OAK AVE
JACKSON
SHERMAN AVE
DOBSON ST
LINCOLN ST
SEWARD ST
DARROW AVE
GREY AVE
PARK PL
NOYES ST
LAKE ST
THAYER ST
WASHINGTON ST
LAKE STMcDANIEL AVE
BROWN AVE
AUSTIN ST
ASHLAND AVE
WESLEY AVE
TECH
DR
NOYES
CT
HAMPTON
PKY
OTTO
LN
BERNARD
PL
MEADOW-
LARK LN
RIDGE AVE
ELGIN RD
ELMWOOD AVE
COLFAX ST
HINMAN AVE
SIMPSON ST
WESLEY AVE
OAKTON ST
SHERIDAN RD
SHERIDAN RD
DEMPSTER ST
GREY AVE
LEE ST
SIMPSON ST
CHICAGO AVE
CHICAGO AVE
BENNETT AVE
MADISON ST
KEENEY ST
OAK
RIDGE AVE
SHERIDAN RD
GRANT ST
ASBURY AVE
GROVE ST
ELGIN RD
FLORENCE AVE
FOREST AVE
DODGE AVE
FOSTER ST
MULFORD ST
GREENLEAF ST
HILLSIDE RD
HARTREY AVE
HARTREY AVE
GREY AVE
ARNOLD
PL
PITNER AVE
LINCOLN ST
McCORMICK BLVD
FOSTER ST
GREENWOOD ST
CALLAN
PARK PL
JUDSON AVE
NOYES ST
DARROW AVE
ASHLAND AVE
HARRISON ST
HOWARD ST
NOYES
GLENVIEW RD
PRINCETON
CLIFFORD ST
HIGHLAND AVE
LAWNDALE AVE
DARTMOUTH
PL
ARTS
CIRCLE DR
ORRINGTON AVE
EASTWOOD AVE
BROADWAY AVE
WASHINGTON ST
NORTHWESTERN
PL
DRYDEN
PL
CLARK ST
700
400
500
300
600
800
200
900
100
2600
1700
3100
1200
1900
1000
1300
1400
2200
2300
1100
1800
2800
1500
3600
2000
2400
2700
3400
2100
2500
2900
1600
3000
32
0
0
33
0
0
30
0
600
2800
1900
1000
2700
400
2500
1400
800
1700
1600
700
2200
24
0
0
1400
20
0
500
14
0
0
200
2300
2000
700
800
2600
1200
22
0
0
1500
16
0
0
1200
100
1500
13
0
0
10
0
2900
1900
10
0
0
500
2100
2200
2400
11
0
0
1100
200
1300
28
0
0
1000
1200
2600
1500
2300
1800
2000
700
300
900
600
40
0
2400
25
0
0
2000
1300
1800
300
800
60
0
1100
100
500
2500
27
0
0
1600
17
0
0
35
0
0
26
0
0
1700
18
0
0
900
19
0
0
90
0
21
0
0
2300
21
0
0
400
38
0
0
37
0
0
2026 MFT Map.mxd
2026 MFT Street Resurfacing
City of Evanston Public Works Agency
This map is provided "as is" without warranties of any kind. See www.cityofevanston.org/mapdisclaimers.html for more information.
´
2026 MFT Street Resurfacing
Main Road
Local Street
Railroad
Water
City Boundary
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 10.125
Miles
12/8/2025
Street Average Width Length REMARKS
Custer (Monroe to Washington)43 800 Local
Dobson (Barton to Ridge)26 990 Local
Elmwood (Dempster to Greenwood)35 482 Local
Harrison (Gross Point to Crawford)34 800 Local
Haven (Orrington to Sheridan)20 608 Local
Jenks (Stewart to Prairie)22 430 Local
McDaniel (Dempster to Greenwood)27 567 Local
2026 MFT Street Resurfacing Project
Supplemental
Specifications
and Recurring
Special Provisions
Adopted January 1, 2026
i
INTRODUCTION
This book contains a copy of SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS and
frequently used RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS.
The SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS included herein supplement the
“Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction”, adopted
January 1, 2022. The SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS are applicable to, and
included by reference in, all contracts advertised and awarded by the Department.
The frequently used RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS included herein may
be included, by reference, in selected contracts advertised and awarded by the
Department.
Bidding proposals issued by the Department may contain a "Check Sheet for
Recurring Special Provisions" which specifies the RECURRING SPECIAL
PROVISIONS applicable to and included in contracts by reference.
The units of measure used shall correspond to the units used in the contract.
Printed by Authority of the State of Illinois
(25-494DOT-FINAD-B-47706; 16,000; 06-2025)
ii
INDEX
FOR
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
AND RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Adopted January 1, 2026
This index contains a listing of SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS, frequently used
RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS, and LOCAL ROADS AND STREETS
RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS.
ERRATA Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
(Adopted 1-1-22) (Revised 1-1-26)
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Std. Spec. Sec. Page No.
109 Measurement and Payment ................................................................. 1
202 Earth and Rock Excavation .................................................................. 2
204 Borrow and Furnished Excavation ........................................................ 3
207 Porous Granular Embankment ............................................................. 4
211 Topsoil and Compost ........................................................................... 5
214 Grading and Shaping Ditches .............................................................. 6
406 Hot-Mix Asphalt Binder and Surface Course ........................................ 7
407 Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement (Full-Depth) ............................................... 9
420 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement .................................................. 10
502 Excavation for Structures ..................................................................... 11
504 Precast Concrete Structures ................................................................ 12
509 Metal Railings ....................................................................................... 13
522 Retaining Walls .................................................................................... 14
540 Box Culverts ......................................................................................... 15
542 Pipe Culverts ........................................................................................ 35
550 Storm Sewers ....................................................................................... 44
586 Granular Backfill for Structures ............................................................ 51
601 Pipe Drains, Pipe Underdrains, and French Drains .............................. 52
630 Steel Plate Beam Guardrail .................................................................. 53
632 Guardrail and Cable Road Guard Removal .......................................... 54
644 High Tension Cable Median Barrier ..................................................... 55
665 Woven Wire Fence ............................................................................... 56
701 Work Zone Traffic Control and Protection ............................................ 57
781 Raised Reflective Pavement Markers .................................................. 59
782 Reflectors ............................................................................................. 60
801 Electrical Requirements ....................................................................... 62
821 Roadway Luminaires ............................................................................ 65
1003 Fine Aggregates ................................................................................... 66
1004 Coarse Aggregates .............................................................................. 67
1010 Finely Divided Minerals ........................................................................ 69
1020 Portland Cement Concrete ……… ........................................................ 70
1030 Hot-Mix Asphalt .................................................................................... 73
1040 Drain Pipe, Tile, and Wall Drain ........................................................... 74
1042 Precast Concrete Products .................................................................. 75
1061 Waterproofing Membrane System ........................................................ 76
iii
1067 Luminaire ……… .................................................................................. 77
1097 Reflectors ............................................................................................. 84
1102 Hot-Mix Asphalt Equipment .................................................................. 85
iv
RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The following RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS indicated by an “X” are
applicable to this contract and are included by reference:
CHECK SHEET # PAGE NO.
1 Additional State Requirements for Federal-Aid Construction Contracts 87
2 Subletting of Contracts (Federal-Aid Contracts) .................................... 90
3 EEO ...................................................................................................... 91
4 Specific EEO Responsibilities Nonfederal-Aid Contracts ...................... 101
5 Required Provisions - State Contracts .................................................. 106
6 Asbestos Bearing Pad Removal ............................................................ 112
7 Asbestos Waterproofing Membrane and Asbestos Hot-Mix Asphalt
Surface Removal ...........................................................................
113
8 Temporary Stream Crossings and In-Stream Work Pads ..................... 114
9 Construction Layout Stakes .................................................................. 115
10 Use of Geotextile Fabric for Railroad Crossing ..................................... 118
11 Subsealing of Concrete Pavements ...................................................... 120
12 Hot-Mix Asphalt Surface Correction ...................................................... 124
13 Pavement and Shoulder Resurfacing .................................................... 126
14 Patching with Hot-Mix Asphalt Overlay Removal .................................. 127
15 Polymer Concrete ................................................................................. 129
16 Reserved ................................................................................................ 131
17 Bicycle Racks ........................................................................................ 132
18 Temporary Portable Bridge Traffic Signals ........................................... 134
19 Nighttime Inspection of Roadway Lighting ............................................ 136
20 English Substitution of Metric Bolts ....................................................... 137
21 Calcium Chloride Accelerator for Portland Cement Concrete ............... 138
22 Quality Control of Concrete Mixtures at the Plant ................................. 139
23 Quality Control/Quality Assurance of Concrete Mixtures ...................... 147
24 Reserved ............................................................................................... 163
25 Reserved ............................................................................................... 164
26 Temporary Raised Pavement Markers .................................................. 165
27 Restoring Bridge Approach Pavements Using High-Density Foam ....... 166
28 Portland Cement Concrete Inlay or Overlay .......................................... 169
29 Portland Cement Concrete Partial Depth Hot-Mix Asphalt Patching ..... 173
30 Longitudinal Joint and Crack Patching .................................................. 176
31 Concrete Mix Design Department Provided ....................................... 178
32 Station Numbers in Pavements or Overlays ......................................... 179
v
LOCAL ROADS AND STREETS RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Table of Contents
CHECK SHEET # PAGE NO.
LRS1 Reserved ............................................................................................ 181
LRS2 Furnished Excavation ......................................................................... 182
LRS3 Work Zone Traffic Control Surveillance .............................................. 183
LRS4 Flaggers in Work Zones ...................................................................... 184
LRS5 Contract Claims .................................................................................. 185
LRS6 Bidding Requirements and Conditions for Contract Proposals ........... 186
LRS7 Bidding Requirements and Conditions for Material Proposals ............ 192
LRS8 Reserved ............................................................................................ 198
LRS9 Bituminous Surface Treatments .......................................................... 199
LRS10 Reserved ............................................................................................ 203
LRS11 Employment Practices ........................................................................ 204
LRS12 Wages of Employees in Public Works ................................................ 206
LRS13 Selection of Labo ............................................................................... 208
LRS14 Paving Brick and Concrete Paver Pavements and Sidewalks ............ 209
LRS15 Partial Payments ................................................................................. 212
LRS16 Protests on Local Lettings ................................................................... 213
LRS17 Substance Abuse Prevention Program ............................................... 214
LRS18 Multigrade Cold Mix Asphalt ............................................................... 215
LRS19 Reflective Crack Control Treatment .................................................... 216
vi
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
ERRATA
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
Adopted: January 1, 2022
Revised: January 1, 2026
Page viii Table of Contents. Change “SECTION 586. SAND BACKFILL FOR
VAULTED ABUTMENTS” to “SECTION 586. GRANULAR BACKFILL
FOR STRUCTURES”.
Page 2 Article 101.01. In the list of abbreviations, add the following after
“OSHA”:
“ Product Eval “ Product Evaluation and Audit Solutions”
& Audit”
Page 170 Article 352.18(b)(3). Change “unstable and/or unsuitable material” to
“unsuitable material”.
Page 170 Article 352.18(b)(4). Change “unstable and/or unsuitable material” to
“unsuitable material”.
Page 170 Article 352.19(c). Change “unstable and/or unsuitable material” to
“unsuitable material”.
Page 170 Article 352.19(d). Change “unstable and/or unsuitable material” to
“unsuitable material”.
Page 267 Article 441.04. In Note 1/, change “unstable” to “unsuitable”.
Page 269 Article 441.05. In the last paragraph, change “Unsuitable or unstable
material” to “Unsuitable material”.
Page 270 Article 441.10. In the second paragraph, change “unstable” to
“unsuitable”.
Page 273 Article 442.05. In the fourth paragraph, change “unsuitable and
unstable materials” to “unsuitable materials”.
Page 282 Article 442.08(b). Change “Articles 1030.05(d)(3), (d)(4), and (d)(7).” to
“Articles 1030.09(b), 1030.09(c), and 1030.09(f).”
Page 308 Article 502.12(b). In the last sentence of the first paragraph, change
“unstable and/or unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
Page 310 Article 502.13. In the first sentence of the fourth paragraph, change
“unstable and/or unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
vii
Page 310 Article 502.13. In the second sentence of the fourth paragraph, change
“unstable and/or unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
Page 444 Article 522.15(b). In the eighteenth paragraph, change “unstable and/or
unsuitable material” to “disposal of unsuitable material”.
Page 446 Article 522.16. In the sixteenth paragraph, change “unstable and/or
unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
Page 450 Article 540.07(b). In the last paragraph, change “unstable and/or
unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
Page 450 Article 540.08. In the last paragraph, change “unstable and/or
unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
Page 599 Section 672. In the section title, change “AVANDONED” to
“ABANDONED”.
Page 654 Article 780.04. In the sixth paragraph, change “Article 780.14” to
“Article 780.15”.
Page 656 Article 780.08. In the last sentence of the 3rd paragraph, change
“Contractor shall not install” to “Contractor shall install.”
Page 699 Article 818.02(b). In the Article/Section reference, change
“1066.03(a)(3)” to “1066.03(b)”.
Page 749 Article 1001.01(d)(1). Change “maximum final set” to “minimum final
set”.
Page 780 Article 1006.06(b). In the last sentence, change “AASHTO ASTM A 775
(A 775M)” to “ASTM A 775 (A 775M)”.
Page 788 Article 1006.25. In the third paragraph, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO
Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 805 Article 1008.05. In the first sentence of the second paragraph, change
“National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP)” to
“AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 805 Article 1008.05. In the second sentence of the second paragraph,
change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 806 Article 1008.05(b). In the Article title, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO
Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 808 Article 1008.05(f)(1). In the first sentence, change “NTPEP” to
“AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 817 Section 1018. In the section title, change “MORTOR” to “MORTAR”.
viii
Page 869 Article 1030.01. In the last sentence of the second paragraph, change
“specificly” to “specifically”.
Page 891 Article 1030.09(e)(1). In the sixth line of the first paragraph, change
“contine” to “continue”.
Page 894 Article 1030.09(i). In the second to last paragraph, change “aggegate”
to “aggregate”.
Page 919 Article 1040.04(a). In the first sentence, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO
Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 919 Article 1040.04(b). In the first sentence, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO
Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 951 Article 1062.02. Change the Article title from “1062.02 Lighting
Protection” to “1065.02 Lighting Protection”.
Page 1034 Article 1080.01(a)(3). In Note 2/, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO
Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 1035 Article 1080.02. In Note 1/, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product Eval
& Audit”.
Page 1035 Article 1080.02. In Note 2/, change all “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product
Eval & Audit”.
Page 1036 Article 1080.03. In Note 1/, change all “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product
Eval & Audit”.
Page 1036 Article 1080.04. In the fourth sentence of the first paragraph, change
“NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 1036 Article 1080.04. In the fifth sentence of the first paragraph, change
“NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 1037 Article 1080.05. In Note 1/, change all “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product
Eval & Audit”.
Page 1039 Article 1080.06(d). In Note 1/, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product
Eval & Audit”.
Page 1060 Article 1083.01. In the second sentence of the first paragraph, change
“NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
1
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 109. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
109.07 Partial Payments. Revise the last sentence of the first paragraph in Article
109.07(a) to read:
“ No amount equal to or less than $100.00 will be approved for payment other
than the final payment.”
2
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 202. EARTH AND ROCK EXCAVATION
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
202.07 Method of Measurement. Revise the first and second paragraphs of
Article 202.07(b) to read:
“ (b) Measured Quantities. Earth and rock excavation will be measured in cubic
yards (cubic meters) in their original positions. The volumes will be
computed by the method of average end areas using before and after cross
sections; or by the method of digital elevation modeling using before and
after digital surveys. The volume of any unsuitable material removed will be
measured for payment in cubic yards (cubic meters).
In rock excavation, the Contractor shall strip ledge rock of overburden so
that necessary survey shots for measurement may be taken. Vertical
measurements shall extend from the surface of the rock to an elevation not
more than 6 in. (150 mm) below the subgrade of the proposed pavement, as
shown on the plans, or to the bottom of the rock where that point is above
the bottom of subgrade of the proposed pavement. Horizontal
measurements shall extend not more than 6 in. (150 mm) beyond the slope
lines fixed by the Engineer for the work. Boulders and rocks 1/2 cu yd
(0.5 cu m) or more in volume will be measured individually and the volume
computed from average dimensions taken in three directions.”
3
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 204. BORROW AND FURNISHED EXCAVATION
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
204.07 Method of Measurement. Revise the first paragraph of this Article to read:
“ 204.07 Method of Measurement. Borrow excavation will be measured in
cubic yards (cubic meters) in its original position. The volume will be computed by
the method of average end areas using before and after cross sections; or by the
method of digital elevation modeling using before and after digital surveys.”
Revise the embankment definition in Article 204.07(b) to read:
“ Embankment = the volume of fill in its final position computed by the
method of average end areas or digital elevation
modeling. Both methods will be based upon the
existing ground line as shown on the plans, except as
noted in (1) and (2) below;”
4
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 207. POROUS GRANULAR EMBANKMENT
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
207.04 Method of Measurement. Revise this Article to read:
“ 207.04 Method of Measurement. This work will be measured for payment in
tons (metric tons) according to Article 311.08(b), or in cubic yards (cubic meters)
compacted in place and the volume computed by the method of average end areas or
by digital elevation modeling.”
5
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 211. TOPSOIL AND COMPOST
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
211.07 Method of Measurement. Revise the second sentence of the second
paragraph of Article 211.07(b) to read:
“ The volume will be computed by the method of average end areas or by
digital elevation modeling.”
7
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 406. HOT-MIX ASPHALT BINDER AND SURFACE COURSE
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
406.03 Equipment. Add the following to this Article.
“ (n) Material Transfer Device ................................................................ 1102.02”
406.06 Placing. Add the following to the end of Article 406.06(f).
“ When required, a material transfer device (MTD) shall be used to transfer
the HMA from the haul trucks to the spreading and finishing machine. The
particular HMA mixtures for which an MTD is required will be specified in the
plans. When not required, an MTD may still be used at the Contractor’s
option, subject to the requirements and restrictions herein. Use of MTDs
shall be according to the following.
MTD Category Usage
Category I Any resurfacing application
Full-Depth HMA where the in-place binder thickness
is ≥ 10 in. (250 mm)
Category II Full-Depth HMA where the in-place binder thickness
is < 10 in. (250 mm)
Category I MTD’s will only be allowed to travel over structures under the
following conditions:
(1) Approval will be given by the Engineer.
(2) The MTD shall be emptied of HMA material prior to crossing the
structure and shall travel at crawl speed across the structure.
(3) The tires of the MTD shall travel on or in close proximity and parallel to
the beam and/or girder lines of the structure.”
406.13 Method of Measurement. Add the following to the end of Article 406.13(b).
“ The required use of an MTD will be measured for payment in tons
(metric tons) of the HMA mixtures placed with the MTD. The use of an MTD
at the Contractor’s option will not be measured for payment.”
8
406.14 Basis of Payment. Add the following between the second and third
paragraphs of this Article.
“ The required use of an MTD will be paid for at the contract unit price per ton
(metric ton) for MATERIAL TRANSFER DEVICE. The HMA mixtures placed with the
MTD will be paid for separately according to their respective specifications.”
9
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 407. HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT (FULL DEPTH)
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
407.12 Basis of Payment. Revise the second and third paragraphs of this Article
to read:
“ Tack coat, full lane sealant (FLS), and longitudinal joint sealant (LJS) will be paid
for according to Article 406.14.”
10
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 420. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
420.05 Joints. Revise the table in Article 420.05(c)(2)b.1.(c.) to read:
“Pavement
Thickness
Dowel Bar
Diameter
Vertical Translation
Tolerance Above or
Below Midpoint
≤ 8 in.
(≤ 200 mm)
1.00 in.
(25 mm)
0.25 in.
(6 mm)
> 8 to < 10 in.
(> 200 to < 250 mm)
1.25 in.
(31 mm)
0.50 in.
(13 mm)
≥ 10 in.
(≥ 250 mm)
1.50 in.
(38 mm)
0.50 in.
(13 mm)”
11
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 502. EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
502.12 Method of Measurement. Revise Article 502.12(b)(1) to read:
“ (1) General. Rock excavation will be measured for payment in its original
position and the volume in cubic yards (cubic meters) computed by the
method of average end areas or by digital elevation modeling.”
12
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 504. PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
504.06 Precast, Prestressed Concrete Members. Revise the first paragraph of this
Article to read:
“ (g) Bond Breaker. After the beams have been erected at the job site and just
prior to installation of the bridge deck reinforcement, portions of the top
surface of the beams identified on the plans shall have bond breaker
applied.”
44
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 550. STORM SEWERS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
550.03 Material Permitted. Replace the storm sewer tables of this Article with the
following:
(SEE TABLES ON NEXT 6 PAGES)
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 586. GRANULAR BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
586.02 Materials. Revise this Article to read:
“ 586.02 Materials. Materials shall be according to the following.
Item Article/Section
(a)Coarse Aggregates (Note 1) .............................................................. 1004.05
Note 1. Mechanical compaction may be required for CA 6 and CA 10
gradations, as determined by the Engineer.”
586.03 General. Delete the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Article.
586.04 Method of Measurement. Revise Article 586.04(b) to read:
“ (b) Measured Quantities. This work will be measured for payment in place and
the volume computed in cubic yards (cubic meters). The volume will be
determined by the method of average end areas behind the abutment or by
digital elevation modeling.”
52
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 601. PIPE DRAINS, PIPE UNDERDRAINS, AND FRENCH DRAINS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
601.01 Description. Revise the description for pipe underdrains for structures in the
table of this Article to read:
“Type Description
Pipe Underdrains for
Structures
A perforated pipe, without fabric, installed in fabric
lined trench backfilled with coarse aggregate.”
601.02 Materials. Delete Article 601.02(g)(6).
Revise Note 5 of Article 601.02 to read:
“ Note 5. Coarse aggregate shall meet the requirements of Section 586.”
57
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 701. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PROTECTION
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
701.12 Personal Protective Equipment. Revise this Article to read:
“ 701.12 Personal Protective Equipment. All personnel on foot, excluding
flaggers, within the highway right-of-way shall wear a fluorescent orange, fluorescent
yellow/green, or a combination of fluorescent orange and fluorescent yellow/green
vest meeting the requirements of ANSI/ISEA 107 Type R Performance Class 2 high-
visibility safety apparel. Other types of garments may be substituted for the vest as
long as the garments have a manufacturer’s tag identifying them as meeting the
ANSI/ISEA 107 Type R Performance Class 2 requirement.”
701.13 Flaggers. Revise this Article to read:
“ 701.13 Flaggers and Spotters. Flaggers shall be certified by an agency
approved by the Department. While on the job site, each flagger shall have in his/her
possession a current driver’s license and a current flagger certification I.D. card. For
non-drivers, the Illinois Identification Card issued by the Secretary of State will meet
the requirement for a current driver’s license. This certification requirement may be
waived by the Engineer for emergency situations that arise due to actions beyond the
Contractor's control where flagging is needed to maintain safe traffic control on a
temporary basis. Spotters are defined as certified flaggers that provide support to
workers by monitoring traffic.
Flaggers and spotters shall be stationed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and
be equipped with a fluorescent orange, fluorescent yellow/green, or a combination of
fluorescent orange and fluorescent yellow/green vest meeting the requirements of
ANSI/ISEA 107 for Type R Performance Class 2 high-visibility safety apparel.
Flaggers shall be equipped with a stop/slow traffic control sign. Spotters shall be
equipped with a loud warning device. The warning sound shall be identifiable by
workers so they can take evasive action when necessary. Other types of garments
may be substituted for the vest as long as the garments have a manufacturer’s tag
identifying them as meeting the ANSI Class 2 requirement. The longitudinal
placement of the flagger may be increased up to 100 ft (30 m) from that shown on the
plans to improve the visibility of the flagger. Flaggers shall not encroach on the open
lane of traffic unless traffic has been stopped. Spotters shall not encroach on the
open lane of traffic, nor interact with or control the flow of traffic.
For nighttime flagging, flaggers shall be illuminated by an overhead light source
providing a minimum vertical illuminance of 10 fc (108 lux) measured 1 ft (300 mm)
58
out from the flagger’s chest. The bottom of any luminaire shall be a minimum of 10 ft
(3 m) above the pavement. Luminaire(s) shall be shielded to minimize glare to
approaching traffic and trespass light to adjoining properties. Nighttime flaggers shall
be equipped with fluorescent orange or fluorescent orange and fluorescent
yellow/green apparel meeting the requirements of ANSI/ISEA 107 for Type R
Performance Class 3 high-visibility safety apparel.
Flaggers and spotters shall be provided per the traffic control plan and as
follows.
(a) Two-Lane Highways. Two flaggers will be required for each separate
operation where two-way traffic is maintained over one lane of pavement.
Work operations controlled by flaggers shall be no more than 1 mile
(1600 m) in length. Flaggers shall be in sight of each other or in direct
communication at all times. Direct communication shall be obtained by
using portable two-way radios or walkie-talkies.
The Engineer will determine when a side road or entrance shall be closed to
traffic. A flagger will be required at each side road or entrance remaining
open to traffic within the operation where two-way traffic is maintained on
one lane of pavement. The flagger shall be positioned as shown on the
plans or as directed by the Engineer.
(b) Multi-Lane Highways. At all times where traffic is restricted to less than the
normal number of lanes on a multilane pavement with a posted speed limit
greater than 40 mph and the workers are present, but not separated from
the traffic by physical barriers, a flagger or spotter shall be furnished as
shown on the plans. Flaggers shall warn and direct traffic. Spotters shall
monitor traffic conditions and warn workers of errant approaching vehicles or
other hazardous conditions as they occur. One flagger will be required for
each separate activity of an operation that requires frequent encroachment
in a lane open to traffic. One spotter will be required for each separate
activity with workers near the edge of the open lane or with their backs
facing traffic.
Flaggers will not be required when no work is being performed, unless there is a
lane closure on two-lane, two-way pavement.”
66
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1003. FINE AGGREGATES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1003.07 Fine Aggregate for Select Fill Used for Retaining Wall Applications Utilizing
Soil Reinforcement. Revise Article 1003.07(f)(2) to read:
“ (2) The chlorides shall be a maximum of 100 parts per million according to
Illinois Modified AASHTO T 291.”
Revise Article 1003.07(f)(3) to read:
“ (3) The sulfates shall be a maximum of 200 parts per million according to
Illinois Modified AASHTO T 290.”
Revise Article 1003.07(g) to read:
“ (g) Testing Protocol. Prior to the start of and during construction, the internal
friction angle and pH shall be determined in order to demonstrate the select
fill material meets the specification requirements. Resistivity, chlorides,
sulfates, and organic content test results shall also be determined if steel
reinforcement is used. Testing shall be according to the current Bureau of
Materials Policy Memorandum “Fine and Coarse Aggregates Used as Select
Fill in MSE Walls Acceptance Procedures for Approved/Qualified Aggregate
Sources”.”
67
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1004. COARSE AGGREGATES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1004.05 Coarse Aggregate for Blotter, Embankment, Backfill, Trench Backfill,
Bedding, and French Drains. Revise the table in Article 1004.05(c) to read:
“Application Gradation
Blotter CA 15
Granular Embankment,
Granular Backfill,
Trench Backfill, and
Bedding and Backfill for Pipe
Culverts and Storm Sewers
CA 6, CA 9, CA 10, CA 12, CA 17,
CA 18, and CA 19
Porous Granular Embankment,
Porous Granular Backfill, and
French Drains
CA 7, CA 8, CA 11, CA 15, CA 16
and CA 18
Granular Backfill for Structures CA 6 through CA 11
Bedding and Backfill for Pipe
Underdrains, Type 2
CA 16, except the percent passing
the No. 16 (1.18 mm) sieve shall be
4 ± 4 percent.”
1004.06 Coarse Aggregate for Select Fill Used for Retaining Wall Applications
Utilizing Soil Reinforcement. Revise Article 1004.06(f)(2) to read:
“ (2) The chlorides shall be a maximum of 100 parts per million according to
Illinois Modified AASHTO T 291.”
Revise Article 1004.06(f)(3) to read:
“ (3) The sulfates shall be a maximum of 200 parts per million according to
Illinois Modified AASHTO T 290.”
Revise Article 1004.06(g) to read:
“ (g) Testing Protocol. Prior to the start of and during construction, the internal
friction angle and pH shall be determined in order to demonstrate the select
fill material meets the specification requirements. Resistivity, chlorides,
sulfates, and organic content test results shall also be determined if steel
reinforcement is used. Testing shall be according to the current Bureau of
Materials Policy Memorandum “Fine and Coarse Aggregates Used as Select
68
Fill in MSE Walls Acceptance Procedures for Approved/Qualified Aggregate
Sources”.”
69
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1010. FINELY DIVIDED MINERALS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1010.01 Description. Revise the second paragraph of this Article to read:
“ Different sources or types of finely divided minerals shall not be mixed or used
alternately in the same item of construction, except as a blended finely divided
mineral product according to Article 1010.06.”
Add the following Article to this Section:
“ 1010.06 Blended Finely Divided Minerals. Blended finely divided minerals
shall be the product resulting from the blending or intergrinding of two or three finely
divided minerals. Blended finely divided minerals shall be according to ASTM
C 1697, except as follows.
(a) Blending shall be accomplished by mechanically or pneumatically
intermixing the constituent finely divided minerals into a uniform mixture that
is then discharged into a silo for storage or tanker for transportation.
(b) The blended finely divided mineral product will be classified according to its
predominant constituent or the manufacturer’s designation and shall meet
the chemical requirements of its classification. The other finely divided
mineral constituent(s) will not be required to conform to their individual
standards.”
70
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1020. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1020.09 Strength Tests. Revise this Article to read:
“ 1020.09 Strength Tests. The specimens shall be molded and cured according
to Illinois Modified AASHTO R 100. Specimens shall be field cured with the
construction item as specified in Illinois Modified AASHTO R 100. The compressive
strength shall be determined according to Illinois Modified AASHTO T 22. The
flexural strength shall be determined according to Illinois Modified AASHTO T 177.
Except for Class PC and PS concrete, the Contractor shall transport the strength
specimens from the site of the work to the field laboratory or other location as
instructed by the Engineer. During transportation, the specimens shall be embedded
in straw, burlap, or other acceptable material to protect them from damage. For
strength specimens, the Contractor shall provide a field curing box, which may be
insulated or power operated as appropriate, for initial curing and a water storage tank
for final curing. An acceptable insulated box is a 5-day chest cooler.
For standard curing, a field curing box will be required when the National Weather
Service forecast for the construction area predicts an air temperature below 60 °F
(16 °C) during the initial curing period. The field curing box shall maintain the initial
curing temperature range specified in Illinois Modified AASHTO R 100, except a
power operated box shall be set at 60 °F (16 °C) to 63 °F (17 °C). Strength
specimens shall be transported to the testing facility the next day, but no later than
32 hours after casting for a power operated box and no later than 48 hours after
casting for an insulated box.
For field curing when strength specimens remain in the field until testing is
required, only an insulated box shall be used when the National Weather Service
forecast for the construction area predicts an air temperature below 70 °F (21 °C)
during the first 24 hours.”
1020.11 Mixing Portland Cement Concrete. Revise Article 1020.11(a)(7) to read:
“ (7) Haul Time. Haul time shall begin when the delivery ticket is stamped.
The delivery ticket shall be stamped no later than five minutes after the
addition of the mixing water to the cement, or after the addition of the
cement to the aggregate when the combined aggregates contain free
moisture in excess of two percent by weight (mass). If more than one
batch is required for charging a truck using a stationary mixer, the time
71
of haul shall start with mixing of the first batch. Haul time shall end
when the truck is emptied for incorporation of the concrete into the
work. The maximum haul time shall be as follows.
Concrete Temperature
at Point of Discharge,
°F (°C)
Maximum Haul Time 1/
(minutes)
Truck Mixer or
Truck Agitator
Nonagitator
Truck
50 – 64 (10 – 17.5) 90 45
>64 (>17.5) - without retarder 60 30
>64 (>17.5) - with retarder 90 45
1/ To encourage start-up testing for mix adjustments at the plant, the
first two trucks will be allowed an additional 15 minutes haul time
whenever such testing is performed.
For a mixture which is not mixed on the jobsite, a delivery ticket shall be
required for each load. The following information shall be recorded on
each delivery ticket: (1) ticket number; (2) name of producer and plant
location; (3) contract number; (4) name of Contractor; (5) stamped date
and time batched; (6) truck number; (7) quantity batched; (8) amount of
admixture(s) in the batch; (9) amount of water in the batch; and
(10) Department mix design number.
For concrete mixed in jobsite stationary mixers, the above delivery ticket
may be waived, but a method of verifying the haul time shall be
established to the satisfaction of the Engineer.”
1020.13 Curing and Protection. Revise the Curing Period Days of Cast-in-Place
Concrete Substructure and Culverts in the Index Table of this Article to read:
72
“INDEX TABLE OF CURING AND PROTECTION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
CURING CURING LOW AIR
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION METHODS PERIOD TEMPERATURE
DAYS PROTECTION METHODS
Cast-in-Place Concrete 11/
Pavement
Shoulder 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 3/ 5/ 3 1020.13(c)
Base Course
Base Course Widening 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 2/ 3 1020.13(c)
Driveway
Median
Barrier
Curb
Gutter 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 4/ 5/ 3 1020.13(c) 16/
Curb & Gutter
Sidewalk
Slope Wall
Paved Ditch
Catch Basin
Manhole 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 4/ 3 1020.13(c)
Inlet
Valve Vault
Pavement Patching
Bridge Deck Patching
1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 2/
1020.13(a)(3)(5)
3 12/
3 or 7 12/
1020.13(c)
1020.13(c)
Railroad Crossing 1020.13(a)(3)(5) 1 1020.13(c)
Piles and Drilled Shafts 1020.13(a)(3)(5) 7 1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Foundations & Footings
Seal Coat
1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 4/ 6/
7
1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Substructure 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 1/ 7/ 7 20/ 1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Superstructure (except deck) 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(5)(6) 8/ 19/ 7 1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Superstructure (Approach Slab) 1020.13(a)(5)(6) 19/ 3 1020.13(d)(1)(2) 17/
Deck 1020.13(a)(5)(6) 19/ 7 1020.13(d)(1)(2) 17/
Retaining Walls 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 1/ 7/ 7 1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Pump Houses 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 1/ 7 1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Culverts 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 4/ 6/ 7 20/ 1020.13(d)(1)(2) 18/
Other Incidental Concrete 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(5) 3 1020.13(c)
Precast Concrete 11/
Bridge Slabs
Piles and Pile Caps 1020.13(a)(3)(5) 9/ 10/ As 13/ 9/
Other Structural Members Required
All Other Precast Items 1020.13(a)(3)(4)(5) 2/ 9/ 10/ As 14/
Required
9/
Precast, Prestressed Concrete 11/
Until Strand
All Items 1020.13(a)(3)(5) 9/ 10/ Tensioning is 9/ ”
Released 15/
Add the following note at the end of the Index Table in Article 1020.13:
“ 20/ The Contractor has the option to reduce the 7-day curing period provided
the concrete had a maximum water/cement ratio of 0.42 at time of
placement and the strength specimens are field-cured and obtain
100 percent of the design strength. The minimum curing period shall be 3
days.”
73
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1030. HOT-MIX ASPHALT
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1030.09 Quality Control / Quality Assurance (QC/QA). Revise Article 1030.09(g)(1)
to read:
“ (1) The Contractor shall sample approximately 150 lb (70 kg) of mix as
required for the Department’s random mixture verification tests
according to Article 1030.09(h)(1).”
Revise the second sentence of Article 1030.09(h)(1) to read:
“ The Engineer will randomly identify one sample for each 3,000 tons
(2,720 metric tons) of mix, with a minimum of one sample per mix. If the
remaining mix quantity is 600 tons (544 metric tons) or less, the quantity
will be combined with the previous 3,000 tons (2,720 metric tons) in the
Engineer’s random sample identification. If the required tonnage of a
mixture for a single pay item is less than 250 tons (225 metric tons) in
total, the Engineer will waive mixture verification tests.”
Add the following to the end of the third paragraph of Article 1030.09(h)(2):
“ The HMA maximum theoretical specific gravity (Gmm) will be based on
the Department mixture verification test. If there is more than one
Department mixture verification Gmm test, the Gmm will be based on the
average of the Department test results.”
1030.10 Start of HMA Production and Job Mix Formula (JMF) Adjustments. Add the
following paragraph between the third and fourth paragraphs of this Article:
“ When a test strip is not required, each HMA mixture with a quantity of 3,000 tons
(2,750 metric tons) or more shall still be sampled on the first day of production: I-FIT
and Hamburg wheel testing for High ESAL; I-FIT testing for Low ESAL. Within two
working days after sampling the mixture, the Contractor shall deliver gyratory
cylinders to the District laboratory for Department verification testing. The High ESAL
mixture test results shall meet the requirements of Articles 1030.05(d)(3) and
1030.05(d)(4). The Low ESAL mixture test results shall meet the requirements of
Article 1030.05(d)(4).”
180
LOCAL ROADS AND STREETS
RECURRING SPECIAL
PROVISIONS
The following special provisions should only be used
when the local agency is the lead on a project.
CHECK SHEET #LRS1
181
RESERVED
CHECK SHEET #LRS2
182
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
FURNISHED EXCAVATION
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2007
Add the following subparagraph to Article 204.07 of the Standard Specifications:
“(c) Truck Loads. When contract quantities do not exceed 2000 cu yd (cu m),
furnished excavation may be measured by truck loads. Prior to the start of
work, the Contractor and the Engineer shall agree to a standard volume for
the trucks utilized by the Contractor. A shrinkage factor of 25 percent will be
used in the computations.”
CHECK SHEET #LRS3
183
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SURVEILLANCE
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2018
Revise Article 701.10 of the Standard Specifications to read:
“The Contractor shall conduct inspections of the worksite at a frequency that will
allow for the timely replacement of any traffic control device that has become
displaced, worn, or damaged. A sufficient quantity of replacement devices, based on
vulnerability to damage, shall be readily available to meet this requirement.”
Delete Article 701.20(g) of the Standard Specifications.
CHECK SHEET #LRS4
184
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
FLAGGERS IN WORK ZONES
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2007
Revise the last paragraph of Article 701.13 of the Standard Specifications to read:
“Flaggers are required only when workers are present.”
CHECK SHEET #LRS5
185
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
CONTRACT CLAIMS
Effective: January 1, 2002
Revised: January 1, 2007
Revise the second sentence of subparagraph (a) of Article 109.09 of the Standard
Specifications to read:
"All claims shall be submitted to the Engineer."
Revise subparagraph (e) of Article 109.09 of the Standard Specifications to read:
"(e) Procedure. All Claims shall be submitted to the Engineer. The Engineer will
consider all information submitted with the claim. Claims not conforming to
this Article will be returned without consideration. The Engineer may
schedule a claim presentation meeting if, in the Engineer's judgment, such a
meeting would aid in resolution of the claim, otherwise a decision will be
based on the claim documentation submitted. A final decision will be
rendered within 90 days of receipt of the claim.
Full compliance by the Contractor with the provisions specified in this Article
is a contractual condition precedent to the Contractor's right to seek relief in
the Court of Claims. The Engineer’s written decision shall be the final
administrative action of the Department. Unless the Contractor files a claim
for adjudication by the Court of Claims within 60 days after the date of the
written decision, the failure to file shall constitute a release and waiver of the
claim."
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
186
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS FOR CONTRACT PROPOSALS
Effective: January 1, 2002
Revised: January 1, 2015
Replace Article 102.01 of the Standard Specifications with the following:
“Prequalification of Bidders. When prequalification is required and the Awarding
Authority for contract construction work is the County Board of a County, the Council,
the City Council, or the President and Board of Trustees of a city, village, or town,
each prospective bidder, in evidence of competence, shall furnish the Awarding
Authority as a prerequisite to the release of proposal forms by the Awarding Authority,
a certified or photostatic copy of a "Certificate of Eligibility" issued by the Department
of Transportation, according to the Department's "Prequalification Manual".
The two low bidders must file, within 24 hours after the letting, a sworn affidavit in
triplicate, showing all uncompleted contracts awarded to them and all low bids
pending award for Federal, State, County, Municipal and private work, using the
blank form made available for this affidavit. One copy shall be filed with the Awarding
Authority and two copies with IDOT's District office.
Issuance of Proposal Forms. The Awarding Authority reserves the right to refuse
to issue a proposal form for bidding purposes for any of the following reasons:
(a) Lack of competency and adequate machinery, plant, and other equipment,
as revealed by the financial statement and experience questionnaires
required in the prequalification procedures.
(b) Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Awarding Authority, might
hinder or prevent the prompt completion of additional work awarded.
(c) False information provided on a bidder’s “Affidavit of Availability”.
(d) Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and material on
former contracts in force at the time of issuance of proposal forms.
(e) Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the Department.
(f) Default under previous contracts.
(g) Unsatisfactory performance record as shown by past work for the Awarding
Authority, judged from the standpoint of workmanship and progress.
(h) When the Contractor is suspended from eligibility to bid at a public letting
where the contract is awarded by, or requires approval of, the Department.
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
187
(i) When any agent, servant, or employee of the prospective bidder currently
serves as a member, employee, or agent of a governmental body that is
financially involved in the proposal work.
(j) When any agent, servant, or employee of the perspective bidder has
participated in the preparation of plans or specifications for the proposed
work.
Interpretation of Quantities in the Bid Schedule. The quantities appearing in the
bid schedule are approximate and are prepared for the comparison of bids. Payment
to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed and
accepted or materials furnished according to the contract. The scheduled quantities
of work to be done and materials to be furnished may be increased, decreased, or
omitted as hereinafter provided.
Examination of Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, and Site of Work. The
bidder shall, before submitting a bid, carefully examine the provisions of the contract.
The bidder shall inspect in detail the site of the proposed work, investigate and
become familiar with all the local conditions affecting the contract and fully acquaint
themselves with the detailed requirements of construction. Submission of a bid shall
be a conclusive assurance and warranty the bidder has made these examinations
and the bidder understands all requirements for the performance of the work. If
his/her bid is accepted, the bidder shall be responsible for all errors in the proposal
resulting from his/her failure or neglect to comply with these instructions. The
Awarding Authority will, in no case, be responsible for any costs, expenses, losses, or
change in anticipated profits resulting from such failure or neglect of the bidder to
make these examinations.
The bidder shall take no advantage of any error or omission in the proposal and
advertised contract. Any prospective bidder who desires an explanation or
interpretation of the plans, specification, or any of the contract documents, shall
request such in writing from the Awarding Authority, in sufficient time to allow a
written reply by the Awarding Authority that can reach all prospective bidders before
the submission of their bids. Any reply given a prospective bidder concerning any of
the contract documents, plans, and specifications will be furnished to all prospective
bidders in the form determined by the Awarding Authority including, but not limited to,
an addendum, if the information is deemed by the Awarding Authority to be
necessary in submitting bids or if the Awarding Authority concludes the information
would aid competition. Oral explanations, interpretations, or instructions given before
the submission of bids unless at a prebid conference will not be binding on the
Awarding Authority.
Preparation of the Proposal. Bidders shall submit their proposals on the form
furnished by the Awarding Authority. The proposal shall be executed properly, and
bids shall be made for all items indicated in the proposal form, except when alternate
bids are asked, a bid on more than one alternate for each item is not required, unless
otherwise provided. The bidder shall indicate in figures, a unit price for each of the
separate items called for in the proposal form; the bidder shall show the products of
the respective quantities and unit prices in the column provided for that purpose, and
the gross sum shown in the place indicated in the proposal form shall be the
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
188
summation of said products. All writing shall be with ink or typewriter, except the
signature of the bidder which shall be written in ink.
If the proposal is made by an individual, that individual’s name and business
address shall be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the name and business
address of each member of the firm or partnership shall be shown. If made by a
corporation, the proposal shall show the names, titles, and business addresses of the
president, corporate secretary and treasurer. The proposal shall be signed by
president or someone with authority to execute contracts and attested by the
corporate secretary or someone with authority to execute or attest to the execution of
contracts.
When prequalification is required, the proposal form shall be submitted by an
authorized bidder in the same name and style as shown on the “Contractor’s
Statement of Experience and Financial Condition” used for prequalification.
Rejection of Proposals. The Awarding Authority reserves the right to reject any
proposal for any of the conditions in “Issuance of Proposal Forms” or for any of the
following reasons:
(a) More than one proposal for the same work from an individual, firm,
partnership, or corporation under the same name or different names.
(b) Evidence of collusion among bidders.
(c) Unbalanced proposals in which the bid prices for some items are, in the
judgment of the Awarding Authority, out of proportion to the bid prices for
other items.
(d) If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed, except
in the case of authorized alternate pay items or lump sum pay items.
(e) If the proposal form is other than that furnished by the Awarding Authority; or
if the form is altered or any part thereof is detached.
(f) If there are omissions, erasures, alterations, unauthorized additions,
conditional or alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind which may tend to
make the proposal incomplete, indefinite or ambiguous as to its meaning.
(g) If the bidder adds any provisions reserving the right to accept or reject an
award, or to enter into a contract pursuant to an award.
(h) If the proposal is not accompanied by the proper proposal guaranty.
(i) If the proposal is prepared with other than ink or typewriter, or otherwise fails
to meet the requirements of the above "Preparation of Proposal" section.
Proposal Guaranty. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a bid bond on the
Department form contained in the proposal, executed by a corporate surety company
satisfactory to the Awarding Authority, by a bank cashier’s check or a properly
certified check for not less than five percent of the amount bid, or for the amount
specified in the following schedule:
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
189
Amount Bid Proposal Guaranty
Up to $5,000 $150
>$5,000 $10,000 $300
>$10,000 $50,000 $1,000
>$50,000 $100,000 $3,000
>$100,000 $150,000 $5,000
>$150,000 $250,000 $7,500
>$250,000 $500,000 $12,500
>$500,000 $1,000,000 $25,000
>$1,000,000 $1,500,000 $50,000
>$1,500,000 $2,000,000 $75,000
>$2,000,000 $3,000,000 $100,000
>$3,000,000 $5,000,000 $150,000
>$5,000,000 $7,500,000 $250,000
>$7,500,000 $10,000,000 $400,000
>$10,000,000 $15,000,000 $500,000
>$15,000,000 $20,000,000 $600,000
>$20,000,000 $25,000,000 $700,000
>$25,000,000 $30,000,000 $800,000
>$30,000,000 $35,000,000 $900,000
Ove $35,000,000 $1,000,000
In the event that one proposal guaranty check is intended to cover two or more
proposals, the amount must equal to the sum of the proposal guaranties which would
be required for each individual proposal.
Bank cashier's checks or properly certified checks accompanying proposals shall
be made payable to the County Treasurer, when a County is the Awarding Authority;
or the City, Village, or Town Treasurer, when a city, village, or town is the Awarding
Authority.
The proposal guaranty checks of all, except the two lowest responsible, will be
returned promptly after the proposals have been checked, tabulated, and the relation
of the proposals established. Proposal guaranty checks of the two lowest bidders will
be returned as soon as the contract and contract bond of the successful bidder have
been properly executed and approved. Bid bonds will not be returned.
After a period of three working days has elapsed after the date of opening
proposals, the Awarding Authority may permit the two lowest bidders to substitute for
the bank cashier's checks or certified checks submitted with their proposals as
proposal guaranties, bid bonds on the Department forms executed by corporate
surety companies satisfactory to the Awarding Authority.
Delivery of Proposals. If a special envelope is supplied by the Awarding
Authority, each proposal should be submitted in that envelope furnished by the
Awarding Authority and the blank spaces on the envelope shall be filled in correctly to
clearly indicate its contents. When an envelope other than the special one furnished
by the Awarding Authority is used, it shall be marked to clearly indicate its contents.
When sent by mail, the sealed proposal shall be addressed to the Awarding Authority
at the address and in care of the official in whose office the bids are to be received.
All proposals shall be filed prior to the time and at the place specified in the Notice to
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
190
Bidders. Proposals received after the time specified will be returned to the bidder
unopened.
Withdrawal of Proposals. Permission will be given a bidder to withdraw a
proposal if the bidder makes the request in writing or in person before the time for
opening proposals.
Public Opening of Proposals. Proposals will be opened and read publicly at the
time and place specified in the Notice to Bidders. Bidders, their authorized agents,
and other interested parties are invited to be present.
Consideration of Proposals. After the proposals are opened and read, they will
be compared on the basis of the summation of the products of the quantities shown in
the bid schedule by the unit bid prices. In awarding contracts, the Awarding Authority
will, in addition to considering the amounts stated in the proposals, take into
consideration the responsibility of the various bidders as determined from a study of
the data required under "Prequalification of Bidders", and from other investigations
which it may elect to make.
The right is reserved to reject any or all proposals, to waive technicalities, or to
advertise for new proposals, if in the judgment of the Awarding Authority, the best
interests of the Awarding Authority will be promoted thereby.
Award of Contract. The award of contract will be made within 45 calendar days
after the opening of proposals to the lowest responsible and qualified bidder whose
proposal complies with all the requirements prescribed. The successful bidder will be
notified by letter of intent that his/her bid has been accepted, and subject to the
following conditions, the bidder will be the Contractor.
An approved contract executed by the Awarding Authority is required before the
Awarding Authority is bound. An award may be cancelled any time by the Awarding
Authority prior to execution in order to protect the public interest and integrity of the
bidding process or for any other reason if, in the judgment of the Awarding Authority,
the best interests of the Awarding Authority will be promoted thereby.
If a contract is not awarded within 45 days after the opening of proposals,
bidders may file a written request with the Awarding Authority for the withdrawal of
their bid, and the Awarding Authority will permit such withdrawal.
Requirement of Contract Bond. If the Awarding Authority requires a Contract
Bond, the Contractor or Supplier shall furnish the Awarding Authority a performance
and payment bond with good and sufficient sureties in the full amount of the contract
as the penal sum. The surety shall be acceptable to the Awarding Authority, shall
waive notice of any changes and extensions of time, and shall submit its bond on the
form furnished by the Awarding Authority.
Execution of Contract. The contract shall be executed by the successful bidder
and returned, together with the Contract Bond, within 15 days after the contract has
been mailed to the bidder.
If the bidder to whom the award is made is a corporation organized under the
laws of a State other than Illinois, the bidder shall furnish the Awarding Authority a
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
191
copy of the corporation's Certificate of Authority to do business in the State of Illinois
with the return of the executed contract and bond. Failure to furnish such evidence of
a Certificate of Authority within the time required will be considered as just cause for
the annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the proposal guaranty to the
Awarding Authority, not as a penalty, but in payment of liquidated damages sustained
as a result of such failure.
Failure to Execute Contract. If the contract is not executed by the Awarding
Authority within 15 days following receipt from the bidder of the properly executed
contracts and bonds, the bidder shall have the right to withdraw his/her bid without
penalty.
Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and file acceptable bonds
within 15 days after the contract has been mailed to the bidder shall be just cause for
the cancellation of the award and the forfeiture of the proposal guaranty which shall
become the property of the Awarding Authority, not as penalty, but in liquidation of
damages sustained. Award may then be made to the next lowest responsible bidder,
or the work may be readvertised and constructed under contract, or otherwise, as the
Awarding Authority may decide.”
CHECK SHEET #LRS9
199
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
BITUMINOUS SURFACE TREATMENTS
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2022
Description. This work shall consist of constructing a single or multiple course
bituminous surface treatment as indicated below.
(a) A-1. A-1 shall consist of a bituminous seal coat material and a seal coat
aggregate.
(b) A-2. A-2 shall consist of a prime coat, a bituminous cover coat material and
a cover coat aggregate, and a bituminous seal coat material and seal coat
aggregate. When placed on a hot-mix asphalt surface pavement, the prime
coat shall be eliminated.
(c) A-3. A-3 shall consist of a prime coat, two separate applications of a
bituminous cover coat material and cover coat aggregate, and a bituminous
seal coat material and seal coat aggregate. When placed on a hot-mix
asphalt surface pavement, the prime coat shall be eliminated.
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following.
Item Article/Section
(a) Cover Coat Aggregate ....................................................................... 1004.03
(b) Seal Coat Aggregate (Note 1) ........................................................... 1004.03
(c) Bituminous Materials (Note 2) ................................................................ 1032
Note 1. For A-1 surface treatment, the contract will specify which of the two
aggregate gradations itemized in Article 1004.03 shall be used.
Note 2. For A-1 surface treatment, the bituminous material shall be as
shown on the plans. For A-2 and A-3 surface treatments, the Contractor
shall use one of the bituminous materials according to the following table.
Type of
Construction
Bituminous Materials Recommended for
Weather Conditions Indicated
Warm
[60 to 85 F]*
[(15 to 30 C)]*
Hot
[85 F Plus]*
[(30 C Plus)]*
Prime MC-30, PEP MC-30, PEP
Cover Coat
and
Seal Coat
RS-2, CRS-2, MC-800,
MC-3000, SC-3000,
HFE-90, HFE-150, HFE-300,
CRS-2P, HFRS-2P
RS-2, CRS-2, MC-800,
MC-3000, SC-3000, PG 46-28,
PG 52-28, HFE-90, HFE-150,
HFE-300, CRS-2P, HFRS-2P
CHECK SHEET #LRS9
200
*Temperature of the air in the shade at the time of application.
Equipment. Equipment shall be according to the following.
Item Article/Section
(a) Pneumatic-Tired Rollers .................................................................... 1101.01
(b) Mechanical Sweeper ......................................................................... 1101.03
(c) Aggregate Spreaders ........................................................................ 1102.04
(d) Heating Equipment ............................................................................ 1102.07
(e) General Use Pressure Distributor .................................................. 1102.05(a)
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Weather Limitations. This work shall be done between May 1 and October 1.
Bituminous materials shall be applied only when the temperature of the air in the
shade is above 60 °F (15 °C). No work shall be started if local conditions indicate
that rain is imminent.
This work may be done between October 1 and October 30 providing the
temperature of the air for three consecutive days immediately preceding the day of
application has been: (1) above 60 °F (15 °C) in the shade each day, (2) a minimum
of 40 °F (5 °C), and (3) the temperature of the air in the shade at time of application is
above 60 °F (15 °C).
Preparation of Bituminous Material. The temperature of the bituminous material
at the time of application shall be such that it will spray uniformly without clogging the
spraying nozzles and shall be applied within the temperature ranges according to
Article 1032.04. Bituminous material shall be stored according to
Article 1102.01(a)(6).
Preparation of Aggregate. The aggregates used in the cover coat(s) and the
seal coat shall contain no free moisture.
Sequence of Work. The sequence of construction operations shall be
undertaken as follows.
(a) Repair and preparation of base or existing surface.
(b) Application of bituminous material for prime coat (A-2 and A-3 on aggregate
roadways only).
(c) Alternate applications of bituminous material and aggregate.
Repair and Preparation of Base or Existing Surface. The base or existing
surface shall be prepared according to Section 358.
Prime Coat. The bituminous material shall be applied uniformly with a general
use pressure distributor on the prepared surface at the rate of 0.25 to 0.5 gal/sq yd (1
to 2 L/sq m), the exact rate to be specified by the Engineer. The bituminous priming
CHECK SHEET #LRS9
201
material shall be applied to a width 1 ft (300 mm) greater on each side of the roadway
than the specified width of the finished surface.
The prime coat shall be permitted to cure until the penetration has been
approved by the Engineer, but not less than 24 hours for MC-30 or 4 hours for PEP.
Pools of prime occurring in the depressions shall be removed by brooming or
squeegeeing the excess material over the surrounding surface the same day the
prime coat is applied. Traffic shall not be allowed upon the primed surface during the
curing period. At locations where the prime coat has failed or is damaged, it shall be
repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The prime coat shall be
maintained at all times until the cover coat is constructed. When required by the
Engineer, the primed surface shall be swept prior to constructing the cover coat.
Application of Bituminous Material. The bituminous material shall be applied with
a general use pressure distributor. A hand spray wand shall be used at places not
covered by the distributor. The entire length of the spray bar shall be set at the height
above the surface recommended by the manufacturer for even distribution of the
bituminous material.
To prevent missing or overlapping at transverse joints, heavy paper shall be
spread over the previously applied bituminous material and aggregate. In order to
obtain a uniform application of the bituminous material, the distributor shall be
traveling at the speed required for the specified rate of application when the spray bar
crosses the paper. Adjacent construction, such as concrete pavement, curb and
gutter, and raised reflective pavement markers shall be protected by shields, covers,
or other means.
Application of Aggregates. The cover coat and seal coat aggregates shall be
spread evenly with an aggregate spreader over the entire surface being treated. In
all cases, the aggregate shall be applied ahead of the truck or spreader wheels.
Hand spreading will be permitted only when approved by the Engineer and, when so
permitted, the aggregate shall be spread uniformly and at the approximate rate
specified. Any ridges of aggregate left by the aggregate spreader shall be smoothed
out with hand brooms immediately behind the aggregate spreader.
Cover Coat. Bituminous material for the cover coat shall not be applied until the
previous application is acceptable to the Engineer.
At the beginning of each day's work, no bituminous material shall be applied until
there is sufficient cover coat aggregate in trucks at the work site to completely cover
the first application of bituminous material. The amount of surface area covered by
each successive application of bituminous material shall be determined by the
Engineer. In no case shall this area be greater than can be covered with cover coat
aggregate and given the initial rolling while the bituminous material is still in condition
to hold the aggregate.
The bituminous material, as specified for cover coat, shall be applied uniformly
over the surface at the rate of 0.20 to 0.50 gal/sq yd (1 to 2 L/sq m), the exact rate to
be specified by the Engineer. Immediately following the application of the bituminous
material, the cover coat aggregate shall be spread over the treated surface at the rate
of 15 to 25 lb/sq yd (8 to 14 kg/sq m), the rate to be as specified by the Engineer.
CHECK SHEET #LRS9
202
The entire surface shall be rolled immediately with a pneumatic-tired roller.
Rolling shall proceed in a longitudinal direction beginning at the edges and
progressing toward the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the
width of the roller. The roller shall be operated at a speed which will not cause the
aggregate to be displaced. The aggregate shall then be rolled with a separate
pneumatic-tired roller until the aggregate is properly seated in the bituminous
material.
Seal Coat. When constructing A-2 or A-3, the seal coat shall not be started until
the cover coat immediately preceding the seal coat is completed.
Application of the bituminous material and aggregate and rolling of the seal coat
aggregate shall be the same as specified above for the cover coat.
During the construction period, the Contractor shall maintain the completed work.
If necessary, the Contractor shall apply additional seal coat aggregate to absorb
excess bitumen appearing on the surface and shall repair any areas where pickup
has occurred.
Upon completion of the work and after the final set of the asphalt, excess loose
aggregate shall be removed.
Opening to Traffic. The road shall be opened to traffic according to
Article 701.17(c)(4).
Method of Measurement. Bituminous materials will be measured for payment as
specified in Section 1032.
Cover coat aggregate and seal coat aggregate will be measured in tons (metric
tons) according to the requirements of Article 311.08(b), except that measurement for
payment will not be made for aggregate in excess of 110 percent of the amount
specified by the Engineer.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per ton
(metric ton) for BITUMINOUS MATERIALS (PRIME COAT), BITUMINOUS
MATERIALS (COVER AND SEAL COATS), POLYMERIZED BITUMINOUS
MATERIALS (COVER AND SEAL COATS), COVER COAT AGGREGATE, and
SEAL COAT AGGREGATE.
When provided as a payment item, the preparation of the base or existing
surface will be measured and paid for as specified in Section 358. If not provided as a
payment item, preparation of base or existing surface shall be considered as included
in the contract unit price(s) for the bituminous surface treatment.
CHECK SHEET #LRS10
203
RESERVED
CHECK SHEET #LRS11
204
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES
Effective: January 1, 1999
In addition to all other labor requirements set forth in this proposal and in the
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted by the
Department of Transportation, during the performance of this contract, the Contractor
for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the
“Contractor”) agrees as follows:
Selection of Labor. The Contractor shall comply with all Illinois statutes
pertaining to the selection of labor.
Equal Employment Opportunity. During the performance of this contract, the
Contractor agrees as follows:
(a) That it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
employment because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry,
age, marital status, physical or mental handicap or unfavorable discharge
from military service, and further that it will examine all job classifications to
determine if minority persons or women are underutilized and will take
appropriate affirmative action to rectify any such underutilization.
(b) That, if it hires additional employees in order to perform this contract or any
portion hereof, it will determine the availability of minorities and women in
the area(s) from which it may reasonably recruit and it will hire for each job
classification for which employees are hired in such a way that minorities
and women are not underutilized.
(c) That, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by it or on
its behalf, it will state that all applicants will be afforded equal opportunity
without discrimination because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin,
ancestry, age, marital status, physical or mental handicap or unfavorable
discharge from military service.
That it will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with
which it has or is bound by collective bargaining or other agreement or
understanding, a notice advising such labor organization or representative of
the Contractor’s obligations under the Illinois Human Rights Act and the
Department’s Rules and Regulations. If any such labor organization or
representative fails or refuses to cooperate with the Contractor in its efforts
to comply with so such Act and Rules and Regulations, the Contractor will
promptly so notify the Illinois Department of Human Rights and the
contracting agency and will recruit employees from other sources when
necessary to fulfill its obligations thereunder.
CHECK SHEET #LRS11
205
(e) That it will submit reports as required by the Department of Human Rights
Rules and Regulations, furnish all relevant information as may from time to
time be requested by the Department or the contracting agency, and in all
respects comply with the Illinois Human Rights Act and the Department’s
Rules and Regulations.
(f) That it will permit access to all relevant books, records, accounts and work
sites by personnel of the contracting agency Illinois Department of Human
Rights for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with the Illinois
Human Rights Act and the Department’s Rules and Regulations.
(g) That it will include verbatim or by reference the provisions of this clause in
every subcontract so that such provisions will be binding upon every such
subcontractor. In the same manner as with other provisions of this contract,
the Contractor will be liable for compliance with applicable provisions of this
clause by all its subcontractors; and further it will promptly notify the
contracting agency and the Illinois Department of Human Rights in the event
any subcontractor fails or refuses to comply therewith. In addition, the
Contractor will not utilize any subcontractor declared by the subcontracts
with the State of Illinois or any of its political subdivisions or municipal
corporations.
CHECK SHEET #LRS12
206
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
WAGES OF EMPLOYEES ON PUBLIC WORKS
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2015
1. Prevailing Wages. All wages paid by the Contractor and each subcontractor
shall be in compliance with The Prevailing Wage Act (820 ILCS 130), as
amended, except where a prevailing wage violates a federal law, order, or ruling,
the rate conforming to the federal law, order, or ruling shall govern. The Illinois
Department of Labor publishes the prevailing wage rates on its website. If the
Illinois Department of Labor revises the prevailing wage rates, the revised
prevailing wage rates on the Illinois Department of Labor’s website shall apply to
this contract and the Contractor will not be allowed additional compensation on
account of said revisions. The Contractor shall review the wage rates applicable
to the work of the contract at regular intervals in order to ensure the timely
payment of current wage rates. The Contractor agrees that no additional notice
is required. The Contractor shall be responsible to notify each subcontractor of
the wage rates set forth in this contract and any revisions thereto.
2. Payroll Records. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall make and keep,
for a period of not less than five years from the date of the last payment on a
contract or subcontract, records of all laborers, mechanics, and other workers
employed by them on the project; the records shall include information required
by 820 ILCS 130/5 for each worker. Upon seven business days’ notice, the
Contractor and each subcontractor shall make available for inspection and
copying at a location within this State during reasonable hours, the payroll
records to the public body in charge of the project, its officers and agents, the
Director of Labor and his deputies and agents, and to federal, State, or local law
enforcement agencies and prosecutors.
3. Submission of Payroll Records. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall, no
later than the 15th day of each calendar month, file a certified payroll for the
immediately preceding month with the public body in charge of the project,
except that the full social security number and home address shall not be
included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall include an
identification number for each employee (e.g., the last four digits of the
employee’s social security number). The certified payroll shall consist of a
complete copy of the payroll records, except starting and ending times of work
each day may be omitted.
The certified payroll shall be accompanied by a statement signed by the
Contractor or subcontractor or an officer, employee, or agent of the Contractor or
subcontractor which avers that: (i) he or she has examined the certified payroll
records required to be submitted by the Act and such records are true and
accurate; (ii) the hourly rate paid to each worker is not less than the general
CHECK SHEET #LRS12
207
prevailing rate of hourly wages required; and (iii) the Contractor or subcontractor
is aware that filing a certified payroll that he or she knows to be false is a Class A
misdemeanor.
4. Employee Interviews. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall permit
his/her employees to be interviewed on the job, during working hours, by
compliance investigators of the Department or the Department of Labor.
CHECK SHEET #LRS13
208
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
SELECTION OF LABOR
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2012
The Contractor shall comply with all Illinois statutes pertaining to the selection of
labor.
Employment of Illinois Workers During Periods of Excessive Unemployment.
Whenever there is a period of excessive unemployment in Illinois, which is defined
herein as any month immediately following two consecutive calendar months during
which the level of unemployment in the State of Illinois has exceeded five percent as
measured by the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics in its monthly publication of
employment and unemployment figures, the Contractor shall employ at least
90 percent Illinois laborers. “Illinois laborer” means any person who has resided in
Illinois for at least 30 days and intends to become or remain an Illinois resident.
Other laborers may be used when Illinois laborers as defined herein are not
available, or are incapable of performing the particular type of work involved, if so
certified by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor may place
no more than three of his regularly employed non-resident executive and technical
experts, who do not qualify as Illinois laborers, to do work encompassed by this
Contract during a period of excessive unemployment.
This provision applies to all labor, whether skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled,
whether manual or non-manual.
CHECK SHEET #LRS14
209
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
PAVING BRICK AND CONCRETE PAVER PAVEMENTS AND SIDEWALKS
Effective: January 1, 2004
Revised: January 1, 2009
Description. This work shall consist of constructing pavement or sidewalk,
composed of paving bricks or concrete pavers, on a prepared subgrade, subbase, or
base.
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following Articles of Division 1000 -
Materials of the Standard Specifications.
Item Article/Section
(a) Fine Aggregate (Note 1) ................................................. 1003.01, 1003.02(d)
(b) Edge Restraints (Note 2)
(c) Paving Brick (Note 3) ........................................................................ 1041.03
(d) Concrete Pavers (Note 3) ....................................................................... 1042
Note 1. The fine aggregate used for the bedding course and joint filling
shall be sand, silica sand, or slag sand. It shall also be Class A quality and
dry. For the bedding course, the gradation shall be FA 1 or FA 2. For joint
filling, the gradation shall be FA 9.
Note 2. For sidewalk, the edge restraints shall conform to the
manufacturer’s recommendations. For pavement, the edge restraints shall
be combination concrete curb and gutter according to Section 606 of the
Standard Specifications.
Note 3. The dimensions of the bricks and/or pavers shall be as shown on
the plans.
Equipment. Equipment shall conform to the following Articles of Division 1100 -
Equipment of the Standard Specifications.
Item Article/Section
(a) Pneumatic-Tired Rollers ................................................................ 1101.01(a)
(b) Masonry Saw (Note 1)
(c) Vibrator/Compactor (Note 2)
Note 1. The masonry saw shall be a wet or dry saw capable of clean and
accurate cuts.
Note 2. The vibrator/compactor shall be either a plate compactor with a
high frequency, low amplitude plate or a rubber-roller mechanical vibrator.
CHECK SHEET #LRS14
210
Aesthetic Mockup, Review, and Approval. A 1 sq yd (sq m) full-scale mock-up
using actual job specific edge restraint (if other than combination concrete curb and
gutter), materials, brick dimension, colors, methods, and workmanship shall be
provided by the Contractor. The actual vibrating equipment and vibrating rate to be
used on the job shall be used on the mockup. The accepted mock-up will be the
standard by which remaining work will be evaluated for technical and aesthetic merit.
The mock up may be in a location of proposed installation where it may remain if
approved by the Engineer.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Preparation of Subgrade. The subgrade shall be prepared according to
Section 301of the Standard Specifications, except Articles 301.05 and 301.06 will not
apply.
Edge Restraints. Edge restraints shall be placed to a depth of at least the
bottom of the bedding course.
For pavement, a transverse full-depth cast-in-place concrete header shall be
placed at the limits of the pavement.
Bedding Course. The fine aggregate for bedding shall be placed and screeded,
without compaction, to a uniform thickness of 1 to 1.5 in. (25 to 38 mm). Prepared
areas shall not be left overnight, unless they are protected from disturbance and
moisture. Stockpiled material shall be kept covered. Any saturated bedding
aggregate shall be removed and replaced.
Installation. The bricks or pavers shall be laid in the pattern shown on the plans
with a joint width from 1/8 to 1/4 in. (3 to 6 mm) on all sides. Whole bricks or pavers
shall be laid first, starting from an exact edge or from the centerline of the pavement,
followed by cut bricks or pavers. Cut bricks or pavers shall be at least 33 percent of
the whole unit size.
After the entire pavement or sidewalk has been laid, it shall be set into the
bedding course by one pass of the vibrator/compactor. Vibration/compaction shall
stop within 3 ft (1 m) of any unrestrained edge.
For pavement, construction equipment shall not be driven on the new surface
until the joints have been filled.
Joint Filling. The fine aggregate for joint filling shall be spread over the
pavement or sidewalk and hand broomed into the joints. The aggregate shall then be
worked down into the joints with multiple passes of the vibrator/compactor. Each
pass shall be alternated 90 degrees from the previous pass. This process shall be
repeated until the joints are completely filled.
Excess fine aggregate shall be removed by hand brooming.
All bricks and pavers within 6 ft (1.8 m) of the laying face shall be compacted and
the joints completely filled with sand at the end of each workday.
CHECK SHEET #LRS14
211
For pavement, final rolling shall be completed with a 5 – 10 ton (4.5 – 9 metric
ton) static pneumatic-tired roller.
Smoothness. For pavement, the completed surface will be tested for
smoothness with a 16 ft (5 m) straightedge. Surface variations of the mainline
pavement shall not exceed 3/16 in. (5 mm).
Method of Measurement. This work will be measured for payment as follows:
(a) Contract Quantities. The requirements for the use of contract quantities
shall conform to Article 202.07(a) of the Standard Specifications.
(b) Measured Quantities. This work will be measured for payment in place and
the area computed in square yards (square meters). Measurements will not
include the edge restraints.
Edge restraints constructed of combination concrete curb and gutter will be
measured according to Article 606.14 of the Standard Specifications.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square
meter (square yard) for PAVING BRICK PAVEMENT FOR LIGHT TRAFFIC, PAVING
BRICK PAVEMENT FOR HEAVY TRAFFIC, CONCRETE PAVER PAVEMENT,
PAVING BRICK SIDEWALK, or CONCRETE PAVER SIDEWALK.
Edge restraints constructed of combination concrete curb and gutter will be paid
for according to Article 606.15 of the Standard Specifications.
CHECK SHEET #LRS15
212
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
PARTIAL PAYMENTS
Effective: January 1, 2007
Revised: January 1, 2025
Add the following after the first paragraph of Article 109.07(a) of the
Standard Specifications:
“ Prior to completion of 50 percent of the contract, the State will not withhold
retainage from any payment in excess of ten percent of any payment made
prior to the date of completion of 50 percent of the contract. When the
contract is at least 50 percent complete, the State will reduce the retainage
so that no more than five percent is held.
Prior to the completion of 50 percent of the contract, the Contractor and their
respective subcontractors shall not withhold from their subcontractors
retainage in excess of ten percent of any payment made prior to the date of
completion of 50 percent of the contract. When the contract is at least
50 percent complete, the Contractor and its subcontractors shall reduce the
retainage so that no more than 5 percent is withheld from their respective
subcontractors.
When the principal items of the work have been satisfactorily completed, a
semi-final estimate may be made with the consent of the surety. Payment to
the Contractor under such an estimate shall not exceed 90 percent of the
amount retained after making partial payments, but in no event shall the
amount retained after making the semi-final payment be less than one
percent of the adjusted contract price, nor less than $500.00.
When any payment is made directly to the State, payments for completed
work shall have deducted the proportionate share of the cost to be borne by
the State. The deduction will be the estimated cost to the State divided by
the awarded contract value with this percentage applied to the value of work
in place. Any adjustment to be made because of changed quantities will be
made when the final payment is being processed. No retainage will be held
from the value of such payments.”
CHECK SHEET #LRS16
213
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
PROTESTS ON LOCAL LETTINGS
Effective: January 1, 2007
Revised: January 1, 2013
Except for apprenticeship and training certification issues, all protests shall be
handled according to Sections 6.390 through 6.440 of Title 44 Subtitle A Chapter III
Part 6 of the Illinois Administrative Code. For the purpose of a protest under this
special provision, a representative of the awarding local authority executing the
contract will perform the functions of the Chief Procurement Officer (CPO) and the
State Purchasing Officer (SPO).
CHECK SHEET #LRS17
214
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION PROGRAM
Effective: January 1, 2008
Revised: January 1, 2014
In addition to all other labor requirements set forth in this proposal and in the
Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted by the
Department, during the performance of this contract, the Contractor for itself, its
assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor”)
agrees as follows:
Substance Abuse Prevention Program. Before the Contractor and any subcontractor
commences work, the Contractor and any subcontractor shall have in place a written
Substance Abuse Prevention Program for the prevention of substance abuse among
its employees which meets or exceeds the requirements in 820 ILCS 265 or shall
have a collective bargaining agreement in effect dealing with the subject matter of
820 ILCS 265.
The Contractor and any subcontractor shall file with the public body engaged in the
construction of the public works: a copy of the Substance Abuse Prevention Program
along with a cover letter certifying that their program meets the requirements of the
Act, or a letter certifying that the Contractor or a subcontractor has a collective
bargaining agreement in effect dealing with the subject matter of this Act.
CHECK SHEET #LRS18
215
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
MULTIGRADE COLD MIX ASPHALT
Effective: January 1, 2007
Revised: January 1, 2022
Add the following Article to Section 1032 of the Standard Specifications:
“ 1032.14 Multigrade Cold Mix Asphalt. Multigrade cold mix asphalt will be
accepted according to the Bureau of Materials Policy Memorandum, “Cutback
Asphalt and Road Oil Qualification Procedure”. The Department will maintain a
qualified producer list. These materials shall conform to the requirements listed in the
following table:
Test
Grades
CM-90 CM-150 CM-300
Viscosity (Modified Koppers), (ASTM D 4957),
@ 77 °F (25 °C), 1 sec-1, Paꞏs
150 -
2000
80 - 1000 30 - 500
Flash Point, (Cleveland Open Cup),
(AASHTO T 48), °F (°C)
150 min.
(65 min.)
150 min.
(65 min.)
150 min.
(65 min.)
Distillation Test (AASHTO T 78):
Distillate, percent by volume of
total distillate to 680 °F (360 °C)
Distillate to 437 F (225 °C) 0 - 4 0 - 5 0 - 5
Distillate to 500 F (260 °C) 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5
Distillate to 600 F (315 °C) 10 - 65 30 - 75 40 - 85
Residue from distillation to 680 °F (360 °C),
percent volume by difference
80 min. 75 min. 70 min.
Water, (AASHTO T 59), % 1.0 max. 1.0 max. 1.0 max.
Tests on residue from distillation:
Penetration @ 77 °F (25 °C), 100 g, 5 sec,
(AASHTO T 49), 0.1 mm
90 - 225 100 - 275 200 min.
Float Test @ 140 °F (60 °C),
(AASHTO T 50), sec
1200 min. 1200 min. 1200 min.
Solubility in trichloroethylene,
(AASHTO T 44), %
99.0 min. 99.0 min. 99.0 min.”
CHECK SHEET #LRS19
216
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
REFLECTIVE CRACK CONTROL TREATMENT
Effective: January 1, 2022
Description. This work shall consist of constructing reflective crack control
treatments. Area reflective crack control treatment shall be either System A or C at
the option of the Contractor. Strip reflective crack control treatment shall be either
System A, B, or C at the option of the Contractor.
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following.
Item Article/Section
(a) Reflective Crack Control System ............................................................ 1062
(b) Preparation of Mixture for Cracks, Joints, and Flangeways ............... 1030.11
(c) Hot-Poured Joint Sealer .................................................................... 1050.02
(d) Bituminous Materials (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 3) ...................................... 1032
Note 1. The asphalt binder used for System A shall be PG 58-22 or
PG 64-22.
Note 2. The primer to be used with System B shall be supplied by the
manufacturer of the membrane and shall be compatible with the membrane.
Note 3. The tack coat to be used with System C shall be SS-1, SS-1h,
SS-1hP, NTEA, RS-1, RS-2, CSS-1, CSS-1h, CSS-1hP, CRS-1, CRS-2, or
HFE-90.
Equipment. Equipment shall be according to the following.
Item Article/Section
(a) Rollers ............................................................................................... 1101.01
(b) Mechanical Sweeper ......................................................................... 1101.03
(c) Asphalt-Rubber Processor/Distributor ............................................... 1101.17
(d) Mechanical Laydown Equipment ....................................................... 1101.18
(e) Aggregate Spreaders ........................................................................ 1102.04
(f) General Use Pressure Distributor .................................................. 1102.05(a)
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Surface Preparation. The surface on which reflective crack control system is to
be constructed shall be clean and dry. Base failures shall be repaired. Cracks,
spalls, potholes, or other depressions shall be sealed with an approved crack sealer
or filled with mixture for cracks, joints, and flangeways according to Article 406.05.
CHECK SHEET #LRS19
217
When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the existing pavement surface cannot be
rendered sufficiently smooth by crack sealing and patching, a binder shall be placed
prior to construction of the reflective crack control system. The binder shall be
constructed according to Section 406.
Placing Hot-Mix Asphalt (HMA). When HMA binder or surface course is placed
on top of any reflective crack control system, the mixture shall be placed at a
maximum temperature of 325 °F (160 °C).
Reflective Crack Control System A. The area to be covered with fabric shall be
sprayed uniformly with asphalt binder at a rate of 0.25 to 0.30 gal/sq yd (1 to
1.3 L/sq m) as directed by the Engineer. Asphalt binder application shall be
accomplished with a general use pressure distributor for all surfaces, except where
the distributor does not have room to operate, hand spraying will be allowed. The
width of the spray application shall be 2 to 6 in. (50 to 150 mm) wider than the fabric
width. The asphalt binder shall be applied at a maximum temperature of 325 °F
(160 °C) to avoid damage to the fabric.
After the asphalt binder has been sprayed, the fabric shall be placed onto the
asphalt binder without delay. Every effort must be made to lay the fabric as smoothly
as possible to avoid wrinkles. Wrinkles large enough to cause laps of the fabric shall
be cut and laid out flat. The fabric shall be broomed or squeegeed to remove air
bubbles and make complete contact with the road surface.
The fabric shall overlap the adjacent fabric panel a minimum of 2 in. (50 mm) and
asphalt binder shall be applied by hand to make the joint. The transverse joints shall
be made in such a manner to avoid pickup by the paver. The direction of paving shall
be in the direction of fabric placement.
When placed as a strip treatment, the strip shall be 24 in. (600 mm) wide.
Reflective Crack Control System B. The waterproofing membrane interlayer
shall be placed as shown on the plans. Placement of the membrane shall be done
only when the temperature is above 40 °F (5 °C) and the pavement surfaces are dry
and free of dirt and debris.
The surface shall be primed according to the manufacturer's recommendations
prior to placement of the membrane. The primer shall be placed at a minimum rate of
300 sq ft/gal (7 sq m/L), shall extend 1 in. (25 mm) wider than the membrane, and
shall be allowed to dry until tack free before applying the membrane. Primer shall be
placed on both portland cement concrete and HMA pavement surfaces.
Any spall greater than 3 in. (75 mm) in diameter which will cause a failure of the
material to bond to the pavement or will leave a cavity under the material shall be
corrected with a material approved by the Engineer prior to the placement of the
waterproofing membrane interlayer.
The membrane shall be installed in nominal 12 in. (300 mm) widths [11 3/8 in.
(290 mm) minimum] and shall be centered over the joint or crack within a 1 in.
(25 mm) tolerance. Laps will be permitted in the membrane with a minimum overlap
of 2.5 in. (63 mm). The membrane shall be installed straight and wrinkle-free with no
CHECK SHEET #LRS19
218
curled or uplifted edges. Wrinkles over 3/8 in. (10 mm) width shall be slit and folded
down.
Membrane shall be surface dry before placement of the hot-mix asphalt (HMA)
overlay. Paving may begin immediately after membrane placement.
Reflective Crack Control System C. Immediately prior to application of a tack
coat, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by sweeping.
When placed as a strip treatment, the strip shall be 24 in. (600 mm) wide.
Equipment which meets the approval of the Engineer and applies a uniform
application of tack coat, asphalt rubber, and cover aggregate may be used.
(a) Tack Coat. A tack coat shall be applied according to Article 406.05 at a
residual rate of 0.05 lb/sq ft (0.244 kg/sq m).
(b) Asphalt-Rubber Mixture. For the asphalt-rubber mixture, the Contractor has
the choice of using either a vulcanized rubber in asphalt with a diluent
(Mixture 1) or a crumb rubber blend in asphalt which has been treated with
an extender oil (Mixture 2).
(1) Mixture 1. The percentage of vulcanized rubber shall be 33 ± 4 percent
by weight (mass) of the asphalt cement in Mixture 1.
The temperature of the asphalt shall be between 350 and 400 °F
(175 and 200 °C) before addition of the vulcanized rubber. The material
shall be carefully combined and mixed and reacted for a period of time
as required by the Engineer which shall be based on laboratory testing
by the asphalt-rubber supplier or contracting agency.
The temperature of the asphalt-rubber mixture shall be above 325 °F
(160 °C) during the reaction period.
After the reaction between asphalt binder and rubber has occurred, the
viscosity of the hot asphalt-rubber mixture may be adjusted for spraying
and/or better "wetting" of the cover material by the addition of a diluent.
The diluent shall not exceed 7.5 percent by volume of the hot asphalt-
rubber mixture.
If a job delay results after the full reaction has occurred, the material
may be allowed to cool and be slowly reheated to an acceptable
spraying temperature just prior to application. However, because of the
polymer reversion that can occur when crumb rubber is held for
prolonged high temperatures, the material shall not be reheated to
temperatures above 325 °F (160 °C). Additional diluent up to a
maximum of 3 percent by volume of the hot asphalt-rubber mixture may
be used after reheating of the material.
(2) Mixture 2. The percentage of crumb rubber blend shall be
25 4 percent by weight of the asphalt binder. Prior to adding the
crumb rubber blend, the asphalt and extender oil shall be mixed in such
quantities to produce an absolute viscosity of 600 poises (60 Paꞏs) at
CHECK SHEET #LRS19
219
140 °F (60 °C) when tested according to the requirements of
AASHTO T 202. The asphalt oil blend shall first be heated to 400 °F
(200 °C) minimum and be thoroughly mixed before beginning
incorporation of the crumb rubber blend. The crumb rubber blend shall
be added as quickly as possible and the mix shall be given adequate
circulation and agitation during the addition-mixing process to provide
for proper dispersion. As soon as the mixing of the rubber is complete,
Mixture 2 may be applied to the roadway. However, if the material is
not to be used within one hour of mixing, the temperature shall be
reduced to below 325 °F (160 °C) and reheated on the project site.
(c) Application of Asphalt-Rubber Material. Asphalt-rubber shall be placed only
under the following conditions.
(1) The pavement surface temperature is not less than 60 °F (15 °C) and
rain is not imminent;
(2) The pavement surface is clean and dry;
(3) The wind conditions are such that excessive blowing of the spray bar
fans is not occurring, and
(4) All construction equipment such as asphalt-rubber distributor, aggregate
spreader, haul trucks with cover aggregate, and rollers are in position
and ready to commence placement operations.
The asphalt-rubber mixture shall be applied at a temperature of 290 to
325 °F (140 to 160 °C) at a rate of 0.6 0.05 gal/sq yd (2.7 0.2 L/sq m)
[based on 7.5 lb/hot gal (0.9 kg/hot L)]. Transverse joints shall be
constructed by placing building paper across and over the end of the
previous asphalt-rubber application. Once the spraying has progressed
beyond the paper, the paper shall be removed immediately and disposed of
as directed by the Engineer. Longitudinal joints shall be lapped a minimum
of 4 in. (100 mm).
(d) Application of Cover Material. Cover material shall be applied immediately
to the asphalt-rubber after spreading at a rate of 30 to 40 lb/sq yd (16 to
22 kg/sq m). If steel slag is used for cover material, the spread quantity
shall be increased in proportion to its higher specific gravity.
At the time of application to the asphalt-rubber, cover aggregate shall not
contain any free moisture.
(e) Rolling. At least three pneumatic-tired rollers shall be provided to
accomplish the required embedment of the cover material. At some project
locations or where production rates indicate, fewer rollers may be utilized as
directed by the Engineer.
Sufficient rollers shall be used for the initial rolling to cover the width of the
aggregate spread with one pass. The first pass shall be made immediately
behind the aggregate spreader, and if the spreading is stopped for any
reason, the spreader shall be moved ahead or off to the side so that all
CHECK SHEET #LRS19
220
cover material may be immediately rolled. Four complete coverages with
rollers shall be made with all rolling completed within two hours after the
application of the cover material.
(f) Opening the Completed Asphalt-Rubber Membrane Interlayer to Traffic.
Except when it is necessary that hauling equipment must be on the newly
applied membrane, traffic of all types shall be kept off the membrane until it
has had time to set properly. The speed of all hauling equipment shall not
exceed 15 mph (25 km/hr) when traveling over a membrane which is not
adequately set. The minimum traffic free period shall be at least two hours.
(g) Removing Loose Cover Aggregate. Following placement of the system, the
loose cover aggregate shall be removed with a mechanical sweeper without
dislodging any embedded aggregate.
(h) Placement of HMA. The placement of the HMA overlay shall be delayed as
directed by the Engineer for sufficient time to allow for adequate evaporation
of the diluent or extender oil. A minimum of two hours shall elapse.
Method of Measurement. Area reflective crack control treatment will be
measured for payment in place and the area computed in square yards (square
meters). Strip reflective crack control treatment will be measured for payment in feet
(meters) along the joint or crack.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square
yard (square meter) for AREA REFLECTIVE CRACK CONTROL TREATMENT or per
foot (meter) for STRIP REFLECTIVE CRACK CONTROL TREATMENT.
!!" #$!% &% '()*+,-! %! % . ! %! % .
/0120*/3+/4
5*,46#+7,+
51+,4
58 58
9/,*+:1;2)
.<!! !'<!!< 9
=>
?@A?@AB?BC
DEF00G*+ /1))*+9H/*0)#*7*+7I+-*/,- 43+JKJ3)3HH0*/20DDE*75+,)/,3+-3)I+/01-- 4 )+/L
/1))*+9H/*0)#*7*+7
5E/89E,M :$
3--*,*+09,, N1*);+,7)F-)0<3*-5+7,)1/,*+5+,)/,7 O&
9120,,*+5+,)/,7"F-)0<3*-5+,)/,7(P!
66Q P
R 9H/**/66Q 7H+7*2*0*,*7:+F-)0<3*-5+,)/,7 !
' N1*)-)#*7*+7<9,,5+,)/,7 !.
.3727,7 )*+- ;#0
&3727,7S,)H)*+T;2)++-3727,7UT391)/ ;#0
O D;H))49,);5)77*+7+-I+<9,);S)8-7 R
P 5+7,)1/,*+ 41,9,87 '
!V7W,X,*0F2)*/) *0)-5)77*+O
91270*+5+/),#;+,7 !
U,<T*X37HE0,91)/5))/,*+ R
#;+,+-9E10-) 71)/*+ .
R ,/E*+G*,EU,<T*X37HE0,Q#)04 ;#0 &
'04;)5+/), P
. 7)#-
& */4/0 /87
O D;H))4),20 )*-D)*/9*+07 R
P :*E,,*;I+7H/,*+ -G4 *E,*+ .
!6+0*7E9127,*,1,*+T,)*/ 0,7 &
50/*1;5E0)*-3//0),))),0+-5;+,5+/), O
Y10*,45+,)05+/),T*X,1)7,,E0+, P
Y10*,45+,)0%Y10*,43771)+/5+/),T*X,1)7 R&
R 7)#-.
' 7)#-.R
.D;H))4 *7-#;+,T)8)7 .'
& 7,)*+ )*-3HH)/E#;+,7V7*+U*E<Z+7*,4F;..
O ),0+-5;+,5+/),I+04)Q#)04 .P
P ),0+-5;+,5+/),),*0ZH,EU,<T*X37HE0,,/E*+&
! +*,1-*+0[*+,+-5)/8,/E*+&.
5+/),T*XZ7*+<ZH),;+,)#*--&O
9,,*+:1;2)7*+#;+,7)Q#)047 &P
! "#$
%& & & !
$ ' % %
()*+ ' '! $ $$!, $ -' './.$,,(() $ '$
-'' $0
' '! $ $$!, $
) !) 1 "
!
23435637
8
!*$ )' 9
8
! :$ ;($ $!$
8
!<*$ :$ ;
8<
! $ #
8
!%'' =$# ' ' $ $ $,
8%
!'' =$# ' ' $> $ $,
?
!8 23435637
?8
!? # !$($ #
??
!
23435637
!
#,# $ <
!
: #, :$ %
!
! $ 8
!
< $ ' $ $ # '!'+ ?
!
$ #
!
% $
!
! $ $$#
<
!
8 > $' '>9 ,)
!
? $ $($ #
%
!"##$%%&'()*# #
+,-./01,/2,,3/0345667,4
86/7,4 /629930/2190:,:,/29
1,21,104/ .4/161;,6161;/621903<712,
,,29/,32216
=,4,7,42,/>62:,76 020,7,129,2/2?@2029 ?@2029
,1290391AB1<./624,76,1290391AB1<A6:,:,/29/7,
>,0<=,4 6,:,5C/91624,76>,0<56166A/9,12
?1,+043./6/1,04356,02/6/626:,:,/29
1,21/7,
>61; ,D7,BE2>61;6/3,D769B/,369:,,F202<C =,9B/69,,27F202<
C 9263,D392; 86/16,1299,5/61,1/,,767,4 ,/:92<7,6
/9B
?:129,/,/>61;63,D/7,610B?:129,/,/26,129,2/2?/10B
?:129,/,/56162,31906/:,:,/29
1,21:21;2B3<71
86/7,4 /,3/0346:,:,/29:21;7,4229:,:,/29
92/299:,:,/29/21,21:,:,/29/
BDE SPECIAL PROVISIONS
For the April 25 and June 13, 2025 Lettings
The following special provisions indicated by a “check mark” are applicable to this contract and will be included by the Project
Coordination and Implementation Section of the Bureau of Design & Environment (BDE).
File Name # Special Provision Title Effective Revised
80099 1 Accessible Pedestrian Signals (APS) April 1, 2003 Jan. 1, 2022
80274 2 Aggregate Subgrade Improvement April 1, 2012 April 1, 2022
80192 3 Automated Flagger Assistance Devices Jan. 1, 2008 April 1, 2023
80173 4 Bituminous Materials Cost Adjustments Nov. 2, 2006 Aug. 1, 2017
80426 5 Bituminous Surface Treatment with Fog Seal Jan. 1, 2020 Jan. 1, 2022
* 80241 6 Bridge Demolition Debris July 1, 2009
* 5053I 7 Building Removal Sept. 1, 1990 Aug. 1, 2022
* 5026I 8 Building Removal with Asbestos Abatement Sept. 1, 1990 Aug. 1, 2022
80460 9 Cement, Finely Divided Minerals, Admixtures, Concrete, and Mortar Jan. 1, 2025
80384 10 Compensable Delay Costs June 2, 2017 April 1, 2019
* 80198 11 Completion Date (via calendar days) April 1, 2008
* 80199 12 Completion Date (via calendar days) Plus Working Days April 1, 2008
80461 13 Concrete Barrier Jan. 1, 2025
80453 14 Concrete Sealer Nov. 1, 2023
80261 15 Construction Air Quality – Diesel Retrofit June 1, 2010 Jan. 1, 2025
* 80029 16 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Participation Sept. 1, 2000 Jan. 2, 2025
80229 17 Fuel Cost Adjustment April 1, 2009 Aug. 1, 2017
80452 18 Full Lane Sealant Waterproofing System Nov. 1, 2023
80447 19 Grading and Shaping Ditches Jan. 1, 2023
80433 20 Green Preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Jan. 1, 2021 Jan. 1, 2022
80456 21 Hot-Mix Asphalt Jan. 1, 2024 Jan. 1, 2025
80446 22 Hot-Mix Asphalt - Longitudinal Joint Sealant Nov. 1, 2022 Aug. 1, 2023
80438 23 Illinois Works Apprenticeship Initiative – State Funded Contracts June 2, 2021 April 2, 2024
80450 24 Mechanically Stabilized Earth Retaining Walls Aug. 1, 2023
80464 25 Pavement Marking Inspection April. 1, 2025
80441 26 Performance Graded Asphalt Binder Jan. 1, 2023
80459 27 Preformed Plastic Pavement Marking June 2, 2024
* 3426I 28 Railroad Protective Liability Insurance Dec. 1, 1986 Jan. 1, 2022
80455 29 Removal and Disposal of Regulated Substances Jan. 1, 2024 April 1, 2024
80445 30 Seeding Nov. 1, 2022
80457 31 Short Term and Temporary Pavement Markings April 1, 2024 April 2, 2024
80462 32 Sign Panels and Appurtenances Jan. 1, 2025 April 1, 2025
80448 33 Source of Supply and Quality Requirements Jan. 2, 2023
80340 34 Speed Display Trailer April 2, 2014 Jan. 1, 2022
80127 35 Steel Cost Adjustment April 2, 2004 Jan. 1, 2022
80397 36 Subcontractor and DBE Payment Reporting April 2, 2018
80391 37 Subcontractor Mobilization Payments Nov. 2, 2017 April 1, 2019
80463 38 Submission of Bidders List Information Jan. 2, 2025
80437 39 Submission of Payroll Records April 1, 2021 Nov. 2, 2023
80435 40 Surface Testing of Pavements – IRI Jan. 1, 2021 Jan. 1, 2023
80465 41 Surveying Services April 1, 2025
80466 42 Temporary Rumble Strips April 1, 2025
* 20338 43 Training Special Provisions Oct. 15, 1975 Sept. 2, 2021
80429 44 Ultra-Thin Bonded Wearing Course April 1, 2020 Jan. 1, 2022
80439 45 Vehicle and Equipment Warning Lights Nov. 1, 2021 Nov. 1, 2022
80458 46 Waterproofing Membrane System Aug. 1, 2024
80302 47 Weekly DBE Trucking Reports June 2, 2012 Jan. 2, 2025
80454 48 Wood Sign Support Nov. 1, 2023
80427 49 Work Zone Traffic Control Devices Mar. 2, 2020 Jan. 1, 2025
* 80071 50 Working Days Jan. 1, 2002
Highlighted items indicate a new or revised special provision for the letting.
An * indicates the special provision requires additional information from the designer , which needs to be submitted separately.
The Project Coordination and Implementation Section will then include the information in the applicable special provision.
The following special provisions are in the 2025 Supplemental Specifications and Recurring Special Provisions.
File Name Special Provision Title New Location(s) Effective Revised
80434 Corrugated Plastic Pipe (Culvert and Storm
Sewer)
Articles 542.03, 550.03, 1040.03,
1040.04(b), 1040.04(d) & 1040.08
Jan. 1, 2021
80443 High Tension Cable Median Barrier Removal Section 632 April 1, 2022
80045 Material Transfer Device Articles 406.03, 406.06(f), 406.13(b),
406.14 & 1102.02
Nov 15, 1999 Jan. 1, 2022
80410 Traffic Spotters Article 701.13 Jan. 1, 2019
! "#$%&
'(
)*('+',
-,."/
-),
-0 -0
1'2)3*
4544 1
67((819'(
"//)99(37:119''/ -/)':;9
;7(/7:<)(=3 6'-(>"'/
1/?78,/:;7:<)(6/
')/<(/:'7"*/;7
1)99(3(19'' ')19'(
"//'7-7'017'()787'799(,
"7'/)'7*"3/';'/'('87,9/;9//19''/;7/
19'(
"///7((09''/7(("#
!"##$#%
&'()*+(',--./(,('(,01,,0,1')*'(12,-1*(*1,232-/4,-56&*7('1 0&
,8**4/-&,984&*,7,:+1*+,+,,21*;2(4*+*)*+,*(<',1*)' /,/*)
*2,-*,(,=8,/,-
=8,/,-
CITY OF EVANSTON
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
2026 MFT Street Resurfacing Project
The following Special Provisions supplement the “Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction”, Adopted January 1, 2022, (herein after called “the Standard Specifications”), the
latest edition of the “Watershed Management Ordinance” of the Metropolitan Water Reclamation
District of Greater Chicago, the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer
Construction in Illinois, the latest edition of the “Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for
Streets and Highways”, and the “Manual of Test Procedures of Materials” in effect on the date of
invitation of bids, and the Supplemental Specifications and Recurring Special Provisions indicated
on the Check Sheet included herein which apply to the govern the construction of,
2026 MFT Street Resurfacing Project
IDOT Section No. 26-00305-00-RS
Evanston Bid Number: 26-24
and in case of conflict with any part, or parts, of said Specifications, the said Special Provisions shall
take precedence and shall govern.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Work on this project includes the resurfacing of various streets with minor utility repairs, concrete
curb and sidewalk replacement, and all incidental work including all materials, labor and
equipment.
COMPLETION DATES
Work is anticipated to commence no earlier than June 10, 2026 and shall be substantially
complete within 40 Working days or by August 21, 2026, whichever comes first. The contract
award is scheduled for June 1, 2026. The contract has two separate phases to accommodate
various neighborhood activities in City of Evanston.
Phase I – Jenks Street, Harrison Street, Haven Street
Work is anticipated to commence no earlier than June 10, 2026, and shall be substantially
completed within 20 working days or by July 10, 2026, whichever comes first.
Phase II – Dobson Street, McDaniel Avenue, Elmwood Avenue & Custer Avenue
Work shall commence no earlier than the week of July 10, 2026, and shall be substantially
completed within 20 working days or by August 21, 2026, whichever comes first.
Substantial completion shall be defined as completion of all items of work with the exception of
punch list items and sod installation; preparation of the parkway area for sodding shall be
complete. Additional preparation of the parkway area prior to sod installation after August 31
when temperatures allow will not be paid for separately but shall be considered as included in the
contract. Concrete work will be required to be completed on one side of the street at a time.
Final contract completion date (including punch list) is September 15, 2026. Only sod watering may
occur after the contract completion date. The City reserves the right to assess deductions in the
amounts as detailed in Article 108.09 of the Standard Specifications per Workday for each day of
overrun for each of the interim/substantial working day and/or completion dates listed above in bold.
MATERIAL TESTING/INSPECTION
Add the following paragraphs to Article 106.01:
All materials incorporated in this Contract are to be inspected according to IDOT’s QC/QA
programs per the Project Procedures Guidelines (PPG). The latest version is available on the
IDOT website at: http://www.idot.illinois.gov/Assets/uploads/files/Doing-Business/Manuals-
Guides-&-Handbooks/Highways/Materials/PPG.pdf. All material incorporated into the work shall
originate from IDOT approved sources (as required by PPG) and/or be accompanied by sufficient
IDOT approved evidence of material inspection. All mix designs for PCC and HMA shall be
submitted to the Engineer with QC Plans for review and approval.
SAW CUTS
Add the following paragraphs to Article 442.05:
The Contractor shall full depth saw cut for the removal of existing curb, sidewalk, all structure
work, and for all pavement patches. The concrete saw shall be equipped with a diamond blade of
sufficient size to saw pavements full-depth and be capable of accurately maintaining cutting
depth. All saw cuts shall be parallel or perpendicular to the curb & gutter, edge of sidewalk, or the
edge of pavement, with straight, clean, edges, to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. This item
shall be included with curb & gutter, sidewalk, structure work, and pavement removal. The slurry
resulting from the saw cutting work shall be immediately washed away using water to
prevent tracking by vehicles or pedestrians to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
When removing pavement, curb and gutter, shoulder, and/or any other structures, the use of any
type of concrete breakers which might damage the underground public or private utilities, or
property will not be permitted. Pavement openings must be initiated with hydraulic impact/air
hammers and the use of excavator buckets to strike and break pavement is strictly
prohibited and will result in an immediate deficiency deduction.
If additional surface is damaged or removed due to negligence on the part of the Contractor, the
additional work will not be measured for payment but shall be done at the Contractor’s expense.
It is Contractor’s responsibility to determine the thickness of the existing pavement and whether
or not it contains reinforcement.
FIBER OPTIC UTILITIES
If the JULIE system locates a City of Evanston fiber optic communication utility, the Contractor/permit
holder shall be required to visually expose fiber optic lines by hand digging within three (3) feet of
either side of JULIE locate on all construction projects and permit work. This work will not be paid for
separately. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit prices bid for various pay items.
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
Add the following paragraphs to Article 107.09:
“The Contractor shall identify and obtain, at their own expense, other sites for storage of materials
and equipment. Sites shall be approved by the Owner and shall conform to City zoning and land
use regulations.
Contractors shall confine all work activities to the public rights-of-way, except areas designated as
tree protection zones. If, for their convenience, Contractors wish to conduct work activities outside
public rights-of-way, including storage of equipment and materials, Contractors shall obtain written
permission from affected property owners prior to proceeding with these work activities. Costs of
obtaining permission, permits, easements, site preparation, site maintenance, site restoration, and
all other expenses associated with work outside rights-of-way and easements shall be borne by the
Contractors at no additional expense to the Owner.
Construction materials may not be placed or stored along City streets and other public areas more
than five (5) calendar days prior to their planned incorporation into the Project. Excess materials to
be incorporated into the Project, including pipe, backfill materials, and other construction materials,
not incorporated into the Project shall be removed from the construction site by the end of each day
and shall be disposed of in accordance with these Specifications. Temporary storage of materials
shall not interfere with curb line storm drainage. Reclaimed construction materials shall be moved
to the Contractor's storage areas. Excess spoils shall be removed at the end of each day.
Excess construction equipment, not actively engaged in daily work operations, shall be stored only
in the Contractor's storage areas and not along City streets. Tracked construction equipment shall
be moved from place to place in the City only on rubber-tired trailers. “Walking” of tracked equipment
between construction areas is expressly prohibited. Refueling trucks shall not be parked on City
streets and shall be returned to the Contractor's storage area when not in use. The Contractor shall
provide off-street parking for personal vehicles belonging to his employees, supplier's employees,
and subcontractor's employees. These vehicles may not be parked along City streets or in Work
areas. No trailers and/or connex containers will be allowed to be stored on/in the City of
Evanston R.O.W.
The Contractor shall provide receptacles as necessary at construction areas for depositing
wastepaper and garbage; and shall empty these receptacles regularly. The Contractor shall keep
the construction site and his storage sites neat and shall promptly clean up any debris that
accumulates. All waste materials shall be hauled to a legal waste disposal site of the Contractor's
choice.
The Contractor shall conduct his operations so that access to homes and other buildings is always
maintained when Contractor is not working at that specific location. The Contractor shall cooperate
in efforts to notify home and other building owners as to when direct vehicular access to their property
will be curtailed and the approximate length of time of such curtailment. Written and/or vocal
notification shall be given to affected residents or tenants of the properties not less than 24 hours
prior to access curtailment. The Contractor shall always maintain access for emergency vehicles to
all parts of the construction area.
The Contractor shall provide for and maintain the flow in all sewers, drains, building or inlet
connections and all water-courses which may be met with during the progress of the Work. He shall
not allow the contents of any sewer, drain, or inlet connection to flow into trenches, sewers, or other
structures to be constructed under the Contract and shall immediately remove and cart away from
the vicinity of the Work all offensive matter. The Contractor shall not disrupt the function of individual
sanitary services for more than four continuous hours. If construction operations are anticipated to
disrupt individual services for more than four hours, the Contractor shall provide temporary sanitary
service for the duration of the disruption.
The Contractor shall promptly notify the proper utility company and all other effected parties of any
damage to water, gas, electric, telephone, sewer, and other utility lines and connections caused by
the Contractor’s operations. The damage shall be immediately repaired at the Contractor's expense.
In the case of an accidental breaking of a water main or service line, the repairs of such a break shall
have priority over all other operations. The parties whose services are affected by the break shall
be notified at once and all assistance given to supply emergency water where necessary by
temporary lines, tank truck, or other means. The Contractor shall maintain an appropriate inventory
of the materials for emergency repairs. In the case of an accidental breakage of a street light
cable, the Contractor shall submit for approval a licensed electrical contractor to repair all
damage to the existing street light cables.
The Contractor shall not allow travel upon any street, park, roadway, or alley to be hindered or
inconvenienced needlessly, nor shall the same be wholly obstructed without the written permission
of the Owner thereof. No construction vehicles shall be driven through or shall be parked in alleys
unless approved by the Engineer. Construction traffic shall be routed on major City through-streets.
Construction traffic on minor streets shall be limited as much as is practical. All street closures
must be approved by Engineer.
When traffic must be obstructed, the Contractor shall provide proper traffic control as accepted by
the Engineer and Owner by placing clearly worded signs announcing such facts with proper
barricades, at the nearest cross-streets on each side of such obstructed portion, where travel can
pass around the obstruction in the shortest and easiest way. “No parking” signs must be approved
by the Engineer and must be POSTED AND DATED at least 48 hours before the intended date of
use. “No Parking” signs are to be purchased from the Owner. If vehicles are still parked in “No
Parking” areas identified by the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer who will contact
the Evanston Police to have the vehicles towed away. No towing of vehicles shall be done by
the Contractor.
Driveways to fire department buildings, driveways to medical buildings, and driveways to businesses
required for continuance of their commerce shall be kept open and always maintained in passable
conditions unless modified by agreement between the Contractor and the property owner. All
agreements between the Contractor and private property owners must be in writing to be considered
binding. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the owners of all private driveways before
interfering with them. Daily construction operations shall be terminated at such locations that the
operations of driveways are not obstructed. Driveways shall be passable between the hours of 6:00
p.m. and 9:00 am.
Delete Article 107.18 and replace it with the following:
“107.18 Use of Fire Hydrants. If the Contractor desires to use water from hydrants, he shall fill out
an application to the City of Evanston Utilities Department and shall conform to the municipal
ordinances, rules, or regulations concerning their use. The Contractor shall obtain a use permit for
each hydrant and shall operate the hydrant properly. The Contractor is required to use an RPZ or
appropriate back flow prevention device subject to approval of the City. There is a $300 deposit on
the fire hydrant and all borrowed equipment. Water shall be furnished from hydrants at no cost to
the Contractor. However, the Contractor shall restore any damage to the hydrant caused by his use,
including settlement.
Fire hydrants shall always be accessible to the Fire Department. No material or other obstructions
shall be placed closer to a fire hydrant than permitted by municipal ordinances, rules or regulations,
or within five (5) feet of a fire hydrant, in the absence of such ordinances, rules or regulations.”
Existing roadways, driveways, sidewalks, curbs, utilities, structures, landscaping, site objects,
and other site improvements not indicated to be removed and/or replaced as part of the Project
which are damaged by Contractor's operations shall be repaired to a condition equal or better
than that prior to the start of construction; or, if deemed un-repairable by the Owner, removed
and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner in accordance with the terms of the
Project specifications, Drawings, applicable codes, ordinances, and technical standards.
The correction of defects in the Work performed by the Contractor shall be done at no additional
cost to the Owner and in accordance with the terms of the Project specifications, Drawings,
applicable codes, ordinances, and technical standards.
Add the following paragraph to Article 107.25:
“Prior to commencement of construction operations, the Contractor shall prepare a written inventory
of existing traffic control and other signage along the routes of construction. This inventory shall list
the location, wording, and general condition of signage. This inventory shall be submitted to the
Engineer upon completion and before any signage is removed for construction activities. The
Contractor shall remove all existing traffic control signs, store these signs in a manner, which
prevents damage, and reinstall them as soon as possible following installation of new sewers as
coordinated by the Engineer.”
Delete Article 107.27 and replace it with the following:
Extension of Indemnification to Third Parties. In the event that some of the Work is to be completed
on property that is not owned by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the indemnification and
save harmless protection to the owner of such property. The Contractor shall also provide the
indemnification and save harmless protection to owners of adjacent properties that may be affected
by his operations.
Claims and disputes by third parties arising from work on this Contract, including augering and
directional drilling or excavation work, shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures
hereinafter specified. This provision does not change, modify or alter the Contractor's responsibility
to follow the insurance requirements of the Contract. Neither does this provision change, modify or
alter the Contractor's responsibility to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the
Engineer from all types of claims that may arise out of or in consequence of the performance of this
work by the Contractor or which may result in any way there from as that duty is stated in Section
107. Furthermore, this provision does not change, modify or alter the Contractor's responsibility to
follow the provisions requiring a Contractor's Performance Bond.
The Contractor agrees to follow the procedure described following in resolving all property damage
disputes that arise during the performance of the Work under the Contract. The Contractor agrees
that the following procedure is the way the Contractor will hold the City of Evanston, MWRD and
Engineer harmless for property damage claims:
i. Procedure for Resolving Property Damage Disputes
If the Contractor receives a claim for property damage allegedly caused by his performance of the
Work under this Contract, the Contractor shall, within five (5) calendar days of receipt of such claims:
➢ Acknowledge the claim to the property owner.
➢ Send a copy of the said claim and acknowledgment to Engineer.
➢ If the claim is not settled (or the Contractor does not agree to settle the claim) within five (5)
calendar days, the Contractor shall:
➢ Forward the claim to the Contractor's insurance carrier.
➢ Require his insurance company to forward to Engineer an acknowledgment of receipt of the
claim.
The Contractor and insurance carrier shall either settle or deny claims within sixty (60) calendar days
of initial receipt of the claims. The insurance carrier and Contractor shall notify the Engineer of claims
settled and denied, including the terms of the settlement or reasons for denial. The Contractor shall
advise property owners of the decision to deny their claims and shall include in the Notice of Denial
the name and address of the person authorized to accept service of process on behalf of the
Contractor.
When a claim is allowed in any amount, Contractor shall, within thirty (30) calendar days of the award,
pay to the property owner the amount of the award. If the Contractor does not make these payments
to the property owner within the thirty (30) calendar day period, the Owner shall be authorized to
make these payments for the Contractor and then deduct the amounts paid from the next payment
due the Contractor under this Contract.”
Add the following paragraphs to Article 107.30:
“The Contractor assumes full responsibility for the safekeeping of all materials and equipment and
for all unfinished work until final acceptance by the Owner, and if any of it is damaged or destroyed
from any cause, the Contractor shall replace it at his own expense.
The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any liens filed for nonpayment
of his bills in connection with the Contract work. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner satisfactory
evidence that all persons who have done work or furnished materials, equipment or service of any
type under this Contract have been fully paid prior to the acceptance of the Work by the Owner.
The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Owner's employees, the Engineer,
and the Engineer's employees from any and all liability, loss, cost, damages and claims, and expense
(including reasonable attorney's fees and court costs) resulting from, arising out of, or incurred by
reason of any claims, actions, or suits based upon or alleging bodily injury, including death, or
property damage arising out of, or resulting from the Contractor's operations under this Contract,
whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by either of them. The Contractor shall obtain insurance for this purpose, which shall
insure the interests of the Owner and Engineer as the same may appear, and shall file with the
Owner and Engineer certificates of such insurance.
The Contractor shall protect the Owner's property and adjacent property from injury or loss resulting
from his operations. Objects sustaining such damage shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the
Owner and Engineer; the cost of such repairs shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be completely responsible for protecting his work from vandalism. Any
vandalized concrete shall be repaired and/or replaced as directed by the Engineer and at the
Contractor's expense.”
Delete the second and fourth paragraphs of Article 107.35.
Add Article 107.37, which shall read as follows:
“107.37 Traffic Control and Protection. Special attention is called to the following Highway
Standard Details and Section 701 relating to Traffic control:
STANDARDS
701301, 701501, 701801, 701901
If requested by Contractor, one-block-long road closures will be allowed by the Owner in areas
deemed necessary by the Engineer. No more than one lane of other streets may be closed at any
time. Traffic control shall be in accordance with the applicable sections of the Standard
Specifications, the applicable guidelines contained in the Illinois Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices for Streets and Highways, any Special Provisions, any Supplemental Standard
Specifications and any special details and Highway Standards contained herein.
At the Pre-Construction Meeting, the Contractor shall furnish the name, and a 24-hour telephone
number of the individual in his direct employ, who is responsible for the installation and maintenance
of the traffic control for the Project. In accordance with Article 108.01, if a subcontractor is to provide
this aspect of the work, consent of the Engineer is required. This shall not relieve the Contractor of
the foregoing requirement for an individual in his direct employ to superintend the implementation
and maintenance of the traffic control.
The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, relocate, and remove all traffic cones, signs,
barricades, warning lights and other devices which are to be used for the purpose of controlling
pedestrian and vehicular traffic. The traffic control requirements presented in the Contract
documents represent the minimum level of control which shall be provided. The Contractor is solely
responsible for implementing all other traffic control measures required to fully protect pedestrians,
vehicles, and his work forces.
The Contractor is responsible to ensure that all barricades, warning signs, lights and other devices
installed for traffic control are in place and operational twenty-four hours each calendar day this
Contract is in effect. In particular, the Contractor shall make sure that warning lights are functioning
during night-time hours. Warning lights shall be checked each calendar day to verify functioning,
replace batteries/bulbs, and/or replace light assemblies as necessary.
All areas of work shall be protected each night by Type II drum-type or sawhorse-type barricades at
not greater than fifty (50) foot centers.
Drum-type and sawhorse barricades shall be equipped with working flashing lights and highly visible
reflectors, reflective tape or reflective paint. At least six reflectors shall be visible from any viewing
angle. Tape or paint shall cover at least 30 percent of the barricade from any viewing angle and
shall conform to Section 700 of the Standard Specifications. Arrow boards shall be silent type
powered by electricity or battery packs. No engine/generator-powered arrow boards are permitted.
The Contractor shall place “No Parking” signs a minimum of two (2) calendar days prior to curb
replacement, patching or resurfacing operations. All “No Parking” signs must have the approval of,
affixed, and displayed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Posting of signs on trees shall be done in
such a manner to facilitate removal; stapling or nailing of signs to trees is prohibited. Contractor shall
keep a log of all posted “No Parking” signs and shall submit the log to the Engineer promptly upon
request.
School busses and emergency vehicles shall have access to all premises at all times.”
Add Article 107.38, which shall read as follows:
“107.38 Maintenance of Roads. Contractor shall maintain roads for all weather conditions and at
all times in compliance with state and local regulations. Upon completion of construction, Contractor
shall return all roads to their original condition as described in Section 442. With the Owner’s
approval, roadways and drives may be closed temporarily in the immediate area of the work.
However, roadways and driveways shall be reopened as soon as is practical following the completion
of installation and/or restoration. All roadways shall be maintained open to local traffic between the
hours of 6:00 p.m. and 9:00 am or at other times when Contractor is not actively engaged in sewer
and/or water main installation. Roadways shall be open to through traffic whenever practical.
Roadways shall be open to emergency vehicles at all times. Temporary pavements specified by
Engineer or Owner shall be placed on the same day as sewer and/or water main work and shall be
maintained as necessary until final roadway restoration. Contractor shall promptly remove all loose
material spilled on roadways during the execution of the Work.
Temporary pavements for trenches crossing roadways and sewer and/or water main structures in
through traffic lanes shall be hot mix when specified or as directed by Engineer. Temporary
pavements around structures not located in through traffic lanes shall be aggregate surface course
as specified or as directed by the Engineer.”
Add Article 107.39, which shall read as follows:
“107.39 Water Control. The Contractor shall perform grading and other operations to maintain site
drainage. Surface water shall not be allowed to accumulate in excavations. The Contractor shall
dispose of surface and subsurface water in a legal manner. He shall not allow mud, silt, or debris to
flow into any surface water area or body other than in compliance with the State Water Quality
Standards. Where the Contractor's operations disturb existing combined sewers, the Contractor
shall provide temporary bulkheads and pumping facilities as necessary to maintain the combined
sewers, connected building services and storm water inlet leads in full operation, including transport
of the maximum dry-weather and wet-weather flow of which the existing sewer is capable. Combined
wastewater shall not be permitted to flow along streets, public right-of-ways, private property, trench
areas or inactive relief sewers. All earthwork, moving equipment, water control of excavations, and
other operations likely to create silting, shall be conducted so as to minimize pollution to
watercourses or water storage areas. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor discharge
pollutants into any watercourse or water storage area.”
Add Article 107.40, which shall read as follows:
“107.40 Overnight Protection of Work. The Contractor shall adequately backfill, cover with
appropriate plates, or suitably fence and barricade all open excavations at the completion of each
day's work. Open-cut excavations shall be reduced to a maximum length of thirty feet overnight.
Excavations shall not block roadways or driveways. Open ends of sewers being installed shall be
bulk headed overnight with watertight plugs to prevent entrance of soils, entrance of groundwater,
and/or entrance by the public. The Contractor shall protect all excavations from public access. All
shafts for open-cut work shall be fully covered during non-working hours and during working hours
when not being actively used for that day's construction.”
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
Delete the second paragraph of Article 108.03 and replace it with the following:
“The Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer at least 72 hours before beginning work. The
Contractor shall give a minimum of 24-hour notice, not including Saturdays, Sundays or legal
holidays, prior to suspension of construction activities for any non-weather related reason.
Suspension of work for non-weather related reasons must be pre-approved by the Engineer. The
Contractor must be in advance of the Controlling Item as indicated by his submitted Construction
Schedule as a condition of the Engineer's granting of authorization to suspend work. In addition, the
suspension shall not affect the completion date of the Project. The Contractor shall notify the
Engineer at least 24 hours, not including Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays, prior to the
resumption of work. The site must be left in a clean and neat manner, acceptable to the Engineer,
prior to the authorization of the suspension.
The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the following scheduling requirements:
a. The Contractor will be required to discuss their operations and get verbal and / or
written permission at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance in order to work on the
following dates:
Friday, June 19, 2026 Juneteenth
Friday, September 11, 2026 Rosh Hashana
Monday, September 21, 2026 Yom Kippur
Delete Article 108.04 and replace it with the following:
“108.04 Normal Work Hours. Normal work hours shall be Monday through Friday (excluding legal
holidays) between 7:00 am and 4:00 p.m. local time during the calendar dates specified in Article
108.03. Except for work required to maintain warning lights, barricades and other safety/health-
related systems no work shall be performed on Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays, or between 4:00
pm and 7:00 am on other days without specific permission of the Owner. Any violation for working
hours contractor will be fined $500.00 for each occurrence.
No work, except maintenance of warning lights, barricades and other safety/health-related systems,
may be performed unless the Engineer is available to observe/inspect construction activities. Owner
will provide the services of the Engineer as needed for construction observation/inspection between
the hours of 7:00 am and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except legal holidays, in accordance
with the calendar dates specified in Article 108.03.
If at any time during the project the Contractor elects to work on a Saturday, they must obtain Written
permission from the Capital Planning and Engineering Bureau, Senior Project Manager and/or City
Engineer/Bureau Chief, Public Works Agency. Contractor shall request this at least twenty-four hours
in advance of Saturday work. The contractor is required to estimate any Saturday work and include
that in the bid amount.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Delete Article 109.07 and replace it with the following:
“109.07 Partial Payments and Retainage. The Owner will pay the Contractor monthly for Work
completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Applications for Payment from the
Contractor (and subcontractors) shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with all
supporting documents to the Engineer. Supporting documents to be submitted with Applications for
Payment shall include, but are not limited to:
Documents to be Submitted With
Applications for Partial Payment
(a) MBE/WBE/EBE Monthly Utilization Report
(b) All delivery tickets for concrete and asphalt.
(c) Lien Waivers
(d) Certified payrolls for general contractor and sub-contractors
Failure to submit any of the above documents may cause the payment application to be
rejected.
Lien waivers shall accompany each Application for Payment and shall reflect the amount paid to
each subcontractor, and supplier, and their respective supporting lien waivers. Contractor's lien
waivers submitted with interim Applications for Payment shall reflect all costs up to the date of the
Application. Lien waivers from subcontractors, suppliers and others accompanying interim
Applications for Payment may be submitted one month in arrears. Lien waivers submitted with the
final Application for Payment shall reflect the full values of Contractor's efforts; and, all subcontracts,
materials purchases, and other Project costs.
Applications for Payment shall be reviewed by the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days of the
submittal and returned to the Contractor for correction or forwarded to the Owner for approval, as
appropriate. Engineer and Contractor must agree to quantities forwarded to the Owner. Any
disputed quantities not included in the Application for Payment must be resolved within thirty (30)
calendar days with any adjustments from disputed quantities to be included on the following
Application for Payment. Applications for Payment certified by the Engineer must be in the City
offices by the close of business on the last working day of each month. The Owner will pay the
Contractor within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of Applications for Payment certified by the
Engineer.
Delete the first, third, and fourth paragraphs of Article 109.08 and add the following:
“Final payment will be made within sixty (60) calendar days after the Work is fully completed, and
accepted by the Owner and the Contract fully performed. Request for final payment shall be
prepared by the Contractor and accompanied by the documentation hereinafter listed. Quantities
for this Contract shall be subject to the contract unit price applied to final measured quantities.
Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the
Contractor delivers to the Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of this Contract, or receipts
in full in lieu thereof, and in either case, an affidavit that so far as he has the knowledge or information,
the releases and receipts include all the labor and material for which a lien could be filed, but the
Contractor may, if any subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond
satisfactory to the Owner, to indemnify the Owner against any lien. If any liens remain unsatisfied
after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all moneys that the Owner
may be compelled to pay in discharging such liens, including all costs and Attorney's fees.
Add the following as the first two paragraphs of Article 109.09:
“The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately when the Contractor becomes aware of any
circumstances which the Contractor believes may lead to a claim for extra cost. Where possible, the
Contractor shall delay proceeding with work which may result in the claim for extra cost until the
Engineer has had a reasonable opportunity to review the situation, unless such delay will materially
disrupt the prosecution of the Work or unless immediate Contractor action is required to resolve an
emergency which endangers life or property. The purposes of the Engineer's review are: to verify
that a claim for extra cost may be warranted, to make modifications to the Work to avoid or minimize
the extra cost, and/or to monitor the Contractor's performance of the work generating the extra cost.
For those situations where the Engineer is not notified prior to the Contractor performing work which
causes the claim, the amount of extra cost to which the Contractor is entitled shall not include costs
which, in the Engineer's sole opinion, could reasonably have been avoided if the Contractor had
notified the Engineer prior to proceeding with the Work.
The Contractor shall submit, in writing, claims for extra cost to the Engineer as soon as possible after
the occurrence of the event(s) giving rise to the claim, but not more than thirty (30) calendar days
thereafter. Claims shall include appropriate supporting documentation as specified in following
paragraphs to justify the extra cost claimed. This documentation shall include, as a minimum: a
description of the circumstances which generated the claim, prior notifications provided to the
Engineer, and a detailed breakdown of costs incurred by the Contractor. In the event that this
documentation cannot be assembled within thirty (30) calendar days or if the extra cost is ongoing,
the Contractor shall submit, in writing, whatever partial information is available to keep the Engineer
informed of the Contractor's progress. Extra costs incurred by the Contractor solely because of the
particular means and methods which the Contractor chooses to perform the Work will not be
considered. Claims submitted more than thirty (30) calendar days after the occurrence of the
event(s) giving rise to the claim will not be considered.”
Delete the first, second and third paragraphs of Article 109.09 sub-paragraph (e) and replace them
with the following:
“(e) Procedure. All claims and supporting documentation shall be submitted to the Engineer. The
Engineer shall review each claim and advise the Owner of the Engineer's opinion of the relative merit
of each claim and the dollar and/or time adjustment which the Engineer believes is warranted, if any.
The Owner shall make a determination of the merit of each claim and the dollar and/or time
adjustment, if any, which is appropriate for resolution of the claim. If Contractor is dissatisfied with
the Owner's decision regarding merit, dollar adjustment, and/or time adjustment associated with a
claim, the Contractor may request arbitration in accordance with the following:
• All claims, counter-claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and
the Contractor arising out of, or relating to this Agreement or the breach of it, will be decided
by arbitration if the parties mutually agree, or in a court of competent jurisdiction within the
State.
• Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract
Documents and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the
Engineer. Demand for arbitration shall in no event be made on any claim, dispute or other
matter in question which would be barred by the applicable statue of limitations.
• The Contractor will carry on the Work and maintain the progress schedule during any
arbitration proceedings, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing.”
TREE PROTECTION
Add the following paragraphs to Article 201.01:
Trees and shrubs damaged due to construction operations or removed without approval shall be
replaced, at Contractor's expense, with trees or shrubs of like species and size, to a maximum trunk
size of 6-inches diameter as directed by the Owner. If trees larger than 6-inches diameter are
irreparably damaged or destroyed, the Contractor shall replace these trees with trees of like species
6-inches in diameter. Tree trimming, pruning, repair of wound surfaces, removal of trees and shrubs
requested by Contractor, and replacement of trees and shrubs irreparably damaged shall be
incidental to the items of work to which they pertain.”
Parkway Tree Protection
Prospective contractors are advised that it is the express intent of the City of Evanston to minimize
trimming of trees in the work corridors and to vigorously protect the quality of the urban forest. The
equipment and methods used to perform any and all portions of the work must be the size and nature
that results in the least disruption to the existing environment. The City of Evanston reserves the
right to limit the size of the equipment used on the project.
The Contractor shall at all times demonstrate to the satisfaction of the City of Evanston that suitable
precautions and due diligence are being observed to protect the natural and improved features of
the area. Special and continuing attention will be paid to the maintenance of tree protection fencing
and the appropriate observance of tree protection areas as delineated by the fencing.
To insure compliance with the City of Evanston’s intent to minimize area disturbances, the following
procedures and actions will be followed: When the Engineer determines that a deficiency exists, the
Contractor shall be notified. If the contractor fails to rectify the deficiency immediately, the Engineer
will impose a daily monetary deduction for each 24-hour period (or portion thereof) the deficiency
exists. This time period will begin with the time of notification to the Contractor and end with the
Engineer’s acceptance of the corrections. The cost of the daily deduction will be $250 per occurrence
per calendar day. In addition, the Contractor will be liable and responsible for any and all corrective
and remedial actions required to restore the area or item to comparable pre-project conditions as
well as any additional fines and fees as stated in the tree protection requirements in these
specifications.
Care of Existing Plant Material. If construction is to occur within the root zone of existing plant
material, root pruning and special plant care will be required, as hereinafter specified. All pruning
shall be performed by a professional arborist (someone whose principal occupation is the care and
maintenance of trees).
The Contractor shall be responsible for taking measures to minimize damage to tree limbs, tree
trunks, and tree roots at each work site. All such measures shall be included in the contract price for
other work except that payment will be made for Temporary Fence and Root Pruning as separate
pay items.
A. Root Pruning:
1. Whenever the proposed excavation falls within the drip-line of a tree, the contractor shall:
a. Root prune 6-inches behind and parallel to the proposed edge of trench a neat, clean
vertical cut to a minimum depth directed by the City Arborist through all the affected
tree roots.
b. Root prune to a maximum width of 4 inches using a “Vermeer” wheel matching the
following criteria. The root pruner wheel shall be 60” diameter (188” circumference)
carrying 28 pair (56 total) stump cutter teeth with tooth spacing at 6.7” on center. The
cutting depth shall be 24” and shall utilize a 65hp tractor. Trenching machines will
not be permitted.
c. Exercise care not to cut any existing utilities.
d. If during construction it becomes evident that additional tree roots will require root
pruning, the City Arborist and the Contractor shall have the root pruning sub-
contractor return to the site to properly root prune the tree at the location directed by
the City Arborist. The contractor will be paid for the additional root pruning as
described below; however, no additional compensation will be made for
remobilization to the construction site.
e. For locations where root pruning is performed for the purpose of curb and gutter
removal and replacement, the contractor shall root prune 6-inches behind the curbing
so as to neatly cut the tree roots.
f. Depth of cut shall be 12 inches for curb removal and replacement and 24 inches for
structural work. Any roots encountered at a greater depth shall be neatly saw-cut at
no additional cost.
g. The Engineer or City Arborist will mark locations where earth saw cutting of tree roots
is required in the field.
2. All root pruning cuts shall be immediately backfilled with material side cast from the earth-
sawing procedure, so that the ground surface is even and no tripping potential exists.
3. All root pruning work is to be performed through the services of a certified arborist to be
approved by the City Arborist.
ROOT PRUNING shall be used to protect all trees within the public right-of-way of the project
limits or as directed by the Engineer. This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per
FOOT for ROOT PRUNING measured in place.
The Contract unit price per FOOT for ROOT PRUNING shall be payment in full for all materials,
labor and equipment required for: root pruning as shown on plan details; and all related work
which is not included under other Payment Items.
B. Temporary Fence:
1. The Contractor shall erect a temporary fence around all trees within the construction area to
establish a “tree protection zone”, as established by City Arborist, before any work begins or any
material is delivered to the jobsite. No work is to be performed (other than root pruning), materials
stored, or vehicles driven or parked within the “tree protection zone” at any time during the course of
construction.
2. The exact location and establishment of the “tree protection zone” fence shall be approved
by the City Arborist prior to setting the fence. The fence shall be 48 inches high, plastic poly-type or
any other type of highly visible barrier in an open-weave type pattern with large openings. The type,
color and pattern of the fence shall be approved by the Engineer prior to erection. This fence shall
be properly maintained in an upright manner and shall remain up until final restoration, unless the
Engineer directs removal otherwise. Tree fence shall be supported using T-Post style fence posts
with a maximum of 8’ spacing. T-posts must be at least six feet in length, two feet of which must be
set in the ground. The fence shall be attached to posts and secured with a minimum of three nylon
locking ties per post. Utilizing re-bar as a fence post will not be permitted.
3. The fence shall be installed 18” behind and parallel to the curb and between the curb and
sidewalk. Fence shall be erected on a minimum of three sides with the fourth sidewalk side being
optional. Fence shall be installed at the drip-line of the tree or as listed in the following guidelines:
a. Establish the diameter of the tree at a point four and a half feet above the ground, (referred to as
diameter breast height or DBH)
i. Trees with diameters 10 inches and under require root zone protection a minimum of five
feet from the center of the tree.
ii. Trees 10 to 19 inches in diameter shall have a minimum root zone protection of 10 feet
from the center of the tree.
iii. Trees greater than 19 inches in diameter shall have a minimum root zone protection of
15 feet from the center of the tree.
4. Parking or maneuvering of machinery, stockpiling of materials or any other use will not be
allowed upon unpaved areas within 10 feet of the root protection zone of trees or plants designated
to be protected.
5. Construction area is defined as all areas within 10 feet each side of roadway improvement
location.
6. All work within the “tree protection zone” shall have the Engineer’s prior approval. All slopes
and other areas not re-graded should be avoided so that unnecessary damage is not done to the
existing turf, tree root system or ground cover.
7. The grade within the “tree protection zone” shall not be changed unless approved by the
Engineer prior to making said changes or performing the work.
TEMPORARY FENCE shall be used to protect all trees within the public right-of-way of the project
limits or as directed by the Engineer. This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per
FOOT for TEMPORARY FENCE measured in place.
The Contract unit price per FOOT for TEMPORARY FENCE shall be payment in full for all
materials, labor and equipment required for: providing snow fence as shown on plan details; and
all related work which is not included under other Payment Items.
When improvements are required within the “tree protection zone”, tree trunk protection will be
required.
C. Tree Trunk Protection:
The Contractor shall provide 2 in. by 8 in. by 8 ft. boards banded continuously around each trunk to
prevent scarring of trees shown on the plans or designated by the Engineer. For multi-stem trees,
saplings, and shrubs to be protected within the area of construction, temporary fencing may be used
for trunk protection
TREE PROTECTION shall be used to protect all trees within the public right-of-way of the project
limits or as directed by the Engineer. This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per
EACH for TREE PROTECTION measured in place.
The Contract unit price per EACH for TREE PROTECTION shall be payment in full for all
materials, labor and equipment required for: installation of trunk boards in accordance with
Supplemental Standard Specifications; and all related work which is not included under other
Payment Items.
D. Tree Pruning:
Tree pruning shall consist of pruning branches for aesthetic and structural enhancement or as
directed by the Engineer. All pruning shall be done according to the current ANSI A300 (part 1)
pruning standard. Trees selected for pruning will be cleaned of dead, diseased, or broken branches,
thinned appropriately to reduce density of branches, raised to provide vertical clearance for
pedestrian and vehicular traffic, and if warranted by species tolerance and specimen needs limbs
will be reduced to promote a central leader and good structure. Pruning to provide clearance over
the street will be allowed up to 14 feet above the pavement. If additional clearance is needed a
request in writing shall be submitted to the City Arborist. All branch pruning to American Elms and
Oak trees shall be done between October 15 and April 15, when the trees are dormant.
Under pruning to provide clearance over the street will be allowed up to 14 feet above the pavement.
If additional clearance is needed a request in writing shall be submitted to the City Arborist.
TREE PRUNING will be paid for at the contract unit price per EACH for TREE PRUNING, which
price shall include Under pruning branches the entire perimeter of the tree, for aesthetic and
structural enhancement, of existing trees.
DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL
This work shall consist of meeting IEPA requirements for the disposal of excavated material
including, but not limited to, clean construction or demolition debris (CCDD), uncontaminated soil,
and/or contaminated soil. Excavated materials must be removed from the site by the end of
each day.
The Contractor will be responsible to provide CCDD and soil fill site operators with all testing
information and fees as required by the IEPA and fill site operators. The City will provide the
Contractor IEPA LPC documentation prior to the start of construction.
Excavated material identified by the City or during the course of construction as not conforming
to CCDD requirements shall be sampled, analyzed, and screened for disposal site acceptance
by the Contractor in accordance with Section 669 of the Standard Specifications. This work will
be paid for at the contract unit price per Each as Soil Disposal Analysis for each test taken and at
the contract unit price per Cubic Yard for Non-Special Waste Disposal.
TOPSOIL FURNISH AND PLACE
Add the following paragraph to Article 211.04:
Topsoil shall be pulverized.
Revise Article 211.07 of the Standard Specifications to read:
Topsoil furnish and place shall be that material obtained from outside the right-of-way and will be
measured for payment by volume in cubic yards. Topsoil must be furnished from an inspected
source with delivery tickets displaying the material volume delivered.
Revise Article 211.08 of the Standard Specifications to read:
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for TOPSOIL FURNISH AND
PLACE.
Topsoil used to backfill concrete work will not be paid for but shall be considered as
included in the various contract items.
SODDING, SALT TOLERANT
Add the following paragraph to Article 252.01:
“All grassed areas disturbed by Contractor's operations shall be restored by sodding. To be
acceptable, the sod shall be in a live, healthy condition and be knitted to the soil. Sod shall be
growing in place for forty-five (45) calendar days prior to measurement. Only living sod that is
acceptable will be measured for payment.”
approved by the Engineer.”
Add the following to Article 252.03:
“Sod bed preparation shall include the placement of top soil, including excavating and grading the
areas to be sodded to a depth of at least 3-inches below a line connecting the top of the curb and
the top of the sidewalk, disposing of the material removed and placing pulverized topsoil on the space
so prepared, raked and ready for sodding. The topsoil shall be free from quack grass and weeds
and shall be approved by the Engineer before placing. One rolling of the entire surface of the soil
shall be made. Existing sidewalks, curbs and trees, and the like, which are not to be removed, shall
be protected from damage during the placement of topsoil. Placement of topsoil shall be incidental
to the cost of sodding and no separate payment shall be made.”
Add the following paragraph to Article 252.04:
“The Contractor is encouraged to refrain from placing sod during the months of July and August,
when possible within the required construction schedule. No sod may be placed between November
1 and March 1 unless approved by the Engineer. Regardless of the time of placement and
subsequent climatic conditions, the Contractor shall water sod sufficiently to maintain it in a healthy
condition until accepted by the Owner. Sod shall be in a moist condition at the time of cutting and
shall be kept in a moist condition until it is placed. Sod cut less than 24 hours before placement is
preferred. Sod cut more than 48 hours before placement shall not be used.”
Add the following to Article 252.06:
“The placement of sodding shall consist of preparing the ground surface and furnishing, transporting,
and placing sod and fertilizer required in the sodding operations. Fertilizer having an analysis of
10-6-4 or having a different analysis but still meeting the 5-3-2 ratio requirements, shall be applied
at such a rate that each acre to be sodded shall receive a total of 160 pounds of the three nutrients
specified in Article 1081.08. The fertilizer nutrient will not be paid separately but shall be incidental
to the cost of sod placement.”
Delete the first paragraph of Article 252.08 and replace it with the following paragraphs:
“Within eight hours after sod has been placed five gallons of water per square yard shall be applied
and the entire surface of sod rolled. Thereafter, on days designated by the Engineer, additional
water shall be applied to sodded areas at the rate of three gallons per square yard. The number of
additional applications shall not exceed ten and these applications will be required within a forty-five
(45) calendar day growing period after the sod has been placed. The cost of this watering program
shall be incidental to the cost of sodding.
The Contractor shall perform additional watering to maintain sod in a healthy condition. The cost of
additional watering will be paid separately per UNIT of SUPPLEMENTAL WATERING.Any
sodding that does not survive will be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense.”
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per SQUARE YARD for SODDING, SALT
TOLERANT measured in place for the quantity actually installed within the pay limits shown on
the Drawings, as hereinafter specified, or as directed by Engineer. Grassed areas to be restored
by SODDING include parkways and all other turf areas which have been disturbed by construction
activities.
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
Section 351 shall apply with the following modifications:
The Contractor shall furnish and place 4 inches or greater coarse aggregate conforming to Article
1004.04 and Article 311.05 (Type B) with a gradation number of CA-6 for use as the base course for
driveways and curb and gutter, as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer.
Aggregate base course for pavement patching, driveways, and sidewalk is incidental to the various
contract pay items. Base course shall be placed on the prepared sub-grade. The coarse
aggregate shall be gravel, crushed gravel, crushed stone, or crushed concrete. Crushed
slag and grindings from PCC or HMA surface removal operations will NOT be allowed.
INCIDENTAL HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACING
This work shall consist of the preparation of the base, the application of bituminous priming
material and the construction of the Hot-Mix Asphalt surface for driveway pavements and speed
humps.
The Hot-Mix Asphalt for the Incidental Hot-Mix Asphalt surface shall meet the requirements of
Section 406 of the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. Areas where the
Incidental Hot-Mix Asphalt surfacing will be placed shall have the base primed. The rate of
application of prime and fine aggregate will be specified by the Engineer.
The Hot-Mix Asphalt mixture may be spread and finished by approved hand methods or a finishing
machine approved by the Engineer.
The Hot-Mix Asphalt mixture shall be rolled and compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer
with tandem roller meeting the requirements of Article 1101.01 of the Standard Specifications for
Road and Bridge Construction.
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per ton for "INCIDENTAL HOT-MIX ASPHALT
SURFACING", which price shall include all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete
the work.
The cost of Bituminous Materials (Tack Coat) will not be paid for separately but shall be incidental
to the unit price per ton for INCIDENTAL HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACING.
TEMPORARY HOT-MIX ASPHALT
This work shall consist of the placement of hot-mix asphalt surface course (typically 2-inches
thickness) within all utility trenches to finished grade by the end of each day or to ramp frames or
curb ramps for construction staging, maintenance, and the removal of the HMA at a later date in
preparation for final pavement patching.
This work will be paid for per Ton for Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt which shall include all work,
equipment, and materials necessary to construct, maintain, and remove and disposal the hot-mix
asphalt surface to the limits as directed by the Engineer.
Note: Removal of temporary stone in preparation for final pavement patching shall be considered
as included in the contract unit price bid for Aggregate for Temporary Access.
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT
Add the following paragraphs to Article 423.01:
“Materials: - Materials for concrete shall be in accordance with Section 420 as applicable. Class SI
concrete shall be used. Forms shall be a minimum of 2” x 8” lumber or its approved equal, held in
place by stakes or braces with the top edges true to line and grade. The aggregate base course
shall be four (4”) inches thick constructed in accordance with Section 351 of the Standard
Specifications. The driveway pavement shall be six (6”) inches or eight (8”) inches thick. Three-
quarter (3/4”) inch thick expansion joint material shall be placed between the curb and the full width
of the proposed driveway. Contraction joints shall be provided.
Curing and Protection: Curing shall be in accordance with Article 1022.01. Curing compound shall
be Type III. Protect all surfaces from sun. During hot weather, keep temperature of concrete below
90 degrees Fahrenheit. During cold weather, keep temperature of concrete between 50 degrees F
and 70 degrees F for 3 to 5 days. Protect from frost and rapid drying for 6 days. The Contractor
shall be solely responsible for protecting his work from vandalism.
All vandalized concrete work shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.”
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per SQUARE YARD for PORTLAND CEMENT
CONCRETE (PCC) DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT, of the thickness specified, measured in place.
Payment shall be made for the quantity of pavement actually installed within the pay limits shown
on the Drawings or as directed by Engineer.
The Contract unit price for PCC DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT shall be payment in full for all materials,
labor, and equipment required for: aggregate base course for grading; reinforcement, if required;
pavement placement, curing, and protective coating; and all related work required to complete
the installation which is not included under other Payment Items. Earth excavation and/or addition
of coarse aggregate to driveway subgrade and final grading will not be paid for separately but shall
be considered as included in the contract unit price for concrete driveways.
Backfilling of driveway work will not be paid for separately but shall be considered as included in
the contract unit price for concrete work.
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK
Add the following sentences to Article 424.01:
All sidewalk removed shall be formed within 3 working days of removal. New sidewalk shall be
poured within 1 working day of being formed. The forms shall be removed within 1 working day after
the concrete pour and the restoration adjacent to new sidewalk shall be done with 24 hours after
removal of the forms. All low areas shall be filled in to match the surrounding grades within 72 hours
of the sidewalk being poured.
Backfilling of sidewalk work will not be paid for separately but shall be considered as included in
the contract unit price for concrete work.
Add the following sentences to Article 424.04:
Earth excavation and/or addition of coarse aggregate to sidewalk subgrade and final grading will not
be paid for separately but shall be considered as included in the contract unit price for concrete
sidewalk.
Add the following paragraphs to Article 424.06:
“Concrete placement will be permitted if air temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit or higher.
Concrete pours shall be ended at expansion or control joints. Partial slabs shall not be allowed. The
surface shall be divided by control joints extending to the depth of the slab. Control joints shall be
tooled first, saw-cut to proper depth and shall be spaced at 5-foot or other uniform intervals as
directed by the Engineer. All edges and intermediate joints of sidewalks shall be shaped with an
edging tool having a ½ inch radius. Surfaces of sidewalks shall have a light broom finish, except
handicapped ramps at intersections, which shall be finished as shown on the Drawings.
Curing shall be in accordance with Article 1022.01. Curing compound shall be Type III. Protect all
surfaces from sun. During hot weather, keep temperature of concrete below 90 degrees Fahrenheit.
During cold weather, keep temperature of concrete between 50 degrees F and 70 degrees F for 3
to 5 days. Protect from frost and rapid drying for 6 days. The Contractor shall be solely responsible
for protecting his work from vandalism. All vandalized concrete work shall be removed and
replaced at the Contractor's expense.”
Add the following paragraphs to Article 424.09:
“The product used for detectable warnings shall be Prefabricated Detectable Warning Panels (Red
Brick) manufactured by one of the following:
> Access Products, Inc. (888-679-4022)/ Supplier (630-689-7574)
> Armorcast Products Company (818-982-3600)
> Detectable Warning Systems, Inc. (866-999-7452)
> www.TUFTILE.com (888-960-8897).”
HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACE REMOVAL (VARIABLE DEPTH)
In addition to the requirements of Section 440 of the Standard Specifications, the Specifications shall
be modified to include the following:
This work shall consist of removing the existing bituminous surface and underlying HMA base, PCC
base, brick base, or aggregate base at varying depths from 2” to 4” (nominal depth of 3”) to the
limits specified on the plans and/or as directed by the Engineer in accordance with the applicable
portions of Section 440 of the Standard and Supplemental Specifications. The provisions of Article
440.03 of the Standard Specification should be modified to include the following:
Pavement patching shall be completed after the pavement is milled. The ENGINEER will inspect
the milled pavement and identify the areas which will require pavement patching. If new curb and
gutter is part of the project, the curb and gutter shall be constructed prior to the start of the milling
operation.
HMA Surface Removal, Variable Depth shall include any additional passes of the milling machine
required to remove an existing quarter crown and establish the proposed/uniform pavement cross
slope as directed by the Engineer. These operations shall be considered incidental to the work, and
no separate payment shall be made.”
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per SQUARE YARD for HOT MIX ASPHALT
SURFACE REMOVAL, VARIABLE DEPTH outside of the standard trench width, but within the
payment limits for full-width street resurfacing shown on the Drawings and/or as directed by the
Enginee.
Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per square yard for HOT-
MIX ASPHALT SURFACE REMOVAL, VARIABLE DEPTH, which price shall include all labor,
material and equipment necessary to perform the work as specified herein
PAVEMENT PATCHING
Add the following paragraph to Article 442.01:
“Class C (also called Type B on the Drawings) patches shall conform to Section 353-Portland
Cement Concrete Base Course and Class D (also called Type D on the Drawings) patches shall
conform to Section 355 – Hot-Mix Asphalt (HMA) Base Course. Existing pavement is to be removed
and replaced in accordance with the Drawings. The quantification sub-types: I, II, III, and IV, shall
not apply.”
Delete Note 1 of Article 442.02 and replace with the following:
“Note 1. For Class C pavement patches, Early Strength Patching Mixture as specified in Article
1020.05(g)(1) shall be utilized.”
Add the following sentences to the first paragraph of Article 442.05:
“The Contractor shall saw-cut existing pavements to full depth, along the line of the maximum
allowable trench width as showing on the Drawings. All excavated material including paving bricks
shall be properly disposed of off-site. No drop hammer and/or guillotine-type concrete
breakers/cutters shall be utilized for pavement removal. No earth saw shall be utilized to saw-cut
pavement.”
Add the following sub-paragraph to Article 442.06 Paragraph (a) Subparagraph (2):
“On streets having a concrete base and HMA overlay, PCC concrete base patches will be 2 inches
below existing pavement surface.
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per SQUARE YARD for CLASS C PATCHES,
SPECIAL, 9” and CLASS D PATCHES, SPECIAL, 9”, measured in place. Payment shall be made
for the quantity of patch actually installed within the pay limits shown on the Drawings or as
directed by Engineer.
These Contract unit prices shall be payment in full for all materials, labor and equipment required
for: saw-cutting (full depth), removal, and disposal of existing pavement and sub-base to proposed
subgrade; furnishing, placement and final grading of aggregate base course, new paving
materials and installation; furnishing and installing contraction joints, dowel bars, and expansion
joints as required; finishing and additional reinforcement where required for concrete pavement;
and related work required to complete the installation which is not included in other Payment
Items.
FIBERGLASS FABRIC REPAIR SYSTEM
Add the following to Article 444.01 of the Standard Specifications:
The fiberglass fabric shall be placed in strips 12-inches wide to be placed over joints and cracks
in the pavement at locations as directed by the Engineer prior to placement of leveling binder.
One-way traffic shall be maintained during installation using 2 flagmen and shall be
considered as included in the cost for this pay item.
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard for Fiberglass Fabric Repair
System, which includes preparation of existing pavement and other incidentals necessary to place
the system.
CATCH BASIN, MANHOLE, INLET, AND VALVE VAULT CONSTRUCTION, ADJUSTMENT
AND RECONSTRUCTION
Delete Article 602.01 and replace it with the following:
“602.01 Description. This work, as shown on the Drawings, shall consist of:
(a) Removing and disposing of existing manholes, inlets and catch basins designated to
be abandoned.
(b) Replacing existing manholes, catch basins, inlets, and valve vaults.
(c) Adjusting or partially reconstructing existing manholes, catch basins, inlets, or valve
vault structures in order to rehabilitate the utility structure and/or establish the utility
structures at final finished grades.
(d) Constructing new valve vaults, including bases, barrel sections, transition cone
sections or flat slab tops (if required), and required frames and lids.
(e) Constructing new combined sewer and relief sewer manholes, catch basins and
inlets, including placing precast reinforced concrete sections together with flat slab
tops (if required), transition sections, precast monolithic bases, frames and lids.
(f) Installing new frames/lids on existing utility structures to meet grades shown on the
Drawings, to match existing grades, or as directed by Engineer.”
Add the following paragraph and subparagraphs to Article 602.02:
“In addition to the requirements of the Standard Specifications previously cited, manhole catch basin,
inlet and valve vaults materials shall conform to the following additional requirements, which, in case
of conflict, shall take presence over the Standard Specifications:
(a) Materials for Reconstructing Existing Structures. Concrete brick or precast
reinforced concrete sections.
(b) Materials for Constructing New Structures. Precast reinforced concrete sections
only.
(c) Final Grade Adjustments for Structures. Tapered precast reinforced concrete
adjustment rings shall be used for final grade adjustment of existing and new
structures. Adjustment rings shall be laid on a full bed of mortar. A minimum of one
and a maximum of two rings shall be used for final grade adjustment at each
structure. The total height of final adjustment shall not exceed 11-inches for any
structure. The use of brick for final structure adjustment is not permitted.
(d) Frames, covers and grates shall conform to Frames & Grates special provision.
(e) Inlets. Inlets shall be precast reinforced concrete conforming to INLET, TYPE A –
IDOT STANDARD 602301 with the following exceptions: 1) Instead of a 16” depth,
the depth shall be 34” unless otherwise specified on the drawings. 2) Instead of the
3” Sand Cushion, a minimum 6” deep granular material (CA-11) base will be required.
Shop drawings for system components shall be submitted for approval as soon as possible, but not
less than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the time when the components are intended to be
installed.”
Delete Article 602.03 in its entirety.
Delete Article 602.07 and replace it with the following:
“602.07 Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections. Base, barrel, cone and top sections shall be set
as shown on the Drawings. The joints between precast concrete base sections, barrel sections,
cone sections, and top slab sections in manholes, vaults, catch basins and inlets shall be sealed with
two rings of 100 percent butyl gasket in rope form having a square cross-section of 1-inch nominal
size. Adjusting rings and frames shall be set in full-width beds of cement mortar.
All lift holes on precast elements for manholes, vaults, catch basins, and inlets shall be completely
filled with mortar and sealed with a bitumastic material.”
Add the following to Article 602.11:
“(d) All existing frames, lids, grates and inlets reclaimed during construction are the property of
the City of Evanston. These frames lids and grates shall be moved to a suitable place on the job for
storage and made available for removal by the Owner.
(e) All manhole frame castings placed shall be set in full mortar beds composed of one part
masonry cement to two parts sand by volume, based on dry materials, with no admixtures. Castings
must be set accurately to the finished elevation so that no subsequent adjustment will be required.
All frames will be adjusted to final grade by means of concrete adjusting rings. No brickwork to
produce an adjustment ring will be accepted or permitted to adjust any structure to grade. Where
manholes are located in roadways, paved alleys or paved driveways, casings shall be set to match
the longitudinal slope and cross-slope of the pavement.
(f) Existing frames and lids must not be used as temporary covers during construction.”
Delete the second paragraph of Article 602.13 and replace it with the following:
“The space between the sides of the excavation and the outer surfaces of the structures shall be
filled with CA-11 material as shown on the Drawings.”
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per EACH for CATCH BASINS, MANHOLES,
INLETS, and VALVE VAULTS, of the types and sizes specified, measured in place. These
Contract unit prices shall be payment in full for all materials, labor, and equipment required for:
site preparation, including removal, replacement and/or repair of fences and other site objects;
trench excavation, including removal and disposal of existing sewer pipes, structures, and excess
excavated materials; protection, support and repair of damage to existing utilities; support of
trench walls; shoring and bracing; dewatering of trenches; temporary pumping of combined sewer
flows; new structures; bedding; sewer connection; frames, lids and other castings; flexible check
valves; abandonment of existing sewers where called out on the Drawings, including filling and
placement of required plugs; supply, placement, compaction, and compaction testing of material,
infiltration/exfiltration and other testing/inspection; correction of defects; and, other related work
required to complete the installation which is not included under other Payment Items.
Frames and lids/grates on structures to be reconstructed will be paid for separately.
This item shall not include the cost of pavement, sidewalk, driveway, and curb/gutter removal and
disposal within the pay limits shown on the Drawings. Roadway, sidewalk, driveway, and
curb/gutter removal/ replacement within pay limits or as directed by the Engineer shall be paid for
in accordance with the appropriate Pay Items.
CATCH BASIN, MANHOLE, INLET, DRAINAGE STRUCTURE AND VALVE VAULT
CONSTRUCTION
Delete Article 602.01 and replace it with the following:
“602.01 Description. This work, as shown on the Drawings, shall consist of:
(a) Removing and disposing of existing manholes, inlets and catch basins designated to
be abandoned.
(b) Replacing existing manholes, catch basins, inlets, and valve vaults.
(c) Adjusting or partially reconstructing existing manholes, catch basins, inlets, or valve
vault structures in order to rehabilitate the utility structure and/or establish the utility
structures at final finished grades.
(d) Constructing new valve vaults, including bases, barrel sections, transition cone
sections or flat slab tops (if required), and required frames and lids.
(e) Constructing new combined sewer and relief sewer manholes, catch basins and
inlets, including placing precast reinforced concrete sections together with flat slab
tops (if required), transition sections, precast monolithic bases, frames and lids.
(f) Installing new frames/lids on existing utility structures to meet grades shown on the
Drawings, to match existing grades, or as directed by Engineer.”
Add the following paragraph and subparagraphs to Article 602.02:
“In addition to the requirements of the Standard Specifications previously cited, manhole catch basin,
inlet and valve vaults materials shall conform to the following additional requirements, which, in case
of conflict, shall take presence over the Standard Specifications:
(a) Materials for Reconstructing Existing Structures. Concrete brick or precast
reinforced concrete sections.
(b) Materials for Constructing New Structures. Precast reinforced concrete sections
only.
(c) Final Grade Adjustments for Structures. Tapered precast reinforced concrete
adjustment rings shall be used for final grade adjustment of existing and new
structures. Adjustment rings shall be laid on a full bed of mortar. A minimum of one
and a maximum of two rings shall be used for final grade adjustment at each
structure. The total height of final adjustment shall not exceed 11-inches for any
structure. The use of brick for final structure adjustment is not permitted.
(d) Frames, covers and grates shall conform to Section 604.
(e) Inlets. Inlets shall be precast reinforced concrete conforming to INLET, TYPE A –
IDOT STANDARD 602301 with the following exceptions: 1) Instead of a 16” depth,
the depth shall be 34” unless otherwise specified on the drawings. 2) Instead of the
3” Sand Cushion, a minimum 6” deep granular material (CA-11) base will be required.
(f) Catch Basins. Type A catch basins shall be precast reinforced concrete conforming
to CATCH BASIN TYPE A – IDOT STANDARD 602001 with the following exceptions:
1) Instead of a 34” sump, a 48” sump will be required. 2) Instead of the 3” sand
cushion, a minimum 6” deep granular material (CA-11) base will be required.
(g) Valve Vaults. Valve vault sections shall be precast reinforced concrete conforming
to ASTM C-478. All top sections for precast reinforced concrete valve vaults shall be
precast reinforced concrete concentric cones or slab tops of the same quality as the
barrel of the vault. Valve vaults shall be supplied with factory-formed openings to
accommodate the various size water mains such that a minimum 12 inches of
clearance between the top of the vault base and bottom of the main can be provided.
Bases for replacement vaults on existing water mains shall be separate, one-piece
precast units having a minimum thickness of 6 inches. No slab or split bottom shall
be used. Valve vaults for new valves shall be 4-foot, 5-foot, or 6-foot diameter.
(h) Manholes. Storm, sanitary, combined, and relief sewer manhole barrel sections
shall be precast reinforced concrete conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-478.
Pipe connections shall conform to ASTM C-923. No steps shall be installed in
manholes. All top sections for precast reinforced concrete manholes shall be precast
reinforced concrete eccentric cones or slab tops of the same quality as the manhole
barrel. Except where otherwise indicated on the drawings, manholes shall have a
precast monolithic base with a factory-installed bench and otherwise be in
conformance with Illinois Department of Transportation Highway Standards
MANHOLE TYPE A – IDOT STANDARD 602401. Where indicated on the drawings,
manholes supplied for 48” and larger pipes shall be of a “T”-pipe base-style
fabrication. The pipeline portion of the base “T” section shall conform to ASTM C-76
and be of the same pipe class as connected sewer pipe. The riser section shall
conform to ASTM C-478.
(i) Gasket Materials for Joints Between Precast Concrete Sections. 100 percent
butyl rubber rope-type gasket having a square cross-section of 1-inch nominal size
conforming to the physical properties of Federal Specifications SS-S00210 as sold
under the trade name E-Z Stik or equal.
Shop drawings for system components shall be submitted for approval as soon as possible, but not
less than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the time when the components are intended to be
installed.”
Delete Article 602.03 in its entirety.
Delete Article 602.07 and replace it with the following:
“602.07 Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections. Base, barrel, cone and top sections shall be set
as shown on the Drawings. The joints between precast concrete base sections, barrel sections,
cone sections, and top slab sections in manholes, vaults, catch basins and inlets shall be sealed with
two rings of 100 percent butyl gasket in rope form having a square cross-section of 1-inch nominal
size. Adjusting rings and frames shall be set in full-width beds of cement mortar.
For valve vault reconstruction, the precast bottom slab should be placed directly on level, undisturbed
earth. Sand may be used for final leveling off the bottom of the excavation, but thickness shall be
kept to a practical minimum. In no case, shall the thickness of sand used for leveling exceed 1-inch.
The purpose of requiring the base slab to be set on undisturbed earth and limiting the use of sand
for leveling is to minimize post-construction settlement of the replacement valve vault and resulting
damage to the existing water main. The Contractor shall bear the cost of repairing existing water
mains damaged by vault settlement.
All lift holes on precast elements for manholes, vaults, catch basins, and inlets shall be completely
filled with mortar and sealed with a bitumastic material.”
Add the following to Article 602.11:
“(d) All existing frames, lids, grates and inlets reclaimed during construction are the property of
the City of Evanston. These frames lids and grates shall be moved to a suitable place on the job for
storage and made available for removal by the Owner.
(e) All manhole frame castings placed shall be set in full mortar beds composed of one part
masonry cement to two parts sand by volume, based on dry materials, with no admixtures. Castings
must be set accurately to the finished elevation so that no subsequent adjustment will be required.
All frames will be adjusted to final grade by means of concrete adjusting rings. No brickwork to
produce an adjustment ring will be accepted or permitted to adjust any structure to grade. Where
manholes are located in roadways, paved alleys or paved driveways, casings shall be set to match
the longitudinal slope and cross-slope of the pavement.
(f) Existing frames and lids must not be used as temporary covers during construction.”
Delete the second paragraph of Article 602.13 and replace it with the following:
“The space between the sides of the excavation and the outer surfaces of the structures shall be
filled with CA-11 material as shown on the Drawings.”
Delete Article 602.16 and replace it with the following:
“This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per EACH for CATCH BASINS, MANHOLES,
INLETS, and VALVE VAULTS, of the types and sizes specified, measured in place. These
Contract unit prices shall be payment in full for all materials, labor, and equipment required for:
site preparation, including removal, replacement and/or repair of fences and other site objects;
trench excavation, including removal and disposal of existing sewer pipes, structures, and excess
excavated materials; protection, support and repair of damage to existing utilities; support of
trench walls; shoring and bracing; dewatering of trenches; temporary pumping of combined sewer
flows; new structures; bedding; sewer connection; frames, lids and other castings; flexible check
valves; abandonment of existing sewers where called out on the Drawings, including filling and
placement of required plugs; supply, placement, compaction, and compaction testing of material,
infiltration/exfiltration and other testing/inspection; correction of defects; and, other related work
required to complete the installation which is not included under other Payment Items.
Roadway, sidewalk, driveway, and curb/gutter removal/replacement outside the pay limits shown
on the Drawings required for completion of the work or for Contractor's purposes shall be
incidental to combined sewer, relief sewer, storm sewer, and sanitary sewer construction and no
separate payment shall be made.”
REMOVING OR FILLING (ABANDONING) EXISTING MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS AND
INLETS
Add the following sentences to Article 605.01:
“This work shall also consist of all work necessary to remove or fill existing valve vaults so designated
on the Drawings. The terms “fill”, “remove”, and “abandon” shall be interchangeable and shall consist
of removing the upper portion of an existing structure, filling unused pipes, sealing pipe connections,
and filling the remainder of the structure with Trench Backfill sand (FA-6), compacted to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.”
Articles 605.03 and 605.04 shall apply with the following modifications:
“The Contractor shall make his own investigation to determine the existence, nature and location of
all sewers and appurtenances thereto within the limits of the improvement. The Contractor shall be
held responsible for any damage to existing sewers. All pavements will be sawed to a full depth prior
to any casting replacement/adjustment, structure removal, or filling operation. Connecting pipes
shall be cut one joint from the existing structure to be removed/filled. Structures in private paved
areas, parkways and other grassed areas shall be removed a minimum of 2-feet below final grade
and structures in public streets shall be removed a minimum of 6-feet below final grade. Pipes
connected to these structures shown to be abandoned and shall be filled with CLSM materials in
accordance with Article 550.05. Remaining portions of existing structures may be filled with Case I
trench backfill material in accordance with Section 208 or may be filled with CLSM material in
accordance with Article 550.05, at Contractor's option. Structures shall be pumped out and cleaned
of all mud and debris before the fill material is placed. The remainder of the excavation shall be
backfilled in accordance with Section 208.”
Delete Article 605.06 and replace it with the following:
“This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per EACH for catch basins, inlets, valve vaults,
valve boxes, and manholes that are to be abandoned, filled, or removed, as counted in the field.
These Contract unit prices shall be payment in full for all materials, labor, and equipment required
for: site preparation, including removal, replacement and/or repair of fences and other site objects;
excavation, including removal and disposal of existing sewer pipes, structures, and excess
excavated materials; protection, support and repair of damage to existing utilities; saw-cutting,
removal and disposal of existing pavement; excavation, removal and disposal of removal wastes;
supply, placement, compaction, and compaction testing of backfill, stockpiling reclaimed castings;
and all related work required. For items abandoned, the price shall include the cost of removal of
frames/covers, adjusting collars and structure down to 24-inches below existing grassed surface
or 72-inches below existing pavement as applicable, disposal of wastes, concrete bulkheads, and
filling of remaining structure as specified.”
FRAMES AND LIDS TO BE ADJUSTED, SPECIAL
Add the following to Article 603.03 of the Standard Specifications:
The contractor shall adjust the structures to the finished pavement elevation no more than 5
calendar days prior to placement of the final lift of surface unless approved by the Engineer.
Add the following to Article 603.09 of the Standard Specifications:
Removing frames and lids on drainage and utility structures in the pavement prior to milling, and
adjusting to final grade prior to placing the surface course, will be paid for at the contract unit price
each for FRAMES AND LIDS TO BE ADJUSTED, SPECIAL.
This work will not be paid for separately when drainage and utility structures are specified for
payment as reconstructions or new manholes but shall be considered as included in the unit price
bid for structure reconstructions or manholes.
ADJUSTING FRAMES AND GRATES OF DRAINAGE AND UTILITY STRUCTURES
Delete Article 603.08 and replace it with the following:
“603.08 Adjusting Rings. Drainage and utility structure frames shall be adjusted to grade by
removal of the frame and adjustment from the structure, preparing the top of the structure to receive
the new adjustment, installing the proper height precast concrete adjusting rings and reinstalling the
frame, all in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 602. The use of cast iron adjusting
rings is prohibited.”
FRAMES AND GRATES
Add the following to Article 604.02:
“(f) Frames and grates furnished under this Contract shall be Gray Iron Castings conforming to
the Specifications for Gray Iron Castings, ASTM A-48, Class 35. Circular lids for manholes and vaults
shall have large (2.5 inch nominal) pick holes. Circular lids for closing catch basins shall have large
(2.5 inch nominal) pick holes:
(g) Frames and grates on structures shall be as follows (or approved equal):
Existing inlets and catch basins; new catch basins and inlets on Combined Sewer system:
▪ Neenah Type R-1712 (390 lbs.) Frame, Open Lid Grate (116 lbs.) with large (2.5
inch nominal) pick holes or equal.
New catch basins and type A inlets for Storm/Relief Sewer work:
▪ Neenah Type R-3031-B Frame, Sinusoidal Grate,
▪ Neenah Type R-3036-B Frame, Sinusoidal Grate (for Depressed Curb)
Manholes and vaults:
▪ Neenah Type R-1712 (390 lbs.) Frame and Extra Heavy Duty Cover (150 lbs.)
with large (2.5 inch nominal) pick holes or equal. Valve Vault covers shall be lettered
“WATER”.
High Capacity Inlet, Type A
▪ Neenah Type R-3067-L Frame, Vane Grate
New frames and grates may be requested by the Engineer during adjustment of existing structures.”
These items shall not include the costs of pavement, sidewalk, driveway, and curb/gutter removal
and disposal necessary for installation of new frames and grates/lids. Roadway, sidewalk,
driveway, and curb/gutter removal/replacement shall be paid for in accordance with the
appropriate Payment Items.
Frames and grates or closed lids placed on new structures and/or reconstructions will be
considered incidental to the cost of the new structures and/or reconstructions and will be paid for
under the appropriate Pay Items for new structures.
Removed frames and grates shall remain the property of the city and shall be stored in a secured
area for pickup by the city.
CONCRETE CURB TYPE B AND CURB AND GUTTER TYPE B6.12
Delete Article 606.01 and replace it with the following:
“606.01 Description. This work shall consist of concrete curb type B, combination concrete curb
and gutter type B-6.12 and B-6.12 modified, and removal/replacement of existing medians.”
All curb and gutter removed shall be formed within 2 working days of removal. New curb and gutter
shall be poured within 1 working day of being formed. The forms shall be removed within 1 working
day after the concrete pour and the restoration behind the new curb shall be done with 24 hours after
removal of the forms. All low areas shall be filled in to match the surrounding grades within 72 hours
of the curb being poured.
Add the following Subparagraphs to Article 606.02:
“(g) Base. A minimum of four (4”) inches compacted thickness of aggregate base course shall
be placed on the subgrade prior to construction of the proposed concrete curb and gutter.
(h) Forms. The use of a slip-form or curb machine is allowed, but the Contractor is advised that
variable face height curb is required in many parts of the Project to match existing curbs, roadways
and parkway grading. Additional pavement patching, restoration or excavation beyond the
requirements of this proposal, as required for or resulting from the use of such a machine, will not be
considered for additional payment and should be considered incidental to its use. Excavation to
accommodate the installation of concrete forms or use of slip-form shall be limited to 12
inches from back of proposed curb. Hand forming shall be required in the vicinity of specific
trees where the root zones are near and/or have overgrown the existing curb line. These
locations will be determined by the City Arborist.
(i) Curing. Curing shall be in accordance with Article 1022.01. Curing compound shall be Type
III. Protect all surfaces from sun. During hot weather, keep temperature of concrete below 90
degrees Fahrenheit. During cold weather, keep temperature of concrete between 50 degrees F and
70 degrees F for 3 to 5 days. Protect from frost and rapid drying for 6 days. The Contractor shall be
solely responsible for protecting his work from vandalism. All vandalized concrete work shall be
removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.”
Add the following sentence to Article 606.06 - Placing Concrete.
“The transition from full height curb to depressed curb shall be made at a maximum rate of three (3)
inches per foot of length.”
Delete the last sentence of the first paragraph of Article 606.07.
Add the following paragraphs to Article 606.07:
“Expansion joints consisting of pre-molded bituminous expansion joint filler, one-half inch in thickness
and two greased 1-inch diameter dowel bars with expansion caps shall be placed at 50-foot intervals.
When curb and gutter is constructed adjacent to flexible pavement, a 1-inch thick preformed
expansion joint, conforming to the cross-section of the curb and gutter, shall be installed at points of
curvature for short-radius curves and at construction joints.
Contraction joints shall be placed between expansion joints at distances not to exceed twenty-five
(25) feet. Contraction joints shall be formed using steel templates one-eighth inch in thickness, equal
to the width of the gutter or curb, and penetrating at least two (2) inches below the surface of the
curb and gutter; using three-quarter (3/4) inch thick preformed expansion joint filler placed fully across
the curb or gutter; or by sawing to a depth of at least two (2) inches after the concrete is four-hours,
but not more than twenty-four hours old. If steel templates are used, they shall be left in place until
the concrete has set sufficiently to hold its shape but shall be removed while the forms are still in
place. Template-formed or sawed joints shall be sealed in accordance with Article 420.12.
Hand removal and hand forming of the curb and gutter shall be required in the vicinity of specific
trees and their root zones. These individual locations shall be determined, in the field, by the City
Arborist. These operations shall be considered incidental to the work, and no separate payment
shall be made. Excavation to accommodate the installation of concrete forms or use of slip-form
shall be limited to 12 inches from back of proposed curb.
Longitudinal joint tie bars are NOT required.
Backfilling of curb or curb and gutter will not be paid for separately but shall be considered as
included in the contract unit price for concrete work.
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PROTECTION
Delete Article 701.20 and replace it with the following:
This work will be paid for at the Contract LUMP SUM price for TRAFFIC CONTROL AND
PROTECTION. This lump sum price shall be payment in full for all materials, labor and equipment
required for: handling, furnishing, transporting, installing, maintaining, relocating and removing all
traffic control devices and signage required for to fully protect construction operations and the
general public; including implementing any detour plans shown on the Drawings. This lump sum
price shall also include all materials, labor and equipment required for: furnishing, installing,
relocating and removing steel plates and other temporary bridging over trenches, auger pits,
receiving pits and other areas disturbed by construction activities. The salvage value of the
materials removed shall be reflected in the price bid for this Item. Progress payments for traffic
control will be made in direct proportion to the value of work completed. Contractor shall also
refer to the IDOT Highway Standards and District One Details included herein for additional traffic
control measures. The Contractor is advised that specific liquidated damages apply for failure to
maintain traffic control devices.
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PROTECTION shall be paid monthly in an amount equal to the lump
sum price bid multiplied by the overall percentage completion of other Contract Payment Items.
STREET SWEEPING
Add the following paragraphs to Article 107.15:
“The Contractor shall utilize a mechanical street sweeper to clean streets affected by the Contractor's
operations, including haul routes, at least twice per week and additionally as directed by the
Engineer. Liquated Damages shall be assessed as outlined in the Bid Form if the Contractor fails to
utilize a mechanical street sweeper to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The street-sweeper shall be
a full-sized, municipal-type sweeper having dust collection and street washing capabilities. If, in the
opinion of the Engineer, dust becomes a problem despite the normal cleanup measures of street
sweeping, the Contractor shall wash down the pavement, spread calcium chloride as a palliative, or
re-sweep streets as necessary, all at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall keep
sufficient quantities of calcium chloride on site, for use as directed by the Engineer for dust control.
The contractor shall provide cleanings twice per week and additionally as directed by the
Engineer.
Street sweeping will be measured for payment for each trip no matter the number of street
cleaned during each trip.
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per EACH for STREET SWEEPING, which
price shall be payment in full for labor, equipment and materials required to complete the work.
REMOVE AND RESETTING PAVERS
This work shall consist of the removal of existing brick/concrete paver, stone and/or any type of
specialty sidewalk or driveway and replacement with the same material in kind to the same or
better condition as was prior to the removal at locations and to the limits as directed by the
Engineer.
The contractor will be required to furnish materials damaged during construction, surplus material
for cutting or needed to replace sidewalk or driveway surfaces to the same dimensions. It is the
sole responsibility of the contractor to determine the extent of work necessary prior to contract
bidding and no additional compensation shall be provided.
Method of Measurement
Replacement of specialty sidewalk or driveway will be measured in place, and the area computed
in square feet. Furnishing and placing sand and other replacement materials matching the existing
surface will not be measured for payment, but shall be considered as included in the unit price
bid.
Basis of Payment
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square foot for REMOVE AND RESETTING
PAVERS.
REMOVING AND RESETTING STREET SIGNS
This work shall consist of the removal, relocation, and secure storage of existing streets signs at
the onset of construction; removal and disposal of existing sign posts; furnishing and installation
of new sign posts; and the installation of existing signs using new mounting hardware prior to
the conclusion of construction at locations as indicated on the plans, in conflict with proposed
construction, or as directed by the Engineer.
The signs posts shall be furnished and installed according to section 729 of the Standard
Specifications for metal posts and applicable Highway Standards; metal posts shall be ‘enameled
steel’ (dark-green) and mounting hardware shall be stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers in
accordance with article 1006.29.
Method of Measurement
This work shall be measured for payment per each for every sign panel assembly removed,
stored, and installed.
Basis for payment
This work shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each for REMOVING AND RESETTING
STREET SIGNS.
Metal posts and mounting hardware will not be measured for payment but shall be considered as
included in the contract unit price for removing and resetting street signs.
LAWN SPRINKLER SYSTEM REPAIRS
This work shall consist of repairing lawn sprinkler systems damaged by construction operations
to the full extent. The Contractor shall remove and properly dispose of damaged system
materials and furnish and install sprinkler system replacement lines, fittings, and heads of the
same or better quality as approved by the Engineer.
Sprinkler system repairs shall be made by an experienced contractor specializing in lawn sprinkler
system installation, maintenance, and repair able to provide proof of past experience upon
request. The sprinkler system repair contractor will be considered a qualified contractor as
determined by the Engineer. The contractor shall coordinate all repairs with the individual
sprinkler system owners in order to access controls for flushing and testing and under no
circumstance shall the City take responsibility for scheduling repairs. The City will not make
payment for system repairs until individual system owners have indicated in writing that their
system has been satisfactorily repaired.
Basis of Payment
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per foot for LAWN SPRINKLER SYSTEM
REPAIRS.
This work will only be paid for when the damaged materials are within 1-foot of a proposed
improvement. Damages that occur outside of 1-foot from proposed improvements shall be
replaced by the Contractor at his/her own expense.
Payment shall include all types and sizes of sprinkler system materials. Fitting, heads, and all
other components necessary to make system repairs to the full extent will not be paid for
separately but shall be considered as included in the contract unit prices for LAWN SPRINKLER
SYSTEM REPAIRS.
LR1030‐2
State of Illinois
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Bureau of Local Roads & Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
LOCAL QUALITY ASSURANCE/ QUALITY MANAGEMENT QC/QA
Effective: January 1, 2022
Replace the first five paragraphs of Article 1030.06 of the Standard Specifications with the
following:
“ 1030.06 Quality Management Program. The Quality Management Program (QMP) will be
Quality Control / Quality Assurance (QC/QA) according to the following.”
Delete Article 1030.06(d)(1) of the Standard Specifications.
Revise Article 1030.09(g)(3) of the Standard Specifications to read:
“ (3) If core testing is the density verification method, the Contractor shall provide personnel
and equipment to collect density verification cores for the Engineer. Core locations
will be determined by the Engineer following the document “Hot-Mix Asphalt QC/QA
Procedure for Determining Random Density Locations” at density verification intervals
defined in Article 1030.09(b). After the Engineer identifies a density verification
location and prior to opening to traffic, the Contractor shall cut a 4 in. (100 mm)
diameter core. With the approval of the Engineer, the cores may be cut at a later time.”
Revise Article 1030.09(h)(2) of the Standard Specifications to read:
“ (2) After final rolling and prior to paving subsequent lifts, the Engineer will identify the
random density verification test locations. Cores or nuclear density gauge testing will
be used for density verification. The method used for density verification will be as
selected below.
Density Verification Method
Cores
Nuclear Density Gauge (Correlated when
paving ≥ 3,000 tons per mixture)
Density verification test locations will be determined according to the document “Hot-
Mix Asphalt QC/QA Procedure for Determining Random Density Locations”. The
density testing interval for paving wider than or equal to 3 ft (1 m) will be 0.5 miles (800
m) for lift thicknesses of 3 in. (75 mm) or less and 0.2 miles (320 m) for lift thicknesses
greater than 3 in. (75 mm). The density testing interval for paving less than 3 ft (1 m)
wide will be 1 mile (1,600 m). If a day’s paving will be less than the prescribed density
testing interval, the length of the day’s paving will be the interval for that day. The
density testing interval for mixtures used for patching will be 50 patches with a
minimum of one test per mixture per project.
If core testing is the density verification method, the Engineer will witness the
Contractor coring, and secure and take possession of all density samples at the
LR1030‐2
density verification locations. The Engineer will test the cores collected by the
Contractor for density according to Illinois Modified AASHTO T 166 or AASHTO T 275.
If nuclear density gauge testing is the density verification method, the Engineer will
conduct nuclear density gauge tests. The Engineer will follow the density testing
procedure detailed in the document “Illinois Modified ASTM D 2950, Standard Test
Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete In-Place by Nuclear Method”.
A density verification test will be the result of a single core or the average of the nuclear
density tests at one location. The results of each density test must be within
acceptable limits. The Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor of observed
deficiencies.”
Revise the seventh paragraph and all subsequent paragraphs in Section D. of the document
“Hot-Mix Asphalt QC/QA Initial Daily Plant and Random Samples” to read:
“Mixtures shall be sampled from the truck at the plant by the Contractor following the same
procedure used to collect QC mixture samples (Section A). This process will be witnessed
by the Engineer who will take custody of the verification sample. Each sample bag with a
verification mixture sample will be secured by the Engineer using a locking ID tag. Sample
boxes containing the verification mixture sample will be sealed/taped by the Engineer
using a security ID label.”
CITY OF EVANSTON
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
2026 MFT Street Resurfacing Project
The following Special Provisions supplement the “Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction”, Adopted January 1, 2022, (herein after called “the Standard Specifications”), the
latest edition of the “Watershed Management Ordinance” of the Metropolitan Water Reclamation
District of Greater Chicago, the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer
Construction in Illinois, the latest edition of the “Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for
Streets and Highways”, and the “Manual of Test Procedures of Materials” in effect on the date of
invitation of bids, and the Supplemental Specifications and Recurring Special Provisions indicated
on the Check Sheet included herein which apply to the govern the construction of,
2026 MFT Street Resurfacing Project
IDOT Section No. 26-00305-00-RS
Evanston Bid Number: 26-24
and in case of conflict with any part, or parts, of said Specifications, the said Special Provisions shall
take precedence and shall govern.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Work on this project includes the resurfacing of various streets with minor utility repairs, concrete
curb and sidewalk replacement, and all incidental work including all materials, labor and
equipment.
COMPLETION DATES
Work is anticipated to commence no earlier than June 10, 2026 and shall be substantially
complete within 40 Working days or by August 21, 2026, whichever comes first. The contract
award is scheduled for June 1, 2026. The contract has two separate phases to accommodate
various neighborhood activities in City of Evanston.
Phase I – Jenks Street, Harrison Street, Haven Street
Work is anticipated to commence no earlier than June 10, 2026, and shall be substantially
completed within 20 working days or by July 10, 2026, whichever comes first.
Phase II – Dobson Street, McDaniel Avenue, Elmwood Avenue & Custer Avenue
Work shall commence no earlier than the week of July 10, 2026, and shall be substantially
completed within 20 working days or by August 21, 2026, whichever comes first.
Substantial completion shall be defined as completion of all items of work with the exception of
punch list items and sod installation; preparation of the parkway area for sodding shall be
complete. Additional preparation of the parkway area prior to sod installation after August 31
when temperatures allow will not be paid for separately but shall be considered as included in the
contract. Concrete work will be required to be completed on one side of the street at a time.
Final contract completion date (including punch list) is September 15, 2026. Only sod watering may
occur after the contract completion date. The City reserves the right to assess deductions in the
amounts as detailed in Article 108.09 of the Standard Specifications per Workday for each day of
overrun for each of the interim/substantial working day and/or completion dates listed above in bold.
MATERIAL TESTING/INSPECTION
Add the following paragraphs to Article 106.01:
All materials incorporated in this Contract are to be inspected according to IDOT’s QC/QA
programs per the Project Procedures Guidelines (PPG). The latest version is available on the
IDOT website at: http://www.idot.illinois.gov/Assets/uploads/files/Doing-Business/Manuals-
Guides-&-Handbooks/Highways/Materials/PPG.pdf. All material incorporated into the work shall
originate from IDOT approved sources (as required by PPG) and/or be accompanied by sufficient
IDOT approved evidence of material inspection. All mix designs for PCC and HMA shall be
submitted to the Engineer with QC Plans for review and approval.
SAW CUTS
Add the following paragraphs to Article 442.05:
The Contractor shall full depth saw cut for the removal of existing curb, sidewalk, all structure
work, and for all pavement patches. The concrete saw shall be equipped with a diamond blade of
sufficient size to saw pavements full-depth and be capable of accurately maintaining cutting
depth. All saw cuts shall be parallel or perpendicular to the curb & gutter, edge of sidewalk, or the
edge of pavement, with straight, clean, edges, to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. This item
shall be included with curb & gutter, sidewalk, structure work, and pavement removal. The slurry
resulting from the saw cutting work shall be immediately washed away using water to
prevent tracking by vehicles or pedestrians to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
When removing pavement, curb and gutter, shoulder, and/or any other structures, the use of any
type of concrete breakers which might damage the underground public or private utilities, or
property will not be permitted. Pavement openings must be initiated with hydraulic impact/air
hammers and the use of excavator buckets to strike and break pavement is strictly
prohibited and will result in an immediate deficiency deduction.
If additional surface is damaged or removed due to negligence on the part of the Contractor, the
additional work will not be measured for payment but shall be done at the Contractor’s expense.
It is Contractor’s responsibility to determine the thickness of the existing pavement and whether
or not it contains reinforcement.
FIBER OPTIC UTILITIES
If the JULIE system locates a City of Evanston fiber optic communication utility, the Contractor/permit
holder shall be required to visually expose fiber optic lines by hand digging within three (3) feet of
either side of JULIE locate on all construction projects and permit work. This work will not be paid for
separately. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit prices bid for various pay items.
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
Add the following paragraphs to Article 107.09:
“The Contractor shall identify and obtain, at their own expense, other sites for storage of materials
and equipment. Sites shall be approved by the Owner and shall conform to City zoning and land
use regulations.
Contractors shall confine all work activities to the public rights-of-way, except areas designated as
tree protection zones. If, for their convenience, Contractors wish to conduct work activities outside
public rights-of-way, including storage of equipment and materials, Contractors shall obtain written
permission from affected property owners prior to proceeding with these work activities. Costs of
obtaining permission, permits, easements, site preparation, site maintenance, site restoration, and
all other expenses associated with work outside rights-of-way and easements shall be borne by the
Contractors at no additional expense to the Owner.
Construction materials may not be placed or stored along City streets and other public areas more
than five (5) calendar days prior to their planned incorporation into the Project. Excess materials to
be incorporated into the Project, including pipe, backfill materials, and other construction materials,
not incorporated into the Project shall be removed from the construction site by the end of each day
and shall be disposed of in accordance with these Specifications. Temporary storage of materials
shall not interfere with curb line storm drainage. Reclaimed construction materials shall be moved
to the Contractor's storage areas. Excess spoils shall be removed at the end of each day.
Excess construction equipment, not actively engaged in daily work operations, shall be stored only
in the Contractor's storage areas and not along City streets. Tracked construction equipment shall
be moved from place to place in the City only on rubber-tired trailers. “Walking” of tracked equipment
between construction areas is expressly prohibited. Refueling trucks shall not be parked on City
streets and shall be returned to the Contractor's storage area when not in use. The Contractor shall
provide off-street parking for personal vehicles belonging to his employees, supplier's employees,
and subcontractor's employees. These vehicles may not be parked along City streets or in Work
areas. No trailers and/or connex containers will be allowed to be stored on/in the City of
Evanston R.O.W.
The Contractor shall provide receptacles as necessary at construction areas for depositing
wastepaper and garbage; and shall empty these receptacles regularly. The Contractor shall keep
the construction site and his storage sites neat and shall promptly clean up any debris that
accumulates. All waste materials shall be hauled to a legal waste disposal site of the Contractor's
choice.
The Contractor shall conduct his operations so that access to homes and other buildings is always
maintained when Contractor is not working at that specific location. The Contractor shall cooperate
in efforts to notify home and other building owners as to when direct vehicular access to their property
will be curtailed and the approximate length of time of such curtailment. Written and/or vocal
notification shall be given to affected residents or tenants of the properties not less than 24 hours
prior to access curtailment. The Contractor shall always maintain access for emergency vehicles to
all parts of the construction area.
The Contractor shall provide for and maintain the flow in all sewers, drains, building or inlet
connections and all water-courses which may be met with during the progress of the Work. He shall
not allow the contents of any sewer, drain, or inlet connection to flow into trenches, sewers, or other
structures to be constructed under the Contract and shall immediately remove and cart away from
the vicinity of the Work all offensive matter. The Contractor shall not disrupt the function of individual
sanitary services for more than four continuous hours. If construction operations are anticipated to
disrupt individual services for more than four hours, the Contractor shall provide temporary sanitary
service for the duration of the disruption.
The Contractor shall promptly notify the proper utility company and all other effected parties of any
damage to water, gas, electric, telephone, sewer, and other utility lines and connections caused by
the Contractor’s operations. The damage shall be immediately repaired at the Contractor's expense.
In the case of an accidental breaking of a water main or service line, the repairs of such a break shall
have priority over all other operations. The parties whose services are affected by the break shall
be notified at once and all assistance given to supply emergency water where necessary by
temporary lines, tank truck, or other means. The Contractor shall maintain an appropriate inventory
of the materials for emergency repairs. In the case of an accidental breakage of a street light
cable, the Contractor shall submit for approval a licensed electrical contractor to repair all
damage to the existing street light cables.
The Contractor shall not allow travel upon any street, park, roadway, or alley to be hindered or
inconvenienced needlessly, nor shall the same be wholly obstructed without the written permission
of the Owner thereof. No construction vehicles shall be driven through or shall be parked in alleys
unless approved by the Engineer. Construction traffic shall be routed on major City through-streets.
Construction traffic on minor streets shall be limited as much as is practical. All street closures
must be approved by Engineer.
When traffic must be obstructed, the Contractor shall provide proper traffic control as accepted by
the Engineer and Owner by placing clearly worded signs announcing such facts with proper
barricades, at the nearest cross-streets on each side of such obstructed portion, where travel can
pass around the obstruction in the shortest and easiest way. “No parking” signs must be approved
by the Engineer and must be POSTED AND DATED at least 48 hours before the intended date of
use. “No Parking” signs are to be purchased from the Owner. If vehicles are still parked in “No
Parking” areas identified by the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer who will contact
the Evanston Police to have the vehicles towed away. No towing of vehicles shall be done by
the Contractor.
Driveways to fire department buildings, driveways to medical buildings, and driveways to businesses
required for continuance of their commerce shall be kept open and always maintained in passable
conditions unless modified by agreement between the Contractor and the property owner. All
agreements between the Contractor and private property owners must be in writing to be considered
binding. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the owners of all private driveways before
interfering with them. Daily construction operations shall be terminated at such locations that the
operations of driveways are not obstructed. Driveways shall be passable between the hours of 6:00
p.m. and 9:00 am.
Delete Article 107.18 and replace it with the following:
“107.18 Use of Fire Hydrants. If the Contractor desires to use water from hydrants, he shall fill out
an application to the City of Evanston Utilities Department and shall conform to the municipal
ordinances, rules, or regulations concerning their use. The Contractor shall obtain a use permit for
each hydrant and shall operate the hydrant properly. The Contractor is required to use an RPZ or
appropriate back flow prevention device subject to approval of the City. There is a $300 deposit on
the fire hydrant and all borrowed equipment. Water shall be furnished from hydrants at no cost to
the Contractor. However, the Contractor shall restore any damage to the hydrant caused by his use,
including settlement.
Fire hydrants shall always be accessible to the Fire Department. No material or other obstructions
shall be placed closer to a fire hydrant than permitted by municipal ordinances, rules or regulations,
or within five (5) feet of a fire hydrant, in the absence of such ordinances, rules or regulations.”
Existing roadways, driveways, sidewalks, curbs, utilities, structures, landscaping, site objects,
and other site improvements not indicated to be removed and/or replaced as part of the Project
which are damaged by Contractor's operations shall be repaired to a condition equal or better
than that prior to the start of construction; or, if deemed un-repairable by the Owner, removed
and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner in accordance with the terms of the
Project specifications, Drawings, applicable codes, ordinances, and technical standards.
The correction of defects in the Work performed by the Contractor shall be done at no additional
cost to the Owner and in accordance with the terms of the Project specifications, Drawings,
applicable codes, ordinances, and technical standards.
Add the following paragraph to Article 107.25:
“Prior to commencement of construction operations, the Contractor shall prepare a written inventory
of existing traffic control and other signage along the routes of construction. This inventory shall list
the location, wording, and general condition of signage. This inventory shall be submitted to the
Engineer upon completion and before any signage is removed for construction activities. The
Contractor shall remove all existing traffic control signs, store these signs in a manner, which
prevents damage, and reinstall them as soon as possible following installation of new sewers as
coordinated by the Engineer.”
Delete Article 107.27 and replace it with the following:
Extension of Indemnification to Third Parties. In the event that some of the Work is to be completed
on property that is not owned by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the indemnification and
save harmless protection to the owner of such property. The Contractor shall also provide the
indemnification and save harmless protection to owners of adjacent properties that may be affected
by his operations.
Claims and disputes by third parties arising from work on this Contract, including augering and
directional drilling or excavation work, shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures
hereinafter specified. This provision does not change, modify or alter the Contractor's responsibility
to follow the insurance requirements of the Contract. Neither does this provision change, modify or
alter the Contractor's responsibility to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the
Engineer from all types of claims that may arise out of or in consequence of the performance of this
work by the Contractor or which may result in any way there from as that duty is stated in Section
107. Furthermore, this provision does not change, modify or alter the Contractor's responsibility to
follow the provisions requiring a Contractor's Performance Bond.
The Contractor agrees to follow the procedure described following in resolving all property damage
disputes that arise during the performance of the Work under the Contract. The Contractor agrees
that the following procedure is the way the Contractor will hold the City of Evanston, MWRD and
Engineer harmless for property damage claims:
i. Procedure for Resolving Property Damage Disputes
If the Contractor receives a claim for property damage allegedly caused by his performance of the
Work under this Contract, the Contractor shall, within five (5) calendar days of receipt of such claims:
➢ Acknowledge the claim to the property owner.
➢ Send a copy of the said claim and acknowledgment to Engineer.
➢ If the claim is not settled (or the Contractor does not agree to settle the claim) within five (5)
calendar days, the Contractor shall:
➢ Forward the claim to the Contractor's insurance carrier.
➢ Require his insurance company to forward to Engineer an acknowledgment of receipt of the
claim.
The Contractor and insurance carrier shall either settle or deny claims within sixty (60) calendar days
of initial receipt of the claims. The insurance carrier and Contractor shall notify the Engineer of claims
settled and denied, including the terms of the settlement or reasons for denial. The Contractor shall
advise property owners of the decision to deny their claims and shall include in the Notice of Denial
the name and address of the person authorized to accept service of process on behalf of the
Contractor.
When a claim is allowed in any amount, Contractor shall, within thirty (30) calendar days of the award,
pay to the property owner the amount of the award. If the Contractor does not make these payments
to the property owner within the thirty (30) calendar day period, the Owner shall be authorized to
make these payments for the Contractor and then deduct the amounts paid from the next payment
due the Contractor under this Contract.”
Add the following paragraphs to Article 107.30:
“The Contractor assumes full responsibility for the safekeeping of all materials and equipment and
for all unfinished work until final acceptance by the Owner, and if any of it is damaged or destroyed
from any cause, the Contractor shall replace it at his own expense.
The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any liens filed for nonpayment
of his bills in connection with the Contract work. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner satisfactory
evidence that all persons who have done work or furnished materials, equipment or service of any
type under this Contract have been fully paid prior to the acceptance of the Work by the Owner.
The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Owner's employees, the Engineer,
and the Engineer's employees from any and all liability, loss, cost, damages and claims, and expense
(including reasonable attorney's fees and court costs) resulting from, arising out of, or incurred by
reason of any claims, actions, or suits based upon or alleging bodily injury, including death, or
property damage arising out of, or resulting from the Contractor's operations under this Contract,
whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by either of them. The Contractor shall obtain insurance for this purpose, which shall
insure the interests of the Owner and Engineer as the same may appear, and shall file with the
Owner and Engineer certificates of such insurance.
The Contractor shall protect the Owner's property and adjacent property from injury or loss resulting
from his operations. Objects sustaining such damage shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the
Owner and Engineer; the cost of such repairs shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be completely responsible for protecting his work from vandalism. Any
vandalized concrete shall be repaired and/or replaced as directed by the Engineer and at the
Contractor's expense.”
Delete the second and fourth paragraphs of Article 107.35.
Add Article 107.37, which shall read as follows:
“107.37 Traffic Control and Protection. Special attention is called to the following Highway
Standard Details and Section 701 relating to Traffic control:
STANDARDS
701301, 701501, 701801, 701901
If requested by Contractor, one-block-long road closures will be allowed by the Owner in areas
deemed necessary by the Engineer. No more than one lane of other streets may be closed at any
time. Traffic control shall be in accordance with the applicable sections of the Standard
Specifications, the applicable guidelines contained in the Illinois Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices for Streets and Highways, any Special Provisions, any Supplemental Standard
Specifications and any special details and Highway Standards contained herein.
At the Pre-Construction Meeting, the Contractor shall furnish the name, and a 24-hour telephone
number of the individual in his direct employ, who is responsible for the installation and maintenance
of the traffic control for the Project. In accordance with Article 108.01, if a subcontractor is to provide
this aspect of the work, consent of the Engineer is required. This shall not relieve the Contractor of
the foregoing requirement for an individual in his direct employ to superintend the implementation
and maintenance of the traffic control.
The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, relocate, and remove all traffic cones, signs,
barricades, warning lights and other devices which are to be used for the purpose of controlling
pedestrian and vehicular traffic. The traffic control requirements presented in the Contract
documents represent the minimum level of control which shall be provided. The Contractor is solely
responsible for implementing all other traffic control measures required to fully protect pedestrians,
vehicles, and his work forces.
The Contractor is responsible to ensure that all barricades, warning signs, lights and other devices
installed for traffic control are in place and operational twenty-four hours each calendar day this
Contract is in effect. In particular, the Contractor shall make sure that warning lights are functioning
during night-time hours. Warning lights shall be checked each calendar day to verify functioning,
replace batteries/bulbs, and/or replace light assemblies as necessary.
All areas of work shall be protected each night by Type II drum-type or sawhorse-type barricades at
not greater than fifty (50) foot centers.
Drum-type and sawhorse barricades shall be equipped with working flashing lights and highly visible
reflectors, reflective tape or reflective paint. At least six reflectors shall be visible from any viewing
angle. Tape or paint shall cover at least 30 percent of the barricade from any viewing angle and
shall conform to Section 700 of the Standard Specifications. Arrow boards shall be silent type
powered by electricity or battery packs. No engine/generator-powered arrow boards are permitted.
The Contractor shall place “No Parking” signs a minimum of two (2) calendar days prior to curb
replacement, patching or resurfacing operations. All “No Parking” signs must have the approval of,
affixed, and displayed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Posting of signs on trees shall be done in
such a manner to facilitate removal; stapling or nailing of signs to trees is prohibited. Contractor shall
keep a log of all posted “No Parking” signs and shall submit the log to the Engineer promptly upon
request.
School busses and emergency vehicles shall have access to all premises at all times.”
Add Article 107.38, which shall read as follows:
“107.38 Maintenance of Roads. Contractor shall maintain roads for all weather conditions and at
all times in compliance with state and local regulations. Upon completion of construction, Contractor
shall return all roads to their original condition as described in Section 442. With the Owner’s
approval, roadways and drives may be closed temporarily in the immediate area of the work.
However, roadways and driveways shall be reopened as soon as is practical following the completion
of installation and/or restoration. All roadways shall be maintained open to local traffic between the
hours of 6:00 p.m. and 9:00 am or at other times when Contractor is not actively engaged in sewer
and/or water main installation. Roadways shall be open to through traffic whenever practical.
Roadways shall be open to emergency vehicles at all times. Temporary pavements specified by
Engineer or Owner shall be placed on the same day as sewer and/or water main work and shall be
maintained as necessary until final roadway restoration. Contractor shall promptly remove all loose
material spilled on roadways during the execution of the Work.
Temporary pavements for trenches crossing roadways and sewer and/or water main structures in
through traffic lanes shall be hot mix when specified or as directed by Engineer. Temporary
pavements around structures not located in through traffic lanes shall be aggregate surface course
as specified or as directed by the Engineer.”
Add Article 107.39, which shall read as follows:
“107.39 Water Control. The Contractor shall perform grading and other operations to maintain site
drainage. Surface water shall not be allowed to accumulate in excavations. The Contractor shall
dispose of surface and subsurface water in a legal manner. He shall not allow mud, silt, or debris to
flow into any surface water area or body other than in compliance with the State Water Quality
Standards. Where the Contractor's operations disturb existing combined sewers, the Contractor
shall provide temporary bulkheads and pumping facilities as necessary to maintain the combined
sewers, connected building services and storm water inlet leads in full operation, including transport
of the maximum dry-weather and wet-weather flow of which the existing sewer is capable. Combined
wastewater shall not be permitted to flow along streets, public right-of-ways, private property, trench
areas or inactive relief sewers. All earthwork, moving equipment, water control of excavations, and
other operations likely to create silting, shall be conducted so as to minimize pollution to
watercourses or water storage areas. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor discharge
pollutants into any watercourse or water storage area.”
Add Article 107.40, which shall read as follows:
“107.40 Overnight Protection of Work. The Contractor shall adequately backfill, cover with
appropriate plates, or suitably fence and barricade all open excavations at the completion of each
day's work. Open-cut excavations shall be reduced to a maximum length of thirty feet overnight.
Excavations shall not block roadways or driveways. Open ends of sewers being installed shall be
bulk headed overnight with watertight plugs to prevent entrance of soils, entrance of groundwater,
and/or entrance by the public. The Contractor shall protect all excavations from public access. All
shafts for open-cut work shall be fully covered during non-working hours and during working hours
when not being actively used for that day's construction.”
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
Delete the second paragraph of Article 108.03 and replace it with the following:
“The Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer at least 72 hours before beginning work. The
Contractor shall give a minimum of 24-hour notice, not including Saturdays, Sundays or legal
holidays, prior to suspension of construction activities for any non-weather related reason.
Suspension of work for non-weather related reasons must be pre-approved by the Engineer. The
Contractor must be in advance of the Controlling Item as indicated by his submitted Construction
Schedule as a condition of the Engineer's granting of authorization to suspend work. In addition, the
suspension shall not affect the completion date of the Project. The Contractor shall notify the
Engineer at least 24 hours, not including Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays, prior to the
resumption of work. The site must be left in a clean and neat manner, acceptable to the Engineer,
prior to the authorization of the suspension.
The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the following scheduling requirements:
a. The Contractor will be required to discuss their operations and get verbal and / or
written permission at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance in order to work on the
following dates:
Friday, June 19, 2026 Juneteenth
Friday, September 11, 2026 Rosh Hashana
Monday, September 21, 2026 Yom Kippur
Delete Article 108.04 and replace it with the following:
“108.04 Normal Work Hours. Normal work hours shall be Monday through Friday (excluding legal
holidays) between 7:00 am and 4:00 p.m. local time during the calendar dates specified in Article
108.03. Except for work required to maintain warning lights, barricades and other safety/health-
related systems no work shall be performed on Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays, or between 4:00
pm and 7:00 am on other days without specific permission of the Owner. Any violation for working
hours contractor will be fined $500.00 for each occurrence.
No work, except maintenance of warning lights, barricades and other safety/health-related systems,
may be performed unless the Engineer is available to observe/inspect construction activities. Owner
will provide the services of the Engineer as needed for construction observation/inspection between
the hours of 7:00 am and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except legal holidays, in accordance
with the calendar dates specified in Article 108.03.
If at any time during the project the Contractor elects to work on a Saturday, they must obtain Written
permission from the Capital Planning and Engineering Bureau, Senior Project Manager and/or City
Engineer/Bureau Chief, Public Works Agency. Contractor shall request this at least twenty-four hours
in advance of Saturday work. The contractor is required to estimate any Saturday work and include
that in the bid amount.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Delete Article 109.07 and replace it with the following:
“109.07 Partial Payments and Retainage. The Owner will pay the Contractor monthly for Work
completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Applications for Payment from the
Contractor (and subcontractors) shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with all
supporting documents to the Engineer. Supporting documents to be submitted with Applications for
Payment shall include, but are not limited to:
Documents to be Submitted With
Applications for Partial Payment
(a) MBE/WBE/EBE Monthly Utilization Report
(b) All delivery tickets for concrete and asphalt.
(c) Lien Waivers
(d) Certified payrolls for general contractor and sub-contractors
Failure to submit any of the above documents may cause the payment application to be
rejected.
Lien waivers shall accompany each Application for Payment and shall reflect the amount paid to
each subcontractor, and supplier, and their respective supporting lien waivers. Contractor's lien
waivers submitted with interim Applications for Payment shall reflect all costs up to the date of the
Application. Lien waivers from subcontractors, suppliers and others accompanying interim
Applications for Payment may be submitted one month in arrears. Lien waivers submitted with the
final Application for Payment shall reflect the full values of Contractor's efforts; and, all subcontracts,
materials purchases, and other Project costs.
Applications for Payment shall be reviewed by the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days of the
submittal and returned to the Contractor for correction or forwarded to the Owner for approval, as
appropriate. Engineer and Contractor must agree to quantities forwarded to the Owner. Any
disputed quantities not included in the Application for Payment must be resolved within thirty (30)
calendar days with any adjustments from disputed quantities to be included on the following
Application for Payment. Applications for Payment certified by the Engineer must be in the City
offices by the close of business on the last working day of each month. The Owner will pay the
Contractor within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of Applications for Payment certified by the
Engineer.
Delete the first, third, and fourth paragraphs of Article 109.08 and add the following:
“Final payment will be made within sixty (60) calendar days after the Work is fully completed, and
accepted by the Owner and the Contract fully performed. Request for final payment shall be
prepared by the Contractor and accompanied by the documentation hereinafter listed. Quantities
for this Contract shall be subject to the contract unit price applied to final measured quantities.
Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the
Contractor delivers to the Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of this Contract, or receipts
in full in lieu thereof, and in either case, an affidavit that so far as he has the knowledge or information,
the releases and receipts include all the labor and material for which a lien could be filed, but the
Contractor may, if any subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond
satisfactory to the Owner, to indemnify the Owner against any lien. If any liens remain unsatisfied
after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all moneys that the Owner
may be compelled to pay in discharging such liens, including all costs and Attorney's fees.
Add the following as the first two paragraphs of Article 109.09:
“The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately when the Contractor becomes aware of any
circumstances which the Contractor believes may lead to a claim for extra cost. Where possible, the
Contractor shall delay proceeding with work which may result in the claim for extra cost until the
Engineer has had a reasonable opportunity to review the situation, unless such delay will materially
disrupt the prosecution of the Work or unless immediate Contractor action is required to resolve an
emergency which endangers life or property. The purposes of the Engineer's review are: to verify
that a claim for extra cost may be warranted, to make modifications to the Work to avoid or minimize
the extra cost, and/or to monitor the Contractor's performance of the work generating the extra cost.
For those situations where the Engineer is not notified prior to the Contractor performing work which
causes the claim, the amount of extra cost to which the Contractor is entitled shall not include costs
which, in the Engineer's sole opinion, could reasonably have been avoided if the Contractor had
notified the Engineer prior to proceeding with the Work.
The Contractor shall submit, in writing, claims for extra cost to the Engineer as soon as possible after
the occurrence of the event(s) giving rise to the claim, but not more than thirty (30) calendar days
thereafter. Claims shall include appropriate supporting documentation as specified in following
paragraphs to justify the extra cost claimed. This documentation shall include, as a minimum: a
description of the circumstances which generated the claim, prior notifications provided to the
Engineer, and a detailed breakdown of costs incurred by the Contractor. In the event that this
documentation cannot be assembled within thirty (30) calendar days or if the extra cost is ongoing,
the Contractor shall submit, in writing, whatever partial information is available to keep the Engineer
informed of the Contractor's progress. Extra costs incurred by the Contractor solely because of the
particular means and methods which the Contractor chooses to perform the Work will not be
considered. Claims submitted more than thirty (30) calendar days after the occurrence of the
event(s) giving rise to the claim will not be considered.”
Delete the first, second and third paragraphs of Article 109.09 sub-paragraph (e) and replace them
with the following:
“(e) Procedure. All claims and supporting documentation shall be submitted to the Engineer. The
Engineer shall review each claim and advise the Owner of the Engineer's opinion of the relative merit
of each claim and the dollar and/or time adjustment which the Engineer believes is warranted, if any.
The Owner shall make a determination of the merit of each claim and the dollar and/or time
adjustment, if any, which is appropriate for resolution of the claim. If Contractor is dissatisfied with
the Owner's decision regarding merit, dollar adjustment, and/or time adjustment associated with a
claim, the Contractor may request arbitration in accordance with the following:
• All claims, counter-claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and
the Contractor arising out of, or relating to this Agreement or the breach of it, will be decided
by arbitration if the parties mutually agree, or in a court of competent jurisdiction within the
State.
• Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract
Documents and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the
Engineer. Demand for arbitration shall in no event be made on any claim, dispute or other
matter in question which would be barred by the applicable statue of limitations.
• The Contractor will carry on the Work and maintain the progress schedule during any
arbitration proceedings, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing.”
TREE PROTECTION
Add the following paragraphs to Article 201.01:
Trees and shrubs damaged due to construction operations or removed without approval shall be
replaced, at Contractor's expense, with trees or shrubs of like species and size, to a maximum trunk
size of 6-inches diameter as directed by the Owner. If trees larger than 6-inches diameter are
irreparably damaged or destroyed, the Contractor shall replace these trees with trees of like species
6-inches in diameter. Tree trimming, pruning, repair of wound surfaces, removal of trees and shrubs
requested by Contractor, and replacement of trees and shrubs irreparably damaged shall be
incidental to the items of work to which they pertain.”
Parkway Tree Protection
Prospective contractors are advised that it is the express intent of the City of Evanston to minimize
trimming of trees in the work corridors and to vigorously protect the quality of the urban forest. The
equipment and methods used to perform any and all portions of the work must be the size and nature
that results in the least disruption to the existing environment. The City of Evanston reserves the
right to limit the size of the equipment used on the project.
The Contractor shall at all times demonstrate to the satisfaction of the City of Evanston that suitable
precautions and due diligence are being observed to protect the natural and improved features of
the area. Special and continuing attention will be paid to the maintenance of tree protection fencing
and the appropriate observance of tree protection areas as delineated by the fencing.
To insure compliance with the City of Evanston’s intent to minimize area disturbances, the following
procedures and actions will be followed: When the Engineer determines that a deficiency exists, the
Contractor shall be notified. If the contractor fails to rectify the deficiency immediately, the Engineer
will impose a daily monetary deduction for each 24-hour period (or portion thereof) the deficiency
exists. This time period will begin with the time of notification to the Contractor and end with the
Engineer’s acceptance of the corrections. The cost of the daily deduction will be $250 per occurrence
per calendar day. In addition, the Contractor will be liable and responsible for any and all corrective
and remedial actions required to restore the area or item to comparable pre-project conditions as
well as any additional fines and fees as stated in the tree protection requirements in these
specifications.
Care of Existing Plant Material. If construction is to occur within the root zone of existing plant
material, root pruning and special plant care will be required, as hereinafter specified. All pruning
shall be performed by a professional arborist (someone whose principal occupation is the care and
maintenance of trees).
The Contractor shall be responsible for taking measures to minimize damage to tree limbs, tree
trunks, and tree roots at each work site. All such measures shall be included in the contract price for
other work except that payment will be made for Temporary Fence and Root Pruning as separate
pay items.
A. Root Pruning:
1. Whenever the proposed excavation falls within the drip-line of a tree, the contractor shall:
a. Root prune 6-inches behind and parallel to the proposed edge of trench a neat, clean
vertical cut to a minimum depth directed by the City Arborist through all the affected
tree roots.
b. Root prune to a maximum width of 4 inches using a “Vermeer” wheel matching the
following criteria. The root pruner wheel shall be 60” diameter (188” circumference)
carrying 28 pair (56 total) stump cutter teeth with tooth spacing at 6.7” on center. The
cutting depth shall be 24” and shall utilize a 65hp tractor. Trenching machines will
not be permitted.
c. Exercise care not to cut any existing utilities.
d. If during construction it becomes evident that additional tree roots will require root
pruning, the City Arborist and the Contractor shall have the root pruning sub-
contractor return to the site to properly root prune the tree at the location directed by
the City Arborist. The contractor will be paid for the additional root pruning as
described below; however, no additional compensation will be made for
remobilization to the construction site.
e. For locations where root pruning is performed for the purpose of curb and gutter
removal and replacement, the contractor shall root prune 6-inches behind the curbing
so as to neatly cut the tree roots.
f. Depth of cut shall be 12 inches for curb removal and replacement and 24 inches for
structural work. Any roots encountered at a greater depth shall be neatly saw-cut at
no additional cost.
g. The Engineer or City Arborist will mark locations where earth saw cutting of tree roots
is required in the field.
2. All root pruning cuts shall be immediately backfilled with material side cast from the earth-
sawing procedure, so that the ground surface is even and no tripping potential exists.
3. All root pruning work is to be performed through the services of a certified arborist to be
approved by the City Arborist.
ROOT PRUNING shall be used to protect all trees within the public right-of-way of the project
limits or as directed by the Engineer. This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per
FOOT for ROOT PRUNING measured in place.
The Contract unit price per FOOT for ROOT PRUNING shall be payment in full for all materials,
labor and equipment required for: root pruning as shown on plan details; and all related work
which is not included under other Payment Items.
B. Temporary Fence:
1. The Contractor shall erect a temporary fence around all trees within the construction area to
establish a “tree protection zone”, as established by City Arborist, before any work begins or any
material is delivered to the jobsite. No work is to be performed (other than root pruning), materials
stored, or vehicles driven or parked within the “tree protection zone” at any time during the course of
construction.
2. The exact location and establishment of the “tree protection zone” fence shall be approved
by the City Arborist prior to setting the fence. The fence shall be 48 inches high, plastic poly-type or
any other type of highly visible barrier in an open-weave type pattern with large openings. The type,
color and pattern of the fence shall be approved by the Engineer prior to erection. This fence shall
be properly maintained in an upright manner and shall remain up until final restoration, unless the
Engineer directs removal otherwise. Tree fence shall be supported using T-Post style fence posts
with a maximum of 8’ spacing. T-posts must be at least six feet in length, two feet of which must be
set in the ground. The fence shall be attached to posts and secured with a minimum of three nylon
locking ties per post. Utilizing re-bar as a fence post will not be permitted.
3. The fence shall be installed 18” behind and parallel to the curb and between the curb and
sidewalk. Fence shall be erected on a minimum of three sides with the fourth sidewalk side being
optional. Fence shall be installed at the drip-line of the tree or as listed in the following guidelines:
a. Establish the diameter of the tree at a point four and a half feet above the ground, (referred to as
diameter breast height or DBH)
i. Trees with diameters 10 inches and under require root zone protection a minimum of five
feet from the center of the tree.
ii. Trees 10 to 19 inches in diameter shall have a minimum root zone protection of 10 feet
from the center of the tree.
iii. Trees greater than 19 inches in diameter shall have a minimum root zone protection of
15 feet from the center of the tree.
4. Parking or maneuvering of machinery, stockpiling of materials or any other use will not be
allowed upon unpaved areas within 10 feet of the root protection zone of trees or plants designated
to be protected.
5. Construction area is defined as all areas within 10 feet each side of roadway improvement
location.
6. All work within the “tree protection zone” shall have the Engineer’s prior approval. All slopes
and other areas not re-graded should be avoided so that unnecessary damage is not done to the
existing turf, tree root system or ground cover.
7. The grade within the “tree protection zone” shall not be changed unless approved by the
Engineer prior to making said changes or performing the work.
TEMPORARY FENCE shall be used to protect all trees within the public right-of-way of the project
limits or as directed by the Engineer. This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per
FOOT for TEMPORARY FENCE measured in place.
The Contract unit price per FOOT for TEMPORARY FENCE shall be payment in full for all
materials, labor and equipment required for: providing snow fence as shown on plan details; and
all related work which is not included under other Payment Items.
When improvements are required within the “tree protection zone”, tree trunk protection will be
required.
C. Tree Trunk Protection:
The Contractor shall provide 2 in. by 8 in. by 8 ft. boards banded continuously around each trunk to
prevent scarring of trees shown on the plans or designated by the Engineer. For multi-stem trees,
saplings, and shrubs to be protected within the area of construction, temporary fencing may be used
for trunk protection
TREE PROTECTION shall be used to protect all trees within the public right-of-way of the project
limits or as directed by the Engineer. This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per
EACH for TREE PROTECTION measured in place.
The Contract unit price per EACH for TREE PROTECTION shall be payment in full for all
materials, labor and equipment required for: installation of trunk boards in accordance with
Supplemental Standard Specifications; and all related work which is not included under other
Payment Items.
D. Tree Pruning:
Tree pruning shall consist of pruning branches for aesthetic and structural enhancement or as
directed by the Engineer. All pruning shall be done according to the current ANSI A300 (part 1)
pruning standard. Trees selected for pruning will be cleaned of dead, diseased, or broken branches,
thinned appropriately to reduce density of branches, raised to provide vertical clearance for
pedestrian and vehicular traffic, and if warranted by species tolerance and specimen needs limbs
will be reduced to promote a central leader and good structure. Pruning to provide clearance over
the street will be allowed up to 14 feet above the pavement. If additional clearance is needed a
request in writing shall be submitted to the City Arborist. All branch pruning to American Elms and
Oak trees shall be done between October 15 and April 15, when the trees are dormant.
Under pruning to provide clearance over the street will be allowed up to 14 feet above the pavement.
If additional clearance is needed a request in writing shall be submitted to the City Arborist.
TREE PRUNING will be paid for at the contract unit price per EACH for TREE PRUNING, which
price shall include Under pruning branches the entire perimeter of the tree, for aesthetic and
structural enhancement, of existing trees.
DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL
This work shall consist of meeting IEPA requirements for the disposal of excavated material
including, but not limited to, clean construction or demolition debris (CCDD), uncontaminated soil,
and/or contaminated soil. Excavated materials must be removed from the site by the end of
each day.
The Contractor will be responsible to provide CCDD and soil fill site operators with all testing
information and fees as required by the IEPA and fill site operators. The City will provide the
Contractor IEPA LPC documentation prior to the start of construction.
Excavated material identified by the City or during the course of construction as not conforming
to CCDD requirements shall be sampled, analyzed, and screened for disposal site acceptance
by the Contractor in accordance with Section 669 of the Standard Specifications. This work will
be paid for at the contract unit price per Each as Soil Disposal Analysis for each test taken and at
the contract unit price per Cubic Yard for Non-Special Waste Disposal.
TOPSOIL FURNISH AND PLACE
Add the following paragraph to Article 211.04:
Topsoil shall be pulverized.
Revise Article 211.07 of the Standard Specifications to read:
Topsoil furnish and place shall be that material obtained from outside the right-of-way and will be
measured for payment by volume in cubic yards. Topsoil must be furnished from an inspected
source with delivery tickets displaying the material volume delivered.
Revise Article 211.08 of the Standard Specifications to read:
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for TOPSOIL FURNISH AND
PLACE.
Topsoil used to backfill concrete work will not be paid for but shall be considered as
included in the various contract items.
SODDING, SALT TOLERANT
Add the following paragraph to Article 252.01:
“All grassed areas disturbed by Contractor's operations shall be restored by sodding. To be
acceptable, the sod shall be in a live, healthy condition and be knitted to the soil. Sod shall be
growing in place for forty-five (45) calendar days prior to measurement. Only living sod that is
acceptable will be measured for payment.”
approved by the Engineer.”
Add the following to Article 252.03:
“Sod bed preparation shall include the placement of top soil, including excavating and grading the
areas to be sodded to a depth of at least 3-inches below a line connecting the top of the curb and
the top of the sidewalk, disposing of the material removed and placing pulverized topsoil on the space
so prepared, raked and ready for sodding. The topsoil shall be free from quack grass and weeds
and shall be approved by the Engineer before placing. One rolling of the entire surface of the soil
shall be made. Existing sidewalks, curbs and trees, and the like, which are not to be removed, shall
be protected from damage during the placement of topsoil. Placement of topsoil shall be incidental
to the cost of sodding and no separate payment shall be made.”
Add the following paragraph to Article 252.04:
“The Contractor is encouraged to refrain from placing sod during the months of July and August,
when possible within the required construction schedule. No sod may be placed between November
1 and March 1 unless approved by the Engineer. Regardless of the time of placement and
subsequent climatic conditions, the Contractor shall water sod sufficiently to maintain it in a healthy
condition until accepted by the Owner. Sod shall be in a moist condition at the time of cutting and
shall be kept in a moist condition until it is placed. Sod cut less than 24 hours before placement is
preferred. Sod cut more than 48 hours before placement shall not be used.”
Add the following to Article 252.06:
“The placement of sodding shall consist of preparing the ground surface and furnishing, transporting,
and placing sod and fertilizer required in the sodding operations. Fertilizer having an analysis of
10-6-4 or having a different analysis but still meeting the 5-3-2 ratio requirements, shall be applied
at such a rate that each acre to be sodded shall receive a total of 160 pounds of the three nutrients
specified in Article 1081.08. The fertilizer nutrient will not be paid separately but shall be incidental
to the cost of sod placement.”
Delete the first paragraph of Article 252.08 and replace it with the following paragraphs:
“Within eight hours after sod has been placed five gallons of water per square yard shall be applied
and the entire surface of sod rolled. Thereafter, on days designated by the Engineer, additional
water shall be applied to sodded areas at the rate of three gallons per square yard. The number of
additional applications shall not exceed ten and these applications will be required within a forty-five
(45) calendar day growing period after the sod has been placed. The cost of this watering program
shall be incidental to the cost of sodding.
The Contractor shall perform additional watering to maintain sod in a healthy condition. The cost of
additional watering will be paid separately per UNIT of SUPPLEMENTAL WATERING.Any
sodding that does not survive will be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense.”
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per SQUARE YARD for SODDING, SALT
TOLERANT measured in place for the quantity actually installed within the pay limits shown on
the Drawings, as hereinafter specified, or as directed by Engineer. Grassed areas to be restored
by SODDING include parkways and all other turf areas which have been disturbed by construction
activities.
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
Section 351 shall apply with the following modifications:
The Contractor shall furnish and place 4 inches or greater coarse aggregate conforming to Article
1004.04 and Article 311.05 (Type B) with a gradation number of CA-6 for use as the base course for
driveways and curb and gutter, as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer.
Aggregate base course for pavement patching, driveways, and sidewalk is incidental to the various
contract pay items. Base course shall be placed on the prepared sub-grade. The coarse
aggregate shall be gravel, crushed gravel, crushed stone, or crushed concrete. Crushed
slag and grindings from PCC or HMA surface removal operations will NOT be allowed.
INCIDENTAL HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACING
This work shall consist of the preparation of the base, the application of bituminous priming
material and the construction of the Hot-Mix Asphalt surface for driveway pavements and speed
humps.
The Hot-Mix Asphalt for the Incidental Hot-Mix Asphalt surface shall meet the requirements of
Section 406 of the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. Areas where the
Incidental Hot-Mix Asphalt surfacing will be placed shall have the base primed. The rate of
application of prime and fine aggregate will be specified by the Engineer.
The Hot-Mix Asphalt mixture may be spread and finished by approved hand methods or a finishing
machine approved by the Engineer.
The Hot-Mix Asphalt mixture shall be rolled and compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer
with tandem roller meeting the requirements of Article 1101.01 of the Standard Specifications for
Road and Bridge Construction.
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per ton for "INCIDENTAL HOT-MIX ASPHALT
SURFACING", which price shall include all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete
the work.
The cost of Bituminous Materials (Tack Coat) will not be paid for separately but shall be incidental
to the unit price per ton for INCIDENTAL HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACING.
TEMPORARY HOT-MIX ASPHALT
This work shall consist of the placement of hot-mix asphalt surface course (typically 2-inches
thickness) within all utility trenches to finished grade by the end of each day or to ramp frames or
curb ramps for construction staging, maintenance, and the removal of the HMA at a later date in
preparation for final pavement patching.
This work will be paid for per Ton for Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt which shall include all work,
equipment, and materials necessary to construct, maintain, and remove and disposal the hot-mix
asphalt surface to the limits as directed by the Engineer.
Note: Removal of temporary stone in preparation for final pavement patching shall be considered
as included in the contract unit price bid for Aggregate for Temporary Access.
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT
Add the following paragraphs to Article 423.01:
“Materials: - Materials for concrete shall be in accordance with Section 420 as applicable. Class SI
concrete shall be used. Forms shall be a minimum of 2” x 8” lumber or its approved equal, held in
place by stakes or braces with the top edges true to line and grade. The aggregate base course
shall be four (4”) inches thick constructed in accordance with Section 351 of the Standard
Specifications. The driveway pavement shall be six (6”) inches or eight (8”) inches thick. Three-
quarter (3/4”) inch thick expansion joint material shall be placed between the curb and the full width
of the proposed driveway. Contraction joints shall be provided.
Curing and Protection: Curing shall be in accordance with Article 1022.01. Curing compound shall
be Type III. Protect all surfaces from sun. During hot weather, keep temperature of concrete below
90 degrees Fahrenheit. During cold weather, keep temperature of concrete between 50 degrees F
and 70 degrees F for 3 to 5 days. Protect from frost and rapid drying for 6 days. The Contractor
shall be solely responsible for protecting his work from vandalism.
All vandalized concrete work shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.”
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per SQUARE YARD for PORTLAND CEMENT
CONCRETE (PCC) DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT, of the thickness specified, measured in place.
Payment shall be made for the quantity of pavement actually installed within the pay limits shown
on the Drawings or as directed by Engineer.
The Contract unit price for PCC DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT shall be payment in full for all materials,
labor, and equipment required for: aggregate base course for grading; reinforcement, if required;
pavement placement, curing, and protective coating; and all related work required to complete
the installation which is not included under other Payment Items. Earth excavation and/or addition
of coarse aggregate to driveway subgrade and final grading will not be paid for separately but shall
be considered as included in the contract unit price for concrete driveways.
Backfilling of driveway work will not be paid for separately but shall be considered as included in
the contract unit price for concrete work.
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK
Add the following sentences to Article 424.01:
All sidewalk removed shall be formed within 3 working days of removal. New sidewalk shall be
poured within 1 working day of being formed. The forms shall be removed within 1 working day after
the concrete pour and the restoration adjacent to new sidewalk shall be done with 24 hours after
removal of the forms. All low areas shall be filled in to match the surrounding grades within 72 hours
of the sidewalk being poured.
Backfilling of sidewalk work will not be paid for separately but shall be considered as included in
the contract unit price for concrete work.
Add the following sentences to Article 424.04:
Earth excavation and/or addition of coarse aggregate to sidewalk subgrade and final grading will not
be paid for separately but shall be considered as included in the contract unit price for concrete
sidewalk.
Add the following paragraphs to Article 424.06:
“Concrete placement will be permitted if air temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit or higher.
Concrete pours shall be ended at expansion or control joints. Partial slabs shall not be allowed. The
surface shall be divided by control joints extending to the depth of the slab. Control joints shall be
tooled first, saw-cut to proper depth and shall be spaced at 5-foot or other uniform intervals as
directed by the Engineer. All edges and intermediate joints of sidewalks shall be shaped with an
edging tool having a ½ inch radius. Surfaces of sidewalks shall have a light broom finish, except
handicapped ramps at intersections, which shall be finished as shown on the Drawings.
Curing shall be in accordance with Article 1022.01. Curing compound shall be Type III. Protect all
surfaces from sun. During hot weather, keep temperature of concrete below 90 degrees Fahrenheit.
During cold weather, keep temperature of concrete between 50 degrees F and 70 degrees F for 3
to 5 days. Protect from frost and rapid drying for 6 days. The Contractor shall be solely responsible
for protecting his work from vandalism. All vandalized concrete work shall be removed and
replaced at the Contractor's expense.”
Add the following paragraphs to Article 424.09:
“The product used for detectable warnings shall be Prefabricated Detectable Warning Panels (Red
Brick) manufactured by one of the following:
> Access Products, Inc. (888-679-4022)/ Supplier (630-689-7574)
> Armorcast Products Company (818-982-3600)
> Detectable Warning Systems, Inc. (866-999-7452)
> www.TUFTILE.com (888-960-8897).”
HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACE REMOVAL (VARIABLE DEPTH)
In addition to the requirements of Section 440 of the Standard Specifications, the Specifications shall
be modified to include the following:
This work shall consist of removing the existing bituminous surface and underlying HMA base, PCC
base, brick base, or aggregate base at varying depths from 2” to 4” (nominal depth of 3”) to the
limits specified on the plans and/or as directed by the Engineer in accordance with the applicable
portions of Section 440 of the Standard and Supplemental Specifications. The provisions of Article
440.03 of the Standard Specification should be modified to include the following:
Pavement patching shall be completed after the pavement is milled. The ENGINEER will inspect
the milled pavement and identify the areas which will require pavement patching. If new curb and
gutter is part of the project, the curb and gutter shall be constructed prior to the start of the milling
operation.
HMA Surface Removal, Variable Depth shall include any additional passes of the milling machine
required to remove an existing quarter crown and establish the proposed/uniform pavement cross
slope as directed by the Engineer. These operations shall be considered incidental to the work, and
no separate payment shall be made.”
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per SQUARE YARD for HOT MIX ASPHALT
SURFACE REMOVAL, VARIABLE DEPTH outside of the standard trench width, but within the
payment limits for full-width street resurfacing shown on the Drawings and/or as directed by the
Enginee.
Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per square yard for HOT-
MIX ASPHALT SURFACE REMOVAL, VARIABLE DEPTH, which price shall include all labor,
material and equipment necessary to perform the work as specified herein
PAVEMENT PATCHING
Add the following paragraph to Article 442.01:
“Class C (also called Type B on the Drawings) patches shall conform to Section 353-Portland
Cement Concrete Base Course and Class D (also called Type D on the Drawings) patches shall
conform to Section 355 – Hot-Mix Asphalt (HMA) Base Course. Existing pavement is to be removed
and replaced in accordance with the Drawings. The quantification sub-types: I, II, III, and IV, shall
not apply.”
Delete Note 1 of Article 442.02 and replace with the following:
“Note 1. For Class C pavement patches, Early Strength Patching Mixture as specified in Article
1020.05(g)(1) shall be utilized.”
Add the following sentences to the first paragraph of Article 442.05:
“The Contractor shall saw-cut existing pavements to full depth, along the line of the maximum
allowable trench width as showing on the Drawings. All excavated material including paving bricks
shall be properly disposed of off-site. No drop hammer and/or guillotine-type concrete
breakers/cutters shall be utilized for pavement removal. No earth saw shall be utilized to saw-cut
pavement.”
Add the following sub-paragraph to Article 442.06 Paragraph (a) Subparagraph (2):
“On streets having a concrete base and HMA overlay, PCC concrete base patches will be 2 inches
below existing pavement surface.
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per SQUARE YARD for CLASS C PATCHES,
SPECIAL, 9” and CLASS D PATCHES, SPECIAL, 9”, measured in place. Payment shall be made
for the quantity of patch actually installed within the pay limits shown on the Drawings or as
directed by Engineer.
These Contract unit prices shall be payment in full for all materials, labor and equipment required
for: saw-cutting (full depth), removal, and disposal of existing pavement and sub-base to proposed
subgrade; furnishing, placement and final grading of aggregate base course, new paving
materials and installation; furnishing and installing contraction joints, dowel bars, and expansion
joints as required; finishing and additional reinforcement where required for concrete pavement;
and related work required to complete the installation which is not included in other Payment
Items.
FIBERGLASS FABRIC REPAIR SYSTEM
Add the following to Article 444.01 of the Standard Specifications:
The fiberglass fabric shall be placed in strips 12-inches wide to be placed over joints and cracks
in the pavement at locations as directed by the Engineer prior to placement of leveling binder.
One-way traffic shall be maintained during installation using 2 flagmen and shall be
considered as included in the cost for this pay item.
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard for Fiberglass Fabric Repair
System, which includes preparation of existing pavement and other incidentals necessary to place
the system.
CATCH BASIN, MANHOLE, INLET, AND VALVE VAULT CONSTRUCTION, ADJUSTMENT
AND RECONSTRUCTION
Delete Article 602.01 and replace it with the following:
“602.01 Description. This work, as shown on the Drawings, shall consist of:
(a) Removing and disposing of existing manholes, inlets and catch basins designated to
be abandoned.
(b) Replacing existing manholes, catch basins, inlets, and valve vaults.
(c) Adjusting or partially reconstructing existing manholes, catch basins, inlets, or valve
vault structures in order to rehabilitate the utility structure and/or establish the utility
structures at final finished grades.
(d) Constructing new valve vaults, including bases, barrel sections, transition cone
sections or flat slab tops (if required), and required frames and lids.
(e) Constructing new combined sewer and relief sewer manholes, catch basins and
inlets, including placing precast reinforced concrete sections together with flat slab
tops (if required), transition sections, precast monolithic bases, frames and lids.
(f) Installing new frames/lids on existing utility structures to meet grades shown on the
Drawings, to match existing grades, or as directed by Engineer.”
Add the following paragraph and subparagraphs to Article 602.02:
“In addition to the requirements of the Standard Specifications previously cited, manhole catch basin,
inlet and valve vaults materials shall conform to the following additional requirements, which, in case
of conflict, shall take presence over the Standard Specifications:
(a) Materials for Reconstructing Existing Structures. Concrete brick or precast
reinforced concrete sections.
(b) Materials for Constructing New Structures. Precast reinforced concrete sections
only.
(c) Final Grade Adjustments for Structures. Tapered precast reinforced concrete
adjustment rings shall be used for final grade adjustment of existing and new
structures. Adjustment rings shall be laid on a full bed of mortar. A minimum of one
and a maximum of two rings shall be used for final grade adjustment at each
structure. The total height of final adjustment shall not exceed 11-inches for any
structure. The use of brick for final structure adjustment is not permitted.
(d) Frames, covers and grates shall conform to Frames & Grates special provision.
(e) Inlets. Inlets shall be precast reinforced concrete conforming to INLET, TYPE A –
IDOT STANDARD 602301 with the following exceptions: 1) Instead of a 16” depth,
the depth shall be 34” unless otherwise specified on the drawings. 2) Instead of the
3” Sand Cushion, a minimum 6” deep granular material (CA-11) base will be required.
Shop drawings for system components shall be submitted for approval as soon as possible, but not
less than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the time when the components are intended to be
installed.”
Delete Article 602.03 in its entirety.
Delete Article 602.07 and replace it with the following:
“602.07 Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections. Base, barrel, cone and top sections shall be set
as shown on the Drawings. The joints between precast concrete base sections, barrel sections,
cone sections, and top slab sections in manholes, vaults, catch basins and inlets shall be sealed with
two rings of 100 percent butyl gasket in rope form having a square cross-section of 1-inch nominal
size. Adjusting rings and frames shall be set in full-width beds of cement mortar.
All lift holes on precast elements for manholes, vaults, catch basins, and inlets shall be completely
filled with mortar and sealed with a bitumastic material.”
Add the following to Article 602.11:
“(d) All existing frames, lids, grates and inlets reclaimed during construction are the property of
the City of Evanston. These frames lids and grates shall be moved to a suitable place on the job for
storage and made available for removal by the Owner.
(e) All manhole frame castings placed shall be set in full mortar beds composed of one part
masonry cement to two parts sand by volume, based on dry materials, with no admixtures. Castings
must be set accurately to the finished elevation so that no subsequent adjustment will be required.
All frames will be adjusted to final grade by means of concrete adjusting rings. No brickwork to
produce an adjustment ring will be accepted or permitted to adjust any structure to grade. Where
manholes are located in roadways, paved alleys or paved driveways, casings shall be set to match
the longitudinal slope and cross-slope of the pavement.
(f) Existing frames and lids must not be used as temporary covers during construction.”
Delete the second paragraph of Article 602.13 and replace it with the following:
“The space between the sides of the excavation and the outer surfaces of the structures shall be
filled with CA-11 material as shown on the Drawings.”
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per EACH for CATCH BASINS, MANHOLES,
INLETS, and VALVE VAULTS, of the types and sizes specified, measured in place. These
Contract unit prices shall be payment in full for all materials, labor, and equipment required for:
site preparation, including removal, replacement and/or repair of fences and other site objects;
trench excavation, including removal and disposal of existing sewer pipes, structures, and excess
excavated materials; protection, support and repair of damage to existing utilities; support of
trench walls; shoring and bracing; dewatering of trenches; temporary pumping of combined sewer
flows; new structures; bedding; sewer connection; frames, lids and other castings; flexible check
valves; abandonment of existing sewers where called out on the Drawings, including filling and
placement of required plugs; supply, placement, compaction, and compaction testing of material,
infiltration/exfiltration and other testing/inspection; correction of defects; and, other related work
required to complete the installation which is not included under other Payment Items.
Frames and lids/grates on structures to be reconstructed will be paid for separately.
This item shall not include the cost of pavement, sidewalk, driveway, and curb/gutter removal and
disposal within the pay limits shown on the Drawings. Roadway, sidewalk, driveway, and
curb/gutter removal/ replacement within pay limits or as directed by the Engineer shall be paid for
in accordance with the appropriate Pay Items.
CATCH BASIN, MANHOLE, INLET, DRAINAGE STRUCTURE AND VALVE VAULT
CONSTRUCTION
Delete Article 602.01 and replace it with the following:
“602.01 Description. This work, as shown on the Drawings, shall consist of:
(a) Removing and disposing of existing manholes, inlets and catch basins designated to
be abandoned.
(b) Replacing existing manholes, catch basins, inlets, and valve vaults.
(c) Adjusting or partially reconstructing existing manholes, catch basins, inlets, or valve
vault structures in order to rehabilitate the utility structure and/or establish the utility
structures at final finished grades.
(d) Constructing new valve vaults, including bases, barrel sections, transition cone
sections or flat slab tops (if required), and required frames and lids.
(e) Constructing new combined sewer and relief sewer manholes, catch basins and
inlets, including placing precast reinforced concrete sections together with flat slab
tops (if required), transition sections, precast monolithic bases, frames and lids.
(f) Installing new frames/lids on existing utility structures to meet grades shown on the
Drawings, to match existing grades, or as directed by Engineer.”
Add the following paragraph and subparagraphs to Article 602.02:
“In addition to the requirements of the Standard Specifications previously cited, manhole catch basin,
inlet and valve vaults materials shall conform to the following additional requirements, which, in case
of conflict, shall take presence over the Standard Specifications:
(a) Materials for Reconstructing Existing Structures. Concrete brick or precast
reinforced concrete sections.
(b) Materials for Constructing New Structures. Precast reinforced concrete sections
only.
(c) Final Grade Adjustments for Structures. Tapered precast reinforced concrete
adjustment rings shall be used for final grade adjustment of existing and new
structures. Adjustment rings shall be laid on a full bed of mortar. A minimum of one
and a maximum of two rings shall be used for final grade adjustment at each
structure. The total height of final adjustment shall not exceed 11-inches for any
structure. The use of brick for final structure adjustment is not permitted.
(d) Frames, covers and grates shall conform to Section 604.
(e) Inlets. Inlets shall be precast reinforced concrete conforming to INLET, TYPE A –
IDOT STANDARD 602301 with the following exceptions: 1) Instead of a 16” depth,
the depth shall be 34” unless otherwise specified on the drawings. 2) Instead of the
3” Sand Cushion, a minimum 6” deep granular material (CA-11) base will be required.
(f) Catch Basins. Type A catch basins shall be precast reinforced concrete conforming
to CATCH BASIN TYPE A – IDOT STANDARD 602001 with the following exceptions:
1) Instead of a 34” sump, a 48” sump will be required. 2) Instead of the 3” sand
cushion, a minimum 6” deep granular material (CA-11) base will be required.
(g) Valve Vaults. Valve vault sections shall be precast reinforced concrete conforming
to ASTM C-478. All top sections for precast reinforced concrete valve vaults shall be
precast reinforced concrete concentric cones or slab tops of the same quality as the
barrel of the vault. Valve vaults shall be supplied with factory-formed openings to
accommodate the various size water mains such that a minimum 12 inches of
clearance between the top of the vault base and bottom of the main can be provided.
Bases for replacement vaults on existing water mains shall be separate, one-piece
precast units having a minimum thickness of 6 inches. No slab or split bottom shall
be used. Valve vaults for new valves shall be 4-foot, 5-foot, or 6-foot diameter.
(h) Manholes. Storm, sanitary, combined, and relief sewer manhole barrel sections
shall be precast reinforced concrete conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-478.
Pipe connections shall conform to ASTM C-923. No steps shall be installed in
manholes. All top sections for precast reinforced concrete manholes shall be precast
reinforced concrete eccentric cones or slab tops of the same quality as the manhole
barrel. Except where otherwise indicated on the drawings, manholes shall have a
precast monolithic base with a factory-installed bench and otherwise be in
conformance with Illinois Department of Transportation Highway Standards
MANHOLE TYPE A – IDOT STANDARD 602401. Where indicated on the drawings,
manholes supplied for 48” and larger pipes shall be of a “T”-pipe base-style
fabrication. The pipeline portion of the base “T” section shall conform to ASTM C-76
and be of the same pipe class as connected sewer pipe. The riser section shall
conform to ASTM C-478.
(i) Gasket Materials for Joints Between Precast Concrete Sections. 100 percent
butyl rubber rope-type gasket having a square cross-section of 1-inch nominal size
conforming to the physical properties of Federal Specifications SS-S00210 as sold
under the trade name E-Z Stik or equal.
Shop drawings for system components shall be submitted for approval as soon as possible, but not
less than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the time when the components are intended to be
installed.”
Delete Article 602.03 in its entirety.
Delete Article 602.07 and replace it with the following:
“602.07 Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections. Base, barrel, cone and top sections shall be set
as shown on the Drawings. The joints between precast concrete base sections, barrel sections,
cone sections, and top slab sections in manholes, vaults, catch basins and inlets shall be sealed with
two rings of 100 percent butyl gasket in rope form having a square cross-section of 1-inch nominal
size. Adjusting rings and frames shall be set in full-width beds of cement mortar.
For valve vault reconstruction, the precast bottom slab should be placed directly on level, undisturbed
earth. Sand may be used for final leveling off the bottom of the excavation, but thickness shall be
kept to a practical minimum. In no case, shall the thickness of sand used for leveling exceed 1-inch.
The purpose of requiring the base slab to be set on undisturbed earth and limiting the use of sand
for leveling is to minimize post-construction settlement of the replacement valve vault and resulting
damage to the existing water main. The Contractor shall bear the cost of repairing existing water
mains damaged by vault settlement.
All lift holes on precast elements for manholes, vaults, catch basins, and inlets shall be completely
filled with mortar and sealed with a bitumastic material.”
Add the following to Article 602.11:
“(d) All existing frames, lids, grates and inlets reclaimed during construction are the property of
the City of Evanston. These frames lids and grates shall be moved to a suitable place on the job for
storage and made available for removal by the Owner.
(e) All manhole frame castings placed shall be set in full mortar beds composed of one part
masonry cement to two parts sand by volume, based on dry materials, with no admixtures. Castings
must be set accurately to the finished elevation so that no subsequent adjustment will be required.
All frames will be adjusted to final grade by means of concrete adjusting rings. No brickwork to
produce an adjustment ring will be accepted or permitted to adjust any structure to grade. Where
manholes are located in roadways, paved alleys or paved driveways, casings shall be set to match
the longitudinal slope and cross-slope of the pavement.
(f) Existing frames and lids must not be used as temporary covers during construction.”
Delete the second paragraph of Article 602.13 and replace it with the following:
“The space between the sides of the excavation and the outer surfaces of the structures shall be
filled with CA-11 material as shown on the Drawings.”
Delete Article 602.16 and replace it with the following:
“This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per EACH for CATCH BASINS, MANHOLES,
INLETS, and VALVE VAULTS, of the types and sizes specified, measured in place. These
Contract unit prices shall be payment in full for all materials, labor, and equipment required for:
site preparation, including removal, replacement and/or repair of fences and other site objects;
trench excavation, including removal and disposal of existing sewer pipes, structures, and excess
excavated materials; protection, support and repair of damage to existing utilities; support of
trench walls; shoring and bracing; dewatering of trenches; temporary pumping of combined sewer
flows; new structures; bedding; sewer connection; frames, lids and other castings; flexible check
valves; abandonment of existing sewers where called out on the Drawings, including filling and
placement of required plugs; supply, placement, compaction, and compaction testing of material,
infiltration/exfiltration and other testing/inspection; correction of defects; and, other related work
required to complete the installation which is not included under other Payment Items.
Roadway, sidewalk, driveway, and curb/gutter removal/replacement outside the pay limits shown
on the Drawings required for completion of the work or for Contractor's purposes shall be
incidental to combined sewer, relief sewer, storm sewer, and sanitary sewer construction and no
separate payment shall be made.”
REMOVING OR FILLING (ABANDONING) EXISTING MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS AND
INLETS
Add the following sentences to Article 605.01:
“This work shall also consist of all work necessary to remove or fill existing valve vaults so designated
on the Drawings. The terms “fill”, “remove”, and “abandon” shall be interchangeable and shall consist
of removing the upper portion of an existing structure, filling unused pipes, sealing pipe connections,
and filling the remainder of the structure with Trench Backfill sand (FA-6), compacted to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.”
Articles 605.03 and 605.04 shall apply with the following modifications:
“The Contractor shall make his own investigation to determine the existence, nature and location of
all sewers and appurtenances thereto within the limits of the improvement. The Contractor shall be
held responsible for any damage to existing sewers. All pavements will be sawed to a full depth prior
to any casting replacement/adjustment, structure removal, or filling operation. Connecting pipes
shall be cut one joint from the existing structure to be removed/filled. Structures in private paved
areas, parkways and other grassed areas shall be removed a minimum of 2-feet below final grade
and structures in public streets shall be removed a minimum of 6-feet below final grade. Pipes
connected to these structures shown to be abandoned and shall be filled with CLSM materials in
accordance with Article 550.05. Remaining portions of existing structures may be filled with Case I
trench backfill material in accordance with Section 208 or may be filled with CLSM material in
accordance with Article 550.05, at Contractor's option. Structures shall be pumped out and cleaned
of all mud and debris before the fill material is placed. The remainder of the excavation shall be
backfilled in accordance with Section 208.”
Delete Article 605.06 and replace it with the following:
“This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per EACH for catch basins, inlets, valve vaults,
valve boxes, and manholes that are to be abandoned, filled, or removed, as counted in the field.
These Contract unit prices shall be payment in full for all materials, labor, and equipment required
for: site preparation, including removal, replacement and/or repair of fences and other site objects;
excavation, including removal and disposal of existing sewer pipes, structures, and excess
excavated materials; protection, support and repair of damage to existing utilities; saw-cutting,
removal and disposal of existing pavement; excavation, removal and disposal of removal wastes;
supply, placement, compaction, and compaction testing of backfill, stockpiling reclaimed castings;
and all related work required. For items abandoned, the price shall include the cost of removal of
frames/covers, adjusting collars and structure down to 24-inches below existing grassed surface
or 72-inches below existing pavement as applicable, disposal of wastes, concrete bulkheads, and
filling of remaining structure as specified.”
FRAMES AND LIDS TO BE ADJUSTED, SPECIAL
Add the following to Article 603.03 of the Standard Specifications:
The contractor shall adjust the structures to the finished pavement elevation no more than 5
calendar days prior to placement of the final lift of surface unless approved by the Engineer.
Add the following to Article 603.09 of the Standard Specifications:
Removing frames and lids on drainage and utility structures in the pavement prior to milling, and
adjusting to final grade prior to placing the surface course, will be paid for at the contract unit price
each for FRAMES AND LIDS TO BE ADJUSTED, SPECIAL.
This work will not be paid for separately when drainage and utility structures are specified for
payment as reconstructions or new manholes but shall be considered as included in the unit price
bid for structure reconstructions or manholes.
ADJUSTING FRAMES AND GRATES OF DRAINAGE AND UTILITY STRUCTURES
Delete Article 603.08 and replace it with the following:
“603.08 Adjusting Rings. Drainage and utility structure frames shall be adjusted to grade by
removal of the frame and adjustment from the structure, preparing the top of the structure to receive
the new adjustment, installing the proper height precast concrete adjusting rings and reinstalling the
frame, all in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 602. The use of cast iron adjusting
rings is prohibited.”
FRAMES AND GRATES
Add the following to Article 604.02:
“(f) Frames and grates furnished under this Contract shall be Gray Iron Castings conforming to
the Specifications for Gray Iron Castings, ASTM A-48, Class 35. Circular lids for manholes and vaults
shall have large (2.5 inch nominal) pick holes. Circular lids for closing catch basins shall have large
(2.5 inch nominal) pick holes:
(g) Frames and grates on structures shall be as follows (or approved equal):
Existing inlets and catch basins; new catch basins and inlets on Combined Sewer system:
▪ Neenah Type R-1712 (390 lbs.) Frame, Open Lid Grate (116 lbs.) with large (2.5
inch nominal) pick holes or equal.
New catch basins and type A inlets for Storm/Relief Sewer work:
▪ Neenah Type R-3031-B Frame, Sinusoidal Grate,
▪ Neenah Type R-3036-B Frame, Sinusoidal Grate (for Depressed Curb)
Manholes and vaults:
▪ Neenah Type R-1712 (390 lbs.) Frame and Extra Heavy Duty Cover (150 lbs.)
with large (2.5 inch nominal) pick holes or equal. Valve Vault covers shall be lettered
“WATER”.
High Capacity Inlet, Type A
▪ Neenah Type R-3067-L Frame, Vane Grate
New frames and grates may be requested by the Engineer during adjustment of existing structures.”
These items shall not include the costs of pavement, sidewalk, driveway, and curb/gutter removal
and disposal necessary for installation of new frames and grates/lids. Roadway, sidewalk,
driveway, and curb/gutter removal/replacement shall be paid for in accordance with the
appropriate Payment Items.
Frames and grates or closed lids placed on new structures and/or reconstructions will be
considered incidental to the cost of the new structures and/or reconstructions and will be paid for
under the appropriate Pay Items for new structures.
Removed frames and grates shall remain the property of the city and shall be stored in a secured
area for pickup by the city.
CONCRETE CURB TYPE B AND CURB AND GUTTER TYPE B6.12
Delete Article 606.01 and replace it with the following:
“606.01 Description. This work shall consist of concrete curb type B, combination concrete curb
and gutter type B-6.12 and B-6.12 modified, and removal/replacement of existing medians.”
All curb and gutter removed shall be formed within 2 working days of removal. New curb and gutter
shall be poured within 1 working day of being formed. The forms shall be removed within 1 working
day after the concrete pour and the restoration behind the new curb shall be done with 24 hours after
removal of the forms. All low areas shall be filled in to match the surrounding grades within 72 hours
of the curb being poured.
Add the following Subparagraphs to Article 606.02:
“(g) Base. A minimum of four (4”) inches compacted thickness of aggregate base course shall
be placed on the subgrade prior to construction of the proposed concrete curb and gutter.
(h) Forms. The use of a slip-form or curb machine is allowed, but the Contractor is advised that
variable face height curb is required in many parts of the Project to match existing curbs, roadways
and parkway grading. Additional pavement patching, restoration or excavation beyond the
requirements of this proposal, as required for or resulting from the use of such a machine, will not be
considered for additional payment and should be considered incidental to its use. Excavation to
accommodate the installation of concrete forms or use of slip-form shall be limited to 12
inches from back of proposed curb. Hand forming shall be required in the vicinity of specific
trees where the root zones are near and/or have overgrown the existing curb line. These
locations will be determined by the City Arborist.
(i) Curing. Curing shall be in accordance with Article 1022.01. Curing compound shall be Type
III. Protect all surfaces from sun. During hot weather, keep temperature of concrete below 90
degrees Fahrenheit. During cold weather, keep temperature of concrete between 50 degrees F and
70 degrees F for 3 to 5 days. Protect from frost and rapid drying for 6 days. The Contractor shall be
solely responsible for protecting his work from vandalism. All vandalized concrete work shall be
removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.”
Add the following sentence to Article 606.06 - Placing Concrete.
“The transition from full height curb to depressed curb shall be made at a maximum rate of three (3)
inches per foot of length.”
Delete the last sentence of the first paragraph of Article 606.07.
Add the following paragraphs to Article 606.07:
“Expansion joints consisting of pre-molded bituminous expansion joint filler, one-half inch in thickness
and two greased 1-inch diameter dowel bars with expansion caps shall be placed at 50-foot intervals.
When curb and gutter is constructed adjacent to flexible pavement, a 1-inch thick preformed
expansion joint, conforming to the cross-section of the curb and gutter, shall be installed at points of
curvature for short-radius curves and at construction joints.
Contraction joints shall be placed between expansion joints at distances not to exceed twenty-five
(25) feet. Contraction joints shall be formed using steel templates one-eighth inch in thickness, equal
to the width of the gutter or curb, and penetrating at least two (2) inches below the surface of the
curb and gutter; using three-quarter (3/4) inch thick preformed expansion joint filler placed fully across
the curb or gutter; or by sawing to a depth of at least two (2) inches after the concrete is four-hours,
but not more than twenty-four hours old. If steel templates are used, they shall be left in place until
the concrete has set sufficiently to hold its shape but shall be removed while the forms are still in
place. Template-formed or sawed joints shall be sealed in accordance with Article 420.12.
Hand removal and hand forming of the curb and gutter shall be required in the vicinity of specific
trees and their root zones. These individual locations shall be determined, in the field, by the City
Arborist. These operations shall be considered incidental to the work, and no separate payment
shall be made. Excavation to accommodate the installation of concrete forms or use of slip-form
shall be limited to 12 inches from back of proposed curb.
Longitudinal joint tie bars are NOT required.
Backfilling of curb or curb and gutter will not be paid for separately but shall be considered as
included in the contract unit price for concrete work.
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PROTECTION
Delete Article 701.20 and replace it with the following:
This work will be paid for at the Contract LUMP SUM price for TRAFFIC CONTROL AND
PROTECTION. This lump sum price shall be payment in full for all materials, labor and equipment
required for: handling, furnishing, transporting, installing, maintaining, relocating and removing all
traffic control devices and signage required for to fully protect construction operations and the
general public; including implementing any detour plans shown on the Drawings. This lump sum
price shall also include all materials, labor and equipment required for: furnishing, installing,
relocating and removing steel plates and other temporary bridging over trenches, auger pits,
receiving pits and other areas disturbed by construction activities. The salvage value of the
materials removed shall be reflected in the price bid for this Item. Progress payments for traffic
control will be made in direct proportion to the value of work completed. Contractor shall also
refer to the IDOT Highway Standards and District One Details included herein for additional traffic
control measures. The Contractor is advised that specific liquidated damages apply for failure to
maintain traffic control devices.
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PROTECTION shall be paid monthly in an amount equal to the lump
sum price bid multiplied by the overall percentage completion of other Contract Payment Items.
STREET SWEEPING
Add the following paragraphs to Article 107.15:
“The Contractor shall utilize a mechanical street sweeper to clean streets affected by the Contractor's
operations, including haul routes, at least twice per week and additionally as directed by the
Engineer. Liquated Damages shall be assessed as outlined in the Bid Form if the Contractor fails to
utilize a mechanical street sweeper to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The street-sweeper shall be
a full-sized, municipal-type sweeper having dust collection and street washing capabilities. If, in the
opinion of the Engineer, dust becomes a problem despite the normal cleanup measures of street
sweeping, the Contractor shall wash down the pavement, spread calcium chloride as a palliative, or
re-sweep streets as necessary, all at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall keep
sufficient quantities of calcium chloride on site, for use as directed by the Engineer for dust control.
The contractor shall provide cleanings twice per week and additionally as directed by the
Engineer.
Street sweeping will be measured for payment for each trip no matter the number of street
cleaned during each trip.
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per EACH for STREET SWEEPING, which
price shall be payment in full for labor, equipment and materials required to complete the work.
REMOVE AND RESETTING PAVERS
This work shall consist of the removal of existing brick/concrete paver, stone and/or any type of
specialty sidewalk or driveway and replacement with the same material in kind to the same or
better condition as was prior to the removal at locations and to the limits as directed by the
Engineer.
The contractor will be required to furnish materials damaged during construction, surplus material
for cutting or needed to replace sidewalk or driveway surfaces to the same dimensions. It is the
sole responsibility of the contractor to determine the extent of work necessary prior to contract
bidding and no additional compensation shall be provided.
Method of Measurement
Replacement of specialty sidewalk or driveway will be measured in place, and the area computed
in square feet. Furnishing and placing sand and other replacement materials matching the existing
surface will not be measured for payment, but shall be considered as included in the unit price
bid.
Basis of Payment
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square foot for REMOVE AND RESETTING
PAVERS.
REMOVING AND RESETTING STREET SIGNS
This work shall consist of the removal, relocation, and secure storage of existing streets signs at
the onset of construction; removal and disposal of existing sign posts; furnishing and installation
of new sign posts; and the installation of existing signs using new mounting hardware prior to
the conclusion of construction at locations as indicated on the plans, in conflict with proposed
construction, or as directed by the Engineer.
The signs posts shall be furnished and installed according to section 729 of the Standard
Specifications for metal posts and applicable Highway Standards; metal posts shall be ‘enameled
steel’ (dark-green) and mounting hardware shall be stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers in
accordance with article 1006.29.
Method of Measurement
This work shall be measured for payment per each for every sign panel assembly removed,
stored, and installed.
Basis for payment
This work shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each for REMOVING AND RESETTING
STREET SIGNS.
Metal posts and mounting hardware will not be measured for payment but shall be considered as
included in the contract unit price for removing and resetting street signs.
LAWN SPRINKLER SYSTEM REPAIRS
This work shall consist of repairing lawn sprinkler systems damaged by construction operations
to the full extent. The Contractor shall remove and properly dispose of damaged system
materials and furnish and install sprinkler system replacement lines, fittings, and heads of the
same or better quality as approved by the Engineer.
Sprinkler system repairs shall be made by an experienced contractor specializing in lawn sprinkler
system installation, maintenance, and repair able to provide proof of past experience upon
request. The sprinkler system repair contractor will be considered a qualified contractor as
determined by the Engineer. The contractor shall coordinate all repairs with the individual
sprinkler system owners in order to access controls for flushing and testing and under no
circumstance shall the City take responsibility for scheduling repairs. The City will not make
payment for system repairs until individual system owners have indicated in writing that their
system has been satisfactorily repaired.
Basis of Payment
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per foot for LAWN SPRINKLER SYSTEM
REPAIRS.
This work will only be paid for when the damaged materials are within 1-foot of a proposed
improvement. Damages that occur outside of 1-foot from proposed improvements shall be
replaced by the Contractor at his/her own expense.
Payment shall include all types and sizes of sprinkler system materials. Fitting, heads, and all
other components necessary to make system repairs to the full extent will not be paid for
separately but shall be considered as included in the contract unit prices for LAWN SPRINKLER
SYSTEM REPAIRS.
!!" #$!% &% '()*+,-! %! % . ! %! % .
/0120*/3+/4
5*,46#+7,+
51+,4
58 58
9/,*+:1;2)
.<!! !'<!!< 9
=>
?@A?@AB?BC
DEF00G*+ /1))*+9H/*0)#*7*+7I+-*/,- 43+JKJ3)3HH0*/20DDE*75+,)/,3+-3)I+/01-- 4 )+/L
/1))*+9H/*0)#*7*+7
5E/89E,M :$
3--*,*+09,, N1*);+,7)F-)0<3*-5+7,)1/,*+5+,)/,7 O&
9120,,*+5+,)/,7"F-)0<3*-5+,)/,7(P!
66Q P
R 9H/**/66Q 7H+7*2*0*,*7:+F-)0<3*-5+,)/,7 !
' N1*)-)#*7*+7<9,,5+,)/,7 !.
.3727,7 )*+- ;#0
&3727,7S,)H)*+T;2)++-3727,7UT391)/ ;#0
O D;H))49,);5)77*+7+-I+<9,);S)8-7 R
P 5+7,)1/,*+ 41,9,87 '
!V7W,X,*0F2)*/) *0)-5)77*+O
91270*+5+/),#;+,7 !
U,<T*X37HE0,91)/5))/,*+ R
#;+,+-9E10-) 71)/*+ .
R ,/E*+G*,EU,<T*X37HE0,Q#)04 ;#0 &
'04;)5+/), P
. 7)#-
& */4/0 /87
O D;H))4),20 )*-D)*/9*+07 R
P :*E,,*;I+7H/,*+ -G4 *E,*+ .
!6+0*7E9127,*,1,*+T,)*/ 0,7 &
50/*1;5E0)*-3//0),))),0+-5;+,5+/), O
Y10*,45+,)05+/),T*X,1)7,,E0+, P
Y10*,45+,)0%Y10*,43771)+/5+/),T*X,1)7 R&
R 7)#-.
' 7)#-.R
.D;H))4 *7-#;+,T)8)7 .'
& 7,)*+ )*-3HH)/E#;+,7V7*+U*E<Z+7*,4F;..
O ),0+-5;+,5+/),I+04)Q#)04 .P
P ),0+-5;+,5+/),),*0ZH,EU,<T*X37HE0,,/E*+&
! +*,1-*+0[*+,+-5)/8,/E*+&.
5+/),T*XZ7*+<ZH),;+,)#*--&O
9,,*+:1;2)7*+#;+,7)Q#)047 &P
! "#$
%& & & !
$ ' % %
()*+ ' '! $ $$!, $ -' './.$,,(() $ '$
-'' $0
' '! $ $$!, $
) !) 1 "
!
23435637
8
!*$ )' 9
8
! :$ ;($ $!$
8
!<*$ :$ ;
8<
! $ #
8
!%'' =$# ' ' $ $ $,
8%
!'' =$# ' ' $> $ $,
?
!8 23435637
?8
!? # !$($ #
??
!
23435637
!
#,# $ <
!
: #, :$ %
!
! $ 8
!
< $ ' $ $ # '!'+ ?
!
$ #
!
% $
!
! $ $$#
<
!
8 > $' '>9 ,)
!
? $ $($ #
%
!"##$%%&'()*# #
+,-./01,/2,,3/0345667,4
86/7,4 /629930/2190:,:,/29
1,21,104/ .4/161;,6161;/621903<712,
,,29/,32216
=,4,7,42,/>62:,76 020,7,129,2/2?@2029 ?@2029
,1290391AB1<./624,76,1290391AB1<A6:,:,/29/7,
>,0<=,4 6,:,5C/91624,76>,0<56166A/9,12
?1,+043./6/1,04356,02/6/626:,:,/29
1,21/7,
>61; ,D7,BE2>61;6/3,D769B/,369:,,F202<C =,9B/69,,27F202<
C 9263,D392; 86/16,1299,5/61,1/,,767,4 ,/:92<7,6
/9B
?:129,/,/>61;63,D/7,610B?:129,/,/26,129,2/2?/10B
?:129,/,/56162,31906/:,:,/29
1,21:21;2B3<71
86/7,4 /,3/0346:,:,/29:21;7,4229:,:,/29
92/299:,:,/29/21,21:,:,/29/
Supplemental
Specifications
and Recurring
Special Provisions
Adopted January 1, 2026
i
INTRODUCTION
This book contains a copy of SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS and
frequently used RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS.
The SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS included herein supplement the
“Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction”, adopted
January 1, 2022. The SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS are applicable to, and
included by reference in, all contracts advertised and awarded by the Department.
The frequently used RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS included herein may
be included, by reference, in selected contracts advertised and awarded by the
Department.
Bidding proposals issued by the Department may contain a "Check Sheet for
Recurring Special Provisions" which specifies the RECURRING SPECIAL
PROVISIONS applicable to and included in contracts by reference.
The units of measure used shall correspond to the units used in the contract.
Printed by Authority of the State of Illinois
(25-494DOT-FINAD-B-47706; 16,000; 06-2025)
ii
INDEX
FOR
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
AND RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Adopted January 1, 2026
This index contains a listing of SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS, frequently used
RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS, and LOCAL ROADS AND STREETS
RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS.
ERRATA Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
(Adopted 1-1-22) (Revised 1-1-26)
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Std. Spec. Sec. Page No.
109 Measurement and Payment ................................................................. 1
202 Earth and Rock Excavation .................................................................. 2
204 Borrow and Furnished Excavation ........................................................ 3
207 Porous Granular Embankment ............................................................. 4
211 Topsoil and Compost ........................................................................... 5
214 Grading and Shaping Ditches .............................................................. 6
406 Hot-Mix Asphalt Binder and Surface Course ........................................ 7
407 Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement (Full-Depth) ............................................... 9
420 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement .................................................. 10
502 Excavation for Structures ..................................................................... 11
504 Precast Concrete Structures ................................................................ 12
509 Metal Railings ....................................................................................... 13
522 Retaining Walls .................................................................................... 14
540 Box Culverts ......................................................................................... 15
542 Pipe Culverts ........................................................................................ 35
550 Storm Sewers ....................................................................................... 44
586 Granular Backfill for Structures ............................................................ 51
601 Pipe Drains, Pipe Underdrains, and French Drains .............................. 52
630 Steel Plate Beam Guardrail .................................................................. 53
632 Guardrail and Cable Road Guard Removal .......................................... 54
644 High Tension Cable Median Barrier ..................................................... 55
665 Woven Wire Fence ............................................................................... 56
701 Work Zone Traffic Control and Protection ............................................ 57
781 Raised Reflective Pavement Markers .................................................. 59
782 Reflectors ............................................................................................. 60
801 Electrical Requirements ....................................................................... 62
821 Roadway Luminaires ............................................................................ 65
1003 Fine Aggregates ................................................................................... 66
1004 Coarse Aggregates .............................................................................. 67
1010 Finely Divided Minerals ........................................................................ 69
1020 Portland Cement Concrete ……… ........................................................ 70
1030 Hot-Mix Asphalt .................................................................................... 73
1040 Drain Pipe, Tile, and Wall Drain ........................................................... 74
1042 Precast Concrete Products .................................................................. 75
1061 Waterproofing Membrane System ........................................................ 76
iii
1067 Luminaire ……… .................................................................................. 77
1097 Reflectors ............................................................................................. 84
1102 Hot-Mix Asphalt Equipment .................................................................. 85
iv
RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The following RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS indicated by an “X” are
applicable to this contract and are included by reference:
CHECK SHEET # PAGE NO.
1 Additional State Requirements for Federal-Aid Construction Contracts 87
2 Subletting of Contracts (Federal-Aid Contracts) .................................... 90
3 EEO ...................................................................................................... 91
4 Specific EEO Responsibilities Nonfederal-Aid Contracts ...................... 101
5 Required Provisions - State Contracts .................................................. 106
6 Asbestos Bearing Pad Removal ............................................................ 112
7 Asbestos Waterproofing Membrane and Asbestos Hot-Mix Asphalt
Surface Removal ...........................................................................
113
8 Temporary Stream Crossings and In-Stream Work Pads ..................... 114
9 Construction Layout Stakes .................................................................. 115
10 Use of Geotextile Fabric for Railroad Crossing ..................................... 118
11 Subsealing of Concrete Pavements ...................................................... 120
12 Hot-Mix Asphalt Surface Correction ...................................................... 124
13 Pavement and Shoulder Resurfacing .................................................... 126
14 Patching with Hot-Mix Asphalt Overlay Removal .................................. 127
15 Polymer Concrete ................................................................................. 129
16 Reserved ................................................................................................ 131
17 Bicycle Racks ........................................................................................ 132
18 Temporary Portable Bridge Traffic Signals ........................................... 134
19 Nighttime Inspection of Roadway Lighting ............................................ 136
20 English Substitution of Metric Bolts ....................................................... 137
21 Calcium Chloride Accelerator for Portland Cement Concrete ............... 138
22 Quality Control of Concrete Mixtures at the Plant ................................. 139
23 Quality Control/Quality Assurance of Concrete Mixtures ...................... 147
24 Reserved ............................................................................................... 163
25 Reserved ............................................................................................... 164
26 Temporary Raised Pavement Markers .................................................. 165
27 Restoring Bridge Approach Pavements Using High-Density Foam ....... 166
28 Portland Cement Concrete Inlay or Overlay .......................................... 169
29 Portland Cement Concrete Partial Depth Hot-Mix Asphalt Patching ..... 173
30 Longitudinal Joint and Crack Patching .................................................. 176
31 Concrete Mix Design Department Provided ....................................... 178
32 Station Numbers in Pavements or Overlays ......................................... 179
v
LOCAL ROADS AND STREETS RECURRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Table of Contents
CHECK SHEET # PAGE NO.
LRS1 Reserved ............................................................................................ 181
LRS2 Furnished Excavation ......................................................................... 182
LRS3 Work Zone Traffic Control Surveillance .............................................. 183
LRS4 Flaggers in Work Zones ...................................................................... 184
LRS5 Contract Claims .................................................................................. 185
LRS6 Bidding Requirements and Conditions for Contract Proposals ........... 186
LRS7 Bidding Requirements and Conditions for Material Proposals ............ 192
LRS8 Reserved ............................................................................................ 198
LRS9 Bituminous Surface Treatments .......................................................... 199
LRS10 Reserved ............................................................................................ 203
LRS11 Employment Practices ........................................................................ 204
LRS12 Wages of Employees in Public Works ................................................ 206
LRS13 Selection of Labo ............................................................................... 208
LRS14 Paving Brick and Concrete Paver Pavements and Sidewalks ............ 209
LRS15 Partial Payments ................................................................................. 212
LRS16 Protests on Local Lettings ................................................................... 213
LRS17 Substance Abuse Prevention Program ............................................... 214
LRS18 Multigrade Cold Mix Asphalt ............................................................... 215
LRS19 Reflective Crack Control Treatment .................................................... 216
vi
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
ERRATA
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
Adopted: January 1, 2022
Revised: January 1, 2026
Page viii Table of Contents. Change “SECTION 586. SAND BACKFILL FOR
VAULTED ABUTMENTS” to “SECTION 586. GRANULAR BACKFILL
FOR STRUCTURES”.
Page 2 Article 101.01. In the list of abbreviations, add the following after
“OSHA”:
“ Product Eval “ Product Evaluation and Audit Solutions”
& Audit”
Page 170 Article 352.18(b)(3). Change “unstable and/or unsuitable material” to
“unsuitable material”.
Page 170 Article 352.18(b)(4). Change “unstable and/or unsuitable material” to
“unsuitable material”.
Page 170 Article 352.19(c). Change “unstable and/or unsuitable material” to
“unsuitable material”.
Page 170 Article 352.19(d). Change “unstable and/or unsuitable material” to
“unsuitable material”.
Page 267 Article 441.04. In Note 1/, change “unstable” to “unsuitable”.
Page 269 Article 441.05. In the last paragraph, change “Unsuitable or unstable
material” to “Unsuitable material”.
Page 270 Article 441.10. In the second paragraph, change “unstable” to
“unsuitable”.
Page 273 Article 442.05. In the fourth paragraph, change “unsuitable and
unstable materials” to “unsuitable materials”.
Page 282 Article 442.08(b). Change “Articles 1030.05(d)(3), (d)(4), and (d)(7).” to
“Articles 1030.09(b), 1030.09(c), and 1030.09(f).”
Page 308 Article 502.12(b). In the last sentence of the first paragraph, change
“unstable and/or unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
Page 310 Article 502.13. In the first sentence of the fourth paragraph, change
“unstable and/or unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
vii
Page 310 Article 502.13. In the second sentence of the fourth paragraph, change
“unstable and/or unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
Page 444 Article 522.15(b). In the eighteenth paragraph, change “unstable and/or
unsuitable material” to “disposal of unsuitable material”.
Page 446 Article 522.16. In the sixteenth paragraph, change “unstable and/or
unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
Page 450 Article 540.07(b). In the last paragraph, change “unstable and/or
unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
Page 450 Article 540.08. In the last paragraph, change “unstable and/or
unsuitable material” to “unsuitable material”.
Page 599 Section 672. In the section title, change “AVANDONED” to
“ABANDONED”.
Page 654 Article 780.04. In the sixth paragraph, change “Article 780.14” to
“Article 780.15”.
Page 656 Article 780.08. In the last sentence of the 3rd paragraph, change
“Contractor shall not install” to “Contractor shall install.”
Page 699 Article 818.02(b). In the Article/Section reference, change
“1066.03(a)(3)” to “1066.03(b)”.
Page 749 Article 1001.01(d)(1). Change “maximum final set” to “minimum final
set”.
Page 780 Article 1006.06(b). In the last sentence, change “AASHTO ASTM A 775
(A 775M)” to “ASTM A 775 (A 775M)”.
Page 788 Article 1006.25. In the third paragraph, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO
Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 805 Article 1008.05. In the first sentence of the second paragraph, change
“National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP)” to
“AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 805 Article 1008.05. In the second sentence of the second paragraph,
change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 806 Article 1008.05(b). In the Article title, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO
Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 808 Article 1008.05(f)(1). In the first sentence, change “NTPEP” to
“AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 817 Section 1018. In the section title, change “MORTOR” to “MORTAR”.
viii
Page 869 Article 1030.01. In the last sentence of the second paragraph, change
“specificly” to “specifically”.
Page 891 Article 1030.09(e)(1). In the sixth line of the first paragraph, change
“contine” to “continue”.
Page 894 Article 1030.09(i). In the second to last paragraph, change “aggegate”
to “aggregate”.
Page 919 Article 1040.04(a). In the first sentence, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO
Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 919 Article 1040.04(b). In the first sentence, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO
Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 951 Article 1062.02. Change the Article title from “1062.02 Lighting
Protection” to “1065.02 Lighting Protection”.
Page 1034 Article 1080.01(a)(3). In Note 2/, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO
Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 1035 Article 1080.02. In Note 1/, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product Eval
& Audit”.
Page 1035 Article 1080.02. In Note 2/, change all “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product
Eval & Audit”.
Page 1036 Article 1080.03. In Note 1/, change all “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product
Eval & Audit”.
Page 1036 Article 1080.04. In the fourth sentence of the first paragraph, change
“NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 1036 Article 1080.04. In the fifth sentence of the first paragraph, change
“NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
Page 1037 Article 1080.05. In Note 1/, change all “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product
Eval & Audit”.
Page 1039 Article 1080.06(d). In Note 1/, change “NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product
Eval & Audit”.
Page 1060 Article 1083.01. In the second sentence of the first paragraph, change
“NTPEP” to “AASHTO Product Eval & Audit”.
1
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 109. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
109.07 Partial Payments. Revise the last sentence of the first paragraph in Article
109.07(a) to read:
“ No amount equal to or less than $100.00 will be approved for payment other
than the final payment.”
2
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 202. EARTH AND ROCK EXCAVATION
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
202.07 Method of Measurement. Revise the first and second paragraphs of
Article 202.07(b) to read:
“ (b) Measured Quantities. Earth and rock excavation will be measured in cubic
yards (cubic meters) in their original positions. The volumes will be
computed by the method of average end areas using before and after cross
sections; or by the method of digital elevation modeling using before and
after digital surveys. The volume of any unsuitable material removed will be
measured for payment in cubic yards (cubic meters).
In rock excavation, the Contractor shall strip ledge rock of overburden so
that necessary survey shots for measurement may be taken. Vertical
measurements shall extend from the surface of the rock to an elevation not
more than 6 in. (150 mm) below the subgrade of the proposed pavement, as
shown on the plans, or to the bottom of the rock where that point is above
the bottom of subgrade of the proposed pavement. Horizontal
measurements shall extend not more than 6 in. (150 mm) beyond the slope
lines fixed by the Engineer for the work. Boulders and rocks 1/2 cu yd
(0.5 cu m) or more in volume will be measured individually and the volume
computed from average dimensions taken in three directions.”
3
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 204. BORROW AND FURNISHED EXCAVATION
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
204.07 Method of Measurement. Revise the first paragraph of this Article to read:
“ 204.07 Method of Measurement. Borrow excavation will be measured in
cubic yards (cubic meters) in its original position. The volume will be computed by
the method of average end areas using before and after cross sections; or by the
method of digital elevation modeling using before and after digital surveys.”
Revise the embankment definition in Article 204.07(b) to read:
“ Embankment = the volume of fill in its final position computed by the
method of average end areas or digital elevation
modeling. Both methods will be based upon the
existing ground line as shown on the plans, except as
noted in (1) and (2) below;”
4
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 207. POROUS GRANULAR EMBANKMENT
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
207.04 Method of Measurement. Revise this Article to read:
“ 207.04 Method of Measurement. This work will be measured for payment in
tons (metric tons) according to Article 311.08(b), or in cubic yards (cubic meters)
compacted in place and the volume computed by the method of average end areas or
by digital elevation modeling.”
5
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 211. TOPSOIL AND COMPOST
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
211.07 Method of Measurement. Revise the second sentence of the second
paragraph of Article 211.07(b) to read:
“ The volume will be computed by the method of average end areas or by
digital elevation modeling.”
6
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 214. GRADING AND SHAPING DITCHES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
214.03 Method of Measurement. Delete the second paragraph of this Article.
214.04 Basis of Payment. Delete the second paragraph of this Article.
7
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 406. HOT-MIX ASPHALT BINDER AND SURFACE COURSE
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
406.03 Equipment. Add the following to this Article.
“ (n) Material Transfer Device ................................................................ 1102.02”
406.06 Placing. Add the following to the end of Article 406.06(f).
“ When required, a material transfer device (MTD) shall be used to transfer
the HMA from the haul trucks to the spreading and finishing machine. The
particular HMA mixtures for which an MTD is required will be specified in the
plans. When not required, an MTD may still be used at the Contractor’s
option, subject to the requirements and restrictions herein. Use of MTDs
shall be according to the following.
MTD Category Usage
Category I Any resurfacing application
Full-Depth HMA where the in-place binder thickness
is ≥ 10 in. (250 mm)
Category II Full-Depth HMA where the in-place binder thickness
is < 10 in. (250 mm)
Category I MTD’s will only be allowed to travel over structures under the
following conditions:
(1) Approval will be given by the Engineer.
(2) The MTD shall be emptied of HMA material prior to crossing the
structure and shall travel at crawl speed across the structure.
(3) The tires of the MTD shall travel on or in close proximity and parallel to
the beam and/or girder lines of the structure.”
406.13 Method of Measurement. Add the following to the end of Article 406.13(b).
“ The required use of an MTD will be measured for payment in tons
(metric tons) of the HMA mixtures placed with the MTD. The use of an MTD
at the Contractor’s option will not be measured for payment.”
8
406.14 Basis of Payment. Add the following between the second and third
paragraphs of this Article.
“ The required use of an MTD will be paid for at the contract unit price per ton
(metric ton) for MATERIAL TRANSFER DEVICE. The HMA mixtures placed with the
MTD will be paid for separately according to their respective specifications.”
9
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 407. HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT (FULL DEPTH)
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
407.12 Basis of Payment. Revise the second and third paragraphs of this Article
to read:
“ Tack coat, full lane sealant (FLS), and longitudinal joint sealant (LJS) will be paid
for according to Article 406.14.”
10
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 420. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
420.05 Joints. Revise the table in Article 420.05(c)(2)b.1.(c.) to read:
“Pavement
Thickness
Dowel Bar
Diameter
Vertical Translation
Tolerance Above or
Below Midpoint
≤ 8 in.
(≤ 200 mm)
1.00 in.
(25 mm)
0.25 in.
(6 mm)
> 8 to < 10 in.
(> 200 to < 250 mm)
1.25 in.
(31 mm)
0.50 in.
(13 mm)
≥ 10 in.
(≥ 250 mm)
1.50 in.
(38 mm)
0.50 in.
(13 mm)”
11
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 502. EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
502.12 Method of Measurement. Revise Article 502.12(b)(1) to read:
“ (1) General. Rock excavation will be measured for payment in its original
position and the volume in cubic yards (cubic meters) computed by the
method of average end areas or by digital elevation modeling.”
12
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 504. PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
504.06 Precast, Prestressed Concrete Members. Revise the first paragraph of this
Article to read:
“ (g) Bond Breaker. After the beams have been erected at the job site and just
prior to installation of the bridge deck reinforcement, portions of the top
surface of the beams identified on the plans shall have bond breaker
applied.”
13
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 509. METAL RAILINGS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
509.10 Basis of Payment. Revise the first paragraph of this Article to read:
“ 509.10 Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price
per foot (meter) for STEEL RAILING, or ALUMINUM RAILING, of the type specified;
STEEL RAILING (TEMPORARY); TUBULAR THRIE BEAM RETROFIT RAIL FOR
BRIDGES; PEDESTRIAN RAILING; BICYCLE RAILING; BICYCLE RAILING,
CURVED; BICYCLE RAILING, PARAPET; BRIDGE FENCE RAILING; BRIDGE
FENCE RAILING, CURVED; PARAPET RAILING; and PIPE HANDRAIL.”
14
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 522. RETAINING WALLS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
522.10 Precast Modular Retaining Wall Systems. Revise the fourth paragraph in
Article 522.10(a) to read:
“ The applied equivalent uniform factored bearing pressure under each
precast concrete module shall be clearly indicated on the shop drawings
submitted and shall be less than the factored bearing resistance shown on
the plans. Footings or other treatments to satisfy the bearing resistance
requirements shall be designed by the Contractor. The applied equivalent
uniform service (unfactored) bearing pressure under each precast concrete
module shall also be clearly indicated on the shop drawings.”
15
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 540. BOX CULVERTS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
540.04 General. Revise the first sentence of the second paragraph of this Article
to read:
“ Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the Contractor shall have the option, when
a cast-in-place concrete box culvert is specified, of constructing the box culvert using
precast box culvert sections when the design cover is 6 in. (150 mm) minimum.”
Add the following to the end of Article 540.04:
“ Traversable pipe grate for box culvert end sections shall be according to
Article 542.07(a)(4).”
540.06 Precast Concrete Box Culverts. Revise the first sentence of the fifth
paragraph of this Article to read:
“ The joints between precast box sections shall be sealed with rubber gaskets
according to ASTM C 1677, or shall be sealed and all voids filled with a mastic joint
sealer.”
Add the following after the seventh paragraph of Article 540.06:
“ Precast concrete box culverts with skews greater than 30 degrees and having
design covers less than or equal to 5 ft (1.52 m) are not covered by the standard
design table shown in ASTM C 1577. The design table provided herein is provided to
address this design range. The same notes, reinforcement configurations,
clearances, and requirements of ASTM C 1577 apply to this special design table.
16
3 ft x 2 ft x 4 in.
Design
Earth
Cover, ft
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq in./ ft
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, in.
0<2* 0.17 1.10 0.30 0.10 0.28 0.17 0.92 0.14
2<3 0.14 0.18 0.19 0.10 31
3-5 0.10 0.12 0.12 0.10 29
3 ft x 3 ft x 4 in.
0<2* 0.17 1.17 0.33 0.10 0.31 0.17 0.92 0.14
2<3 0.10 0.22 0.22 0.10 31
3-5 0.10 0.14 0.14 0.10 31
*top slab 7.0 in., bottom slab 6.0 in.
4 ft x 2 ft x 5 in.
0<2* 0.21 0.88 0.26 0.12 0.28 0.18 0.89 0.14
2<3 0.20 0.21 0.20 0.12 33
3-5 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.12 32
4 ft x 3 ft x 5 in.
0<2* 0.18 1.02 0.31 0.12 0.32 0.18 0.87 0.14
2<3 0.16 0.25 0.24 0.12 38
3-5 0.12 0.16 0.17 0.12 34
4 ft x 4 ft x 5 in.
0<2* 0.18 1.08 0.34 0.12 0.34 0.18 0.86 0.14
2<3 0.13 0.28 0.27 0.12 38
3-5 0.12 0.18 0.19 0.12 38
*top slab 7.5 in., bottom slab 6.0 in.
5 ft x 2 ft x 6 in.
0<2* 0.27 0.63 0.23 0.14 0.24 0.19 0.19 0.17
2<3 0.25 0.22 0.20 0.14 37
3-5 0.17 0.15 0.15 0.14 35
5 ft x 3 ft x 6 in.
0<2* 0.20 0.72 0.27 0.14 0.29 0.19 0.71 0.17
2<3 0.21 0.26 0.25 0.14 37
3-5 0.14 0.18 0.18 0.14 35
*top slab 8.0 in., bottom slab 7.0 in.
17
5 ft x 4 ft x 6 in.
Design
Earth
Cover, ft
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq in./ ft
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, in.
0<2* 0.19 0.78 0.30 0.14 0.31 0.19 0.70 0.17
2<3 0.18 0.30 0.28 0.14 45
3-5 0.14 0.20 0.21 0.14 40
5 ft x 5 ft x 6 in.
0<2* 0.19 0.82 0.33 0.14 0.34 0.19 0.69 0.17
2<3 0.16 0.33 0.32 0.14 45
3-5 0.14 0.22 0.23 0.14 45
*top slab 8.0 in., bottom slab 7.0 in.
6 ft x 2 ft x 7 in.
0<2* 0.33 0.51 0.21 0.17 0.23 0.19 0.61 0.17
2<3 0.31 0.22 0.22 0.17 42
3-5 0.22 0.17 0.17 0.17 41
6 ft x 3 ft x 7 in.
0<2* 0.27 0.58 0.26 0.17 0.27 0.19 0.58 0.17
2<3 0.26 0.27 0.27 0.17 41
3-5 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.17 39
6 ft x 4 ft x 7 in.
0<2* 0.25 0.64 0.30 0.17 0.30 0.19 0.57 0.17
2<3 0.23 0.31 0.31 0.17 42
3-5 0.17 0.22 0.23 0.17 41
6 ft x 5 ft x 7 in.
0<2* 0.23 0.68 0.33 0.17 0.32 0.19 0.56 0.17
2<3 0.20 0.34 0.35 0.17 52
3-5 0.17 0.24 0.25 0.17 48
6 ft x 6 ft x 7 in.
0<2* 0.21 0.72 0.37 0.17 0.34 0.19 0.55 0.17
2<3 0.18 0.37 0.38 0.17 52
3-5 0.17 0.26 0.28 0.17 52
*top slab 8.0 in.
18
7 ft x 2 ft x 8 in.
Design
Earth
Cover, ft
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq in./ ft
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, in.
0<2 0.38 0.60 0.26 0.19 0.22 0.19 0.75 0.19
2<3 0.38 0.24 0.24 0.19 46
3-5 0.27 0.19 0.19 0.19 44
7 ft x 3 ft x 8 in.
0<2 0.36 0.57 0.32 0.19 0.25 0.19 0.71 0.19
2<3 0.33 0.29 0.30 0.19 44
3-5 0.23 0.21 0.21 0.19 42
7 ft x 4 ft x 8 in.
0<2 0.34 0.61 0.37 0.19 0.27 0.19 0.70 0.19
2<3 0.29 0.34 0.34 0.19 44
3-5 0.21 0.24 0.25 0.19 42
7 ft x 5 ft x 8 in.
0<2 0.32 0.65 0.42 0.19 0.30 0.19 0.69 0.19
2<3 0.26 0.37 0.38 0.19 49
3-5 0.19 0.27 0.28 0.19 46
7 ft x 6 ft x 8 in.
0<2 0.29 0.69 0.46 0.19 0.32 0.19 0.67 0.19
2<3 0.23 0.40 0.42 0.19 59
3-5 0.19 0.29 0.30 0.19 55
7 ft x 7 ft x 8 in.
0<2 0.27 0.73 0.50 0.19 0.34 0.19 0.65 0.19
2<3 0.21 0.43 0.45 0.19 59
3-5 0.19 0.31 0.33 0.19 59
8 ft x 2 ft x 8 in.
0<2 0.47 0.50 0.29 0.19 0.23 0.19 0.61 0.19
2<3 0.51 0.30 0.31 0.19 50
3-5 0.36 0.22 0.22 0.19 48
19
8 ft x 3 ft x 8 in.
Design
Earth
Cover, ft
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq in./ ft
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, in.
0<2 0.43 0.49 0.35 0.19 0.26 0.19 0.58 0.19
2<3 0.45 0.36 0.37 0.19 48
3-5 0.32 0.26 0.27 0.19 45
8 ft x 4 ft x 8 in.
0<2 0.40 0.52 0.40 0.19 0.29 0.19 0.57 0.19
2<3 0.40 0.42 0.43 0.19 45
3-5 0.28 0.30 0.31 0.19 45
8 ft x 5 ft x 8 in.
0<2 0.37 0.56 0.45 0.19 0.31 0.19 0.56 0.19
2<3 0.36 0.46 0.47 0.19 48
3-5 0.26 0.33 0.34 0.19 45
8 ft x 6 ft x 8 in.
0<2 0.34 0.61 0.49 0.19 0.33 0.19 0.56 0.19
2<3 0.33 0.50 0.52 0.19 56
3-5 0.24 0.36 0.37 0.19 50
8 ft x 7 ft x 8 in.
0<2 0.32 0.65 0.53 0.19 0.35 0.19 0.56 0.19
2<3 0.30 0.53 0.56 0.19 65
3-5 0.22 0.38 0.40 0.19 61
8 ft x 8 ft x 8 in.
0<2 0.30 0.69 0.57 0.19 0.36 0.19 0.55 0.19
2<3 0.28 0.56 0.59 0.19 65
3-5 0.20 0.40 0.43 0.19 65
9 ft x 2 ft x 9 in.
0<2 0.46 0.35 0.26 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.47 0.22
2<3 0.58 0.32 0.32 0.22 55
3-5 0.41 0.23 0.23 0.22 52
20
9 ft x 3 ft x 9 in.
Design
Earth
Cover, ft
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq in./ ft
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, in.
0<2 0.42 0.35 0.32 0.22 0.23 0.22 0.47 0.22
2<3 0.52 0.38 0.39 0.22 52
3-5 0.37 0.27 0.28 0.22 49
9 ft x 4 ft x 9 in.
0<2 0.38 0.38 0.36 0.22 0.25 0.22 0.47 0.22
2<3 0.47 0.44 0.45 0.22 52
3-5 0.33 0.31 0.32 0.22 49
9 ft x 5 ft x 9 in.
0<2 0.35 0.41 0.41 0.22 0.28 0.22 0.47 0.22
2<3 0.43 0.49 0.5 0.22 49
3-5 0.30 0.35 0.36 0.22 49
9 ft x 6 ft x 9 in.
0<2 0.32 0.44 0.44 0.22 0.29 0.22 0.47 0.22
2<3 0.39 0.53 0.54 0.22 55
3-5 0.28 0.38 0.39 0.22 52
9 ft x 7 ft x 9 in.
0<2 0.30 0.46 0.48 0.22 0.31 0.22 0.45 0.22
2<3 0.36 0.56 0.59 0.22 64
3-5 0.26 0.40 0.42 0.22 58
9 ft x 8 ft x 9 in.
0<2 0.28 0.49 0.52 0.22 0.33 0.22 0.45 0.22
2<3 0.33 0.60 0.63 0.22 72
3-5 0.24 0.43 0.45 0.22 72
9 ft x 9 ft x 9 in.
0<2 0.27 0.51 0.55 0.22 0.34 0.22 0.45 0.22
2<3 0.31 0.63 0.66 0.22 72
3-5 0.23 0.45 0.48 0.22 72
21
10 ft x 2 ft x 10 in.
Design
Earth
Cover, ft
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq in./ ft
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, in.
0<2 0.46 0.29 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.34 0.24
2<3 0.66 0.33 0.34 0.24 59
3-5 0.46 0.24 0.24 0.24 59
10 ft x 3 ft x 10 in.
0<2 0.44 0.33 0.30 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24
2<3 0.59 0.40 0.41 0.24 59
3-5 0.42 0.29 0.29 0.24 56
10 ft x 4 ft x 10 in.
0<2 0.40 0.36 0.35 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24
2<3 0.54 0.46 0.47 0.24 56
3-5 0.38 0.33 0.34 0.24 52
10 ft x 5 ft x 10 in.
0<2 0.37 0.39 0.39 0.24 0.26 0.24 0.24 0.24
2<3 0.49 0.51 0.52 0.24 52
3-5 0.35 0.36 0.38 0.24 52
10 ft x 6 ft x 10 in.
0<2 0.34 0.42 0.43 0.24 0.28 0.24 0.42 0.24
2<3 0.45 0.55 0.57 0.24 56
3-5 0.33 0.40 0.41 0.24 52
10 ft x 7 ft x 10 in.
0<2 0.32 0.44 0.46 0.24 0.30 0.24 0.24 0.24
2<3 0.42 0.59 0.62 0.24 59
3-5 0.31 0.42 0.45 0.24 56
10 ft x 8 ft x 10 in.
0<2 0.30 0.47 0.50 0.24 0.31 0.24 0.24 0.24
2<3 0.39 0.63 0.66 0.24 75
3-5 0.29 0.45 0.48 0.24 66
22
10 ft x 9 ft x 10 in.
Design
Earth
Cover, ft
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq in./ ft
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, in.
0<2 0.28 0.49 0.53 0.24 0.33 0.24 0.24 0.24
2<3 0.37 0.66 0.70 0.24 79
3-5 0.27 0.47 0.51 0.24 79
10 ft x 10 ft x 10 in.
0<2 0.27 0.51 0.56 0.24 0.34 0.24 0.24 0.24
2<3 0.35 0.69 0.74 0.24 79
3-5 0.26 0.5 0.54 0.24 79
11 ft x 2 ft x 11 in.
0<2 0.50 0.27 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26
2<3 0.73 0.35 0.35 0.26 67
3-5 0.52 0.26 0.26 0.26 63
11 ft x 3 ft x 11 in.
0<2 0.45 0.31 0.29 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26
2<3 0.67 0.42 0.43 0.26 63
3-5 0.47 0.30 0.31 0.26 60
11 ft x 4 ft x 11 in.
0<2 0.41 0.34 0.33 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26
2<3 0.61 0.48 0.49 0.26 60
3-5 0.43 0.35 0.35 0.26 56
11 ft x 5 ft x 11 in.
0<2 0.38 0.37 0.37 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26
2<3 0.56 0.53 0.54 0.26 56
3-5 0.40 0.38 0.39 0.26 56
11 ft x 6 ft x 11 in.
0<2 0.35 0.40 0.40 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26
2<3 0.52 0.58 0.60 0.26 56
3-5 0.37 0.42 0.43 0.26 56
23
11 ft x 7 ft x 11 in.
Design
Earth
Cover, ft
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq in./ ft
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, in.
0<2 0.33 0.42 0.43 0.26 0.28 0.26 0.26 0.26
2<3 0.48 0.62 0.64 0.26 60
3-5 0.35 0.44 0.47 0.26 56
11 ft x 8 ft x 11 in.
0<2 0.31 0.45 0.47 0.26 0.30 0.26 0.26 0.26
2<3 0.45 0.66 0.69 0.26 67
3-5 0.33 0.47 0.50 0.26 63
11 ft x 9 ft x 11 in.
0<2 0.30 0.47 0.50 0.26 0.31 0.26 0.26 0.26
2<3 0.43 0.69 0.73 0.26 85
3-5 0.31 0.49 0.53 0.26 70
11 ft x 10 ft x 11 in.
0<2 0.28 0.49 0.53 0.26 0.33 0.26 0.26 0.26
2<3 0.41 0.73 0.77 0.26 86
3-5 0.30 0.52 0.56 0.26 86
11 ft x 11 ft x 11 in.
0<2 0.27 0.51 0.56 0.26 0.34 0.26 0.26 0.26
2<3 0.39 0.76 0.81 0.26 86
3-5 0.29 0.55 0.59 0.26 86
12 ft x 2 ft x 12 in.
0<2 0.51 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29
2<3 0.81 0.37 0.37 0.29 71
3-5 0.57 0.29 0.29 0.29 68
12 ft x 3 ft x 12 in.
0<2 0.46 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29
2<3 0.74 0.44 0.44 0.29 68
3-5 0.53 0.32 0.32 0.29 64
24
12 ft x 4 ft x 12 in.
Design
Earth
Cover, ft
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq in./ ft
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, in.
0<2 0.42 0.33 0.31 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29
2<3 0.68 0.50 0.51 0.29 64
3-5 0.49 0.36 0.37 0.29 60
12 ft x 5 ft x 12 in.
0<2 0.39 0.35 0.34 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29
2<3 0.63 0.55 0.56 0.29 64
3-5 0.45 0.40 0.41 0.29 60
12 ft x 6 ft x 12 in.
0<2 0.36 0.38 0.38 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29
2<3 0.59 0.60 0.62 0.29 60
3-5 0.42 0.44 0.45 0.29 56
12 ft x 7 ft x 11 in.
0<2 0.34 0.41 0.42 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29
2<3 0.55 0.65 0.67 0.29 60
3-5 0.40 0.47 0.49 0.29 60
12 ft x 8 ft x 12 in.
0<2 0.32 0.43 0.45 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29
2<3 0.52 0.69 0.72 0.29 67
3-5 0.38 0.50 0.52 0.29 64
12 ft x 9 ft x 12 in.
0<2 0.30 0.45 0.47 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29
2<3 0.49 0.73 0.76 0.29 75
3-5 0.36 0.52 0.56 0.29 68
12 ft x 10 ft x 12 in.
0<2 0.29 0.48 0.50 0.29 0.30 0.29 0.29 0.29
2<3 0.46 0.76 0.80 0.29 93
3-5 0.34 0.55 0.59 0.29 79
25
12 ft x 11 ft x 12 in.
Design
Earth
Cover, ft
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq in./ ft
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, in.
0<2 0.29 0.50 0.53 0.29 0.32 0.29 0.29 0.29
2<3 0.44 0.79 0.85 0.29 91
3-5 0.33 0.57 0.62 0.29 79
12 ft x 12 ft x 12 in.
0<2 0.29 0.52 0.56 0.29 0.33 0.29 0.29 0.29
2<3 0.43 0.83 0.89 0.29 93
3-5 0.32 0.60 0.65 0.29 93
0.9 m x 0.6 m x 102 mm
Design
Earth
Cover, m
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq mm/ m
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, mm
0<0.6* 360 2328 635 212 593 360 1947 296
0.6<0.9 296 381 402 212 787
0.9-1.5 212 254 254 212 737
0.9 m x 0.9 m x 102 mm
0<0.6* 360 2477 699 212 657 360 1947 296
0.6<0.9 212 466 466 212 787
0.9-1.5 212 296 296 212 787
*top slab 178 mm, bottom slab 152 mm
1.2 m x 0.6 m x 127 mm
0<0.6* 445 1863 550 254 593 381 1884 296
0.6<0.9 423 445 423 254 838
0.9-1.5 275 275 296 254 813
*top slab 191 mm, bottom slab 152 mm
1.2 m x 0.9 m x 127 mm
0<0.6* 381 2159 656 254 677 381 1842 296
0.6<0.9 339 529 508 254 965
0.9-1.5 254 339 360 254 864
*top slab 191 mm, bottom slab 152 mm
26
1.2 m x 1.2 m x 127 mm
Design
Earth
Cover, m
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq mm/ m
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, mm
0<0.6* 381 2286 720 254 720 381 1820 296
0.6<0.9 275 593 572 254 965
0.9-1.5 254 381 402 254 965
*top slab 191 mm, bottom slab 152 mm
1.5 m x 0.6 m x 152 mm
0<0.6* 572 1334 487 296 508 402 402 360
0.6<0.9 529 466 423 296 940
0.9-1.5 360 318 318 296 889
1.5 m x 0.9 m x 152 mm
0<0.6* 423 1524 572 296 614 402 1503 360
0.6<0.9 445 550 529 296 940
0.9-1.5 296 381 381 296 889
1.5 m x 1.2 m x 152 mm
0<0.6* 402 1651 635 296 656 402 1482 360
0.6<0.9 381 635 593 296 1143
0.9-1.5 296 423 445 296 1016
1.5 m x 1.5 m x 152 mm
0<0.6* 402 1736 699 296 720 402 1461 360
0.6<0.9 339 699 677 296 1143
0.9-1.5 296 466 487 296 1143
*top slab 203 mm, bottom slab 178 mm
1.8 m x 0.6 m x 178 mm
0<0.6* 699 1080 445 360 487 402 1291 360
0.6<0.9 656 466 466 360 1067
0.9-1.5 466 360 360 360 1041
1.8 m x 0.9 m x 178 mm
0<0.6* 572 1228 550 360 572 402 1228 360
0.6<0.9 550 572 572 360 1041
0.9-1.5 381 402 423 360 991
*top slab 203 mm
27
1.8 m x 1.2 m x 178 mm
Design
Earth
Cover, m
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq mm/ m
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, mm
0<0.6* 529 1355 635 360 635 402 1207 360
0.6<0.9 487 656 656 360 1067
0.9-1.5 360 466 487 360 1041
1.8 m x 1.5 m x 178 mm
0<0.6* 487 1439 699 360 677 402 1185 360
0.6<0.9 423 720 741 360 1321
0.9-1.5 360 508 529 360 1219
1.8 m x 1.8 m x 178 mm
0<0.6* 445 1524 783 360 720 402 1164 360
0.6<0.9 381 783 804 360 1321
0.9-1.5 360 550 593 360 1321
*top slab 203 mm
2.1 m x 0.6 m x 203 mm
0<0.6 804 1270 550 402 466 402 1588 402
0.6<0.9 804 508 508 402 1168
0.9-1.5 572 402 402 402 1118
2.1 m x 0.9 m x 203 mm
0<0.6 762 1207 677 402 529 402 1503 402
0.6<0.9 699 614 635 402 1118
0.9-1.5 487 445 445 402 1067
2.1 m x 1.2 m x 203 mm
0<0.6 720 1291 783 402 572 402 1482 402
0.6<0.9 614 720 720 402 1118
0.9-1.5 445 508 529 402 1067
2.1 m x 1.5 m x 203 mm
0<0.6 677 1376 889 402 635 402 1461 402
0.6<0.9 550 783 804 402 1245
0.9-1.5 402 572 593 402 1168
28
2.1 m x 1.8 m x 203 mm
Design
Earth
Cover, m
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq mm/ m
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, mm
0<0.6 614 1461 974 402 677 402 1418 402
0.6<0.9 487 847 889 402 1499
0.9-1.5 402 614 635 402 1397
2.1 m x 2.1 m x 203 mm
0<0.6 572 1545 1058 402 720 402 1376 402
0.6<0.9 445 910 953 402 1499
0.9-1.5 402 656 699 402 1499
2.4 m x 0.6 m x 203 mm
0<0.6 995 1058 614 402 487 402 1291 402
0.6<0.9 1080 635 656 402 1270
0.9-1.5 762 466 466 402 1219
2.4 m x 0.9 m x 203 mm
0<0.6 910 1037 741 402 550 402 1228 402
0.6<0.9 953 762 783 402 1219
0.9-1.5 677 550 572 402 1143
2.4 m x 1.2 m x 203 mm
0<0.6 847 1101 847 402 614 402 1207 402
0.6<0.9 847 889 910 402 1143
0.9-1.5 593 635 656 402 1143
2.4 m x 1.5 m x 203 mm
0<0.6 783 1185 953 402 656 402 1185 402
0.6<0.9 762 974 995 402 1219
0.9-1.5 550 699 720 402 1143
2.4 m x 1.8 m x 203 mm
0<0.6 720 1291 1037 402 699 402 1185 402
0.6<0.9 699 1058 1101 402 1422
0.9-1.5 508 762 783 402 1270
29
2.4 m x 2.1 m x 203 mm
Design
Earth
Cover, m
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq mm/ m
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, mm
0<0.6 677 1376 1122 402 741 402 1185 402
0.6<0.9 635 1122 1185 402 1651
0.9-1.5 466 804 847 402 1549
2.4 m x 2.4 m x 203 mm
0<0.6 635 1461 1207 402 762 402 1164 402
0.6<0.9 593 1185 1249 402 1651
0.9-1.5 423 847 910 402 1651
2.7 m x 0.6 m x 229 mm
0<0.6 974 741 550 466 466 466 995 466
0.6<0.9 1228 677 677 466 1397
0.9-1.5 868 487 487 466 1321
2.7 m x 0.9 m x 229 mm
0<0.6 889 741 677 466 487 466 995 466
0.6<0.9 1101 804 826 466 1321
0.9-1.5 783 572 593 466 1245
2.7 m x 1.2 m x 229 mm
0<0.6 804 804 762 466 529 466 998 466
0.6<0.9 995 931 953 466 1321
0.9-1.5 699 656 677 466 1245
2.7 m x 1.5 m x 229 mm
0<0.6 741 868 868 466 593 466 995 466
0.6<0.9 910 1037 1058 466 1245
0.9-1.5 635 741 762 466 1245
2.7 m x 1.8 m x 229 mm
0<0.6 677 931 931 466 614 466 995 466
0.6<0.9 826 1122 1143 466 1397
0.9-1.5 593 804 826 466 1321
30
2.7 m x 2.1 m x 229 mm
Design
Earth
Cover, m
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq mm/ m
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, mm
0<0.6 635 974 1016 466 656 466 953 466
0.6<0.9 762 1185 1249 466 1626
0.9-1.5 550 847 889 466 1473
2.7 m x 2.4 m x 229 mm
0<0.6 593 1037 1101 466 699 466 953 466
0.6<0.9 699 1270 1334 466 1829
0.9-1.5 508 910 953 466 1829
2.7 m x 2.7 m x 229 mm
0<0.6 572 1080 1164 466 720 466 953 466
0.6<0.9 656 1334 1397 466 1829
0.9-1.5 487 953 1016 466 1829
3 m x 0.6 m x 254 mm
0<0.6 974 614 508 508 508 508 720 508
0.6<0.9 1397 699 720 508 1499
0.9-1.5 974 508 508 508 1499
3 m x 0.9 m x 254 mm
0<0.6 931 699 635 508 508 508 508 508
0.6<0.9 1249 847 868 508 1499
0.9-1.5 889 614 618 508 1422
3 m x 1.2 m x 254 mm
0<0.6 847 762 741 508 508 508 508 508
0.6<0.9 1143 974 995 508 1422
0.9-1.5 804 699 720 508 1321
3 m x 1.5 m x 254 mm
0<0.6 783 826 826 508 550 508 508 508
0.6<0.9 1037 1080 1101 508 1321
0.9-1.5 741 762 804 508 1321
31
3 m x 1.8 m x 254 mm
Design
Earth
Cover, m
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq mm/ m
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, mm
0<0.6 720 889 910 508 593 508 889 508
0.6<0.9 952 1164 1207 508 1422
0.9-1.5 699 847 868 508 1321
3 m x 2.1 m x 254 mm
0<0.6 677 931 974 508 635 508 508 508
0.6<0.9 889 1249 1312 508 1499
0.9-1.5 656 889 953 508 1422
3 m x 2.4 m x 254 mm
0<0.6 635 995 1058 508 656 508 508 508
0.6<0.9 826 1334 1397 508 1905
0.9-1.5 614 953 1016 508 1676
3 m x 2.7 m x 254 mm
0<0.6 593 1037 1122 508 699 508 508 508
0.6<0.9 783 1397 1482 508 2007
0.9-1.5 572 995 1080 508 2007
3 m x 3 m x 254 mm
0<0.6 572 1080 1185 508 720 508 508 508
0.6<0.9 741 1461 1566 508 2007
0.9-1.5 550 1058 1143 508 2007
3.4 m x 0.6 m x 279 mm
0<0.6 1058 572 550 550 550 550 550 550
0.6<0.9 1545 741 741 550 1702
0.9-1.5 1101 550 550 550 1600
3.4 m x 0.9 m x 279 mm
0<0.6 953 656 614 550 550 550 550 550
0.6<0.9 1418 889 910 550 1600
0.9-1.5 995 635 656 550 1524
32
3.4 m x 1.2 m x 279 mm
Design
Earth
Cover, m
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq mm/ m
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, mm
0<0.6 868 720 699 550 550 550 550 550
0.6<0.9 1291 1016 1037 550 1524
0.9-1.5 910 741 741 550 1422
3.4 m x 1.5 m x 279 mm
0<0.6 804 783 783 550 550 550 550 550
0.6<0.9 1185 1122 1143 550 1422
0.9-1.5 847 804 826 550 1422
3.4 m x 1.8 m x 279 mm
0<0.6 741 847 847 550 550 550 550 550
0.6<0.9 1101 1228 1270 550 1422
0.9-1.5 783 889 910 550 1422
3.4 m x 2.1 m x 279 mm
0<0.6 699 889 910 550 593 550 550 550
0.6<0.9 1016 1312 1355 550 1524
0.9-1.5 741 931 995 550 1422
3.4 m x 2.4 m x 279 mm
0<0.6 656 953 995 550 635 550 550 550
0.6<0.9 953 1397 1461 550 1702
0.9-1.5 699 995 1058 550 1600
3.4 m x 2.7 m x 279 mm
0<0.6 635 995 1058 550 656 550 550 550
0.6<0.9 910 1461 1545 550 2159
0.9-1.5 656 1037 1122 550 1778
3.4 m x 3 m x 279 mm
0<0.6 593 1037 1122 550 699 550 550 550
0.6<0.9 868 1545 1630 550 2184
0.9-1.5 635 1101 1185 550 2184
33
3.4 m x 3.4 m x 279 mm
Design
Earth
Cover, m
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq mm/ m
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, mm
0<0.6 572 1080 1185 550 720 550 550 550
0.6<0.9 826 1609 1715 550 2184
0.9-1.5 614 1164 1249 550 2184
3.7 m x 0.6 m x 305 mm
0<0.6 1080 614 614 614 614 614 614 614
0.6<0.9 1715 783 783 614 1803
0.9-1.5 1207 614 614 614 1727
3.7 m x 0.9 m x 305 mm
0<0.6 974 614 614 614 614 614 614 614
0.6<0.9 1566 931 931 614 1727
0.9-1.5 1122 677 677 614 1626
3.7 m x 1.2 m x 305 mm
0<0.6 889 699 656 614 614 614 614 614
0.6<0.9 1439 1058 1080 614 1626
0.9-1.5 1037 762 783 614 1524
3.7 m x 1.5 m x 305 mm
0<0.6 826 741 720 614 614 614 614 614
0.6<0.9 1334 1164 1185 614 1626
0.9-1.5 953 847 868 614 1524
3.7 m x 1.8 m x 305 mm
0<0.6 762 804 804 614 614 614 614 614
0.6<0.9 1249 1270 1312 614 1524
0.9-1.5 889 931 953 614 1422
3.7 m x 2.1 m x 305 mm
0<0.6 720 868 889 614 614 614 614 614
0.6<0.9 1164 1376 1418 614 1524
0.9-1.5 847 995 1037 614 1524
34
3.7 m x 2.4 m x 305 mm
Design
Earth
Cover, m
Circumferential Reinforcement Areas, sq mm/ m
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As6 As7 As8 “M”, mm
0<0.6 677 910 953 614 614 614 614 614
0.6<0.9 1101 1461 1524 614 1702
0.9-1.5 804 1058 1101 614 1626
3.7 m x 2.7 m x 305 mm
0<0.6 635 953 995 614 614 614 614 614
0.6<0.9 1037 1545 1609 614 1905
0.9-1.5 762 1101 1185 614 1727
3.7 m x 3 m x 305 mm
0<0.6 614 1016 1058 614 635 614 614 614
0.6<0.9 974 1609 1693 614 2362
0.9-1.5 720 1164 1249 614 2007
3.7 m x 3.4 m x 305 mm
0<0.6 614 1058 1122 614 677 614 614 614
0.6<0.9 931 1672 1799 614 2311
0.9-1.5 699 1207 1312 614 2007
3.7 m x 3.7 m x 305 mm
0<0.6 614 1101 1185 614 699 614 614 614
0.6<0.9 910 1757 1884 614 2362
0.9-1.5 677 1270 1376 614 2362”
540.07 Method of Measurement. Revise the last sentence of the third paragraph
of Article 540.07(b) to read:
“ End sections will be measured for payment as each, with each end of each
culvert being one each. For multi-cell box culverts, end sections will be
measured for payment as each, with each cell of each end of culvert being
one each.”
Add the following between the third and fourth paragraphs of Article 540.07(b):
“ Traversable pipe grate will be measured for payment according to
Article 542.11.”
540.08 Basis of Payment. Add the following between the fifth and sixth
paragraphs of Article 540.08:
“ Traversable pipe grate will be paid for according to Article 542.12.“
35
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 542. PIPE CULVERTS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
542.01 Description. Revise the first paragraph of this Article to read:
“ This work shall consist of furnishing and installing pipe culverts and
appurtenances.”
542.02 Materials. Add the following to this Article:
“ (ee) Structural Steel .................................................................................. 1006.04
(ff) High Strength Steel Bolts, Nuts, Washers .......................................... 1006.08
(gg) Anchor Bolts and Rods ...................................................................... 1006.09
(hh) Chemical Adhesive Resin System ........................................................... 1027”
542.03 Material Permitted. Replace Tables IIIA and IIIB of this Article with the
following:
(SEE TABLES ON NEXT 4 PAGES)
36
37
38
39
40
542.07 End Treatment. Revise Article 542.07 to read:
“ 542.07 End Treatment. When an end treatment is required, it will be shown
on the plans. When a particular type of end treatment is specified, only that type shall
be used.
When the pipe is at a 15 degree skew or less with the roadway, the diameter is
84 in. (2100 mm) or less, and an end treatment is required but the type of treatment is
not specified on the plans, the Contractor shall have the option of using either a cast-
in-place reinforced concrete end section or a prefabricated end section of precast
reinforced concrete or metal. When a prefabricated end section is used, it shall be of
the same material as the pipe culvert, except for polyethylene (PE), polyvinylchloride
(PVC), and polypropylene (PP) pipes which shall have metal end sections.
(a) Concrete End Sections. Concrete end sections shall be constructed
according to the details shown on the plans in addition to the following.
Concrete end sections may be precast or cast-in-place construction. Toe
walls shall be either precast or cast-in-place, and shall be in proper position
and backfilled according to the applicable paragraphs of Article 502.10 prior
to the installation of the concrete end sections. If soil conditions permit,
cast-in-place toe walls may be poured directly against the soil. When
poured directly against the soil, the clear cover of the sides and bottom of
the toe wall shall be increased to 3 in. (75 mm) by increasing the thickness
of the toe wall.
(1) Cast-In-Place Reinforced Concrete End Section. Cast-in-place
concrete end sections shall be constructed of Class SI concrete
according to Section 503, except the 14-day mix design shall have a
compressive strength of 5000 psi (34,500 kPa) or a flexural strength of
800 psi (5500 kPa) and a minimum cement factor of 6.65 cwt/cu yd
(395 kg/cu m).
(2) Precast Reinforced Concrete End Section. Precast concrete end
sections shall be according to Articles 1042.02 and 1042.03, except the
concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 5000 psi
(34,000 kPa) at 28 days.
Joints between precast sections shall be produced with reinforced
tongue and groove ends according to the requirements of
ASTM C 1577.
The granular bedding placed below the precast end section shall be
gradation CA 6, CA 9, CA 10, CA 12, CA 17, CA 18, or CA 19.
All components of the culvert tie detail shall be structural steel and
galvanized according to AASHTO M 111 or M 232, as applicable.
Anchor rods for the culvert ties shall be according to ASTM F 1554,
Grade 105 (Grade 725). Anchor rods connecting precast sections shall
be brought to a snug tight condition as per Article 505.04(f)(2)d.
followed by an additional 2/3 turn on one of the nuts.
41
When individual, precast end sections are placed side-by-side for a
multi-pipe culvert installation, a 3 in. (75 mm) space shall be left
between adjacent end section walls and the space(s) filled with Class SI
concrete.
(3) Precast Reinforced Concrete Flared End Section. End blocks shall be
either precast or cast in place, and shall be in proper position and
backfilled according to the applicable paragraphs of Article 502.10 prior
to the installation of the precast reinforced concrete flared end sections.
(4) Traversable Pipe Grate for Concrete End Section. Traversable pipe
grate for concrete end section shall be fabricated of structural steel
according to Section 505. All steel pipe shall be according to
ASTM A 53 (Type E or S), Grade B, or ASTM A 500 Grade B, standard
weight Schedule 40. Structural steel shapes and plates shall be
according to AASHTO M 270 Grade 50 (M 270M Grade 345). All steel
components of the grating system shall be galvanized according to
AASHTO M 111 or M 232. Anchor rods shall be according to
ASTM F 1554, Grade 36 (Grade 250). Threaded rods conforming to the
requirements of ASTM F 1554, Grade 105 (Grade 725) may be used for
the thru bolts.
Splicing of pipes shall be made by utilizing full penetration butt welds
according to Article 505.04(q). In lieu of welding, bolted or sleeve type
splices may be utilized, provided the splices are located over
intermediate supports with no more than one splice per pipe run with
the exception that no splice may occur in pipe runs under 30 ft (9 m) in
length.
(b) Metal End Sections. Metal end sections shall be constructed as shown on
the plans in addition to the following. Assembly, hardware, and rods shall be
according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
(1) Metal Flared End Section. Metal flared end sections shall be fabricated
of aluminum or steel, and all component parts shall be of the same
material. When steel end sections are used, the base metal, rivets and
spelter coating shall be according to AASHTO M 36 (M 36M). When
aluminum end sections are used, the material shall be according to
AASHTO M 196 (M 196M). Toe plates shall be furnished and the metal
thickness shall be the same as that used in the end section.
All 3-piece bodies shall have 0.109 in. (2.77 mm) sides and 0.138 in.
(3.51 mm) center panels. Width of center panels shall be greater than
20 percent of the pipe periphery. Multiple panel bodies shall have lap
seams which shall be tightly jointed with 3/8 in. (M10) rivets or bolts.
(2) Sloped Metal End Section. Sloped metal end sections shall be
fabricated of steel and all component parts shall be of the same
material. The base metal, bolts, and spelter coating shall be according
to AASHTO M 36 (M 36M). Toe plates shall be furnished and the metal
thickness shall be the same as that used in the end section.
42
(3) Traversable Pipe Grate for Sloped Metal End Section. Traversable pipe
grate components for sloped metal end sections shall be according to
ASTM A 53, (Type E or S), Grade B, or ASTM A 500 Grade B, standard
weight Schedule 40. All steel components of the grating system shall
be galvanized according to AASHTO M 111 or M 232, as applicable.
(c) Inlet Boxes, General. Inlet boxes shall be constructed as shown on the
plans and shall be either cast-in-place or precast units.
When inlet boxes are cast-in-place, they shall be constructed of Class SI
concrete according to the applicable requirements of Section 503.
When precast units are used, they shall be fabricated according to
Article 1042.08. A 3 in. (75 mm) deep bedding of aggregate shall be
provided under the full width and length of the unit.
For both cast-in-place and precast units, the lap length of reinforcement bars
shall be 13 in. (325 mm) and exposed edges of concrete shall be beveled
3/4 in. (19 mm).
Excavation and backfill shall be performed according to the applicable
portions of Section 502. All voids around the pipe entrance, both inside and
out, shall be sealed with mortar.
(1) Inlet Box, Standards 542501, 542506, 542511, 542516, 542521,
542536, and 542541. Galvanized steel pipe shall meet the
requirements of ASTM A 53, Grade B, Schedule 40. Galvanized
U-bolts, nuts, and washers shall meet the requirements of
Article 1006.27(f). Structural steel plates shall be galvanized according
to AASHTO M 111 after fabrication.
(2) Inlet Box, Standards 542526, 542531, and 542546. Grating and frames
shall be steel or cast grating fabricated according to the details shown
on the plans and shall be approved by the Engineer. Structural steel
grating and frames shall be galvanized according to requirements of
AASHTO M 111 after fabrication. Cast grating shall be according to
Article 1006.15, Grade 60-40-18, or to Article 1006.14. Cast frames
shall be according to Article 1006.14. Cast grating and frames shall not
be galvanized.
Either steel frames and grating or cast frames and grating may be used
at the Contractor's option, but steel frames with cast grating or cast
frames with steel grating will not be permitted.
Pressure lock type steel grating and riveted steel grating with reticuline
bars will be accepted for galvanizing according to the requirements of
AASHTO M 111.
Steel grating shall seat firmly in the frame but shall not be secured to
the frame. The grating shall be cut in such manner that all riveted or
welded connections are left intact. The edges of the main bearing bars
shall be laterally supported by transverse bars. Grating shall be
43
approved by the Engineer. All welding shall be done according to the
applicable requirements of Section 505, and shall be done before
galvanizing.
a. Standards 542526 and 542531. The steel grating shall have the
main bearing bars running perpendicular to the centerline of the
inlet box. The main bearing bars shall have a minimum section
modulus of 3.29 cu in./ft (176,900 cu mm/m) width of grating. The
cross sectional shape shall be rectangular or a modified "I" but
shall not have any flanges which would retain trash. The length
and width of the grating shall be such as to leave no more than
5/8 in. (16 mm) clearance on either side when placed in the frame.
b. Standard 542546. The steel grating shall have the main bearing
bars running parallel to the centerline of the median. The main
bearing bars shall be as specified or shall be 3 1/2 in. (89 mm) in
depth and have a minimum section modulus of 3.78 cu in./ft
(203,200 cu mm/m) width of grating with a maximum spacing of
2 in. (50 mm) center-to-center.”
542.11 Method of Measurement. Add the following to the end of Article 542.11:
“ End sections will be measured for payment as each, with each end of each
culvert being one each.
Traversable pipe grates will be measured for payment in place in feet (meters).
The length measured shall be along the pipe grate elements from end to end for both
longitudinal and intermediate support pipes.”
542.12 Basis of Payment. Add the following to the end of Article 542.12:
“ When specified on the plans, sloped metal end section with or without grate will
be paid for at the contract unit price per each for SLOPED METAL END SECTION,
STANDARD 542411, SLOPED METAL END SECTION WITH GRATE, STANDARD
542411, SLOPED METAL END SECTION, STANDARD 542416, or SLOPED METAL
END SECTION WITH GRATE, STANDARD 542416, of the pipe diameter and slope
specified.
When the Contractor has the option of using either cast-in-place or precast
concrete end sections, the work will be paid for at the contract unit price per each for
CONCRETE END SECTION, STANDARD 542001 or CONCRETE END SECTION,
542011, of the pipe diameter and slope specified.
Traversable pipe grates will be paid for at the contract unit price per foot (meter)
for TRAVERSABLE PIPE GRATE FOR CONCRETE END SECTION.”
44
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 550. STORM SEWERS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
550.03 Material Permitted. Replace the storm sewer tables of this Article with the
following:
(SEE TABLES ON NEXT 6 PAGES)
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 586. GRANULAR BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
586.02 Materials. Revise this Article to read:
“ 586.02 Materials. Materials shall be according to the following.
Item Article/Section
(a)Coarse Aggregates (Note 1) .............................................................. 1004.05
Note 1. Mechanical compaction may be required for CA 6 and CA 10
gradations, as determined by the Engineer.”
586.03 General. Delete the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Article.
586.04 Method of Measurement. Revise Article 586.04(b) to read:
“ (b) Measured Quantities. This work will be measured for payment in place and
the volume computed in cubic yards (cubic meters). The volume will be
determined by the method of average end areas behind the abutment or by
digital elevation modeling.”
52
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 601. PIPE DRAINS, PIPE UNDERDRAINS, AND FRENCH DRAINS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
601.01 Description. Revise the description for pipe underdrains for structures in the
table of this Article to read:
“Type Description
Pipe Underdrains for
Structures
A perforated pipe, without fabric, installed in fabric
lined trench backfilled with coarse aggregate.”
601.02 Materials. Delete Article 601.02(g)(6).
Revise Note 5 of Article 601.02 to read:
“ Note 5. Coarse aggregate shall meet the requirements of Section 586.”
53
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 630. STEEL PLATE BEAM GUARDRAIL
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
630.08 Basis of Payment. Revise the first sentence of this Article to read:
“ This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per foot (meter) for
NON-BLOCKED STEEL PLATE BEAM GUARDRAIL, 6 FOOT (1.83 M) POSTS;
NON-BLOCKED STEEL PLATE BEAM GUARDRAIL, 9 FOOT (2.74 M) POSTS;
STEEL PLATE BEAM GUARDRAIL, TYPE A, 6 FOOT (1.83 M) POSTS; STEEL
PLATE BEAM GUARDRAIL, TYPE A, 9 FOOT (2.74 M) POSTS; STEEL PLATE
BEAM GUARDRAIL, TYPE B, 6 FOOT (1.83 M) POSTS; STEEL PLATE BEAM
GUARDRAIL, TYPE B, 9 FOOT (2.74 M) POSTS; or STEEL PLATE BEAM
GUARDRAIL, TYPE D, 6 FOOT (1.83 M) POSTS.”
54
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 632. GUARDRAIL AND CABLE ROAD GUARD REMOVAL
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
Replace Section 632 of the Standard Specifications with the following:
“SECTION 632. GUARDRAIL, CABLE ROAD GUARD, AND HIGH TENSION
CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER REMOVAL
632.01 Description. This work shall consist of the removal and disposal of
existing guardrail (including traffic barrier terminals), cable road guard, and high
tension cable (HTC) median barrier.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
632.02 General. Posts and terminals shall be removed completely or cut off
at least 6 in. (150 mm) below the ground surface. Socket foundations shall be
removed at least 1 ft (300 mm) below the ground surface. All holes shall be filled and
tamped. Pavement or paved mow strip shall be level and free of protrusions or loose
pieces greater than 1 in. (25 mm).
HTC median barrier shall be disconnected at the nearest turnbuckle past the
removal limits. Mow strip, anchorage system, and other appurtenances within the
removal limits shall be removed according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
Materials that are to be salvaged under the contract or which the Engineer
deems fit for reuse shall be removed and stored at locations and in a manner
approved by the Engineer. Materials that are not to be salvaged or materials unfit for
reuse through no fault of the Contractor shall be removed and disposed of according
to Article 202.03.
632.03 Method of Measurement. This work will be measured for payment in
feet (meters), measured from the limits of removal as directed by the Engineer.
632.04 Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price
per foot (meter) for GUARDRAIL REMOVAL, CABLE ROAD GUARD REMOVAL, or
HIGH TENSION CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER REMOVAL.”
55
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 644. HIGH TENSION CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
644.02 Materials. Revise Note 2 of this Article to read:
“ Note 2. The wire rope (cable) shall be according to AASHTO M 30, Type 1
with Class A coating, of the diameter shown in the manufacturer’s
specifications. Additionally, the wire rope shall be prestretched and shall
have a minimum breaking strength of 39,900 lbs (177 kN) for 3/4 in. (19 mm)
wire rope (individual wire strength equivalent to 174,000 psi
(1200 N/sq mm)) and the prestretched wire rope shall have a minimum
modulus of elasticity of 11,805,000 psi (8300 kg/sq mm).”
644.05 Line Post Foundations. Revise the first paragraph of this Article to read:
“ 644.05 Line Posts. Line posts for the HTC median barrier shall consist of
driving posts directly into the soil or setting posts in driven sockets or concrete socket
foundations. Posts shall be placed at the spacing and depth recommended by the
manufacturer.”
56
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 665. WOVEN WIRE FENCE
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
655.05 Basis of Payment. Revise the first sentence of this Article to read:
“ This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per foot (meter) for WOVEN
WIRE FENCE, and at the contract unit price per each for WOVEN WIRE GATES, of
the opening size and type specified.”
57
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 701. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PROTECTION
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
701.12 Personal Protective Equipment. Revise this Article to read:
“ 701.12 Personal Protective Equipment. All personnel on foot, excluding
flaggers, within the highway right-of-way shall wear a fluorescent orange, fluorescent
yellow/green, or a combination of fluorescent orange and fluorescent yellow/green
vest meeting the requirements of ANSI/ISEA 107 Type R Performance Class 2 high-
visibility safety apparel. Other types of garments may be substituted for the vest as
long as the garments have a manufacturer’s tag identifying them as meeting the
ANSI/ISEA 107 Type R Performance Class 2 requirement.”
701.13 Flaggers. Revise this Article to read:
“ 701.13 Flaggers and Spotters. Flaggers shall be certified by an agency
approved by the Department. While on the job site, each flagger shall have in his/her
possession a current driver’s license and a current flagger certification I.D. card. For
non-drivers, the Illinois Identification Card issued by the Secretary of State will meet
the requirement for a current driver’s license. This certification requirement may be
waived by the Engineer for emergency situations that arise due to actions beyond the
Contractor's control where flagging is needed to maintain safe traffic control on a
temporary basis. Spotters are defined as certified flaggers that provide support to
workers by monitoring traffic.
Flaggers and spotters shall be stationed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and
be equipped with a fluorescent orange, fluorescent yellow/green, or a combination of
fluorescent orange and fluorescent yellow/green vest meeting the requirements of
ANSI/ISEA 107 for Type R Performance Class 2 high-visibility safety apparel.
Flaggers shall be equipped with a stop/slow traffic control sign. Spotters shall be
equipped with a loud warning device. The warning sound shall be identifiable by
workers so they can take evasive action when necessary. Other types of garments
may be substituted for the vest as long as the garments have a manufacturer’s tag
identifying them as meeting the ANSI Class 2 requirement. The longitudinal
placement of the flagger may be increased up to 100 ft (30 m) from that shown on the
plans to improve the visibility of the flagger. Flaggers shall not encroach on the open
lane of traffic unless traffic has been stopped. Spotters shall not encroach on the
open lane of traffic, nor interact with or control the flow of traffic.
For nighttime flagging, flaggers shall be illuminated by an overhead light source
providing a minimum vertical illuminance of 10 fc (108 lux) measured 1 ft (300 mm)
58
out from the flagger’s chest. The bottom of any luminaire shall be a minimum of 10 ft
(3 m) above the pavement. Luminaire(s) shall be shielded to minimize glare to
approaching traffic and trespass light to adjoining properties. Nighttime flaggers shall
be equipped with fluorescent orange or fluorescent orange and fluorescent
yellow/green apparel meeting the requirements of ANSI/ISEA 107 for Type R
Performance Class 3 high-visibility safety apparel.
Flaggers and spotters shall be provided per the traffic control plan and as
follows.
(a) Two-Lane Highways. Two flaggers will be required for each separate
operation where two-way traffic is maintained over one lane of pavement.
Work operations controlled by flaggers shall be no more than 1 mile
(1600 m) in length. Flaggers shall be in sight of each other or in direct
communication at all times. Direct communication shall be obtained by
using portable two-way radios or walkie-talkies.
The Engineer will determine when a side road or entrance shall be closed to
traffic. A flagger will be required at each side road or entrance remaining
open to traffic within the operation where two-way traffic is maintained on
one lane of pavement. The flagger shall be positioned as shown on the
plans or as directed by the Engineer.
(b) Multi-Lane Highways. At all times where traffic is restricted to less than the
normal number of lanes on a multilane pavement with a posted speed limit
greater than 40 mph and the workers are present, but not separated from
the traffic by physical barriers, a flagger or spotter shall be furnished as
shown on the plans. Flaggers shall warn and direct traffic. Spotters shall
monitor traffic conditions and warn workers of errant approaching vehicles or
other hazardous conditions as they occur. One flagger will be required for
each separate activity of an operation that requires frequent encroachment
in a lane open to traffic. One spotter will be required for each separate
activity with workers near the edge of the open lane or with their backs
facing traffic.
Flaggers will not be required when no work is being performed, unless there is a
lane closure on two-lane, two-way pavement.”
59
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 781. RAISED REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
781.03 General. Revise the first sentence of the third paragraph in Article
781.03(b) to read:
“ All markers shall be monodirectional or bidirectional.”
781.05 Basis of Payment. Revise the first sentence of this Article to read:
“ This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per each for RAISED
REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKER, TEMPORARY RAISED REFLECTIVE
PAVEMENT MARKER, or REPLACEMENT REFLECTOR.”
60
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 782. REFLECTORS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
782.01 Description. Revise the first paragraph of this Article to read:
“ 782.01 Description. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing
reflectors on guardrail, barrier wall, high tension cable (HTC) median barrier, and
curbs.”
782.04 Guardrail and Barrier Wall Reflectors. Revise the first paragraph of this
Article to read:
“ 782.04 Guardrail, Barrier Wall, and High Tension Cable Median Barrier
Reflectors. Guardrail, barrier wall, and HTC median barrier reflectors shall be
vertical and perpendicular to the surface on which they are installed.”
Add the following to the end of Article 782.04:
“ (d) High Tension Cable Median Barrier Reflectors. HTC median barrier
reflectors shall be monodirectional, and attached to each anchorage post
and first line post. Beyond the first line post, the reflectors shall be spaced
according to the following table.
Reflector Spacing Table
Distance from HTC to Outside Edge of Shoulder Nominal Spacing
≤ 8 ft (2.4 m) 80 ft (24 m)
> 8 ft (2.4 m) but ≤ 30 ft (9.1 m) 400 ft (122 m)
> 30 ft (9.1 m) Omit Reflectors
HTC median barrier reflectors shall be attached at a minimum height of
24 in. (600 mm) above ground level at the base of the post. The method of
attaching HTC median barrier reflectors shall be as specified by the
manufacturer.”
782.07 Basis of Payment. Revise this Article to read:
“ 782.07 Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price
per each for GUARDRAIL REFLECTORS, of the type specified, BARRIER WALL
61
REFLECTORS, of the type specified, HIGH TENSION CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER
REFLECTORS, or CURB REFLECTORS.”
62
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 801. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
801.05 Submittals. Revise the first paragraph of Article 801.05(a) to read:
“ (a) Non-Traffic Signal Installations. Within 30 calendar days after contract
execution, the Contractor shall submit, for approval, one copy each of the
manufacturer’s product data for standard products and components and
detailed shop drawings for fabricated items.
(1) In addition to the requirements listed above, submittals for LED
luminaires shall include the following.
(a.) Completed manufacturer’s luminaire ordering form with the full
catalog number;
(b.) Descriptive literature and catalog cuts for the luminaire, driver, and
surge protective device; and
(c.) Lighting calculations generated with AGi32 software demonstrating
compliance with the Luminaire Performance Table(s) shown in the
contract. These calculations shall be performed to the following
criteria: photopic units shall be used; calculations shall be
performed to an accuracy matching the number of significant digits
given in the Luminaire Performance Table(s); point-by-point
illuminance, luminance, and veiling luminance ratios demonstrating
the submitted luminaire meets the lighting metrics specified in the
Luminaire Performance Table(s) using IES RP-8 methods.
(2) Upon request by the Engineer, submittals for LED Luminaires shall also
include any or all the following.
(a.) IES file associated with each submitted luminaire in IES LM-63
format.
(b.) TM-21 calculator spreadsheet (XLSX or PDF format) and if
available, TM-28 report for the specified luminaire or luminaire
family. Both reports shall be for 50,000 hours at an ambient
temperature of 77 °F (25 °C).
63
(c.) LM-79 report with National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation
Program (NVLAP) current at the time of testing in PDF format
inclusive of the following: isofootcandle diagram with half candela
contour and maximum candela point; polar plots through maximum
plane and maximum cone; coefficient of utilization graph; candela
table; and spectral distribution graph and chromaticity diagram.
(d.) LM-80 report for the specified LED package in PDF format and if
available, LM-84 report for the specified luminaire or luminaire
family in PDF format. Both reports shall be conducted by a
laboratory with NVLAP certification current at the time of testing.
(e.) In Situ Temperature Measurement Test (ISTMT) report for the
specified luminaire or luminaire family in PDF format.
(f.) Vibration test report in accordance with ANSI C136.31 in PDF
format.
(g.) ASTM B117/ASTM D1654 (neutral salt spray) test and sample
evaluation report in PDF format.
(h.) ASTM G154 (ASTM D523) gloss test report in PDF format.
(i.) LED drive current, total luminaire input wattage, and current over
the operating voltage range at an ambient temperature of 77 °F (25
°C).
(j.) Power factor (pf) and total harmonic distortion (THD) at maximum
and minimum supply and at nominal voltage for the dimmed states
of 70%, 50%, and 30% full power.
(k.) Ingress protection (IP) test reports, conducted according to ANSI
C136.25 requirements, for the driver and optical assembly in PDF
format.
(l.) Installation, maintenance, and cleaning instructions in PDF format,
including recommendations on periodic cleaning methods.
(m.) Documentation in PDF format that the reporting laboratory is
certified to perform the required tests.
Submittals for the materials for each individual pay item shall be complete in
every respect. Submittals which include multiple pay items shall have all
submittal material for each item or group of items covered by a particular
specification, grouped together and the applicable pay item identified.
Various submittals shall, when taken together, form a complete coordinated
package. A partial submittal will be returned without review unless prior
written permission is obtained from the Engineer.”
801.14 Contract Guarantee. Revise the second sentence of Article 801.14(a) to
read:
64
“ The warranty, including the maintained minimum luminance, for light
emitting diode (LED) signal head modules shall be a minimum of 15 years
from the date of delivery. Optically programmed LED signal head modules
and LED pedestrian signal head modules shall be a minimum of five years
from the date of delivery.”
65
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 821. ROADWAY LUMINAIRES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
821.02 Materials. Revise Article 821.02(d) to read:
“ (d) Light Source ..................................................................................... 1067.06”
821.03 General. Revise the third paragraph of this Article to read:
“ Each luminaire driver and/or driver arrangement shall be checked to ensure
compatibility with the project power supply.”
Revise the fifth paragraph of Article 821.03 to read:
“ No luminaire shall be installed before it is approved. When independent
luminaire testing is required, full approval will not be given until complete test results
which demonstrate compliance with the contract documents have been reviewed and
accepted by the Engineer. Independent luminaire testing will be required, and shall
be conducted, according to Article 1067.01(k)”.
Revise the last paragraph of Article 821.03 to read:
“ When installing or adjusting the luminaire, care shall be taken to avoid touching
the lenses or allowing contaminants to be deposited on any part of the optical
assembly. Each lens shall be free of all dirt, smudges, etc. Should the luminaire
require cleaning, the luminaire manufacturer’s cleaning instructions shall be strictly
followed.”
821.08 Basis of Payment. Revise this Article to read:
“ 821.08 Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price
per each for LUMINAIRE, LED, ROADWAY, of the output designation specified;
LUMINAIRE, LED, HIGHMAST, of the output designation specified; LUMINAIRE,
LED, UNDERPASS, WALLMOUNT, of the output designation specified; LUMINAIRE,
LED, UNDERPASS, SUSPENDED, of the output designation specified; LUMINAIRE,
LED, SIGN LIGHTING, of the output designation specified.”
66
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1003. FINE AGGREGATES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1003.07 Fine Aggregate for Select Fill Used for Retaining Wall Applications Utilizing
Soil Reinforcement. Revise Article 1003.07(f)(2) to read:
“ (2) The chlorides shall be a maximum of 100 parts per million according to
Illinois Modified AASHTO T 291.”
Revise Article 1003.07(f)(3) to read:
“ (3) The sulfates shall be a maximum of 200 parts per million according to
Illinois Modified AASHTO T 290.”
Revise Article 1003.07(g) to read:
“ (g) Testing Protocol. Prior to the start of and during construction, the internal
friction angle and pH shall be determined in order to demonstrate the select
fill material meets the specification requirements. Resistivity, chlorides,
sulfates, and organic content test results shall also be determined if steel
reinforcement is used. Testing shall be according to the current Bureau of
Materials Policy Memorandum “Fine and Coarse Aggregates Used as Select
Fill in MSE Walls Acceptance Procedures for Approved/Qualified Aggregate
Sources”.”
67
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1004. COARSE AGGREGATES
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1004.05 Coarse Aggregate for Blotter, Embankment, Backfill, Trench Backfill,
Bedding, and French Drains. Revise the table in Article 1004.05(c) to read:
“Application Gradation
Blotter CA 15
Granular Embankment,
Granular Backfill,
Trench Backfill, and
Bedding and Backfill for Pipe
Culverts and Storm Sewers
CA 6, CA 9, CA 10, CA 12, CA 17,
CA 18, and CA 19
Porous Granular Embankment,
Porous Granular Backfill, and
French Drains
CA 7, CA 8, CA 11, CA 15, CA 16
and CA 18
Granular Backfill for Structures CA 6 through CA 11
Bedding and Backfill for Pipe
Underdrains, Type 2
CA 16, except the percent passing
the No. 16 (1.18 mm) sieve shall be
4 ± 4 percent.”
1004.06 Coarse Aggregate for Select Fill Used for Retaining Wall Applications
Utilizing Soil Reinforcement. Revise Article 1004.06(f)(2) to read:
“ (2) The chlorides shall be a maximum of 100 parts per million according to
Illinois Modified AASHTO T 291.”
Revise Article 1004.06(f)(3) to read:
“ (3) The sulfates shall be a maximum of 200 parts per million according to
Illinois Modified AASHTO T 290.”
Revise Article 1004.06(g) to read:
“ (g) Testing Protocol. Prior to the start of and during construction, the internal
friction angle and pH shall be determined in order to demonstrate the select
fill material meets the specification requirements. Resistivity, chlorides,
sulfates, and organic content test results shall also be determined if steel
reinforcement is used. Testing shall be according to the current Bureau of
Materials Policy Memorandum “Fine and Coarse Aggregates Used as Select
68
Fill in MSE Walls Acceptance Procedures for Approved/Qualified Aggregate
Sources”.”
69
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1010. FINELY DIVIDED MINERALS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1010.01 Description. Revise the second paragraph of this Article to read:
“ Different sources or types of finely divided minerals shall not be mixed or used
alternately in the same item of construction, except as a blended finely divided
mineral product according to Article 1010.06.”
Add the following Article to this Section:
“ 1010.06 Blended Finely Divided Minerals. Blended finely divided minerals
shall be the product resulting from the blending or intergrinding of two or three finely
divided minerals. Blended finely divided minerals shall be according to ASTM
C 1697, except as follows.
(a) Blending shall be accomplished by mechanically or pneumatically
intermixing the constituent finely divided minerals into a uniform mixture that
is then discharged into a silo for storage or tanker for transportation.
(b) The blended finely divided mineral product will be classified according to its
predominant constituent or the manufacturer’s designation and shall meet
the chemical requirements of its classification. The other finely divided
mineral constituent(s) will not be required to conform to their individual
standards.”
70
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1020. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1020.09 Strength Tests. Revise this Article to read:
“ 1020.09 Strength Tests. The specimens shall be molded and cured according
to Illinois Modified AASHTO R 100. Specimens shall be field cured with the
construction item as specified in Illinois Modified AASHTO R 100. The compressive
strength shall be determined according to Illinois Modified AASHTO T 22. The
flexural strength shall be determined according to Illinois Modified AASHTO T 177.
Except for Class PC and PS concrete, the Contractor shall transport the strength
specimens from the site of the work to the field laboratory or other location as
instructed by the Engineer. During transportation, the specimens shall be embedded
in straw, burlap, or other acceptable material to protect them from damage. For
strength specimens, the Contractor shall provide a field curing box, which may be
insulated or power operated as appropriate, for initial curing and a water storage tank
for final curing. An acceptable insulated box is a 5-day chest cooler.
For standard curing, a field curing box will be required when the National Weather
Service forecast for the construction area predicts an air temperature below 60 °F
(16 °C) during the initial curing period. The field curing box shall maintain the initial
curing temperature range specified in Illinois Modified AASHTO R 100, except a
power operated box shall be set at 60 °F (16 °C) to 63 °F (17 °C). Strength
specimens shall be transported to the testing facility the next day, but no later than
32 hours after casting for a power operated box and no later than 48 hours after
casting for an insulated box.
For field curing when strength specimens remain in the field until testing is
required, only an insulated box shall be used when the National Weather Service
forecast for the construction area predicts an air temperature below 70 °F (21 °C)
during the first 24 hours.”
1020.11 Mixing Portland Cement Concrete. Revise Article 1020.11(a)(7) to read:
“ (7) Haul Time. Haul time shall begin when the delivery ticket is stamped.
The delivery ticket shall be stamped no later than five minutes after the
addition of the mixing water to the cement, or after the addition of the
cement to the aggregate when the combined aggregates contain free
moisture in excess of two percent by weight (mass). If more than one
batch is required for charging a truck using a stationary mixer, the time
71
of haul shall start with mixing of the first batch. Haul time shall end
when the truck is emptied for incorporation of the concrete into the
work. The maximum haul time shall be as follows.
Concrete Temperature
at Point of Discharge,
°F (°C)
Maximum Haul Time 1/
(minutes)
Truck Mixer or
Truck Agitator
Nonagitator
Truck
50 – 64 (10 – 17.5) 90 45
>64 (>17.5) - without retarder 60 30
>64 (>17.5) - with retarder 90 45
1/ To encourage start-up testing for mix adjustments at the plant, the
first two trucks will be allowed an additional 15 minutes haul time
whenever such testing is performed.
For a mixture which is not mixed on the jobsite, a delivery ticket shall be
required for each load. The following information shall be recorded on
each delivery ticket: (1) ticket number; (2) name of producer and plant
location; (3) contract number; (4) name of Contractor; (5) stamped date
and time batched; (6) truck number; (7) quantity batched; (8) amount of
admixture(s) in the batch; (9) amount of water in the batch; and
(10) Department mix design number.
For concrete mixed in jobsite stationary mixers, the above delivery ticket
may be waived, but a method of verifying the haul time shall be
established to the satisfaction of the Engineer.”
1020.13 Curing and Protection. Revise the Curing Period Days of Cast-in-Place
Concrete Substructure and Culverts in the Index Table of this Article to read:
72
“INDEX TABLE OF CURING AND PROTECTION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
CURING CURING LOW AIR
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION METHODS PERIOD TEMPERATURE
DAYS PROTECTION METHODS
Cast-in-Place Concrete 11/
Pavement
Shoulder 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 3/ 5/ 3 1020.13(c)
Base Course
Base Course Widening 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 2/ 3 1020.13(c)
Driveway
Median
Barrier
Curb
Gutter 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 4/ 5/ 3 1020.13(c) 16/
Curb & Gutter
Sidewalk
Slope Wall
Paved Ditch
Catch Basin
Manhole 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 4/ 3 1020.13(c)
Inlet
Valve Vault
Pavement Patching
Bridge Deck Patching
1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 2/
1020.13(a)(3)(5)
3 12/
3 or 7 12/
1020.13(c)
1020.13(c)
Railroad Crossing 1020.13(a)(3)(5) 1 1020.13(c)
Piles and Drilled Shafts 1020.13(a)(3)(5) 7 1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Foundations & Footings
Seal Coat
1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 4/ 6/
7
1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Substructure 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 1/ 7/ 7 20/ 1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Superstructure (except deck) 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(5)(6) 8/ 19/ 7 1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Superstructure (Approach Slab) 1020.13(a)(5)(6) 19/ 3 1020.13(d)(1)(2) 17/
Deck 1020.13(a)(5)(6) 19/ 7 1020.13(d)(1)(2) 17/
Retaining Walls 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 1/ 7/ 7 1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Pump Houses 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 1/ 7 1020.13(d)(1)(2)
Culverts 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) 4/ 6/ 7 20/ 1020.13(d)(1)(2) 18/
Other Incidental Concrete 1020.13(a)(1)(2)(3)(5) 3 1020.13(c)
Precast Concrete 11/
Bridge Slabs
Piles and Pile Caps 1020.13(a)(3)(5) 9/ 10/ As 13/ 9/
Other Structural Members Required
All Other Precast Items 1020.13(a)(3)(4)(5) 2/ 9/ 10/ As 14/
Required
9/
Precast, Prestressed Concrete 11/
Until Strand
All Items 1020.13(a)(3)(5) 9/ 10/ Tensioning is 9/ ”
Released 15/
Add the following note at the end of the Index Table in Article 1020.13:
“ 20/ The Contractor has the option to reduce the 7-day curing period provided
the concrete had a maximum water/cement ratio of 0.42 at time of
placement and the strength specimens are field-cured and obtain
100 percent of the design strength. The minimum curing period shall be 3
days.”
73
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1030. HOT-MIX ASPHALT
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1030.09 Quality Control / Quality Assurance (QC/QA). Revise Article 1030.09(g)(1)
to read:
“ (1) The Contractor shall sample approximately 150 lb (70 kg) of mix as
required for the Department’s random mixture verification tests
according to Article 1030.09(h)(1).”
Revise the second sentence of Article 1030.09(h)(1) to read:
“ The Engineer will randomly identify one sample for each 3,000 tons
(2,720 metric tons) of mix, with a minimum of one sample per mix. If the
remaining mix quantity is 600 tons (544 metric tons) or less, the quantity
will be combined with the previous 3,000 tons (2,720 metric tons) in the
Engineer’s random sample identification. If the required tonnage of a
mixture for a single pay item is less than 250 tons (225 metric tons) in
total, the Engineer will waive mixture verification tests.”
Add the following to the end of the third paragraph of Article 1030.09(h)(2):
“ The HMA maximum theoretical specific gravity (Gmm) will be based on
the Department mixture verification test. If there is more than one
Department mixture verification Gmm test, the Gmm will be based on the
average of the Department test results.”
1030.10 Start of HMA Production and Job Mix Formula (JMF) Adjustments. Add the
following paragraph between the third and fourth paragraphs of this Article:
“ When a test strip is not required, each HMA mixture with a quantity of 3,000 tons
(2,750 metric tons) or more shall still be sampled on the first day of production: I-FIT
and Hamburg wheel testing for High ESAL; I-FIT testing for Low ESAL. Within two
working days after sampling the mixture, the Contractor shall deliver gyratory
cylinders to the District laboratory for Department verification testing. The High ESAL
mixture test results shall meet the requirements of Articles 1030.05(d)(3) and
1030.05(d)(4). The Low ESAL mixture test results shall meet the requirements of
Article 1030.05(d)(4).”
74
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1040. DRAIN PIPE, TILE, AND WALL DRAIN
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1040.03 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe. Replace the first paragraph of this Article
with the following:
“ 1040.03 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe. Acceptance testing of PVC pipe and
fittings shall be accomplished during the same construction season in which they are
installed. The pipe shall meet the following additional requirements.”
1040.04 Polyethylene (PE) Pipe. Delete the last sentence in the first paragraph of
Article 1040.04(a).
Replace Article 1040.04(b) with the following:
“ (b) Corrugated PE Pipe with a Smooth Interior. The manufacturer shall be
listed as compliant through the AASHTO Product Eval & Audit program and
the pipe shall be according to AASHTO M 294 (nominal size – 12 to 60 in.
(300 to 1500 mm)). The pipe shall be Type S or D.”
Replace the first paragraph of Article 1040.04(d) with the following:
“ (d) PE Pipe with a Smooth Interior. The pipe shall be according to ASTM F 714
(DR 32.5) with a minimum cell classification of PE 335434 as defined in
ASTM D 3350.”
1040.08 Polypropylene (PP) Pipe. Replace the first paragraph of this Article with
the following:
“ 1040.08 Polypropylene (PP) Pipe. Storage and handling shall be according to
the manufacturer's recommendations, except in no case shall the pipe be exposed to
direct sunlight for more than six months. Acceptance testing of the pipe shall be
accomplished during the same construction season in which it is installed. The pipe
shall meet the following additional requirements.”
75
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1042. PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1042.03 Precast Concrete Structural Members. Revise the third and fourth
sentences of Article 1042.03(b) to read:
“ These drawings shall be proportioned and prepared so they will print as
11 x 17 in. (275 x 425 mm) sheets without manipulation. Each sheet shall
provide adequate space for review and approval stamps at the lower right
corner.”
76
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1061. WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE SYSTEM
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1061.05 Aggregate for Slurry Seal Top Coat. Revise this Article to read:
“ 1061.05 Aggregate for Slurry Seal Top Coat. The aggregate shall meet the
requirements of Article 1003.01, be clean, hard, and shall contain a minimum of dust.
It shall be graded as follows.
Sieve Size Passing Percent
No. 8 (2.36 mm)
No. 30 (600 µm)
100
0 – 10”
77
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1067. LUMINAIRE
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
Revise Articles 1067.01 through 1067.06 to read:
“ 1067.01 General. The size, weight, and shape of the luminaire shall be
designed so as not to incite detrimental vibrations in its respective pole and it shall be
compatible with the pole and arm. All electrical and electronic components of the
luminaire shall comply with the requirements of Restriction of Hazardous Materials
(RoHS) regulations. The luminaire shall be listed for wet locations by an NRTL and
shall meet the requirements of UL 1598 and UL 8750.
(a) Labels. An internal label shall be provided indicating the luminaire is
suitable for wet locations and indicating the luminaire is an NRTL listed
product to UL1598 and UL8750. The internal label shall also comply with
the requirements of ANSI C136.22.
An external label consisting of two black characters on a white background
with the dimensions of the label and the characters as specified in ANSI
C136.15 for HPS luminaires. The first character shall be the alphabetical
character representing the initial lumen output as specified in Table 1 of
Article 1067.06(c). The second character shall be the numerical character
representing the transverse light distribution type as specified in IES RP-8
(i.e. Types 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5).
(b) Surge Protection. The luminaire shall comply the requirements of ANSI
C136.2 for electrical transient immunity at the “Extreme” level (20KV/10KA)
and shall be equipped with a surge protective device (SPD) that is UL1449
compliant with indicator light. An SPD failure shall open the circuit to protect
the driver.
(c) Optical Assembly. The optical assembly shall have an IP66 or higher rating
in accordance with ANSI C136.25. The circuiting of the LED array shall be
designed to minimize the effect of individual LED failures on the operation of
other LEDs. All optical components shall be made of glass or a UV
stabilized, non-yellowing material.
(d) Housing. All external surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations and be constructed in such a way as to
discourage the accumulation of water, ice, and debris.
78
(e) Driver. The driver shall be integral to the luminaire and shall be capable of
receiving indefinite open and short circuit output conditions without damage.
The driver shall incorporate the use of thermal foldback circuitry to reduce
output current under abnormal driver case temperature conditions and shall
be rated for a lifetime of 100,000 hours at an ambient temperature exposure
of 77 °F (25 °C) to the luminaire. If the driver has a thermal shut down
feature, it shall not turn off the LEDs when operated at 104 °F (40 °C) or
less.
The driver shall have an input voltage range of 120 to 277 volts (± 10%) or
347 to 480 volts (± 10%) according to the contract documents. When the
driver is operating within the rated input voltage range and in an un-dimmed
state, the power factor measurement shall be not less than 0.9 and the THD
measurement shall be no greater than 20%.
The driver shall meet the requirements of the FCC Rules and Regulations,
Title 47, Part 15 for Class A devices with regard to electromagnetic
compatibility. This shall be confirmed through the testing methods in
accordance with ANSI C63.4 for electromagnetic interference.
The driver shall be dimmable using the protocol listed in the Luminaire
Performance Table shown in the contract.
(f) Photometric Performance. The luminaire shall be IES LM-79 tested by a
laboratory holding accreditation from the NVLAP for IES LM-79 testing
procedures. At a minimum the LM-79 report shall include a
backlight/uplight/glare (BUG) rating and a luminaire classification system
(LCS) graph showing lumen values and percent lumens by zone as
described in IES RP-8. The uplight of the BUG rating shall be U=0.
The luminaire shall also meet the requirements of the Luminaire
Performance Table shown in the contract.
(g) Finish. The luminaire shall have a baked acrylic enamel finish. The color of
the finish shall be gray, bronze, or black to match the pole or tower on which
the luminaire is mounted.
The finish shall have a rating of six or greater according to ASTM D1654,
Section 8.0 Procedure A – Evaluation of Rust Creepage for Scribed
Samples after exposure to 1000 hours of testing according to ASTM B117
for painted or finished surfaces under environmental exposure.
The luminaire finish shall have less than or equal to 30% reduction of gloss
according to ASTM D523 after exposure of 500 hours to ASTM G154 Cycle
6 QUV® accelerated weathering testing.
(h) Hardware. All hardware shall be stainless steel or of other corrosion
resistant material approved by the Engineer.
(i) Vibration Testing. All luminaires, with the exception of underpass and sign
lighting luminaires, shall be subjected to and pass vibration testing
79
requirements at “3G” minimum zero to peak acceleration in accordance with
ANSI C136.31 requirements using the same luminaire. To be accepted, the
luminaire housing, hardware, and each individual component shall pass this
test with no noticeable damage and the luminaire must remain fully
operational after testing.
(j) Wiring. All wiring in the luminaire shall be rated for operation at 600V, 221
°F (105 °C).
(k) Independent Luminaire Testing. When a contract has 30 or more luminaires
of the same manufacturer’s catalog number, that luminaire shall be
independently tested to verify it will meet the contract requirements. The
quantity of luminaires requiring testing shall be one luminaire for the first 30
plus one additional luminaire for each additional 50 luminaires of that catalog
number. Testing is not required for temporary lighting luminaires.
Prior to testing the Contractor shall propose a properly accredited laboratory
and a qualified independent witness, submitting their qualifications to the
Engineer for approval. After approval, the Contractor shall coordinate the
testing and pay all associated costs, including travel expenses, for the
independent witness.
(1) Independent Witness. The independent witness shall select from the
project luminaires at the manufacturer’s facility the luminaires for
testing. In all cases, the selection of luminaires shall be a random
selection from the entire completed lot of luminaires required for the
contract. Selections from partial lots will not be allowed. The
independent witness shall mark each sample luminaire’s shipping
carton with the IDOT contract number and a unique sample identifier.
At the time of random selection, the independent witness shall inspect
the luminaire(s) for compliance with all physical, mechanical, and
labeling requirements for luminaires according to Sections 821 and
1067. If deficiencies are found during the physical inspection, the
Contractor shall have all luminaires of that manufacturer’s catalog
number inspected for the identified deficiencies and shall correct the
problem(s) where found. Random luminaire selection and physical
inspection must then be repeated. When the physical inspection is
successfully completed, the independent witness shall mark the project
number and sample identifier on the interior housing and driver of the
luminaires and have them shipped to the laboratory.
The independent witness shall be present when testing is approved to
be performed by the luminaire manufacturer. If the tests are performed
by a laboratory independent of the luminaire manufacturer, distributor,
and Contractor, the independent witness need not be present during the
testing.
(2) Laboratory Testing. Luminaires shall be tested at an NVLAP accredited
laboratory approved for each of the required tests. The testing shall
include photometric, colorimetric, and electrical testing according to IES
LM-79. Colorimetric values shall be determined from total spectral
80
radiant flux measurements using a spectroradiometer. Photometric
testing shall be according to IES recommendations and as a minimum,
shall yield an isofootcandle chart, with max candela point and half
candela trace indicated, an isocandela diagram, maximum plane and
maximum cone plots of candela, a candlepower table (house and street
side), a coefficient of utilization chart, a luminous flux distribution table,
BUG rating report, and complete calculations based on specified
requirements and test results.
All testing shall cover the full spherical light output at a maximum of 5
degree intervals at the vertical angles. The vertical angles shall run
from 0 to 180 degrees. There shall be a minimum of 40 lateral test
planes listed in Fig. 1 of IES LM-31 plus the two planes containing the
maximum candela on the left and right sides of the luminaire axis.
Before testing, the luminaire when mounted on the goniometer shall be
scanned for vertical and horizontal angles of maximum candela and
these planes included in the test. The luminaire shall be checked for a
bi-symmetric light distribution. Individual tests must be conducted for
each hemisphere, quadrant, and left/right sides.
The results for each photometric and colorimetric test performed shall
be presented in a standard IES LM-79 report that includes the contract
number, sample identifier, and the outputs listed above. The calculated
results for each sample luminaire shall meet or exceed the contract
specified levels in the luminaire performance table(s). The laboratory
shall mark its test identification number on the interior of each sample
luminaire.
Electrical testing shall be in according to IES LM-79 as well as NEMA
and ANSI standards. The report shall list luminaire characteristics
including input amperes, watts, power factor, total harmonic distortion,
and LED driver current for full and partial power.
(3) Summary Test Report. The summary test report shall consist of a
narrative documenting the test process, highlight any deficiencies and
corrective actions, and clearly state which luminaires have met or
exceeded the test requirements and may be released for delivery to the
jobsite. Photographs shall also be used as applicable to document
luminaire deficiencies and shall be included in the test report. The
summary test report shall include the Luminaire Physical Inspection
Checklist (form BDE 5650), photometric and electrical test reports, and
point-by-point photometric calculations performed in AGi32 sorted by
luminaire manufacturers catalog number. All test reports shall be
certified by the independent test laboratory’s authorized representative
or the independent witness, as applicable, by a dated signature on the
first page of each report. The summary test reports shall be delivered
to the Engineer and the Contractor as an electronic submittal. Hard
copy reports shall be delivered to the Engineer for record retention.
(4) Approval of Independent Testing Results. Should any of the tested
luminaires fail to satisfy the specifications and perform according to
approved submittal information, all luminaires of that manufacturers
81
catalog number shall be deemed unacceptable and shall be replaced by
alternate equipment meeting the specifications. The submittal and
testing process shall then be repeated in its entirety. The Contractor
may request in writing that unacceptable luminaires be corrected in lieu
of replacement. The request shall identify the corrections to be made
and upon approval of the request, the Contractor shall apply the
corrections to the entire lot of unacceptable luminaires. Once the
corrections are completed, the testing process shall be repeated,
including selection of a new set of sample luminaires. The number of
luminaires to be tested shall be the same quantity as originally tested.
The process of retesting, correcting, or replacing luminaires shall be
repeated until luminaires for each manufacturers catalog number are
approved for the project. Corrections and re-testing shall not be
grounds for additional compensation or extension of time. No
luminaires shall be shipped from the manufacturer to the jobsite until all
luminaire testing is completed and approved in writing.
Submittal information shall include a statement of intent to provide the
testing as well as a request for approval of the chosen independent
witness and laboratory. All summary test reports, written reports, and
the qualifications of the independent witness and laboratory shall be
submitted for approval to the Engineer with a copy to the Bureau of
Design and Environment, 2300 S Dirksen Parkway, Room 330
Springfield, IL 62764.
1067.02 Roadway Luminaires. Roadway luminaires shall be according to
Article 1067.01 and the following.
The luminaire shall be horizontally mounted and shall be designed to slip-fit on a
2-3/8 in. (60 mm) outside diameter pipe arm with a stop to limit the amount of
insertion to 7 in. (180 mm). It shall not be necessary to remove or open more than
the access door to mount the luminaire.
The effective projected area (EPA) of the luminaire shall not exceed 1.6 sq ft
(0.149 sq m) and the weight, including accessories, shall not exceed 40 lb (18.14 kg).
If the weight of the luminaire is less than 20 lb (9.07 kg), weight shall be added to the
mounting arm or a supplemental vibration damper installed as approved by the
Engineer.
The luminaire shall be equipped with both internal and external leveling
indicators. The external leveling indicator shall be clearly visible in daylight to an
observer directly under the luminaire at a mounting height of 50 ft (15.2 m).
The luminaire shall be fully prewired to accept a seven-pin, twist-lock receptacle
that is compliant with ANSI C136.41. All receptacle pins shall be connected
according to TALQ Consortium protocol.
The luminaire shall be provided with an installed shorting cap that is compliant
with ANSI C136.10.
82
1067.03 Highmast Luminaires. Highmast luminaires shall be according to
Article 1067.01 and the following.
The luminaire shall be horizontally mounted and shall be designed and
manufactured for highmast tower use. The EPA of the luminaire shall not exceed 3.0
sq ft (0.279 sq m) and the weight, including accessories, shall not exceed 85 lb (38.6
kg).
The optical assembly shall be capable of being rotated 360 degrees. A vernier
scale shall be furnished on the axis of rotation for aiming the luminaire in relation to
its mounting tenon arm. The scale shall be graduated in 5 degree increments or less.
The luminaire shall be clearly marked at the vernier as to ‘house-side’ and ‘street-
side’ to allow proper luminaire orientation.
1067.04 Underpass Luminaires. Underpass luminaries shall be according to
Article 1067.01 and the following.
The underpass luminaire shall be complete with all supports, hardware, and
appurtenant mounting accessories. The underpass luminaire shall be suitable for
lighting a roadway underpass at an approximate mounting height of 15 ft (4.5 m) from
a position suspended directly above the roadway edge of pavement or attached to a
wall or pier. The underpass luminaire shall meet the requirements of ANSI C136.27.
It shall not be necessary to remove more than the cover, reflector and lens to
mount the luminaire. The unit shall be suitable for highway use and shall have no
indentations or crevices in which dirt, salt, or other corrosives may collect.
(a) Housing. The housing and lens frame shall be made of die cast aluminum
or 16 gauge (1.5 mm) minimum thickness Type 304 stainless steel. All
seams in the housing enclosure shall be welded by continuous welds.
The housing shall have an opening for installation of a 3/4 in. (19 mm)
diameter conduit.
(b) Lens and Lens Frame. The frame shall not overlap the housing when
closed. The luminaire shall have a flat glass lens to protect the LEDs from
dirt accumulation or be designed to prevent dirt accumulation. The optic
assembly shall be rated IP 66 or higher.
1067.05 Sign Lighting Luminaires. Sign lighting luminaries shall be suitable
for lighting overhead freeway and expressway guide signs; and shall be according to
Article 1067.01.
1067.06 Light Sources. The light sources in all luminaires shall be LED
according to Article 1067.01 and the following.
(a) The light source shall be according to ANSI C136.37 for solid state light
sources used in roadway and area lighting.
(b) The light source shall have a minimum color rendering index (CRI) of 70 and
a nominal correlated color temperature (CCT) of 4000 K.
83
(c) The rated initial luminous flux (lumen output) of the light source, as installed
in the luminaire, shall be according to the following table for each specified
output designation.
Output
Designation
Initial Luminous
Flux (lm)
Approximate High Pressure
Sodium (HPS) Equivalent Wattage
(for information only)
A 2,200 35 (Low Output)
B 3,150 50 (Low Output)
C 4,400 70 (Low Output)
D 6,300 100 (Low Output)
E 9,450 150 (Low Output)
F 12,500 200 (Med Output)
G 15,500 250 (Med Output)
H 25,200 400 (Med Output)
I 47,250 750 (High Output)
J 63,300 1,000 (High Output)
K 80,000+ 1,000+ (High Output)
Luminaires with an initial luminous flux less than or greater than the values
listed in the above table may be acceptable if they meet the requirements
given in the Luminaire Performance Table shown in the contract and
approved by the Engineer.”
84
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1097. REFLECTORS
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1097.02 Guardrail and Barrier Wall Reflectors. Revise the first paragraph of this
Article to read:
“ 1097.02 Guardrail, Barrier Wall, and High Tension Cable Median Barrier
Reflectors. Guardrail, barrier wall, and HTC median barrier reflectors shall be
according to the following.”
Add the following before the last paragraph of Article 1097.02:
“ (d) High Tension Cable Median Barrier Reflectors. HTC median barrier
reflectors shall be monodirectional, amber colored, and provide a minimum
reflective area of 7 sq in. (4520 sq mm). The reflective sheeting shall meet
Type AZ according to Article 1091.03, and meet the minimum coefficient of
retroreflection for “white” and “yellow” as specified therein. The reflector
shall be approved by the HTC system manufacturer as compatible with the
system.”
85
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SECTION 1102. HOT-MIX ASPHALT EQUIPMENT
This Supplemental Specification amends the provisions of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2022 and shall
be construed to be a part thereof, superseding any conflicting provisions thereof
applicable to the work under the contract.
1102.02 Reserved. Revise Article 1102.02 to read:
“ 1102.02 Material Transfer Device (MTD). The MTD shall be according to the
following.
(a) Requirements. The MTD shall have a minimum surge capacity of 15 tons
(13.5 metric tons), shall be self-propelled and capable of moving
independent of the paver, and shall be equipped with the following.
(1) Front-Dump Hopper and Conveyor. The conveyor shall provide a
positive restraint along the sides of the conveyor to prevent material
spillage. MTDs having paver style hoppers shall have a horizontal bar
restraint placed across the foldable wings which prevents the wings
from being folded.
(2) Paver Hopper Insert. The paver hopper insert shall have a minimum
capacity of 14 tons (12.7 metric tons).
(3) Mixer/Agitator Mechanism. This re-mixing mechanism shall consist of a
segmented, anti-segregation, re-mixing auger.
(b) Qualification and Designation. The MTD shall be on the Department’s
qualified product list with one of the following designations.
(1) Category I. The MTD has a documented maximum HMA carrying
capacity contact pressure greater than 25 psi and has a central surge
hopper of sufficient capacity to mix upstream HMA with downstream
HMA.
(2) Category II. The MTD has a documented maximum HMA carrying
capacity contact pressure less than or equal to 25 psi.”
86
CHECK SHEET #1
87
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
ADDITIONAL STATE REQUIREMENTS
FOR FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Effective: February 1, 1969
Revised: January 1, 2024
The following provisions are State of Illinois requirements and are in addition to
the Federal requirements contained in FHWA-1273, “Required Contract Provisions
Federal-Aid Construction Contracts”.
"EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the provisions of this Equal
Employment Opportunity Clause, the Illinois Human Rights Act, or the Illinois
Department of Human Rights Rules and Regulations, the Contractor may be declared
ineligible for future contracts or subcontracts with the State of Illinois or any of its
political sub-divisions or municipal corporations, and the contract may be cancelled or
voided in whole or in part, and such other sanctions or penalties may be imposed or
remedies invoked as provided by statute or regulation.
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows:
(1) That it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
employment because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender
identity, marital status, order of protection status, national origin or ancestry,
citizenship status, age, physical or mental disability unrelated to ability,
military status, or an unfavorable discharge from military service; and further
that it will examine all job classifications to determine if minority persons or
women are underutilized and will take appropriate affirmative action to rectify
any such underutilization.
(2) That, if it hires additional employees in order to perform this contract or any
portion hereof, it will determine the availability (in accordance with the Illinois
Department of Human Rights Rules and Regulations) of minorities and
women in the area(s) from which it may reasonably recruit and it will hire for
each job classification for which employees are hired in such a way that
minorities and women are not underutilized.
(3) That, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by it or on
its behalf, it will state that all applicants will be afforded equal opportunity
without discrimination because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual
orientation, gender identity, marital status, order of protection status,
national origin or ancestry, citizenship status, age, physical or mental
disability unrelated to ability, military status, or an unfavorable discharge
from military service.
CHECK SHEET #1
88
(4) That it will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with
which it has or is bound by a collective bargaining or other agreement or
understanding, a notice advising such labor organization or representative of
the Contractor's obligations under the Illinois Human Rights Act and the
Illinois Department of Human Rights Rules and Regulations. If any labor
organization or representative fails or refuses to cooperate with the
Contractor in its efforts to comply with such Act and Rules and Regulations,
the Contractor will promptly so notify the Illinois Department of Human
Rights and IDOT and will recruit employees from other sources when
necessary to fulfill its obligations thereunder.
(5) That it will submit reports as required by the Illinois Department of Human
Rights Rules and Regulations, furnish all relevant information as may from
time to time be requested by the Illinois Department of Human Rights or
IDOT, and in all respects comply with the Illinois Human Rights Act and the
Illinois Department of Human Rights Rules and Regulations.
(6) That it will permit access to all relevant books, records, accounts, and work
sites by personnel of IDOT and the Illinois Department of Human Rights for
purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with the Illinois Human
Rights Act and the Illinois Department of Human Rights Rules and
Regulations.
(7) That it will include verbatim or by reference the provisions of this clause in
every subcontract it awards under which any portion of the contract
obligations are undertaken or assumed, so that the provisions will be binding
upon the subcontractor. In the same manner as with other provisions of this
contract, the Contractor will be liable for compliance with applicable
provisions of this clause by subcontractors; and further it will promptly notify
IDOT and the Illinois Department of Human Rights in the event any
subcontractor fails or refuses to comply with these provisions. In addition,
the Contractor will not utilize any subcontractor declared by the Illinois
Human Rights Commission to be ineligible for contracts or subcontracts with
the State of Illinois or any of its political subdivisions or municipal
corporations."
“STATEMENTS AND PAYROLLS
The payroll records shall include the worker’s name, the worker’s address, the
worker’s telephone number when available, the worker’s social security number, the
worker’s classification or classifications, the worker’s gross and net wages paid in
each pay period, the worker’s number of hours worked each day, and the worker’s
starting and ending times of work each day However, any Contractor or
subcontractor who remits contributions to a fringe benefit fund that is not jointly
maintained and jointly governed by one or more employers and one or more labor
organization must additionally submit the worker’s hourly wage rate, the worker’s
hourly overtime wage rate, the worker’s hourly fringe benefit rates, the name and
address of each fringe benefit fund, the plan sponsor of each fringe benefit, if
applicable, and the plan administrator of each fringe benefit, if applicable.
The Contractor and each subcontractor shall submit payroll records to the
Engineer each week from the start to the completion of their respective work, except
CHECK SHEET #1
89
that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly
transmittals. Instead, the payrolls shall include an identification number for each
employee (e.g., the last four digits of the employee’s social security number). In
addition, starting and ending times of work each day may be omitted from the payroll
records submitted to the Engineer. The submittals shall be on the Department’s form
SBE 48, or an approved facsimile. When there has been no activity during a work
week, a payroll record shall still be submitted with the appropriate box (“No Work”,
“Suspended”, or “Complete”) checked on the form.”
"SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT
The requirements of Section VI of FHWA-1273 are hereby made applicable to
Secondary Road Plan Projects."
CHECK SHEET #2
90
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
SUBLETTING OF CONTRACTS
(FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS)
Effective: January 1, 1988
Revised: January 1, 2014
This Special Provision supersedes paragraph VI of FHWA-1273, “Required
Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts”.
“The Contractor shall not sublet, sell, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of the
contract or contracts or any portion thereof, or of his/her right, title, or interest therein,
without written consent of the Engineer. In case such consent is given, the
Contractor will be permitted to sublet a portion thereof, but shall perform with the
Contractor's own organization, work amounting to not less than 50 percent of the total
contract cost, except any items designated in the contract as "specialty items" may be
performed by subcontract and the cost of any such specialty items so performed by
subcontract may be deducted from the total cost before computing the amount of
work required to be performed by the Contractor with his/her own organization.
Materials purchased or produced by the Contractor must be incorporated into the
project by the Contractor's own organization if their cost is to be applied to the
50 percent requirement.
No subcontracts, or transfer of contract, shall in any case release the Contractor
of his/her liability under the contract and bonds. All transactions of the Engineer will
be with the Contractor. The Contractor shall have a representative on the job at all
times when either contract or subcontract work is being performed.
All requests to subcontract shall contain a certification the subcontract
agreement exists in writing and physically contains the required Federal and State
Equal Employment Opportunity provisions and Labor compliance provisions,
including the contract minimum wage requirements. The Contractor shall permit
Department or Federal representatives to examine the subcontract agreements upon
notice.”
CHECK SHEET #3
91
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
EEO
Effective: July 21, 1978
Revised: November 18, 1980
The requirements of the following provisions written for federally-assisted
construction contracts, including all goals and timetables and affirmative action steps,
shall also apply to all State-funded construction contracts awarded by the Illinois
Department of Transportation.
Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure
Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246)
1. The offeror's or bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause"
and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction
Contract Specifications" set forth herein.
2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in
percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on
all construction work in the covered area, are as follows:
APPENDIX A
The following goal for female utilization in each construction craft and
trade shall apply to all Contractors holding federal and federally-assisted
construction contracts and subcontracts in excess of $10,000. The goal is
applicable to the Contractor's total on-site construction workforce, regardless
of whether or not part of that workforce is performing work on a federal,
federally assisted or nonfederally related construction contract or
subcontract.
Area Covered (Statewide)
Goals for Women apply nationwide.
GOAL Goal (percent)
Female Utilization 6.9
APPENDIX B
Until further notice, the following goals for minority utilization in each
construction craft and trade shall apply to all Contractors holding federal or
federally-assisted construction contracts and subcontracts in excess of
$10,000 to be performed in the respective geographical areas. The goals
are applicable to the Contractor's total on-site construction workforce,
CHECK SHEET #3
92
regardless of whether or not part of that workforce is performing work on a
federal, federally-assisted or nonfederally related construction contract or
subcontract.
Economic Area Goal (percent)
056 Paducah, KY: 5.2
Non - SMSA Counties -
IL - Hardin, Massac, Pope
KY - Ballard, Caldwell, Calloway, Carlisle,
Crittenden, Fulton, Graves, Hickman,
Livingston, Lyon, McCracken, Marshall
080 Evansville, IN:
Non-SMSA Counties 3.5
IL - Edwards, Gallatin, Hamilton, Lawrence,
Saline, Wabash, White
IN - Dubois, Knox, Perry, Pike, Spencer
KY - Hancock, Hopkins, McLean, Muhlenberg,
Ohio, Union, Webster
081 Terre Haute, IN:
Non-SMSA Counties - 2.5
IL - Clark, Crawford
KY - Parke
083 Chicago, IL
SMSA Counties:
1600 Chicago, IL - 19.6
IL - Cook, DuPage, Kane
Lake, McHenry, Will
3740 Kankakee, IL - 9.1
IL - Kankakee
Non-SMSA Counties - 18.4
IL - Bureau, DeKalb, Grundy, Iroquois,
Kendall, LaSalle, Livingston, Putnam
IN - Jasper, Laporte, Newton,
Pulaski, Starke
084 Champaign - Urbana, IL:
SMSA Counties:
1400 Champaign - Urbana - Rantoul, IL - 7.8
IL - Champaign
Non-SMSA Counties - 4.8
IL - Coles, Cumberland, Douglas
Edgar, Ford, Piatt, Vermilion
CHECK SHEET #3
93
085 Springfield - Decatur, IL:
SMSA Counties:
2040 Decatur, IL - 7.6
IL – Macon
7880 Springfield, IL - 4.5
IL - Menard, Sangamon
Non-SMSA Counties
IL -Cass, Christian, DeWitt, Logan, 4.0
Morgan, Moultrie, Scott, Shelby
086 Quincy, IL:
Non-SMSA Counties - 3.1
IL - Adams, Brown, Pike
MO - Lewis, Marion, Pike Rails
087 Peoria, IL:
SMSA Counties:
1040 Bloomington - Normal, IL - 2.5
IL - McLean
6120 Peoria, IL - 4.4
IL - Peoria, Tazewell, Woodford
Non-SMSA Counties - 3.3
IL - Fulton, Knox, McDonough, Marshall,
Mason, Schuyler, Stark, Warren
088 Rockford, IL:
SMSA Counties:
6880 Rockford, IL - 6.3
IL - Boone, Winnebago
Non-SMSA Counties - 4.6
IL - Lee, Ogle, Stephenson
098 Dubuque, IA:
Non-SMSA Counties - 0.5
IL - JoDaviess
IA - Atlamakee, Clayton, Delaware,
Jackson, Winnesheik
WI - Crawford, Grant, Lafayette
099 Davenport, Rock Island, Moline, IA - IL:
SMSA Counties:
1960 Davenport, Rock Island, Moline, IA - IL - 4.6
IL - Henry, Rock Island
IA – Scott
Non-SMSA Counties - 3.4
IL - Carroll, Hancock, Henderson,
Mercer, Whiteside
IA - Clinton, DesMoines, Henry,
Lee, Louisa, Muscatine
MO – Clark
CHECK SHEET #3
94
107 SMSA Counties:
7040 St. Louis, MO - IL - 14.7
IL - Clinton, Madison, Monroe, St. Clair
MO - Franklin, Jefferson, St. Charles,
St. Louis, St. Louis City
Non-SMSA Counties - 11.4
IL - Alexander, Bond, Calhoun, Clay,
Effingham, Fayette, Franklin, Greene,
Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Jersey,
Johnson, Macoupin, Marion, Montgomery,
Perry, Pulaski, Randolph, Richland,
Union, Washington, Wayne, Williamson
MO - Bollinger, Butler, Cape Girardeau,
Carter, Crawford, Dent, Gasconade,
Iron, Lincoln, Madison, Maries,
Mississippi, Montgomery, Perry,
Phelps, Reynolds, Ripley, St. Francois,
Ste. Genevieve, Scott, Stoddard, Warren,
Washington, Wayne
These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work
(whether or not it is federal or federally-assisted) performed in the covered
area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical area
located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for
such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard
to this second area, the Contractor also is subject to the goals for both its
federally involved and nonfederally involved construction.
The Contractor's compliance with Executive Order 11246 and the
regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the
Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by
the provisions and specifications set forth in its federally assisted contracts,
and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where
the contract resulting from this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of
minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform
throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor
shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on
each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or
trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole
purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the
contract, Executive Order 11246 and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4.
Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours
performed.
3. The Illinois Department of Transportation will provide written notification to
the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within
ten working days of award of any construction contract and/or subcontract in
excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract
resulting from this solicitation. This notification will list the name, address
and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number;
estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and
CHECK SHEET #3
95
completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the
contract is to be performed.
4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the
"covered area" is the entire State of Illinois for the goal set forth in
APPENDIX A and the county or counties in which the work is located for the
goals set forth in APPENDIX B.
STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT
OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
SPECIFICATIONS (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246)
1. As used in these specifications:
(a) "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the
solicitation from which this contract resulted:
(b) "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance
Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to
whom the Director delegates authority;
(c) "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social
Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax
Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941.
(d) "Minority" includes:
(i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African
racial groups not of Hispanic origin);
(ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban,
Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin,
regardless of race);
(iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of
the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian
Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and
(iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins
in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining
identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and
participation or community identification).
2. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts
a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically
include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these
specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for
minority and female participation and which is set forth in the
solicitations from which this contract resulted.
3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a
Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the
covered area either individual or through an association, its affirmative
action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and
timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which
have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to
demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of
any such Hometown Plan.
CHECK SHEET #3
96
Each Contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is
individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO
clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the
Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith
performance by other Contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an
approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or
subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan
goals and timetables.
4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards
provided in paragraphs 7a through p of these specifications. The goals
set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are
expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training
of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be
able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in
the covered area. Covered construction Contractors performing
construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a
federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the
minority and female goals established for the geographical area where
the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the
Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from
any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from
Federal Procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected
to make substantially uniform progress toward its goals in each craft
during the period specified.
5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the
failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining
agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the
Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order
11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to
be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be
employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the
Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices
and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability
of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to
training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor.
7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal
employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance
with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve
maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these
efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as
extensive as the following:
a) Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment,
intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which
the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor,
where possible, will assign two or more women to each
CHECK SHEET #3
97
construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that
all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory
personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to
maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to
minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such
facilities.
b) Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female
recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and
female recruitment sources and to community organizations when
the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities
available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses.
c) Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone
numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and
minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or
community organization and of what action was taken with respect
to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union
hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor
by the Union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this
shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with
whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken.
d) Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the
union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective
bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority
person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor
has other information that the union referral process has impeded
the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations.
e) Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in
training programs for the area which expressly include minorities
and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and
trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs,
especially those programs funded or approved by the Department
of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to
the sources compiled under 7b above.
f) Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the
policy to unions and training programs and requesting their
cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO
obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective
bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper,
annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all
management personnel and with all minority and female employees
at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on
bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where
construction work is performed.
g) Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and
affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all
employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff,
CHECK SHEET #3
98
termination or other employment decisions including specific review
of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as
Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of
construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made
and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings,
persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the
subject matter.
h) Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it
in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority
and female news media, and providing written notification to and
discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and
subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing
business.
i) Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority,
female and community organizations, to schools with minority and
female students and to minority and female recruitment and training
organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and
employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for
the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship of other training
by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written
notification to organizations such as the above, describing the
openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the
selection process.
j) Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other
minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after
school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female
youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's
workforce.
k) Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is
an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3.
l) Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of
all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and
encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through
appropriate training, etc., such opportunities.
m) Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work
assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a
discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and
employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the
Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being
carried out.
n) Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non-segregated,
except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing
facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.
CHECK SHEET #3
99
o) Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for
subcontracts from minority and female construction Contractors
and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and
female Contractor associations and other business associations.
p) Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to
and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and
affirmative action obligations.
8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations
which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action
obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint
contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which
the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling
any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these
Specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the
group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact
on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures
that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the
Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good
faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide
access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of
actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply
however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an
obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance.
9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have
been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide
equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all
minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority
and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of
the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially
disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has
achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in
violation of the Executive Order if a specified minority group of women
is underutilized).
10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative
action standards to discriminate against any person because of race,
color, religion, sex, or national origin.
11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or
firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order
11246.
12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation
of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including
suspension, termination and cancellations of existing subcontracts as
may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as
amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal
Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out
CHECK SHEET #3
100
such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications
and Executive Order 11246, as amended.
13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications,
shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive
as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so
as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal
employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the
requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or
these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with
41 CFR 60-4.8.
14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all
employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is
being carried out to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as
may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records
shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone
numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee
identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex,
status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of
changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade rate of
pay and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be
maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however,
to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, Contractors
shall not be required to maintain separate records.
15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the
application of other laws which establish different standards of
compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of
local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works
Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant
Program).
CHECK SHEET #4
101
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
SPECIFIC EEO RESPONSIBILITIES NONFEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS
Effective: March 20, 1969
Revised: January 1, 1994
1. General
a. The requirements set forth herein shall constitute the specific affirmative
action requirements under this contract and supplement the non-
discrimination requirements contained elsewhere in this proposal.
b. The Contractor shall work with the Illinois Department of Transportation
(IDOT) in carrying out Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) obligations and
in reviews of activities under the contract.
c. The Contractor, and all subcontractors holding subcontracts (not including
material suppliers) of $10,000 or more, shall comply with the following
minimum specific requirement activities of EEO. The Contractor shall
include these requirements in every subcontract of $10,000 or more with
such modification of language as is necessary to make them binding on the
subcontractor.
2. Equal Employment Opportunity Policy
The Contractor shall accept as operating policy the following statement which is
designed to further the provision of EEO to all persons, and to promote the full
realization of equal employment opportunity through a positive continuing
program: "It is the policy of this Company to ensure that applicants are
employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to
their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age, or disability. Such action shall
include: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or
recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of
compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship, pre-
apprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training."
3. Equal Employment Opportunity Officer
The Contractor shall designate and make known to IDOT contracting officers an
EEO Officer who will have the responsibility for and must be capable of
effectively administering and promoting an active Contractor program of EEO
and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so.
CHECK SHEET #4
102
4. Dissemination of Policy
a. All members of the Contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise,
promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who
are substantially involved in such action, will be made fully cognizant of, and
will implement, the Contractor's EEO policy and contractual responsibilities
to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To ensure
that the above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a
minimum:
(1) Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be
conducted before the start of work and then not less often than once
every six months, at which time the Contractor's EEO policy and its
implementation will be reviewed and explained. The meetings will be
conducted by the EEO Officer.
(2) All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a
thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects
of the Contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following their
reporting for duty with the Contractor.
(3) All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will
be instructed by the EEO Officer in the Contractor's procedures for
locating and hiring minority and female employees.
b. In order to make the Contractor's EEO policy known to all employees,
prospective employees, and potential sources of employees, i.e., schools,
employment agencies, labor unions (where appropriate), college placement
officers, etc., the Contractor shall take the following actions:
(1) Notices and posters setting forth the Contractor's EEO policy will be
placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for
employment and potential employees.
(2) The Contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such
policy shall be brought to the attention of employees by means of
meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate means.
5. Recruitment
a. When advertising for employees, the Contractor shall include in all
advertisements for employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity
Employer". All such advertisements shall be published in newspapers, or
other publications, having a large circulation among minority groups in the
area from which the project work force would normally be derived.
b. The Contractor shall, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement,
conduct systematic and direct recruitment through public and private
employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minority and female
applicants, including, but not limited to, State employment agencies,
schools, colleges and minority and female organizations. To meet this
requirement, the Contractor shall, identify sources of potential minority and
CHECK SHEET #4
103
female employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures
whereby minority and female applicants may be referred to the Contractor
for employment consideration. In the event the Contractor has a valid
bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, he/she is
expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the
system permits the Contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions.
c. The Contractor shall encourage present employees to refer minority and
female applicants for employment by posting appropriate notices or bulletins
in areas accessible to all such employees. In addition, information and
procedures with regard to referring minority and female applicants shall be
discussed with employees.
6. Personnel Actions
Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and
administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading,
promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, will be taken without
regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, or disability. The
following procedures shall be followed:
a. The Contractor shall conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure
that working conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory
treatment of project site personnel.
b. The Contractor shall periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within
each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage
practices.
c. The Contractor shall periodically review selected personnel actions in depth
to determine whether there is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is
found, the Contractor shall promptly take corrective action. If the review
indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed,
such corrective action shall include all affected persons.
d. The Contractor shall promptly investigate all complaints of alleged
discrimination made to the Contractor in connection with the obligations
under this contract, shall attempt to resolve such complaints, and shall take
appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation
indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the
complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon
completion of each investigation, the Contractor shall inform every
complainant of all of the avenues of appeal.
7. Training and Promotion
a. The Contractor shall assist in locating, qualifying and increasing the skills of
minority and female employees and applicants for employment.
b. Consistent with the Contractor's work force requirements and as permissible
under Federal and State regulations, the Contractor shall make full use of
CHECK SHEET #4
104
training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for
the geographical area of contract performance.
c. The Contractor shall advise employees and applicants for employment of
available training programs and entrance requirements for each.
d. The Contractor shall periodically review the training and promotion potential
of minority and female employees and shall encourage eligible employees to
apply for such training and promotion.
8. Unions
If the Contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees,
the Contractor shall use his/her best efforts to obtain the cooperation of such
unions to increase opportunities for minorities and females within the unions, and
to effect referrals by such unions of minority and female employees. Actions by
the Contractor, either directly or through a Contractor's association acting as
agent, shall include the procedures set forth below:
a. The Contractor shall use best efforts to develop, in cooperation with the
unions, joint training programs aimed toward qualifying more minority and
female employees for membership in the unions and increasing the skills of
minority and female and employees so that they may qualify for higher
paying employment.
b. The Contractor shall use best efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each
union agreement to the end that such union shall be contractually bound to
refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national
origin, age, or disability.
c. The Contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and
policies of the labor union, except that to the extent such information is
within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union
refuses to furnish such information to the Contractor, the Contractor shall so
certify to IDOT and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain
such information.
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the Contractor with a reasonable
flow of minority and female referrals within the time limit set forth in the
collective bargaining agreement, the Contractor shall, through independent
recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race,
color, religion, sex, national origin, age, or disability; making full efforts to
obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minorities and females. (The U.S.
Department of Labor has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with
which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for
exclusive referral failed to refer minorities or female employees). In the
event the union referral practice prevents the Contractor from meeting the
obligations pursuant to these Special Provisions, such Contractor shall
immediately notify IDOT.
CHECK SHEET #4
105
9. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials, and Leasing of
Equipment
The Contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex,
national origin, age, or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors,
including procurement of materials and leases of equipment.
a. The Contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers of
his/her EEO obligations under this contract.
b. Disadvantaged business enterprises (DBE), as defined in 49 CFR Part 23,
shall have equal opportunity to compete for and perform subcontracts which
the Contractor enters into pursuant to this contract. The Contractor shall
use best efforts to solicit bids from and to utilize DBE subcontractors or
subcontractors with meaningful minority and female representation among
their employees. Contractors shall obtain lists of DBE construction firms
from IDOT personnel.
c. The Contractor shall use his/her best efforts to ensure subcontractor
compliance with their EEO obligations.
10. Records and Reports
The Contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document compliance
with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three
years following completion of the contract work and shall be available at
reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of
IDOT.
a. The records kept by the Contractor shall document the following:
(1) the number of minorities, non-minorities and females employed in each
work classification on the project;
(2) the progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when
applicable, to increase employment opportunities for minorities and
females;
(3) the progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training,
qualifying, and upgrading minority and female employees; and
(4) the progress and efforts being made in securing the services of DBE
subcontractors, or subcontractors with meaningful minority and female
representation among their employees.
b. The Contractor shall submit to IDOT a monthly report every month for the
duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, non-minority and
female employees currently engaged in each work classification required by
contract work and the number of hours worked. This information is to be
reported on Form SBE-956. If on-the-job training is being required by
special provision, the Contractor will be required to collect and report training
data.
CHECK SHEET #5
106
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
REQUIRED PROVISIONS - STATE CONTRACTS
Effective: April 1, 1965
Revised: January 1, 2017
I. SELECTION OF LABOR
The Contractor shall comply with all Illinois statutes pertaining to the selection of
labor.
EMPLOYMENT OF ILLINOIS WORKERS DURING PERIODS OF
EXCESSIVE UNEMPLOYMENT
Whenever there is a period of excessive unemployment in Illinois, which is
defined herein as any month immediately following two consecutive calendar months
during which the level of unemployment in the State of Illinois has exceeded five
percent as measured by the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics in its monthly
publication of employment and unemployment figures, the Contractor shall employ at
least 90 percent Illinois laborers. "Illinois laborer" means any person who has resided
in Illinois for at least 30 days and intends to become or remain an Illinois resident.
Other laborers may be used when Illinois laborers as defined herein are not
available, or are incapable of performing the particular type of work involved, if so
certified by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor may place
no more than three of his/her regularly employed non-resident executive and
technical experts, who do not qualify as Illinois laborers, to do work encompassed by
this Contract during period of excessive unemployment.
This provision applies to all labor, whether skilled, semi-skilled, or unskilled,
whether manual or non-manual.
II. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the provisions of this Equal
Employment Opportunity Clause, the Illinois Human Rights Act or the Illinois
Department of Human Rights Rules and Regulations, the Contractor may be declared
ineligible for future contracts or subcontracts with the State of Illinois or any of its
political sub-divisions or municipal corporations, and the contract may be cancelled or
voided in whole or in part, and such other sanctions or penalties may be imposed or
remedies invoked as provided by statute or regulation.
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows:
1. That it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
employment because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, marital
status, order of protection status, national origin or ancestry, citizenship
CHECK SHEET #5
107
status, age, physical or mental disability unrelated to ability, military status,
or an unfavorable discharge from military service; and further that it will
examine all job classifications to determine if minority persons or women are
underutilized and will take appropriate affirmative action to rectify any such
underutilization.
2. That, if it hires additional employees in order to perform this contract or any
portion hereof, it will determine the availability (in accordance with the Illinois
Department of Human Rights Rules and Regulations) of minorities and
women in the area(s) from which it may reasonably recruit and it will hire for
each job classification for which employees are hired in such a way that
minorities and women are not underutilized.
3. That, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by it or on
its behalf, it will state that all applicants will be afforded equal opportunity
without discrimination because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual
orientation, marital status, order of protection status, national origin or
ancestry, citizenship status, age, physical or mental disability unrelated to
ability, military status, or an unfavorable discharge from military service.
4. That it will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with
which it has or is bound by a collective bargaining or other agreement or
understanding, a notice advising such labor organization or representative of
the Contractor's obligations under the Illinois Human Rights Act and the
Illinois Department of Human Rights Rules and Regulations. If any labor
organization or representative fails or refuses to cooperate with the
Contractor in its efforts to comply with such Act and Rules and Regulations,
the Contractor will promptly so notify the Illinois Department of Human
Rights and IDOT and will recruit employees from other sources when
necessary to fulfill its obligations thereunder.
5. That it will submit reports as required by the Illinois Department of Human
Rights Rules and Regulations, furnish all relevant information as may from
time to time be requested by the Illinois Department of Human Rights or
IDOT, and in all respects comply with the Illinois Human Rights Act and the
Illinois Department of Human Rights Rules and Regulations.
6. That it will permit access to all relevant books, records, accounts and work
sites by personnel of IDOT and the Illinois Department of Human Rights for
purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with the Illinois Human
Rights Act and the Illinois Department of Human Rights Rules and
Regulations.
7. That it will include verbatim or by reference the provisions of this clause in
every subcontract it awards under which any portion of the contract
obligations are undertaken or assumed, so that the provisions will be binding
upon the subcontractor. In the same manner as with other provisions of this
contract, the Contractor will be liable for compliance with applicable
provisions of this clause by subcontractors; and further it will promptly notify
IDOT and the Illinois Department of Human Rights in the event any
subcontractor fails or refuses to comply with these provisions. In addition,
the Contractor will not utilize any subcontractor declared by the Illinois
CHECK SHEET #5
108
Human Rights Commission to be ineligible for contracts or subcontracts with
the State of Illinois or any of its political subdivisions or municipal
corporations.
III. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT
1. The Contractor shall perform with his/her own organization contract work
amounting to not less than 50 percent of the original total contract price,
except that any items designated by the State as "Specialty Items" may be
performed by subcontract and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so
performed may be deducted from the original total contract price before
computing the amount of work required to be performed by the Contractor
with his/her own organization.
a. "His/her own organization" shall be construed to include only worker
employed and paid directly by the Contractor and equipment owned or
rented by him/her, with or without operators.
b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires
specialized knowledge, craftsmanship or equipment not ordinarily
available in contracting organizations qualified to bid on the contract as
a whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the
overall contract.
2. In addition to the 50 percent requirement set forth in paragraph 1 above, the
Contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or foreman who is
employed by him/her, who has full authority to direct performance of the
work in accordance with the contract requirements, and who is in charge of
all construction operations (regardless of who performs the work), and (b)
such other of his/her own organizational capability and responsibility
(supervision, management, and engineering services) as the State highway
department contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the
performance of the contract.
3. The Contractor shall not sublet, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of
the contract or contracts or any portion thereof, or of his/her right, title or
interest therein, without written consent of the Engineer. In case such
consent is given, the Contractor will be permitted to sublet a portion thereof,
but shall perform with the Contractor's own organization, work amounting to
not less than 50 percent of the total contract cost, except that any items
designated in the contract as "specialty items" may be performed by
subcontract and the cost of any such specialty items so performed by
subcontract may be deducted from the total cost before computing the
amount of work required to be performed by the Contractor with his/her own
organization. Materials purchased or produced by the Contractor must be
incorporated into the project by the Contractor's own organization if their
cost is to be applied to the 50 percent requirement.
No subcontracts, or transfer of contract, shall in any case release the
Contractor of his/her liability under the contract and bonds. All transactions
of the Engineer shall be with the Contractor. The Contractor shall have
CHECK SHEET #5
109
representative on the job at all times when either contract or subcontract
work is being performed.
All requests to subcontract shall contain a certification that the subcontract
agreement exists in writing and physically contains the required Federal and
State Equal Employment Opportunity provisions and Labor compliance
provisions, including the contract minimum wage requirements. The
Contractor shall permit Department or Federal representatives to examine
the subcontract agreements upon notice.
4. Any items that have been selected as "Specialty Items" for the contract are
listed as such in the Special Provisions, bid schedule, or elsewhere in the
contract documents.
5. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of,
except with the written consent of the State highway department contracting
officer, or his/her authorized representative, and such consent when given
shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for the
fulfillment of the contract. Request for permission to sublet, assign or
otherwise dispose of any portion of the contract shall be in writing and
accompanied by (a) a showing that the organization which will perform the
work is particularly experienced and equipped for such work, and (b) an
assurance by the Contractor that the labor standards provisions set forth in
this contract shall apply to labor performed on all work encompassed by the
request.
IV. COMPLIANCE WITH THE PREVAILING WAGE ACT
1. Prevailing Wages. All wages paid by the Contractor and each subcontractor
shall be in compliance with The Prevailing Wage Act (820 ILCS 130), as
amended, except where a prevailing wage violates a federal law, order, or
ruling, the rate conforming to the federal law, order, or ruling shall govern.
The Contractor shall be responsible to notify each subcontractor of the wage
rates set forth in this contract and any revisions thereto. If the Department
of Labor revises the wage rates, the Contractor will not be allowed additional
compensation on account of said revisions.
2. Payroll Records. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall make and
keep, for a period of five years from the later of the date of final payment
under the contract or completion of the contract, records of the wages paid
to his/her workers. The payroll records shall include the worker’s name, the
worker’s address, the worker’s telephone number when available, the
worker’s social security number, the worker’s classification or classifications,
the worker’s gross and net wages paid in each pay period, the worker’s
number of hours worked each day, and the worker’s starting and ending
times of work each day. However, any Contractor or subcontractor who
remits contributions to a fringe benefit fund that is not jointly maintained and
jointly governed by one or more employer and one or more labor
organization must additionally submit the worker’s hourly wage rate, the
worker’s hourly overtime wage rate, the worker’s hourly fringe benefit rates,
the name and address of each fringe benefit fund, the plan sponsor of each
fringe benefit, if applicable, and the plan administrator of each fringe benefit,
CHECK SHEET #5
110
if applicable. Upon seven business days’ notice, these records shall be
available at a location within the State, during reasonable hours, for
inspection by the Department or the Department of Labor; and Federal,
State, or local law enforcement agencies and prosecutors.
3. Submission of Payroll Records. The Contractor and each subcontractor
shall submit payroll records to the Engineer each week from the start to the
completion of their respective work, except that full social security numbers
and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead
the payrolls shall include an identification number for each employee (e.g.,
the last four digits of the employee’s social security number). In addition,
starting and ending times of work each day may be omitted from the payroll
records submitted to the Engineer. The submittals shall be on the
Department’s form SBE 48, or an approved facsimile. When there has been
no activity during a work week, a payroll record shall still be submitted with
the appropriate box (“No Work”, “Suspended”, or “Complete”) checked on
the form.
Each submittal shall be accompanied by a statement signed by the
Contractor or subcontractor, or an officer, employee, or officer thereof, which
avers that: (i) he or she has examined the records and such records are
true and accurate; (ii) the hourly rate paid to each worker is not less than the
general prevailing rate of hourly wages required by the Act; and (iii) the
Contractor or subcontractor is aware that filing a payroll record that he/she
knows to be false is a Class A misdemeanor.
4. Employee Interviews. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall permit
his/her employees to be interviewed on the job, during working hours, by
compliance investigators of the Department or the Department of Labor.
V. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
(Applicable to State Financed Construction Contracts and related subcontracts
exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause).
By submission of this bid, the execution of this contract or subcontract, or the
consummation of this material supply agreement, as appropriate, the bidder,
construction Contractor, subcontractor, or material supplier, as appropriate, certifies
that (s)he does not maintain or provide for his/her employees any segregated
facilities at any of his/her establishments, and that (s)he does not permit his/her
employees to perform their services at any location, under his/her control, where
segregated facilities are maintained. (S)He certifies further that (s)he will not maintain
or provide for his/her employees any segregated facilities at any of his/her
establishments, and that (s)he will not permit his/her employees to perform their
services at any location, under his/her control, where segregated facilities are
maintained. (S)He agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal
Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated
facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms,
restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or
dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas,
transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by
explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or
CHECK SHEET #5
111
national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. (S)He agrees that
(except where he/she has obtained identical certifications from proposed
subcontractors and material suppliers for specific time periods), he/she will obtain
identical certifications from proposed subcontractors or material suppliers prior to the
award of subcontracts or the consummation of material supply agreements,
exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal
Opportunity clause, and that (s)he will retain such certifications in his/her files.
CHECK SHEET #6
112
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
ASBESTOS BEARING PAD REMOVAL
Effective: November 1, 2003
Description. This work shall consist of the removal and disposal of existing
asbestos bearing pads.
The Contractor is advised that the existing bearing pads contain asbestos. All
necessary precautions shall be taken in removing, handling, transporting and
disposing of the bearing pads. Work shall be in conformance with all governing laws,
codes, ordinances or other regulations except that, by agreement with IEPA, it shall
not be necessary to notify IEPA or to have a person trained in the asbestos
requirements on-site for removal and disposal of asbestos bearing pads.
Documentation. The Engineer will keep records of the removal, handling,
transportation, and disposal site.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
General. Prior to removal, the asbestos bearing pads shall be thoroughly wetted.
During handling and transportation, the pads shall be covered with an approved
wetting material or contained in such a way as to prevent dust or debris from entering
the atmosphere.
The asbestos bearing pads shall be hauled to an approved landfill disposal site.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per each
for ASBESTOS BEARING PAD REMOVAL.
CHECK SHEET #7
113
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
ASBESTOS WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE AND
ASBESTOS HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACE REMOVAL
Effective: June 1, 1989
Revised: January 1, 2009
Description. This work shall consist of the removal and disposal of the existing
variable thickness hot-mix asphalt (HMA) surface and all of the asbestos
waterproofing membrane system from the bridge deck area or the variable thickness
HMA surface containing asbestos shown on the plans, according to the requirements
of Section 440 of the Standard Specifications, and the following.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
General. Complete surface removal is required for the entire deck including the
waterproofing membrane system; the removal shall be done in such a manner that
the concrete deck or the concrete beams are not damaged.
The Contractor is advised that the waterproofing membrane system or HMA
wearing surface contains asbestos. Therefore, he/she shall take all necessary
precautions in removing, handling, transporting, and subsequent disposal of all
materials removed containing asbestos. All such work shall be in conformance with
all governing laws, codes, ordinances, or other regulations.
The asbestos membrane, if present, shall be wet saw-cut and removed.
Grinding or milling the existing wearing surface or the membrane system will not
be allowed.
All removed material containing asbestos shall be stockpiled separately from
other removed material.
All stockpiled material containing asbestos, shall be hauled to an approved
landfill disposal site. This removed material shall be wetted down in the truck and
shall be covered with an approved wetting material to prevent debris or dust from
entering into the atmosphere.
The Engineer will keep records of removal, stockpiling, trucking, shipping
manifest, and the landfill disposal site used.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square
yard (square meter) for HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACE REMOVAL (ASBESTOS).
CHECK SHEET #8
114
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
TEMPORARY STREAM CROSSINGS AND IN-STREAM WORK PADS
Effective: January 2, 1992
Revised: January 1, 1998
Haul Road and Other Temporary Stream Crossings. A temporary low flow
structure such as a pipe culvert shall be installed at haul road and other temporary
stream crossings. The haul road shall be constructed with materials (i.e., coarse
aggregate) meeting the requirements of Article 1004.04 of the Standard
Specifications, except, if pit run gravel is used, prior approval of the source may be
required by the Engineer. Upon completion of the work, the haul road or other
temporary stream crossing shall be removed and the stream channel returned to its
original cross section or the cross section called for in the plans.
The Contractor may propose other methods of constructing the stream crossing
to the Department of Natural Resources and, if approved by them, the Contractor
may proceed with that method.
In-Stream Work Pads. All in-stream work pads shall be constructed with
materials (i.e. e., coarse aggregate) meeting the requirements of Article 1004.04 of
the Standard Specifications, except, if pit run gravel is used, prior approval of the
source may be required by the Engineer. In cases where the work pad will span the
stream, a temporary low flow structure such as a pipe culvert shall be installed. Upon
completion of the work, the in-stream work pads shall be removed and the stream
channel returned to its original cross section or the cross section called for in the
plans.
The Contractor may propose other methods of constructing the work pads to the
Department of Natural Resources, and if approved by them, the Contractor may
proceed with that method.
Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment. Haul Roads and Other
Temporary Stream Crossings or In-Stream Work Pads will not be measured or paid
for separately but shall be considered as included in the unit cost of the various pay
items in the contract.
The salvaged aggregates and pipe culverts used in the Haul Roads and Other
Temporary Stream Crossings or In-Stream Work Pads shall remain the property of
the Contractor but may be used in construction if approved by the Engineer.
CHECK SHEET #9
115
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT STAKES
Effective: May 1, 1993
Revised: January 1, 2022
Description. The Contractor shall furnish and place construction layout stakes
and perform layout work necessary to construct the work to the lines and grades
shown on the plans. The Department will provide adequate reference points to the
centerline of survey or other control points as applicable and bench marks as shown
in the plans and listed herein. Any additional control points set by the Department will
be identified in the field to the Contractor and all field notes will be kept in the office of
the Resident Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide field forces, equipment, and material to perform the
entire layout for the work, set additional stakes, which are needed to establish offset
stakes, reference points, and any other horizontal or vertical controls, including
supplementary bench marks, necessary to secure a correct layout of the work.
Stakes for line and grade of pavement and/or curb shall be set at sufficient station
intervals to ensure conformance to plan line and grade. The Contractor will not be
required to set additional stakes to locate a utility line which is not included as a pay
item in the contract nor to determine property lines between private properties.
The Contractor shall be responsible for having the finished work conform to the
lines, grades, elevations, and dimensions called for in the plans. Any inspection or
checking of the Contractor's layout by the Engineer and the acceptance of all or any
part of it shall not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility to secure the proper
dimensions, grades and elevations of the several parts of the work. The Contractor
shall exercise care in the preservation of stakes and bench marks and shall have
them reset when any are damaged, lost, displaced, removed, or otherwise
obliterated.
Responsibility of the Department.
(a) The Department will locate and reference the control points established for
the layout of the work. This may include the centerline of roads and streets,
except interchange ramps. The centerline of private entrances and short
street intersection returns may not be located or referenced by the
Department.
Locating and referencing the centerline of survey will consist of establishing
and referencing the control points of the centerline of surveys such as PC's,
PT's and as many POT's as are necessary to provide a line of sight.
(b) For construction of roadways on new alignments, reconstruction of
roadways, and construction or reconstruction of structures, bench marks will
CHECK SHEET #9
116
be established along the project outside of construction lines not exceeding
1000 ft (300 m) intervals horizontally and 20 ft (6 m) vertically.
(c) Stakes set for (a) and (b) above will be identified in the field to the
Contractor.
(d) The Department will make random checks of the Contractor's staking to
determine if the work is in conformance with the plans. Where the
Contractor's work will tie into work that is being or will be done by others,
checks will be made to determine if the work is in conformance with the
proposed overall grade and horizontal alignment.
(e) The Department will set stakes for utility adjustments.
(f) The Department will make measurements and take cross sections from
which the various pay items will be measured.
(g) Where the Contractor, in setting construction stakes, discovers
discrepancies, the Department will check to determine their nature and
make whatever revisions are necessary in the plans, including the recross
sectioning of the area involved. Any additional restaking required by the
Engineer will be the responsibility of the Contractor. The additional
restaking done by the Contractor will be paid for according to Article 109.04
of the Standard Specifications.
(h) The Department will accept responsibility for the accuracy of the initial
control points as provided herein.
(i) It is not the responsibility of the Department, except as provided herein, to
check the correctness of the Contractor's stakes; any errors apparent will be
immediately called to the Contractor's attention and he/she shall make the
necessary correction before the stakes are used for construction purposes.
Responsibility of the Contractor.
(a) The Contractor shall establish from the given survey points and bench
marks the control points necessary to construct the individual project
elements. S(he) shall provide the Engineer adequate control in close
proximity to each individual element to allow adequate checking of
construction operations. This includes, but is not limited to, line and grade
stakes, line and grade nails in form work, and/or filed or etched marks in
substantially completed construction work or other locations. It is the
Contractor's responsibility to tie in centerline control points in order to
preserve them during construction operations.
(b) At the completion of the grading operations, the Contractor shall set stakes
at 100 ft (25 m) station intervals along each profile grade line. These stakes
will be used for final cross sectioning by the Department.
(c) The Contractor shall locate the existing right-of-way points for the installation
of right-of-way markers.
CHECK SHEET #9
117
(d) Work shall be according to normally accepted self-checking surveying
practices. Field notes shall be kept in standard survey field notebooks and
those books shall become the property of the Department at the completion
of the project. Notes shall be neat, orderly, and in accepted form.
(e) The Contractor shall use diligent care and appropriate accuracy for
placement of construction stakes in order to construct to the lines and
grades shown in the plans. Points shall be positioned to allow reuse
throughout the construction process.
(f) Prior to beginning any bridge construction, structure centerlines and pier
lines shall be established by the Contractor and checked by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide a detailed structure layout drawing showing
span dimensions, staking lines, and offset distances.
Measurement and Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract lump sum
price for CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT.
CHECK SHEET #10
118
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
USE OF GEOTEXTILE FABRIC FOR
RAILROAD CROSSING
Effective: January 1, 1995
Revised: January 1, 2025
Description. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing geotextile fabric
for railroad crossings.
Materials. The geotextile fabric shall consist of woven yarns or nonwoven
filaments of polyolefins or polyesters. Woven fabrics shall be Class 2 and nonwoven
fabrics shall be Class 1 according to AASHTO M 288. The fabric shall be inert to
commonly encountered chemicals, rot proof, dimensionally stable (i.e., fibers must
maintain their relative position with respect to each other), resistant to delamination
and conform to the following physical properties.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES 1/
Woven Nonwoven
Grab Strength, lb (N)
ASTM D 4632 2/ 247 (1100) min. 202 (900) min.
Elongation/Grab Strain, %
ASTM D 4632 2/ 49 max. 50 min.
Trapezoidal Tear Strength, lb (N)
ASTM D 4533 2/ 90 (400) min. 79 (350) min.
Puncture Strength, lb (N)
ASTM D 6241 2/ 494 (2200) min. 433 (1925) min.
Apparent Opening Size, Sieve No. (mm)
ASTM D 4751 3/ 40 (0.43) max.
Permittivity, sec-1
ASTM D 4491 0.05 min.
Ultraviolet Stability % retained strength after
500 hours of exposure - ASTM D 4355 70 min.
1/ AASHTO Product Eval & Audit results (manufacturer’s QC test values) or
manufacturer’s certification to meet test requirements.
2/ Values represent the minimum average roll value (MARV) in the weaker
principle direction [machine direction (MD) or cross-machine direction (XD)].
3/ Values represent the maximum average roll value.
CHECK SHEET #10
119
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Handling and Storage. Fabric shall be delivered to the job site in such a manner
as to facilitate handling and incorporation into the work without damage. The fabric
shall be stored out of direct sunlight.
Installation. Geotextile fabric shall be placed on existing subgrade cleared of
debris and sharp objects to prevent damage to the fabric. All laps shall be a
minimum 12 in. (300 mm). The fabric shall not be punctured during compaction of
the ballast.
Method of Measurement. This work will be measured for payment in place and
the area computed in square yards (square meters). The overlap at joints will be
measured as a single layer of material.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square
yard (square meter) for GEOTEXTILE FABRIC FOR RAILROAD CROSSING.
CHECK SHEET #11
120
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
SUBSEALING OF CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
Effective: November 1, 1984
Revised: January 1, 2007
Description. This work shall consist of filling voids beneath rigid and composite
pavements with portland cement grout.
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following Articles of Division 1000 -
Materials of the Standard Specifications:
Item Article/Section
(a) Portland Cement ..................................................................................... 1001
(b) Water ...................................................................................................... 1002
(c) Fly ash ............................................................................................... 1010.03
(d) Admixtures .............................................................................................. 1021
(e) Packaged Rapid Hardening Mortar or Concrete ..................................... 1018
Equipment. Equipment shall be according to the following.
(a) Grout Plant. The grout plant shall be capable of accurately measuring and
proportioning ingredients by volume, weight (mass), or a combination
thereof. The mixer shall be capable of producing a consistent and
homogeneous mixture free of lumps. Provisions for calibrating the batching
or metering equipment and a positive means of monitoring total production
including continuity of material delivery shall be provided.
(b) Grout Pump. The grout pump shall be a positive displacement pump
capable of producing 10 to 100 psi (69 to 690 kPa) at the grout packer. If
the volume of the grout storage area is 4 cu ft (0.1 cu m) or more it shall be
equipped with mixing paddles. The discharge line shall be equipped with a
positive cut-off valve at the nozzle end, and a bypass return line for re-
circulating the grout into the holding tank or mixer; otherwise, the packer
shall be inserted into the grout holding tank and the pump operated to
prevent setting or degradation of the grout.
(c) Drill. The drilling devices shall be capable of drilling the grout injection holes
through the pavement, and through the subbase. The equipment shall be in
good condition and operated in such a manner that the holes are vertical
and sufficiently round to permit sealing by the packer head. Means to
monitor the down feed force shall be provided.
(d) Movement Detectors. The Contractor shall supply equipment to measure
slab lift. When used on jointed pavements, the equipment shall be capable
of detecting simultaneously the lift of the corners of two adjacent slabs. The
CHECK SHEET #11
121
equipment shall have graduations of 0.001 in. (0.025 mm). Two measuring
devices shall be provided.
(e) Pressure Gauge. The pressure gauge, protected from direct contact with
grout slurry, shall be mounted in the grout line at the packer head.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
General. Grout pumping shall not be performed when ambient temperature is
below 40 °F (5 °C), or when the subgrade and/or base material is frozen.
Grout pumping shall not be performed after October 31 or prior to April 15 unless
approval is given by the Engineer.
Drilling Holes. Grout injection holes shall be drilled in the pattern shown in the
plans or as determined by the Engineer. They shall not be larger than 2 in. (50 mm)
in diameter, drilled vertically and round, to penetrate 2 to 6 in. (50 to 150 mm) below
the subbase material. The downfeed force shall not exceed 200 lb (890 N). Depth of
spalling of the pavement underside due to drilling of the concrete pavement shall not
exceed 20 percent of the pavement thickness. Three times the bid price for holes
drilled will be deducted from the money due the Contractor for each hole determined
to be excessively spalled. Inspection holes shall be drilled, as required by the
Engineer, to determine if the voids under the pavement have been filled. If the voids
have not been filled, grout shall be pumped into the inspection hole as described
herein.
Washing Holes. Prior to subsealing, holes shall be washed with water to provide
an opening into the void system.
Proportioning Grout. Grout for filling voids beneath pavement shall be composed
of portland cement, fly ash, water, and if necessary, admixtures. Grout shall meet the
following minimum requirements:
(a) Minimum cement content of 20 percent of the Absolute Volume of the grout
solids.
(b) Flow cone efflux time shall be 10 to 17 seconds according to ASTM C 939.
The field test shall be performed by the Contractor at ambient air
temperature at time of placement, and will be witnessed by the Engineer.
The test shall be performed a minimum of once a day or when requested by
the Engineer.
(c) Minimum design strength at minimum efflux time shall be 600 psi (4150 kPa)
at seven days according to ASTM C 109. The test will be performed by the
Engineer and three specimens will be molded a minimum of once a day.
Disposable molds with a cover shall be provided.
(d) An initial set time less than two hours according to ASTM C 266. The field
test shall be performed by the Contractor at ambient air temperature at time
of placement, and will be witnessed by the Engineer. The test shall be
performed as needed to open a lane to traffic.
CHECK SHEET #11
122
At least three weeks prior to the beginning of this work, the Contractor shall
submit to the Engineer the proposed mixture proportions based on absolute volumes.
The submittal shall include independent laboratory testing of the grout showing one
day, three day, and seven day strengths, efflux time, time of initial set, and specific
gravity of fly ash. Accompanying this submittal shall be sufficient quantities of all
mixture components to permit laboratory verification of the grout properties listed
herein.
Mixing Grout. Mixed material shall not be held for more than 60 minutes. With
permission of the Engineer, grout that has lost fluidity may be re-tempered with mix
water one time.
Pumping Grout. An expanding rubber packer or hose connected to the
discharge from the plant shall be lowered into the hole. The discharge end of the
packer or hose shall not extend below the lower surface of the concrete pavement.
Each hole shall be pumped until lift is observed, or material is observed flowing from
hole to hole. Movement detectors shall be transported and positioned by the
Contractor at each joint and crack to monitor lift. The upward movement of the
pavement shall not exceed 0.05 in. (1.2 mm).
Transient pressures (2-3 seconds duration) of no greater than 100 psi (690 kPa)
will be permitted to facilitate grout flow. Pumping pressures for void filling shall be no
greater than 40 psi (276 kPa).
Water displaced from the void structure by the grout shall be allowed to flow out
freely.
The Contractor shall correct subsealing procedures if there is excessive loss of
grout through cracks, joints, holes or in the shoulder area. Pay quantities will be
reduced by the Engineer accordingly.
Immediately after the grout packer has been removed from the hole, the hole
shall be filled with a wooden plug or other approved methods when necessary to
prevent grout loss from the hole. These plugs shall remain in place until the grout
has set sufficiently to prevent grout escaping from the hole. Plugs driven flush may
remain in place until the hole is patched.
Patching Holes. Upon completion of pumping, all drill holes shall be filled with
rapid hardening mortar or concrete according to Article 407.10(b)(3) of the Standard
Specifications.
Cleaning Pavement. All drill tailings, spilled grout, and other debris shall be
cleaned up at the end of each working day or before the lane is opened to traffic.
When adjacent lanes are open to traffic, provisions shall be made to prevent grout
from encroaching onto the open lane or squirting onto passing vehicles.
Opening to Traffic. The lane in which pumping operations are completed may be
opened to traffic 1/2 hour after the initial set of the grout.
CHECK SHEET #11
123
Method of Measurement. This work will be measured for payment as follows.
(a) Holes. Holes drilled through the pavement structure, including inspection
holes, will be measured for payment as each.
(b) Grout Material. Grout incorporated into the pavement structure will be
measured for payment in cubic feet (cubic meters) (absolute volume) of dry
solid material only. Weights (masses) will be converted to dry solid volume
using the following formula:
V = Wc + Wf ( Wc + Wf )
Gc x 9.8 Gf x 9.8 Gc x 62.4 Gf x 62.4
Where:
V = Total absolute volume of the dry solids in cu ft (cu m).
Wc = Weight (mass) of portland cement in lb (kg).
Gc = Specific gravity of portland cement.
Wf = Weight (mass) of fly ash in lb (kg).
Gf = Specific gravity of fly ash.
Water and admixtures will not be measured for payment.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic
foot (cubic meter) for DRY GROUT SOLIDS and at the contract unit price per each
for HOLES DRILLED.
CHECK SHEET #12
124
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACE CORRECTION
Effective: November 1, 1987
Revised: January 1, 2009
Description. This work shall consist of milling and planing the existing hot-mix
asphalt (HMA) pavement to remove wheel lane ruts and leave a pavement surface
texture suitable for traffic.
Equipment. The milling machine shall be according to Article 1101.16(a) of the
Standard Specifications, except the machine shall be capable of milling an entire lane
width in a single pass and it shall load the cuttings into a truck.
The cutting drum and teeth shall be designed to produce the required surface
texture. When the teeth become worn so they will not produce the required surface
texture, they shall be changed at the same time (as a unit). Occasionally, individual
teeth may be changed if they lock up or break, but this method shall not be used to
avoid changing the set of teeth as a unit.
The moldboard shall be straight, true, and free of excessive nicks or wear, and it
shall be replaced as necessary to uniformly produce the required surface texture.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
General. The temperature at which the work is performed, the nature and
condition of the equipment, and the manner of performing the work shall be such that
the milled and planed surface is not torn, gouged, shoved, or otherwise injured by the
grinding operation. Surface tests will be made according to Article 407.09 of the
Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall remove any castings in the pavement and cover the holes
prior to milling. The Contractor shall mill the amount as shown on the plans at the
centerline, except when the milling at the outer edge of the surface exceeds 1 1/2 in.
(40 mm); then the Contractor shall reduce the cut at the centerline to provide a
maximum cut at the outer edge of the pavement of 1 1/2 in. (40 mm). It may also
become necessary to reduce the slope of the crown from 3/16 in./ft (15 mm/m) to
1/8 in./ft (10 mm/m) to maintain a maximum cut at the outer edge of 1 1/2 in.
(40 mm).
The cuttings resulting from this operation shall become the property of the
Contractor and shall be disposed of according to Article 202.03 of the Standard
Specifications.
Surface Texture. Each tooth on the cutting drum shall produce a series of
discontinuous longitudinal striations. There shall be 16 to 20 striations (tooth marks)
CHECK SHEET #12
125
for each tooth for each 6 ft (1.8 m) in the longitudinal dimension, and each striation
shall be 1.7 ± 0.2 in. (43 ± 5 mm) in length after the area is planed by the moldboard.
Thus the planed length between each pair of striations shall be 2.3 ± 0.2 in.
(58 ± 5 mm). There shall be 80 to 96 rows of discontinuous longitudinal striations for
each 5 ft (1.5 m) in the transverse dimension. The pattern of striations shall be such
that a line connecting striations in adjacent rows shall form approximately a
70 degree skew angle with the roadway centerline. The areas between the striations
in both the longitudinal and transverse directions shall be flat-topped and coplanar.
The moldboard shall be used to cut this plane, and any time the operation fails to
produce this flat plane interspersed with a uniform pattern of discontinuous
longitudinal striations, the operation shall be stopped and the cause determined and
corrected before recommencing.
Clean-up. After milling and planing a traffic lane, the pavement shall be swept
clean with a mechanical broom prior to opening the lane to traffic.
Method of Measurement. This work will be measured for payment as follows.
(a) Contract Quantities. The requirements for the use of contract quantities
shall be according to Article 202.07(a) of the Standard Specifications.
(b) Measured Quantities. This work will be measured for payment in place and
the area computed in square yards (square meters). Measurement will
include variations in depth of cut due to rutting, superelevations, and
pavement crown.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square
yard (square meter) for HOT-MIX ASPHALT SURFACE CORRECTION.
CHECK SHEET #13
126
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
PAVEMENT AND SHOULDER RESURFACING
Effective: February 1, 2000
Revised: January 1, 2023
Revise Article 406.10 of the Standard Specifications to read:
“ 406.10 Resurfacing Sequence. The resurfacing operations shall satisfy the
following requirements:
(a) Before paving in a lane, the adjacent lane and its paved shoulder shall be at
the same elevation.
(b) Each lift of resurfacing shall be completed, including paved shoulders,
before the next lift is begun.
(c) Elevation differences between lanes shall be eliminated within twelve
calendar days.”
Revise the first sentence of the eleventh paragraph of Article 406.13 of the Standard
Specifications to read:
“ When a HMA binder and surface course mixture is used on shoulders and is
placed simultaneously with the traffic lane as specified in Section 482, the quantity of
HMA placed on the traffic lane that will be paid for will be limited to a calculated
tonnage based upon actual mat width and length, plan thickness or a revised
thickness authorized by the Engineer, and design mix weight per inch (millimeter) of
thickness.”
Delete the twelfth paragraph of Article 406.13 of the Standard Specifications.
Revise the fourth paragraph of Article 482.05 of the Standard Specifications to read:
“ On pavement and shoulder resurfacing projects, the resurfacing sequence shall
be according to Article 406.10. When the HMA binder and surface course option is
used, the shoulders may be placed, at the Contractor’s option, simultaneously with
the adjacent traffic lane for both courses, provided the specified density, thickness
and cross slope of both the pavement and shoulder can be satisfactorily obtained.”
CHECK SHEET #14
127
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
PATCHING WITH HOT-MIX ASPHALT OVERLAY REMOVAL
Effective: October 1, 1995
Revised: January 1, 2018
Description. This work shall consist of removing the hot-mix asphalt (HMA) over
areas to be patched, patching, and HMA replacement.
General. The HMA shall be removed as shown on the plans according to
Section 440 of the Standard Specifications. After the HMA has been removed, the
Engineer will determine if patching is necessary. Areas requiring patching shall be
patched according to Section 442 of the Standard Specifications. HMA binder
replacement shall be according to Section 406 of the Standard Specifications.
Method of Measurement. In the event the thickness of the existing pavement in
an area to be patched after the surface has been removed or the thickness of the
existing overlay differs from the thickness shown on the plans, the Engineer will
adjust the patching quantity, for the specific patch type, or HMA overlay removal for
the individual patches meeting this requirement as indicated by the following chart.
The quantities will be increased when the thickness is greater and decreased when
the thickness is less.
% change of thickness % change of quantity
0 to less than 15 0
15 to less than 20 10
20 to less than 30 15
30 to less than 50 20
If the thickness of the existing pavement varies by 50 percent or more from that
shown on the plans, the character of the work will be considered significantly
changed and an adjustment to the contract will be made according to Article 104.02
of the Standard Specifications.
Patching will be measured for payment according to Article 442.10 of the
Standard Specifications.
HMA removal over the patches will be measured for payment in square yards
(square meters), of the thickness specified.
The HMA binder replacement will be measured for payment in tons (metric tons)
according to Article 406.13 of the Standard Specifications.
Basis of Payment. The HMA removal will be paid for at the contract unit price
per square yard (square meter) for HOT-MIX ASPHALT REMOVAL OVER
PATCHES, of the thickness specified.
CHECK SHEET #14
128
HMA binder replacement will be paid for at the contract unit price per ton (metric
ton) for HOT-MIX ASPHALT REPLACEMENT OVER PATCHES.
Patching will be paid for according to Article 442.11 of the Standard
Specifications.
CHECK SHEET #15
129
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
POLYMER CONCRETE
Effective: August 1, 1995
Revised: April 1, 2016
Description. This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment, technical
assistance, and materials necessary to install the polymer concrete as shown on the
plans and as specified herein.
Materials. The polymer concrete material shall be a fast setting composite
material that may contain aggregate and fibers. It shall be resilient, self-adhering,
and water tight. It shall withstand and remain bonded to the surrounding material
under repeated impact and thermal cycling. It shall not flow nor become tacky in
temperatures up to 130 °F (54 °C). It shall be resistant to ultraviolet radiation,
petroleum products and abrasion. It shall be capable of curing at all temperatures
above 50 °F (10 °C). Mixing shall be according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Based on information provided in the material safety data sheet, the Engineer
reserves the right to reject the material due to health or safety concerns.
The polymer concrete shall comply with the following requirements:
Property (Test Method) Material Specification
Compressive Strength (IL Mod. ASTM C 579) Refer to Illinois Test Method
Direct Shear (IL Test Procedure, “Shear
Strength of Bonded Polymer Concrete”)
Refer to Illinois Test Method
Freeze-Thaw (ITP 161) Refer to Illinois Test Method
Salt Scale (IL Mod. ASTM C 672) Refer to Illinois Test Method
Traffic Bearing Time 4 hours max. @ 70 ± 5 °F (21 ± 3 °C)
Pot Life 5 minutes min. @ 70 ± 5 °F (21 ± 3 °C)
Impact Resistance (IL Mod. ASTM D 2444) Refer to Illinois Test Method
The Department will maintain a qualified product list.
Equipment. All equipment necessary for proper construction of this work shall be
as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer prior to
beginning the work. Air equipment shall pass the requirements of ASTM D 4285.
This test shall be repeated as determined by the Engineer.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
General. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with the manufacturer’s
product information and installation procedures at least two weeks prior to installation.
CHECK SHEET #15
130
When placing the polymer concrete nosing against concrete, the concrete
surface shall be dry. For newly placed concrete, the concrete shall be fully cured and
allowed to dry out a minimum of seven additional days prior to placement of the
nosing. Cold, wet, inclement weather will require an extended drying time.
a) Surface Preparation. All loose foreign material shall be removed. The
substrate shall be structurally sound and sandblasted to be free of all foreign
matter, grease, dirt, and laitance along the bottom and the sidewalls for all
areas that will be in contact with the polymer concrete. Steel surfaces shall
be cleaned to SSPC-SP10 surface preparation. After blast cleaning, the
surfaces shall be blown clean of debris using oil-free compressed air at a
minimum pressure of 90 psi (620 kPa). The bottom and sides of these
areas shall then be primed as recommended by the manufacturer.
b) Placement. The polymer concrete shall be mixed, placed and cured
according to the manufacturer's instructions. The materials shall be
screeded level when appropriate. The material shall be tack free and firm to
the touch before proceeding or opening to traffic as determined by the
Engineer.
Method of Measurement. This work will be measured for payment in place and
the volume computed in cubic feet (cubic meters).
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic
foot (cubic meter) for POLYMER CONCRETE.
CHECK SHEET #16
131
RESERVED
CHECK SHEET #17
132
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
BICYCLE RACKS
Effective: April 1, 1994
Revised: January 1, 2025
Description. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing bicycle racks.
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following.
(a) Steel Pipe. The bicycle rack shall be fabricated from steel pipe, NPS 2,
Schedule 40, according to ASTM A 53. The steel pipe shall be a continuous
piece as shown on the plans. The steel pipe shall not be welded in sections.
Only the base plate shall be welded to the steel pipe.
(b) Fasteners. A minimum of four fasteners shall be used for each concrete
anchor location. Fasteners shall be a Type 316 stainless steel concrete
security anchor with a mushroom or button head. A tamper proof fastener
design may also be used. The anchor shall be 3/8 in. (10 mm) diameter x
minimum 4 in. (100 mm) long.
(c) Base Plates. Base plates shall be 3/8 in. (10 mm) thick steel and according
to ASTM A 36 (A 36M). Base plates shall be galvanized according to
ASTM A 153.
(d) Concrete Pad. The pad shall be Class SI concrete according to
Section 1020 and curing materials shall be according to Section 1021 of the
Standard Specifications.
Submittals. The Contractor shall submit to the Department the following items
before construction begins:
(a) Bicycle Rack -- shop drawings or product data.
(b) Fastener -- product data.
(c) Certifications -- submit manufacturer's certification the pipe and coatings
meet the project specifications.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Coating of Bicycle Racks. The steel pipe and the base plate shall be coated as
specified below. Color of the coating shall be black. The coating shall be applied
only after the steel pipe and base plate have been fabricated. The final product shall
not contain cracks in the coating, ripples in the curved areas, nor any damage due to
fabrication and or shipping.
CHECK SHEET #17
133
(a) Steel shall be shot blast to near white steel and then an iron phosphate pre-
treatment shall be applied.
(b) Primer shall be a thermosetting epoxy powder coating electrostatically
applied and cured six minutes at 250 °F (121 °C). The primer thickness
shall be 1.8-10 mils (45-250 µm).
(c) Topcoat shall be triglycidyl isocyanurate (TGIC) polyester powder coating,
electrostatically applied and cured in an oven for 20 minutes at 250 °F
(121 °C). The total of all the coatings shall be 8-10 mils (200-250 µm).
Concrete Pad. Prior to construction of a concrete pad, the Engineer will
designate the final location, elevation, and dimensions of the pad. Excavation
required for the construction of the pad may require removal of existing concrete or
asphalt. The excavated area shall be compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
A minimum of 6 in. (150 mm) of CA 6 according to Article 1004.04 of the Standard
Specifications shall be placed and compacted. The concrete pad shall be 5 1/2 in.
(140 mm) thick. Forming and concrete placement shall be according to Section 420
of the Standard Specifications. The site shall be left in a broom clean condition.
Fastening. The bicycle rack shall be surface mounted on concrete with
expansion anchors only after concrete has been cured.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per each
for BICYCLE RACKS.
CHECK SHEET #18
134
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
TEMPORARY PORTABLE BRIDGE TRAFFIC SIGNALS
Effective: August 1, 2003
Revised: January 1, 2007
Description. At the Contractor’s option, temporary portable bridge traffic signals
may be used in place of temporary bridge traffic signals. Work shall be according to
Article 701.18(b) of the Standard Specifications, except as follows:
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following Articles/Sections of the
Standard Specifications.
Item Article/Section
(a) Traffic Signal Head .................................................................................. 1078
(b) Electric Cable ..................................................................................... 1076.04
(c) Controller ................................................................................................. 1073
(d) Controller Cabinet ............................................................................... 1074.03
(e) Detector Loop .......................................................................................... 1079
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
General. The temporary portable bridge traffic signals shall be trailer-mounted
units. The trailer-mounted units shall be set up securely and level. Each unit shall be
self-contained and consist of two signal heads. The left signal head shall be mounted
on a mast arm capable of extending over the travel lane. Each unit shall contain a
solar cell system to facilitate battery charging. There shall be a minimum of 12 days
backup reserve battery supply and the units shall be capable of operating with a
120 V power supply from a generator or electrical service.
All signal heads located over the travel lane shall be mounted at a minimum
height of 17 ft (5 m) from the bottom of the signal back plate to the top of the road
surface. All far right signal heads located outside the travel lane shall be mounted at
a minimum height of 8 ft (2.4 m) from the bottom of the signal back plate to the top of
the adjacent travel lane surface.
The long all red intervals for the traffic signal controller shall be adjustable up to
250 seconds in one-second increments.
As an alternative to detector loops, temporary portable bridge traffic signals may
be equipped with microwave sensors or other approved methods of vehicle detection
and traffic actuation. All portable traffic signal units shall be interconnected using
hardwire communication cable or radio communication equipment. If radio
communication is used, a site analysis shall be completed to ensure that there is no
interference present that would affect the traffic signal operation. The radio
equipment shall meet all applicable FCC requirements.
CHECK SHEET #18
135
The temporary portable bridge traffic signal system shall meet the physical
display and operational requirements of conventional traffic signals as specified in
Part IV of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). The signal
system shall be designed to continuously operate over an ambient temperature range
between -30 °F (-34 °C) and 120 °F (48 °C).
When not being utilized to inform and direct traffic, portable signals shall be
treated as non-operating equipment according to Article 701.11 of the Standard
Specifications.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for according to Article 701.20(c) of the
Standard Specifications.
CHECK SHEET #19
136
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
NIGHTTIME INSPECTION OF ROADWAY LIGHTING
Effective: May 1, 1996
The Contractor shall provide traffic control and protection for the nighttime
inspection of the roadway lighting as shown in the contract. Any fixtures found not to
be aimed to provide optimum lighting on the roadway during the nighttime inspection
shall be re-aimed to optimum during the inspection. Any work necessary for re-
aiming will not be paid for separately but, shall be included in the cost of the highway
lighting bid items.
CHECK SHEET #20
137
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
ENGLISH SUBSTITUTION OF METRIC BOLTS
Effective: July 1, 1996
Revised: January 1, 2014
This special provision consists of giving the Contractor the option of replacing metric
size bolts with English size bolts.
For ASTM A 325M, the following substitutions will be allowed:
Metric Bolt
Diameter, mm
English Substitution
Diameter, in.
M16 5/8
M22 7/8
M27 1-1/8
M30 1-1/4
A 3/4 in. diameter bolt may be substituted for a M20 bolt only on connections for
straight multi-girder systems, detailed with over-sized holes.
For ASTM A 307, the following substitutions will be allowed:
Metric Bolt
Diameter, mm
English Substitution
Diameter, in.
M24 1
M30 1-1/4
M36 1-1/2
M48 2
M64 2-1/2
CHECK SHEET #21
138
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
CALCIUM CHLORIDE ACCELERATOR FOR PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
Effective: January 1, 2001
Revised: January 1, 2013
When using Class PP-2 concrete in Class A, B, or C patches, the Contractor may
substitute a calcium chloride accelerator for the non-chloride accelerator.
CHECK SHEET #22
139
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
QUALITY CONTROL OF CONCRETE MIXTURES AT THE PLANT
Effective: August 1, 2000
Revised: January 1, 2022
Description. This Special Provision specifies the quality control responsibilities of
the Contractor at the plant, for portland cement concrete mixtures, cement aggregate
mixture II, and controlled low-strength material incorporated in the project, and
defines the quality assurance and acceptance responsibilities of the Engineer.
A list of quality control/quality assurance (QC/QA) documents is provided in
Schedule C.
Equipment/Laboratory. The Contractor shall provide a laboratory and test
equipment to perform their quality control testing, as required in Schedule A.
The laboratory shall be of sufficient size and be furnished with the necessary
equipment, supplies, and current published test methods for adequately and safely
performing all required tests. The laboratory will be approved by the Engineer at the
beginning of each construction season or each 12 month period. Production of a
mixture shall not begin until the Engineer provides written approval of the laboratory.
The Contractor shall refer to the Department's "Required Sampling and Testing
Equipment for Concrete" for equipment requirements.
Test equipment shall be maintained and calibrated as required by the
appropriate test method, and when required by the Engineer. This information shall
be documented on the Department's "Calibration of Concrete Testing Equipment"
forms BMPR PCCQ01 through BMPR PCCQ09.
The Engineer shall have unrestricted access to the plant and laboratory at any
time to inspect measuring and testing equipment, and will notify the Contractor of any
deficiencies. Defective equipment shall be immediately repaired or replaced by the
Contractor.
Plant/Delivery Trucks. The concrete plant and delivery trucks shall be approved
according to the Department’s Policy Memorandum “Approval of Concrete Plants and
Delivery Trucks”.
Quality Control Plan. The Contractor shall submit, in writing, a proposed Quality
Control (QC) Plan, Part 2, to the Engineer. The QC Plan shall be submitted a
minimum of 45 calendar days prior to the production of a mixture. The QC Plan shall
address the quality control of the concrete, cement aggregate mixture II, and
controlled low-strength material at the plant. The Contractor shall refer to the
Department's "Model Quality Control Plan for Concrete Production" to prepare a QC
Plan. The Engineer will respond in writing to the Contractor’s proposed QC Plan
within 15 calendar days of receipt.
CHECK SHEET #22
140
Production of a mixture shall not begin until the Engineer provides written
approval of the QC Plan. The approved QC Plan shall become a part of the contract
between the Department and the Contractor, but shall not be construed as
acceptance of any mixture produced.
The QC Plan may be amended during the progress of the work, by either party,
subject to mutual agreement. The Engineer will respond in writing to a Contractor’s
proposed QC Plan amendment within 15 calendar days of receipt. The response will
indicate the approval or denial of the Contractor's proposed QC Plan amendment.
Plant Quality Control by Contractor. At the plant, the Contractor shall perform
quality control inspection, sampling, testing, and documentation to meet contract
requirements. Quality control includes the recognition of obvious defects and their
immediate correction. Quality control also includes appropriate action when passing
test results are near specification limits. Quality control may require increased
testing, communication of test results to the plant or the jobsite, modification of
operations, suspension of mixture production, rejection of material, or other actions
as appropriate. The Engineer shall be immediately notified of any failing tests and
subsequent remedial action. Passing tests shall be reported no later than the start of
the next work day.
When a mixture does not comply with specifications, the Contractor shall reject
the material; unless the Engineer accepts the material for incorporation in the work,
according to Article 105.03 of the Standard Specifications.
(a) Personnel Requirements. The Contractor shall provide personnel to perform
the required inspections, sampling, testing, and documentation in a timely
manner. A Quality Control (QC) Manager will not be required. The
Contractor shall refer to the Department’s “Qualifications and Duties of
Concrete Quality Control Personnel” document.
A Level II PCC Technician shall be provided at the plant, or shall be
available, during mixture production and placement. A Level II PCC
Technician may supervise a maximum of three plants. Whenever the
Level II PCC Technician is not at the plant during mixture production and
placement, a Concrete Tester or Level I PCC Technician shall be present at
the plant to perform any necessary concrete tests. The Concrete Tester,
Level I PCC Technician, or other individual shall also be trained to perform
any necessary aggregate moisture tests, if the Level II PCC Technician is
not at the plant during mixture production and placement. The Concrete
Tester, Level I PCC Technician, plant personnel, and jobsite personnel shall
have the ability to contact the Level II PCC Technician by cellular phone,
two-way radio, or other methods approved by the Engineer.
A Concrete Tester may provide assistance with sampling and testing, and
shall be supervised by a Level I or Level II PCC Technician.
(b) Required Plant Tests. Sampling and testing shall be performed at the plant,
or at a location approved by the Engineer, to control the production of a
mixture. The required minimum Contractor plant sampling and testing is
indicated in Schedule A.
CHECK SHEET #22
141
Plant Quality Assurance by Engineer. The Engineer will perform quality
assurance tests on independent samples and split samples at the plant. An
independent sample is a field sample obtained and tested by only one party. A split
sample is one of two equal portions of a field sample, where two parties each receive
one portion for testing. The Engineer may request the Contractor to obtain a split
sample. Aggregate split samples and any failing strength specimen shall be retained
until permission is given by the Engineer for disposal. The results of all quality
assurance tests by the Engineer will be made available to the Contractor. However,
Contractor split sample test results shall be provided to the Engineer before
Department test results are revealed. The Engineer's quality assurance independent
sample and split sample testing is indicated in Schedule B.
(a) Comparing Test Results. Differences between the Engineer's and the
Contractor's split sample test results will not be considered extreme if within
the following limits:
Test Parameter Acceptable Limits of Precision
Slump 0.75 in. (20 mm)
Air Content 0.9%
Aggregate Gradation
See "Guideline for Sample Comparison"
in Appendix "A" of the Manual of Test
Procedures for Materials.
When acceptable limits of precision have been met, but only one party is
within specification limits, the failing test shall be resolved before the
material may be considered for acceptance.
(b) Test Results and Specification Limits. Split sample and independent sample
testing shall be as follows.
(1) Split Sample Testing. If either the Engineer’s or the Contractor’s split
sample test result is not within specification limits, and the other party is
within specifications limits; immediate retests on a split sample shall be
performed for slump, air content, or aggregate gradation. A passing
retest result by each party will require no further action. If either the
Engineer’s or Contractor’s slump, air content, or aggregate gradation
split sample retest result is a failure; or if either the Engineer’s or
Contractor’s strength test result is a failure, and the other party is within
specification limits; the following actions shall be initiated to investigate
the test failure:
a. The Engineer and the Contractor shall investigate the sampling
method, test procedure, equipment condition, equipment
calibration, and other factors.
b. The Engineer or the Contractor shall replace test equipment, as
determined by the Engineer.
c. The Engineer and the Contractor shall perform additional testing on
split samples, as determined by the Engineer.
CHECK SHEET #22
142
For aggregate gradation, plant slump, and plant air content: if the failing split
sample test result is not resolved according to a., b., or c., and the mixture has not
been placed, the Contractor shall reject the material; unless the Engineer accepts
the material for incorporation in the work according to Article 105.03 of the
Standard Specifications. If the mixture has already been placed, the material will
be considered unacceptable.
If a continued trend of difference exists between the Engineer’s and the
Contractor’s split sample test results, or if split sample test results
exceed the acceptable limits of precision, the Engineer and the
Contractor shall investigate according to a., b., or c.
(2) Independent Sample Testing. For aggregate gradation, plant slump,
and plant air content, if the result of a quality assurance test on a
sample independently obtained by the Engineer is not within
specification limits and the mixture has not been placed, the Contractor
shall reject the material, unless the Engineer accepts the material for
incorporation in the work according to Article 105.03 of the Standard
Specifications. If the mixture has already been placed, the material will
be considered unacceptable.
Jobsite Acceptance Testing by the Engineer. The Engineer will perform
acceptance testing at the jobsite for slump, air content, and strength.
Acceptance by the Engineer. Final acceptance will be based on the Standard
Specifications and the following:
(a) The Contractor's compliance with all contract documents for quality control.
(b) Comparison of the Engineer’s jobsite acceptance test results with
specification limits, using samples independently obtained by the Engineer.
(c) Validation of Contractor plant quality control test results by comparison with
the Engineer’s quality assurance test results using split samples. Any
quality control or quality assurance test determined to be flawed may be
declared invalid only when reviewed and approved by the Engineer. The
Engineer will declare a test result invalid only if it is proven that improper
sampling or testing occurred. The test result is to be recorded and the
reason for declaring the test invalid will be provided by the Engineer.
(d) Comparison of the Engineer’s plant quality assurance test results with
specification limits using samples independently obtained by the Engineer.
The Engineer may suspend mixture production, reject materials, or take other
appropriate action if the Contractor does not control the quality of concrete, cement
aggregate mixture II, or controlled low-strength material for acceptance. The decision
will be determined according to (a), (b), (c), and (d).
Documentation. The Contractor shall be responsible for documenting all
observations, inspections, adjustments to the mix design, test results, retest results,
and corrective actions in a bound hardback field book, bound hardback diary, or
CHECK SHEET #22
143
appropriate Department form, which shall become the property of the Department.
The documentation shall include a method to compare the Engineer’s test results with
the Contractor’s results. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of
all permanent records whether obtained by the Contractor, the consultants,
subcontractors, or the producer of the mixture. The Contractor shall provide the
Engineer full access to all documentation throughout the progress of the work.
The Department’s form BMPR MI504 shall be completed by the Contractor, and
shall be submitted to the Engineer weekly or as required by the Engineer. A correctly
completed Form BMPR MI504 is required to authorize payment by the Engineer, for
applicable pay items.
The Engineer will be responsible for completing form BMPR MI654 and form
BMPR MI655.
Basis of Payment. Quality Control of Concrete Mixtures at the Plant will not be
paid for separately, but shall be considered as included in the cost of the various
types of concrete mixtures required to construct the work items included in the
contract.
CHECK SHEET #22
144
SCHEDULE A
CONTRACTOR PLANT SAMPLING AND TESTING - DOUBLE A
Item Test Frequency
Illinois Modified AASHTO,
Illinois Modified ASTM,
or Illinois Test Procedure 1/
Aggregates
(Arriving at
Plant)
Gradation 2/ As needed to check
source for each
gradation number
Illinois Modified AASHTO
R 90, Illinois Modified
AASHTO T 11, Illinois
Modified AASHTO T 27,
and Illinois Modified
AASHTO R 76
Aggregates
(Stored at Plant
in Stockpiles or
Bins)
Gradation 2/ 2500 cu yd
(1900 cu m) for each
gradation number 3/
Illinois Modified AASHTO
R 90, Illinois Modified
AASHTO T 11, Illinois
Modified AASHTO T 27,
and Illinois Modified
AASHTO R 76
Aggregates
(Stored at Plant
in Stockpiles or
Bins)
Moisture 4/ :
Fine Aggregate
Once per week for
moisture sensor,
otherwise daily for
each gradation
number
Flask, Dunagan,
Pychnometer Jar,
or Illinois Modified
AASHTO T 255
Moisture 4/ :
Coarse Aggregate
As needed to control
production for each
gradation number
Dunagan,
Pychnometer Jar,
or Illinois Modified AASHTO
T 255
Mixture 5/
Slump
Air Content
Unit Weight / Yield
Slump Flow (SCC)
Visual Stability Index (SCC)
J-Ring (SCC) 6/
L-Box (SCC) 6/
Temperature
As needed to control
production
R60 and T 119
R60 and T 152 or T 196
R60 and T 121
ITP SCC-1 and ITP SCC-2
ITP SCC-1 and ITP SCC-2
ITP SCC-1 and ITP SCC-3
ITP SCC-1 and ITP SCC-4
R60 and ASTM C 1064
Mixture
(CLSM)7/
Flow
Air Content
Temperature
As needed to control
production
ITP 307
1/ Refer to the Department’s “Manual of Test Procedures for Materials”.
2/ All gradation tests shall be washed. Testing shall be completed no later
than 24 hours after the aggregate has been sampled.
3/ One per week (Sunday through Saturday) minimum, unless the stockpile
has not received additional aggregate material since the previous test.
One per day minimum for a bridge deck pour, unless the stockpile has not
received additional aggregate material since the previous test. The sample
shall be taken and testing completed prior to the pour. The bridge deck
aggregate sample may be taken the day before the pour or as approved by
the Engineer.
CHECK SHEET #22
145
4/ If the moisture test and moisture sensor disagree by more than 0.5 percent,
retest. If the difference remains, adjust the moisture sensor to an average of
two or more moisture tests. The Department's "Water/Cement Ratio
Worksheet" form (BMPR PCCW01) shall be completed, when applicable.
5/ The Contractor may also perform strength testing according to Illinois
Modified AASHTO R 60, T 23, and T 22 or T 177; or water content testing
according to Illinois Modified AASHTO T 318.
The Contractor may also perform other available self-consolidating concrete
(SCC) tests at the plant to control mixture production.
6/ The Contractor shall select the J-Ring or L-Box test for plant sampling and
testing.
7/ The Contractor may also perform strength testing according to ITP 307.
SCHEDULE B
ENGINEER QUALITY ASSURANCE INDEPENDENT SAMPLE TESTING
Location Measured Property Testing Frequency 1/
Plant Gradation of aggregates stored in
stockpiles or bins, Slump, and Air Content
As determined by the
Engineer.
ENGINEER QUALITY ASSURANCE SPLIT SAMPLE TESTING 2/
Location Measured Property Testing Frequency 1/
Plant
Gradation of
aggregates stored in
stockpiles or bins
At the beginning of the project, the first test
performed by the Contractor. Thereafter, a
minimum of 10% of total tests required of the
Contractor will be performed per aggregate
gradation number and per plant.
Slump, Air
Content, Slump Flow
(SCC), Visual
Stability Index
(SCC), J-Ring
(SCC), and L-Box
(SCC)
As determined by the Engineer.
1/ The Engineer will perform the testing throughout the period of quality control
testing by the Contractor.
2/ The Engineer will witness and take immediate possession of or otherwise
secure the Department’s split sample obtained by the Contractor.
CHECK SHEET #22
146
SCHEDULE C
IDOT CONCRETE QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
DOCUMENTS
(a) Model Quality Control Plan for Concrete Production (*)
(b) Qualifications and Duties of Concrete Quality Control Personnel (*)
(c) Development of Gradation Bands on Incoming Aggregate at Mix Plants (*)
(d) Required Sampling and Testing Equipment for Concrete (*)
(e) Calibration of Concrete Testing Equipment (BMPR PCCQ01 through BMPR
PCCQ09)(*)
(f) Water/Cement Ratio Worksheet (BMPR PCCW01) (*)
(g) Field/Lab Gradations (BMPR MI504) (*)
(h) Aggregate Technician Course or Mixture Aggregate Technician Course (*)
(i) Portland Cement Concrete Tester Course (*)
(j) Portland Cement Concrete Level I Technician Course – Manual of
Instructions for Concrete Testing (*)
(k) Portland Cement Concrete Level II Technician Course – Manual of
Instructions for Concrete Proportioning (*)
(l) Portland Cement Concrete Level III Technician Course – Manual of
Instructions for Design of Concrete Mixtures (*)
(m) Manual of Test Procedures for Materials
* Refer to the Department’s “Manual of Test Procedures for Materials” for more
information.
CHECK SHEET #23
147
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
QUALITY CONTROL/QUALITY ASSURANCE OF CONCRETE MIXTURES
Effective: April 1, 1992
Revised: January 1, 2025
Add the following to Section 1020 of the Standard Specifications:
“1020.16 Quality Control/Quality Assurance of Concrete Mixtures. This
Article specifies the quality control responsibilities of the Contractor for concrete
mixtures (except Class PC and PS concrete), cement aggregate mixture II, and
controlled low-strength material incorporated in the project, and defines the quality
assurance and acceptance responsibilities of the Engineer.
A list of quality control/quality assurance (QC/QA) documents is provided in
Article 1020.16(g), Schedule D.
(a) Equipment/Laboratory. The Contractor shall provide a laboratory and test
equipment to perform their quality control testing.
The laboratory shall be of sufficient size and be furnished with the necessary
equipment, supplies, and current published test methods for adequately and
safely performing all required tests. The laboratory will be approved by the
Engineer according to the Bureau of Materials Policy Memorandum
“Minimum Private Laboratory Requirements for Construction Materials
Testing or Mix Design”. Production of a mixture shall not begin until the
Engineer provides written approval of the laboratory. The Contractor shall
refer to the Department's "Required Sampling and Testing Equipment for
Concrete" for equipment requirements.
Test equipment shall be maintained and calibrated as required by the
appropriate test method, and when required by the Engineer. This
information shall be documented on the Department's "Calibration of
Concrete Testing Equipment" forms BMPR PCCQ01 through BMPR
PCCQ09.
Test equipment used to determine compressive or flexural strength shall be
calibrated each 12 month period by an independent agency, using
calibration equipment traceable to the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST). The Contractor shall have the calibration
documentation available at the test equipment location.
The Engineer will have unrestricted access to the plant and laboratory at any
time to inspect measuring and testing equipment, and will notify the
Contractor of any deficiencies. Defective equipment shall be immediately
repaired or replaced by the Contractor.
CHECK SHEET #23
148
(b) Quality Control Plan. The Contractor shall submit, in writing, a proposed
Quality Control (QC) Plan to the Engineer. The QC Plan shall be submitted
a minimum of 45 calendar days prior to the production of a mixture. The QC
Plan shall address the quality control of the concrete, cement aggregate
mixture II, and controlled low-strength material incorporated in the project.
The Contractor shall refer to the Department's "Model Quality Control Plan
for Concrete Production" to prepare a QC Plan. The Engineer will respond
in writing to the Contractor’s proposed QC Plan within 15 calendar days of
receipt.
Production of a mixture shall not begin until the Engineer provides written
approval of the QC Plan. The approved QC Plan shall become a part of the
contract between the Department and the Contractor, but shall not be
construed as acceptance of any mixture produced.
The QC Plan may be amended during the progress of the work, by either
party, subject to mutual agreement. The Engineer will respond in writing to
a Contractor’s proposed QC Plan amendment within 15 calendar days of
receipt. The response will indicate the approval or denial of the Contractor's
proposed QC Plan amendment.
(c) Quality Control by Contractor. The Contractor shall perform quality control
inspection, sampling, testing, and documentation to meet contract
requirements. Quality control includes the recognition of obvious defects
and their immediate correction. Quality control also includes appropriate
action when passing test results are near specification limits, or to resolve
test result differences with the Engineer. Quality control may require
increased testing, communication of test results to the plant or the jobsite,
modification of operations, suspension of mixture production, rejection of
material, or other actions as appropriate. The Engineer shall be immediately
notified of any failing tests and subsequent remedial action. Passing tests
shall be reported no later than the start of the next work day.
When a mixture does not comply with specifications, the Contractor shall
reject the material, unless the Engineer accepts the material for
incorporation in the work, according to Article 105.03.
(1) Personnel Requirements. The Contractor shall provide a Quality
Control (QC) Manager who will have overall responsibility and authority
for quality control. The jobsite and plant personnel shall be able to
contact the QC Manager by cellular phone, two-way radio, or other
methods approved by the Engineer.
The QC Manager shall visit the jobsite a minimum of once a week. A
visit shall be performed the day of a bridge deck pour, the day a non-
routine mixture is placed as determined by the Engineer, or the day a
plant is anticipated to produce more than 1000 cu yd (765 cu m). Any
of the three required visits may be used to meet the once per week
minimum requirement.
The Contractor shall provide personnel to perform the required
inspections, sampling, testing, and documentation in a timely manner.
CHECK SHEET #23
149
The Contractor shall refer to the Department’s “Qualifications and
Duties of Concrete Quality Control Personnel” document.
A Level I PCC Technician shall be provided at the jobsite during mixture
production and placement, and may supervise concurrent pours on the
project. For concurrent pours, a minimum of one Concrete Tester shall
be required at each pour location. If the Level I PCC Technician is at
one of the pour locations, a Concrete Tester is still required at the same
location. Each Concrete Tester shall be able to contact the Level I PCC
Technician by cellular phone, two-way radio, or other methods
approved by the Engineer. A single Level I PCC Technician shall not
supervise concurrent pours for multiple contracts.
A Level II PCC Technician shall be provided at the plant, or shall be
available, during mixture production and placement. A Level II PCC
Technician may supervise a maximum of three plants. Whenever the
Level II PCC Technician is not at the plant during mixture production
and placement, a Concrete Tester or Level I PCC Technician shall be
present at the plant to perform any necessary concrete tests. The
Concrete Tester, Level I PCC Technician, or other individual shall also
be trained to perform any necessary aggregate moisture tests, if the
Level II PCC Technician is not at the plant during mixture production
and placement. The Concrete Tester, Level I PCC Technician, plant
personnel, and jobsite personnel shall have the ability to contact the
Level II PCC Technician by cellular phone, two-way radio, or other
methods approved by the Engineer.
For a mixture which is produced and placed with a mobile portland
cement concrete plant as defined in Article 1103.04, a Level II PCC
Technician shall be provided. The Level II PCC Technician shall be
present at all times during mixture production and placement. However,
the Level II PCC Technician may request to be available if operations
are satisfactory. Approval shall be obtained from the Engineer, and
jobsite personnel shall have the ability to contact the Level II PCC
Technician by cellular phone, two-way radio, or other methods
approved by the Engineer.
A Concrete Tester, Mixture Aggregate Technician, and Aggregate
Technician may provide assistance with sampling and testing. A
Gradation Technician may provide assistance with testing. A Concrete
Tester shall be supervised by a Level I or Level II PCC Technician. A
Gradation Technician shall be supervised by a Level II PCC Technician,
Mixture Aggregate Technician, or Aggregate Technician.
(2) Required Plant Tests. Sampling and testing shall be performed at the
plant, or at a location approved by the Engineer, to control the
production of a mixture. The required minimum Contractor plant
sampling and testing is indicated in Article 1020.16(g) Schedule A.
(3) Required Field Tests. Sampling and testing shall be performed at the
jobsite to control the production of a mixture, and to comply with
specifications for placement. For standard curing, after initial curing,
CHECK SHEET #23
150
and for strength testing, the location shall be approved by the Engineer.
The required minimum Contractor jobsite sampling and testing is
indicated in Article 1020.16(g), Schedule B.
(d) Quality Assurance by Engineer. The Engineer will perform quality
assurance tests on independent samples and split samples. An
independent sample is a field sample obtained and tested by only one party.
A split sample is one of two equal portions of a field sample, where two
parties each receive one portion for testing. The Engineer may request the
Contractor to obtain a split sample. Aggregate split samples and any failing
strength specimen shall be retained until permission is given by the
Engineer for disposal. The results of all quality assurance tests by the
Engineer will be made available to the Contractor. However, Contractor split
sample test results shall be provided to the Engineer before Department test
results are revealed. The Engineer's quality assurance independent sample
and split sample testing are indicated in Article 1020.16(g), Schedule C.
(1) Strength Testing. For strength testing, Article 1020.09 shall apply,
except the Contractor and Engineer strength specimens may be placed
in the same field curing box for initial curing and may be cured in the
same water storage tank for final curing.
(2) Comparing Test Results. Differences between the Engineer's and the
Contractor's split sample test results will be considered reasonable if
within the following limits:
Test Parameter Acceptable Limits of Precision
Slump 0.75 in. (20 mm)
Air Content 0.9%
Compressive Strength 900 psi (6200 kPa)
Flexural Strength 90 psi (620 kPa)
Slump Flow (Self-
Consolidating Concrete (SCC))
1.5 in. (40 mm)
Visual Stability Index (SCC) Not Applicable
J-Ring (SCC) 1.5 in. (40 mm)
L-Box (SCC) 10 %
Hardened Visual Stability
Index (SCC)
Not Applicable
Dynamic Segregation Index
(SCC)
1.0 %
Flow (Controlled Low-Strength
Material (CLSM))
1.5 in. (40 mm)
Strength (CLSM) 40 psi (275 kPa)
Aggregate Gradation
See "Guideline for Sample
Comparison" in Appendix "A" of the
Manual of Test Procedures for
Materials.
When acceptable limits of precision have been met, but only one party
is within specification limits, the failing test shall be resolved before the
material may be considered for acceptance.
CHECK SHEET #23
151
(3) Test Results and Specification Limits.
a. Split Sample Testing. If either the Engineer’s or the Contractor’s
split sample test result is not within specification limits and the other
party is within specification limits, immediate retests on a split
sample shall be performed for slump, air content, slump flow, visual
stability index, J-Ring, L-Box, dynamic segregation index, flow
(CLSM), or aggregate gradation. A passing retest result by each
party will require no further action. If either the Engineer’s or
Contractor’s slump, air content, slump flow, visual stability index,
J-Ring, L-Box, dynamic segregation index, flow (CLSM), or
aggregate gradation split sample retest result is a failure; or if either
the Engineer’s or Contractor’s strength or hardened visual stability
index test result is a failure and the other party is within
specification limits; the following actions shall be initiated to
investigate the test failure:
1. The Engineer and the Contractor shall investigate the sampling
method, test procedure, equipment condition, equipment
calibration, and other factors.
2. The Engineer or the Contractor shall replace test equipment,
as determined by the Engineer.
3. The Engineer and the Contractor shall perform additional
testing on split samples, as determined by the Engineer.
For aggregate gradation, jobsite slump, jobsite air content, jobsite
slump flow, jobsite visual stability index, jobsite J-Ring, jobsite
L-Box, jobsite dynamic segregation index, and jobsite flow (CLSM),
if the failing split sample test result is not resolved according to 1.,
2., or 3., and the mixture has not been placed, the Contractor shall
reject the material; unless the Engineer accepts the material for
incorporation in the work, according to Article 105.03. If the mixture
has already been placed, or if a failing strength or hardened visual
stability index test result is not resolved according to 1., 2., or 3.,
the material will be considered unacceptable.
If a continued trend of difference exists between the Engineer’s and
the Contractor’s split sample test results, or if split sample test
results exceed the acceptable limits of precision, the Engineer and
the Contractor shall investigate according to items 1., 2., and 3.
b. Independent Sample Testing. For aggregate gradation, jobsite
slump, jobsite air content, jobsite slump flow, jobsite visual stability
index, jobsite J-Ring, jobsite L-Box, jobsite dynamic segregation
index, jobsite flow (CLSM), if the result of a quality assurance test
on a sample independently obtained by the Engineer is not within
specification limits, and the mixture has not been placed, the
Contractor shall reject the material; unless the Engineer accepts
the material for incorporation in the work, according to
CHECK SHEET #23
152
Article 105.03. If the mixture has already been placed or the
Engineer obtains a failing strength or hardened visual stability index
test result, the material will be considered unacceptable.
(e) Acceptance by the Engineer. Final acceptance will be based on the
Standard Specifications and the following:
(1) The Contractor's compliance with all contract documents for quality
control.
(2) Validation of Contractor quality control test results by comparison with
the Engineer’s quality assurance test results using split samples. Any
quality control or quality assurance test determined to be flawed may be
declared invalid only when reviewed and approved by the Engineer.
The Engineer will declare a test result invalid only if it is proven that
improper sampling or testing occurred. The test result is to be recorded
and the reason for declaring the test invalid will be provided by the
Engineer.
(3) Comparison of the Engineer’s quality assurance test results with
specification limits using samples independently obtained by the
Engineer.
The Engineer may suspend mixture production, reject materials, or take other
appropriate action if the Contractor does not control the quality of concrete, cement
aggregate mixture II, or controlled low-strength material for acceptance. The decision
will be determined according to (1), (2), or (3).
(f) Documentation.
(1) Records. The Contractor shall be responsible for documenting all
observations, inspections, adjustments to the mix design, test results,
retest results, and corrective actions in a bound hardback field book,
bound hardback diary, or appropriate Department form, which shall
become the property of the Department. The documentation shall
include a method to compare the Engineer’s test results with the
Contractor’s results. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
maintenance of all permanent records whether obtained by the
Contractor, the consultants, the subcontractors, or the producer of the
mixture. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer full access to all
documentation throughout the progress of the work.
The Department's form BMPR MI504, form BMPR MI654, and form
BMPR MI655 shall be completed by the Contractor, and shall be
submitted to the Engineer weekly or as required by the Engineer. A
correctly completed form BMPR MI504, form BMPR MI654, and form
BMPR MI655 are required to authorize payment by the Engineer for
applicable pay items.
(2) Delivery Truck Ticket. The following information shall be recorded on
each delivery ticket or in a bound hardback field book: initial revolution
counter reading (final reading optional) at the jobsite, if the mixture is
CHECK SHEET #23
153
truck-mixed; time discharged at the jobsite; total amount of each
admixture added at the jobsite; and total amount of water added at the
jobsite.
(g) Basis of Payment and Schedules. Quality Control/Quality Assurance of
portland cement concrete mixtures will not be paid for separately, but shall
be considered as included in the cost of the various concrete contract items.
CHECK SHEET #23
154
SCHEDULE A
CONTRACTOR PLANT SAMPLING AND TESTING
Item Test Frequency
Illinois Modified AASHTO,
Illinois Modified ASTM,
or Illinois Test Procedure 1/
Aggregates
(Arriving at
Plant)
Gradation 2/ As needed to check
source for each
gradation number
Illinois Modified AASHTO
R 90, Illinois Modified
AASHTO T 11, Illinois
Modified AASHTO T 27, and
Illinois Modified AASHTO
R 76
Aggregates
(Stored at
Plant in
Stockpiles or
Bins)
Gradation 2/ 2500 cu yd
(1900 cu m) for
each gradation
number 3/
Illinois Modified AASHTO
R 90, Illinois Modified
AASHTO T 11, Illinois
Modified AASHTO T 27, and
Illinois Modified AASHTO
R 76
Aggregates
(Stored at
Plant in
Stockpiles or
Bins)
Moisture 4/:
Fine Aggregate
Once per week for
moisture sensor,
otherwise daily for
each gradation
number
Flask, Dunagan,
Pychnometer Jar,
or Illinois Modified
AASHTO T 255
Moisture 4/:
Coarse Aggregate
As needed to
control production
for each gradation
number
Dunagan,
Pychnometer Jar,
or Illinois Modified
AASHTO T 255
Mixture 5/
Slump
Air Content
Unit Weight / Yield
Slump Flow (SCC)
Visual Stability Index (SCC)
J-Ring (SCC) 6/
L-Box (SCC) 6/
Temperature
As needed to
control production
R 60 and T 119
R 60 and T 152 or T 196
R 60 and T 121
ITP SCC-1 and ITP SCC-2
ITP SCC-1 and ITP SCC-2
ITP SCC-1 and ITP SCC-3
ITP SCC-1 and ITP SCC-4
R 60 and ASTM C 1064
Mixture
(CLSM) 7/
Flow
Air Content
Temperature
As needed to
control production
ITP 307
1/ Refer to the Department’s “Manual of Test Procedures for Materials”.
2/ All gradation tests shall be washed. Testing shall be completed no later than
24 hours after the aggregate has been sampled.
3/ One per week (Sunday through Saturday) minimum, unless the stockpile has not
received additional aggregate material since the previous test.
One per day minimum for a bridge deck pour, unless the stockpile has not
received additional aggregate material since the previous test. The sample shall
be taken and testing completed prior to the pour. The bridge deck aggregate
sample may be taken the day before the pour or as approved by the Engineer.
4/ If the moisture test and moisture sensor disagree by more than 0.5 percent,
retest. If the difference remains, adjust the moisture sensor to an average of two
CHECK SHEET #23
155
or more moisture tests. The Department's "Water/Cement Ratio Worksheet"
form (BMPR PCCW01) shall be completed, when applicable.
5/ The Contractor may also perform strength testing according to Illinois Modified
AASHTO R 60, T 23, and T 22 or T 177; or water content testing according to
Illinois Modified AASHTO T 318.
The Contractor may also perform other available self-consolidating concrete
(SCC) tests at the plant to control mixture production.
6/ The Contractor shall select the J-Ring or L-Box test for plant sampling and
testing.
7/ The Contractor may also perform strength testing according to ITP 307.
CHECK SHEET #23
156
SCHEDULE B
CONTRACTOR JOBSITE SAMPLING & TESTING 1/
Item Measured
Property
Random Sample
Testing Frequency per
Mix Design and per
Plant 2/
Illinois Modified
AASHTO,
Illinois Modified
ASTM, or Illinois Test
Procedure
Pavement,
Shoulder,
Base Course,
Base Course Widening,
Driveway Pavement,
Railroad Crossing,
Cement Aggregate
Mixture II
Slump 3/ 4/
1 per 500 cu yd
(400 cu m) or
minimum 1/day
R 60 and T 119
Air Content 3/ 5/ 6/
1 per 100 cu yd
(80 cu m) or
minimum 1/day
R 60
and
T 152 or T 196
Compressive
Strength 7/ 8/
or
Flexural
Strength 7/ 8/
1 per 1250 cu yd
(1000 cu m) or
minimum 1/day
R 60, T 22 and
T 23
or
R 60, T 177 and
T 23
Bridge Approach Slab 9/,
Bridge Deck 9/,
Bridge Deck Overlay 9/,
Superstructure 9/,
Substructure,
Culvert,
Miscellaneous Drainage
Structures,
Retaining Wall,
Building Wall,
Drilled Shaft
Pile & Encasement
Footing,
Foundation,
Pavement Patching,
Structural Repairs
Slump 3/ 4/
1 per 50 cu yd
(40 cu m) or
minimum 1/day
R 60 and T 119
Air Content 3/ 5/ 6/
1 per 50 cu yd
(40 cu m) or
minimum 1/day
R 60
and
T 152 or T 196
Compressive
Strength 7/ 8/
or
Flexural
Strength 7/ 8/
1 per 250 cu yd
(200 cu m) or
minimum 1/day
R 60, T 22 and
T 23
or
R 60, T 177 and
T 23
Seal Coat
Slump 3/
1 per 250 cu yd
(200 cu m)
or
minimum 1/day
R 60 and T 119
Air Content 3/ 5/ 6/ 1 per 250 cu yd
(200 cu m)
or
minimum 1/day when
air is entrained
R 60
and
T 152 or T 196
Compressive
Strength 7/ 8/
or
Flexural
Strength 7/ 8/
1 per 250 cu yd
(200 cu m)
or
minimum 1/day
R 60, T 22 and
T 23
or
R 60, T 177 and
T 23
CHECK SHEET #23
157
CONTRACTOR JOBSITE SAMPLING & TESTING 1/
Curb,
Gutter,
Median,
Barrier,
Sidewalk,
Slope Wall,
Paved Ditch,
Fabric Formed
Concrete
Revetment Mat 10/,
Miscellaneous
Items,
Incidental Items
Slump 3/ 4/
1 per 100 cu yd
(80 cu m) or
minimum 1/day
R 60 and T 119
Air Content 3/ 5/ 6/
1 per 50 cu yd
(40 cu m) or
minimum 1/day
R 60
and
T 152 or T 196
Compressive
Strength 7/ 8/
or
Flexural
Strength 7/ 8/
1 per 400 cu yd
(300 cu m)
or minimum
1/day
R 60, T 22 and
T 23
or
R 60, T 177 and
T 23
Items Using Self-
Consolidating
Concrete
Slump Flow 3/
VSI 3/
J-Ring 3/ 11/
L-Box 3/ 11/
Perform at same
frequency that is
specified for the
Item’s slump
ITP SCC-1 & ITP SCC-2
ITP SCC-1 & ITP SCC-2
ITP SCC-1 & ITP SCC-3
ITP SCC-1 & ITP SCC-4
HVSI 12/ Minimum 1/day
at start of
production for
that day
ITP SCC-1
and
ITP SCC-6
Dynamic
Segregation
Index (DSI)
Minimum 1/week
at start of
production for
that week
ITP SCC-1
and
ITP SCC-8 (Option C)
Air Content 3/ 5/ 6/
Perform at same
frequency that is
specified for the
Item’s air
content
ITP SCC-1
and
T 152 or T 196
Compressive
Strength 7/ 8/
or
Flexural Strength
7/ 8/
Perform at same
frequency that is
specified for the
Item’s strength
ITP SCC-1, T 22 and
T 23
or
ITP SCC-1, T 177
and T 23
All Temperature 3/ As needed to
control
production
R 60 and
ASTM C 1064
Controlled Low-
Strength Material
(CLSM)
Flow, Air
Content,
Compressive
Strength
(28-day) 13/, and
Temperature
First truck load
delivered and as
needed to
control
production
thereafter
ITP 307
1/ Sampling and testing of small quantities of curb, gutter, median, barrier,
sidewalk, slope wall, paved ditch, miscellaneous items, and incidental items
may be waived by the Engineer, if requested by the Contractor. However,
quality control personnel are still required according to Article 1020.16(c)(1).
The Contractor shall also provide recent evidence that similar material has
been found to be satisfactory under normal sampling and testing
CHECK SHEET #23
158
procedures. The total quantity that may be waived for testing shall not
exceed 100 cu yd (76 cu m) per contract.
If the Contractor’s or Engineer’s test result for any jobsite mixture test is not
within the specification limits, all subsequent truck loads delivered shall be
tested by the Contractor until the problem is corrected.
2/ If one mix design is being used for several construction items during a day's
production, one testing frequency may be selected to include all items. The
construction items shall have the same slump, air content, and water/cement
ratio specifications. For self-consolidating concrete, the construction items
shall have the same slump flow, visual stability index, J-Ring, L-Box, air
content, and water/cement ratio specifications. The frequency selected shall
equal or exceed the testing required for the construction item.
One sufficiently sized sample shall be taken to perform the required test(s).
Random numbers shall be determined according to the Department's
"Method for Obtaining Random Samples for Concrete". The Engineer will
provide random sample locations.
3/ The temperature, slump, and air content tests shall be performed on the first
truck load delivered, for each pour. For self-consolidating concrete, the
temperature, slump flow, visual stability index, J-Ring or L-Box, and air
content tests shall be performed on the first truck load delivered, for each
pour. Unless a random sample is required for the first truck load, testing the
first truck load does not satisfy random sampling requirements.
4/ The slump random sample testing frequency shall be a minimum 1/day for a
construction item which is slipformed.
5/ If a pump or conveyor is used for placement, a correction factor shall be
established to allow for a loss of air content during transport. The first three
truck loads delivered shall be tested, before and after transport by the pump
or conveyor, to establish the correction factor. Once the correction is
determined, it shall be re-checked after an additional 50 cu yd (38 cu m) is
pumped, or an additional 100 cu yd (76 cu m) is transported by conveyor.
This shall continue throughout the pour. If the re-check indicates the
correction factor has changed, a minimum of two truckloads is required to re-
establish the correction factor. The correction factor shall also be re-
established when significant changes in temperature, distance, pump or
conveyor arrangement, and other factors have occurred. If the correction
factor is greater than 3.0 percent, the Contractor shall take corrective action
to reduce the loss of air content during transport by the pump or conveyor.
The Contractor shall record all air content test results, correction factors, and
corrected air contents. The corrected air content shall be reported on form
BMPR MI654.
6/ If the Contractor's or Engineer's air content test result is within the
specification limits, and 0.2 percent or closer to either limit, the next truck
load delivered shall be tested by the Contractor. For example, if the
specified air content range is 5.0 to 8.0 percent and the test result is 5.0, 5.1,
5.2, 7.8, 7.9, or 8.0 percent, the next truck shall be tested by the Contractor.
CHECK SHEET #23
159
7/ The test of record for strength shall be the day indicated in Article 1020.04.
For cement aggregate mixture II, a strength requirement is not specified and
testing is not required. Additional strength testing to determine early
falsework and form removal, early pavement or bridge opening to traffic, or
to monitor strengths is at the discretion of the Contractor. Strength shall be
defined as the average of two 6 x 12 in. (150 x 300 mm) cylinder breaks,
three 4 x 8 in. (100 x 200 mm) cylinder breaks, or two beam breaks for field
tests. Per Illinois Modified AASHTO T 23, cylinders shall be 6 x 12 in. (150 x
300 mm) when the nominal maximum size of the coarse aggregate exceeds
1 in. (25 mm). Nominal maximum size is defined as the largest sieve which
retains any of the aggregate sample particles.
8/ In addition to the strength test, a slump test, air content test, and
temperature test shall be performed on the same sample. For self-
consolidating concrete, a slump flow test, visual stability index test, J-Ring or
L-Box test, air content test, and temperature test shall be performed on the
same sample as the strength test. For mixtures pumped or conveyored, the
Contractor shall sample according to Illinois Modified AASHTO R 60.
9/ The air content test will be required for each delivered truck load.
10/ For fabric formed concrete revetment mat, the slump test is not required and
the flexural strength test is not applicable.
11/ The Contractor shall select the J-Ring or L-Box test for jobsite sampling and
testing.
12/ In addition to the hardened visual stability index (HVSI) test, a slump flow
test, visual stability index (VSI) test, J-Ring or L-Box test, air content test,
and temperature test shall be performed on the same sample. The
Contractor shall retain all hardened visual stability index cut cylinder
specimens until the Engineer notifies the Contractor that the specimens may
be discarded.
13/ The test of record for strength shall be the day indicated in Article 1019.04.
In addition to the strength test, a flow test, air content test, and temperature
test shall be performed on the same sample. The strength test may be
waived by the Engineer if future removal of the material is not a concern.
CHECK SHEET #23
160
SCHEDULE C
ENGINEER QUALITY ASSURANCE INDEPENDENT SAMPLE TESTING
Location Measured Property Testing Frequency 1/
Plant Gradation of aggregates stored in stockpiles
or bins, Slump and Air Content
As determined by the
Engineer.
Jobsite
Slump, Air Content, Slump Flow, Visual
Stability Index, J-Ring, L-Box, Hardened
Visual Stability Index, Dynamic Segregation
Index, and Strength
As determined by the
Engineer.
Flow, Air Content, Strength (28-day), and
Dynamic Cone Penetration for Controlled
Low-Strength Material (CLSM)
As determined by the
Engineer
ENGINEER QUALITY ASSURANCE SPLIT SAMPLE TESTING 2/
Location Measured Property Testing Frequency 1/
Plant
Gradation of aggregates
stored in stockpiles or bins
At the beginning of the project, the first
test performed by the Contractor.
Thereafter, a minimum of 10% of total
tests required of the Contractor will be
performed per aggregate gradation
number and per plant.
Slump, Air Content, Slump
Flow (SCC), Visual Stability
Index (SCC), J-Ring (SCC),
and L-Box (SCC)
As determined by the Engineer.
Jobsite
Slump, Air Content 3/,
Slump Flow, Visual Stability
Index,
J-Ring, and L-Box
At the beginning of the project, the first
three tests performed by the
Contractor. Thereafter, a minimum of
20% of total tests required of the
Contractor will be performed per plant,
which will include a minimum of one
test per mix design.
Hardened Visual Stability
Index
As determined by the Engineer.
Dynamic Segregation Index As determined by the Engineer.
Strength
At the beginning of the project, the first
test performed by the Contractor.
Thereafter, a minimum of 20% of total
tests required of the Contractor will be
performed per plant, which will include
a minimum of one test per mix design.
Flow, Air Content, and
Strength (28-day) for
Controlled Low-Strength
Material (CLSM)
As determined by the Engineer.
1/ The Engineer will perform the testing throughout the period of quality control
testing by the Contractor.
CHECK SHEET #23
161
2/ The Engineer will witness and take immediate possession of or otherwise
secure the Department’s split sample obtained by the Contractor.
3/ Before transport by pump or conveyor, a minimum of 20 percent of total
tests required of the Contractor will be performed per mix design and per
plant. After transport by pump or conveyor, a minimum of 20 percent of total
tests required of the Contractor will be performed per mix design and per
plant.
CHECK SHEET #23
162
SCHEDULE D
CONCRETE QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS
(a) Model Quality Control Plan for Concrete Production (*)
(b) Qualifications and Duties of Concrete Quality Control Personnel (*)
(c) Development of Gradation Bands on Incoming Aggregate at Mix Plants (*)
(d) Required Sampling and Testing Equipment for Concrete (*)
(e) Method for Obtaining Random Samples for Concrete (*)
(f) Calibration of Concrete Testing Equipment (BMPR PCCQ01 through BMPR
PCCQ09) (*)
(g) Water/Cement Ratio Worksheet (BMPR PCCW01) (*)
(h) Field/Lab Gradations (BMPR MI504) (*)
(i) Concrete Air, Slump and Quantity (BMPR MI654) (*)
(j) P.C. Concrete Strengths (BMPR MI655) (*)
(k) Aggregate Technician Course or Mixture Aggregate Technician Course (*)
(l) Portland Cement Concrete Tester Course (*)
(m) Portland Cement Concrete Level I Technician Course - Manual of
Instructions for Concrete Testing (*)
(n) Portland Cement Concrete Level II Technician Course - Manual of
Instructions for Concrete Proportioning (*)
(o) Portland Cement Concrete Level III Technician Course - Manual of
Instructions for Design of Concrete Mixtures (*)
(p) Manual of Test Procedures for Materials
* Refer to Appendix C of the Department’s “Manual of Test Procedures for
Materials” for more information.
CHECK SHEET #24
163
RESERVED
CHECK SHEET #25
164
RESERVED
CHECK SHEET #26
165
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
TEMPORARY RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
Effective: January 1, 2009
Revised: January 1, 2014
Description. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing temporary raised
pavement markers on preventive maintenance projects requiring cape seals or
bituminous surface treatments.
Materials. The marker body shall be approximately 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) thick
polyurethane formed in an “L” shape. The base of the marker shall be approximately
4 in. (100 mm) wide by 1.125 in. (28 mm) long with a solid 0.125 in. (3.2 mm) thick
butyl rubber adhesive pad protected with a release paper. The vertical portion of the
marker shall be approximately 4 in. (100 mm) wide by 2 in. (50 mm) high.
A cube-corner micro-prism reflective tape material shall be placed horizontally along
both sides at the top of the vertical section of the marker. The reflective material shall
be recessed in an “I-Beam” design to protect the reflective material from aggregate.
A clear flexible polyvinyl chloride plastic cover is to be attached to the vertical section
of the marker with a heavy duty staple to cover the reflective material during surfacing
operations. The flexible raised pavement marker shall be readily visible at night when
viewed with high beam automobile headlamps from a distance of at least 300 ft
(90 m).
Construction Requirements
Application. The temporary markers shall be installed at the centerline or lane line(s)
prior to application of any surface treatment which would cover the existing pavement
markings. Temporary markers shall also be applied at edge lines when specified on
the plans.
For temporary replacement of skip dash markings, an abbreviated pattern of two
markers spaced 4 ft (1.2 m) apart with a maximum spacing of 40 ft (12 m) between
sets of markers shall be used. For temporary replacement of solid lines, one marker
shall be placed every 5 ft (1.5 m). The marker color and location shall match the
existing line color and location.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per each for
TEMPORARY RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER.
CHECK SHEET #27
166
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
RESTORING BRIDGE APPROACH PAVEMENTS USING HIGH-DENSITY FOAM
Effective: January 1, 2009
Revised: January 1, 2012
Description. This work shall consist of restoring elevation and cross-slope of bridge
approach transition pavements and/or bridge approach pavements. Locations to be
restored shall be as shown on the plans or as designated by the Engineer.
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following.
Item Article/Section
(a) High-Density Foam (Note 1)
(b) Nonshrink Grout (Note 2) .................................................................. 1024.02
Note 1. The high-density foam used for restoring the concrete slabs shall
be high-density expanding polyurethane foam having a water insoluble
diluent and shall be according to the following.
Physical Property Test Standard Value
Density, lb/cu ft (kg/cu m) ASTM D 1622 6.0 (96.0)
min.
Tensile Strength, psi (kPa) ASTM D 1623-03
Type C
100 (690)
min.
Compressive Strength at
yield point, psi (kPa)
ASTM D 1621 100 (690)
The manufacturer shall provide documentation that the lot(s) of foam meet
the specified properties. Manufacturer’s certification shall list lot number(s)
and documentation of compliance with the specification.
Note 2. The nonshrink grout shall only be used for filling the injection holes
after the elevation and cross-slope of the slab have been restored.
Equipment. A list of equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. The
minimum required equipment is shown below. However, additional equipment
necessary for the work may be allowed with approval of the Engineer.
(a) Pneumatic Drill. The pneumatic drill shall be capable of drilling 1/2-inch
(13-mm) diameter holes.
(b) Pumping Unit. The pumping unit shall be truck mounted, capable of
mixing and injecting the foam between the concrete and subbase, and
capable of controlling the rate of rise of the pavement. The pumping
CHECK SHEET #27
167
unit shall have a certified flow meter that measures the amount of foam
injected and a digital display in pounds (kilograms). Calibration of the
Contractor’s equipment will be required daily before any work begins.
The Contractor shall eject a minimum of 10 lb (4.5 kg) of foam to be
weighed by the Engineer. The Engineer will calculate the factor for the
specific pump and its display to determine the weight (mass) in pounds
(kilograms) of foam used.
(c) Leveling Unit. The leveling unit shall be capable of measuring elevation
to ensure that the slabs are raised to an even plane and to the required
elevation, or the approval of the Engineer. The unit shall have an
accuracy of 1/32 in. (1 mm).
Construction Requirements
General. The construction methods outlined below may, for sufficient justifications,
be modified by the Engineer as field conditions dictate. The Contractor shall maintain
all pavement surfaces adjacent to the actual operation in progress. The pavement,
including adjacent shoulders, shall be cleaned prior to the placement of traffic on the
work area.
Field Surveying and Profile Grade Determination. The Contractor shall perform
adequate surveys of the areas proposed for regrading to determine the existing
profile grade line elevations. The Contractor shall use this data to develop and
present to the Engineer a proposed profile grade line. The profile grade line shall be
approved prior to beginning any work on an area designated for regrading. The
approved profile grade line shall then be used to guide the leveling of each area
proposed for regrading.
Drilling Holes. A series of 5/8-in. (16-mm) diameter or other approved diameter holes
shall be drilled in the concrete slab throughout the area to be repaired at evenly
spaced intervals, 4 ft (1.2 m) maximum. Holes drilled nearest the edge of the slab,
the joints, or a major crack, shall be a minimum of 6 in. (150 mm) from the feature.
Any other holes shall have a tolerance of 6 in. (150 mm) from the proposed location.
Holes shall be drilled to a depth sufficient to penetrate the concrete pavement,
sleeper slab/stabilized subbase, and subgrade. Holes drilled in the sleeper slab zone
(4 ft (1.20 m) either side of the bridge approach pavement joint) shall be a maximum
of 37 in. (925 mm) from the pavement surface. Holes drilled in the bridge approach
transition pavement shall be a maximum of 26 in. (650 mm) from the pavement
surface.
The pneumatic drill shall be rotated to avoid cracking the pavement and to provide
satisfactory holes of the proper diameter for effective operations. When drilling holes,
the drill shall be held as nearly perpendicular as possible to the pavement surface.
Irregular or unsatisfactory holes, which cannot be satisfactorily used, shall be filled
and sealed with nonshrink grout and new holes shall be drilled. The Contractor shall
exercise sufficient precautions during all operations to insure that slabs are not
broken or cracked. Any slab that develops a crack that extends through the drill hole
will be considered to have been damaged during the process of the work and it shall
be repaired or replaced. Repair or replacement shall be in accordance with
techniques approved by the Engineer. No more holes shall be drilled during a day’s
operations than can be filled during the same day.
CHECK SHEET #27
168
Injecting High-Density Foam. The foam shall not be placed when the pavement
surface temperature is below 35 °F (2 °C) or if the subgrade and/or base course
material is frozen. When injecting the foam, the pavement shall be raised to the
profile elevations with the proper cross-slope. The Contractor shall be responsible for
any excessive or uneven pavement moving, and shall replace or repair any damaged
areas. When the injection nozzle is removed from the hole, excess foam at joints and
cracks and a minimum depth of 6 in. (150 mm) in the injection holes shall be removed
from the area. The injection holes shall be sealed with nonshrink grout.
Continuous laser level or dial indicator micrometer readings shall be in place and
monitored by the Contractor during initial injection to determine if sufficient material
has been injected to cause pavement movement a minimum of 1/32 in. (1 mm). After
the initial movement has been recorded, the Contractor may proceed to raise the
pavement to the desired grade and cross slope.
Bridge approach slabs that have sleeper support slabs shall have all drill holes fully
sleeved by tubes into the subgrade soils to prevent any injection of material between
the slabs. The tubes shall extend a maximum of 37 in. (925 mm) below the
pavement surface. The zone requiring tubes shall be a maximum of 4 ft (1.2 m)
beyond the bridge approach pavement joint.
Opening to Traffic. The road may be opened to traffic after a minimum 30 minute
cure period from the time of completing the last injection hole.
Surface Tests. Once the work is complete, the pavement surface will be tested for
smoothness and any necessary corrections shall be made according to
Article 407.09(a) of the Standard Specifications.
Method of Measurement. This work will be measured for payment in pounds
(kilograms) of high-density foam used as determined by the adjusted amount from the
flow meter. Foam lost through cracks, edges of pavement, and injection holes will not
be deducted; however, the Contractor shall keep this loss to a minimum.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per pound
(kilogram) for FOAM, EXPANDING POLYURETHANE, HIGH-DENSITY.
CHECK SHEET #28
169
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE INLAY OR OVERLAY
Effective: November 1, 2008
Revised: January 1, 2022
Description. This work shall consist of constructing a portland cement concrete inlay
or overlay on an existing hot-mix asphalt (HMA) surfaced pavement.
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following Articles/Sections of the
Standard Specifications.
Item Article/Section
(a) Portland Cement Concrete (Note 1) ....................................................... 1020
(b) Synthetic Fibers (Note 2)
(c) Protective Coat .................................................................................. 1023.01
Note 1. Class PV concrete shall be used, except the cement factor for
central mixed concrete shall be 6.05 cwt/cu yd (360 kg/cu m). A cement
factor reduction according to Article 1020.05(b)(8) of the Standard
Specifications will be permitted. CA 5 shall not be used and CA 7 may only
be used for overlays that are a minimum of 4.5 in. (113 mm) thick. The
Class PV concrete shall have a minimum flexural strength of 550 psi
(3800 kPa) or a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi (20,700 kPa) at
14 days.
Note 2. Synthetic fibers shall be Type III according to ASTM C 1116. The
synthetic fiber shall be a monofilament or bundled monofilament with a
minimum length of 1.0 in. (25 mm) and a maximum length of 2 1/2 in.
(63 mm), and shall have a maximum aspect ratio (length divided by the
equivalent diameter of the fiber) of 150. The quantity of synthetic fiber(s)
added to the concrete mixture shall be sufficient to have a residual strength
ratio (R150,3) of 20.0 percent according to Illinois Modified ASTM C 1609.
The maximum dosage rate shall not exceed 5.0 lb/cu yd (3.0 kg/cu m),
unless the manufacturer can demonstrate through a field demonstration that
the concrete mixture will be workable and fiber clumping is not a problem.
The synthetic fibers shall be added to the concrete and mixed per the
manufacturer’s recommendation.
The Department will maintain a qualified product list of synthetic fibers,
which will include the minimum required dosage rate. For the minimum
required fiber dosage rate based on the Illinois Modified ASTM C 1609 test,
a report prepared by an independent laboratory accredited by the AASHTO
Materials Reference Laboratory (AMRL) for Portland Cement Concrete shall
be provided. The report shall show results of tests conducted no more than
five years prior to the time of submittal. When the test result is more than
CHECK SHEET #28
170
seven years old, the manufacturer shall submit retest results prepared by an
independent laboratory accredited by AASHTO.
Equipment. Equipment shall be according to Article 420.03, 1101.10, and 1101.19 of
the Standard Specifications, except as noted herein. The mechanical saw used for
cutting joints shall be equipped with an upcutting blade and a restricting skid plate to
prevent spalling of the finished saw cut. For surface variation corrections, the
grinding device shall be a self-propelled machine with diamond blades. The machine
shall be designed for grinding concrete surfaces, and shall have a minimum effective
head width of 3 ft (0.9 m). Wood forms of a height equal to the proposed inlay or
overlay thickness may be used.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Preparation of Existing Pavement. The area to be overlaid shall be milled as shown
on the plans according to Section 440 of the Standard Specifications. Areas requiring
patching shall be patched according to Section 442 of the Standard Specifications.
The patches shall be milled or their surface given a rough texture.
When detector loops are required, the loops shall be Type I or Type II according to
Section 886 of the Standard Specifications. The detector loops shall be installed into
the milled surface prior to cleaning.
Following milling, the surface shall be cleaned. Cleaning shall be accomplished by
sweeping to remove all large particles and air blasting to remove dust. As an
alternative to air blasting, a vacuum sweeper may be used to accomplish the dust
removal. The surface shall be free of standing water. The prepared surface shall
meet the approval of the Engineer prior to proceeding with the work.
Forms and Form Setting. This work shall be according to Article 420.06 of the
Standard Specifications. Shims or wedges may be used to raise the forms to the
specified plan elevation. Form removal shall be according to Article 420.11 of the
Standard Specifications.
Treatment of Structures in the Pavement. Pavement round-outs shall be used at
structures in the pavement. This work shall be as shown on the plans.
Placing. This work shall be according to Article 420.07 of the Standard
Specifications, except standing water on the existing pavement surface shall be
removed prior to concrete placement. Slip form paving shall be according to
Article 420.14 of the Standard Specifications. However in Article 420.14(c)(2) of the
Standard Specifications, the amount of pavement removed for edge slump will be at
the direction of the Engineer and reinforcement will not be required.
Strike Off, Consolidation, Finishing, Longitudinal Floating, Straightedging, Edging,
and Final Finish. This work shall be according to Article 420.09 of the Standard
Specifications, except when a Type B final finish is specified the artificial turf drag
shall be replaced with a rough broom finish struck perpendicular to the direction of
traffic flow. The rough broom finish shall be performed over the entire surface.
Surface Tests. The finished surface of the pavement shall be tested for smoothness
CHECK SHEET #28
171
according to Article 407.09 of the Standard Specifications, except as follows:
The finished surface of the pavement shall be tested for smoothness once the
pavement has attained a flexural strength of 550 psi (3800 kPa) or a compressive
strength of 3000 psi (20,700 kPa).
One wheel track shall be tested per lane. Testing shall be performed 3 ft (1 m) from
and parallel to the edge of the lane away from traffic.
Membrane curing damaged during testing shall be repaired as directed by the
Engineer.
No further texturing for skid resistance will be required for areas corrected by
grinding. Protective coat shall be reapplied to ground areas according to
Article 420.18 of the Standard Specifications.
For pavement that is corrected by removal and replacement, the minimum area shall
be replaced in even panel sizes.
SMOOTHNESS ASSESSMENT SCHEDULE (PCC)
High-Speed Mainline Pavt.
Average Profile Index
in./mile (mm/km)
Low-Speed Mainline Pavt.
Average Profile Index
in./mile (mm/km)
Assessment
per sublot
6.0 (95) or less +$800.00
>6.0 (95) to 11.0 (175) 15.0 (240) or less +$650.00
>11.0 (175) to 17.0 (270) >15.0 (240) to 25.0 (400) +$400.00
>17.0 (270) to 30.0 (475) >25.0 (400) to 45.0 (710) +$0.00
>30.0 (475) to 40.0 (635) >45.0 (710) to 65.0 (1025) +$0.00
Greater than 40.0 (635) Greater than 65.0 (1025) -$500.00”
Joints. Joints shall be constructed at the locations and spacing shown on the plans.
Field adjustments to the transverse joint locations will be permitted provided no
transverse joint exceeds the planned spacing by more than ten percent.
The joints shall be mechanically sawed to 1/4 the depth of the inlay or overlay, and
shall be a minimum 1/8 in. (3 mm) and a maximum 1/4 in. (6 mm) wide. Sawed joints
shall be constructed as soon as the concrete will support the weight of the saw and
operator without disturbing the final finish.
Opening to Traffic. The road shall be opened to traffic according to Article 420.13 of
the Standard Specifications, except curing may be discontinued and the pavement
opened to traffic when a minimum flexural strength of 550 psi (3800 kPa) or a
minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi (20,700 kPa) is attained.
Protective Coat Application. The use of protective coat shall be according to
Articles 420.10 and 420.18 of the Standard Specifications.
CHECK SHEET #28
172
Method of Measurement. This work will be measured for payment according to
Article 420.19 of the Standard Specifications.
Milling, when required, will be measured for payment according to Article 440.07 of
the Standard Specifications.
Patching, when required, will be measured for payment according to Article 442.10 of
the Standard Specifications.
Detector loops, when required, will be measured for payment according to
Article 886.05 of the Standard Specifications.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard
(square meter) for PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE INLAY or PORTLAND
CEMENT CONCRETE OVERLAY, of the thickness specified.
Protective coat will be paid for according to Article 420.20 of the Standard
Specifications.
Milling, when required, will be paid for according to Article 440.08 of the Standard
Specifications.
Patching, when required, will be paid for according to Article 442.11 of the Standard
Specifications.
Detector loops, when required, will be paid for according to according to
Article 886.06 of the Standard Specifications.
Add the following to Article 1101 of the Standard Specifications.
“1101.19 Vacuum Sweeper. The vacuum sweeper shall have a minimum
sweeping path of 52 in. (1.3 m) and a minimum blower rating of 20,000 cu ft per
minute (566 cu m per minute).”
CHECK SHEET #29
173
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PARTIAL DEPTH
HOT-MIX ASPHALT PATCHING
Effective: April 1, 2014
Revised: January 1, 2023
Description. This work shall consist of partial depth removal of the existing portland
cement concrete pavement structure and replacement with hot-mix asphalt (HMA).
The partial depth removal on a lane width or less shall be classified by type/size as
follows.
Type I Less than 8 sq yd (7 sq m)
Type II 8 sq yd (7 sq m) or more, but less than 50 sq yd (42 sq m)
Type III 50 sq yd (42 sq m) or more, but less than 100 sq yd (84 sq m)
Type IV 100 sq yd (84 sq m) or more
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following Articles/Sections of the
Standard Specifications.
Item Article/Section
(a) Bituminous Materials ...................................................................... 406.02(c)
(b) Hot-Mix Asphalt (Note 1) ........................................................................ 1030
Note 1. If the patch is going to be resurfaced, the HMA for partial depth
patches shall be a surface mixture of the same type as the proposed
resurfacing or as approved by the Engineer. If the patch is not going to be
resurfaced, the mix shall be as shown on the plans.
Equipment. Equipment shall be according to the following Articles/Sections of the
Standard Specifications.
Item Article/Section
(a) Self-Propelled Milling Machine .......................................................... 1101.16
(b) Concrete Saw .................................................................................. 442.03(d)
(c) Wheel Saw ...................................................................................... 442.03(e)
(d) Rollers ................................................................................................. 442.03
(e) Mechanical Sweeper ......................................................................... 1101.03
(f) Air Equipment (Note 1)
Note 1. The air equipment shall be capable of supplying compressed air at
a minimum pressure of 100 psi (690 kPa) and shall have sufficient flow rate
to remove all disturbed pavement debris. The equipment shall also be
according to ASTM D 4285.
CHECK SHEET #29
174
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
General. The minimum patch dimension shall be 24 x 24 in. (600 x 600 mm).
Partial Depth Removal. Partial depth removal of the pavement shall be accomplished
by the use of a milling machine and/or the wheel saw. The patch area shall be
cleaned by air equipment or mechanical sweeper and all disturbed pavement debris
and any loose or unsound concrete shall be removed. Materials resulting from the
removal shall be disposed of according to Article 202.03 of the Standard
Specifications.
Exposed reinforcement shall be removed back to the point where the steel is in
contact with sound concrete. Where high steel is encountered, the depth of the patch
may be reduced as directed by the Engineer.
Replacement with HMA. When the Engineer determines the exposed pavement will
be suitable for a partial depth patch, a bituminous tack coat shall be applied
according to Article 406.05 of the Standard Specifications.
The prepared patch shall be filled with HMA with a maximum lift thickness of 3 in.
(75 mm). Where more than one lift is needed, the top lift shall be a minimum of 2 in.
(50 mm) thick. At the option of the Contractor, the 2 in. (50 mm) top layer may be
constructed using HMA surface course. The HMA shall be compacted to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
Patch Maintenance. Patches opened to traffic which are high or become rough by
rutting, shoving, or heaving shall be corrected by trimming off high areas and/or filling
depressions. Filled areas shall be rolled again.
Areas Unsuitable for a Partial Depth Patch. When the Engineer determines the
exposed pavement will not be suitable for a partial depth patch, or removal is one half
or more of the pavement thickness, the remaining portion of the pavement shall be
removed and a full depth patch shall be constructed according to Section 442 of the
Standard Specifications for the Class of full depth patches included in the contract.
The exposed area may be filled with HMA and the full depth patch constructed at a
later date. HMA shall be placed as specified for the partial depth repair.
Method of Measurement. Partial depth removal of the portland cement concrete
pavement will be measured for payment in place and the area computed in square
yards (square meters).
HMA for partial depth patching of the portland cement concrete pavement and for the
backfilling of partial depth removal when it is determined the area is not suitable for a
partial depth patch will be measured for payment in tons (metric tons) according to
Article 406.13 of the Standard Specifications.
Basis of Payment. Partial depth removal of the portland cement concrete pavement
will be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard (square meter) for PARTIAL
DEPTH REMOVAL, of the type and thickness specified.
CHECK SHEET #29
175
HMA for partial depth patching and for backfilling areas unsuitable for a partial depth
patch will be paid for at the contract unit price per ton (metric ton) for PARTIAL
DEPTH PATCHING.
When the Engineer determines to convert any partial depth patch to a full depth patch
after the partial depth removal of the portland cement concrete pavement has begun,
the partial depth removal will still be paid for at the contract unit price for PARTIAL
DEPTH REMOVAL. The remaining removal for the full depth patch will be
considered as included in the appropriate full depth patching pay item.
CHECK SHEET #30
176
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
LONGITUDINAL JOINT AND CRACK PATCHING
Effective: April 1, 2014
Revised: January 1, 2023
Description. This work shall consist of partial depth removal of the existing portland
cement concrete pavement or hot-mix asphalt (HMA) pavement and replacement with
HMA.
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following Articles/Sections of the
Standard Specifications.
Item Article/Section
(a) Bituminous Materials ....................................................................... 406.02(c)
(b) Hot-Mix Asphalt (Note 1) ........................................................................ 1030
Note 1. If the patch is going to be resurfaced, the HMA for partial depth
patches shall be a surface mixture of the same type as the proposed
resurfacing or as approved by the Engineer. If the patch is not going to be
resurfaced, the mix shall be as shown on the plans.
Equipment. Equipment shall be according to the following Articles/Sections of the
Standard Specifications.
Item Article/Section
(a) Self-Propelled Milling Machine .......................................................... 1101.16
(b) Concrete Saw ..................................................................................442.03(d)
(c) Wheel Saw ......................................................................................442.03(e)
(d) Rollers ................................................................................................. 442.03
(e) Mechanical Sweeper ......................................................................... 1101.03
(f) Air Equipment (Note 1)
Note 1. The air equipment shall be capable of supplying compressed air at a
minimum pressure of 100 psi (690 kPa) and shall have sufficient flow rate to
remove all disturbed pavement debris. The equipment shall also be according to
ASTM D 4285.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
General. The patch width shall be 2 ft (600 mm), the length shall be a minimum of
10 ft (3 m), and the depth shall be as shown on the plans.
Partial Depth Removal. Partial depth removal of the pavement shall be accomplished
by the use of a milling machine and/or the wheel saw. The patch area shall be
cleaned by air equipment or mechanical sweeper and all disturbed pavement debris
and any loose or unsound material shall be removed. Materials resulting from the
CHECK SHEET #30
177
removal shall be disposed of according to Article 202.03 of the Standard
Specifications.
Exposed reinforcement shall be removed back to the point where the steel is in
contact with sound concrete. Where high steel is encountered, the depth of the patch
may be reduced as directed by the Engineer.
Replacement with HMA. Bituminous tack coat shall be applied to the exposed
pavement according to Article 406.05 of the Standard Specifications.
The prepared patch shall be filled with HMA surface course with a maximum lift
thickness of 3 in. (75 mm). Where more than one lift is needed, the top lift shall be a
minimum of 2 in. (50 mm) thick.
Patch Maintenance. Patches opened to traffic which are high or become rough by
rutting, shoving, or heaving shall be corrected by trimming off high areas and/or filling
depressions. Filled areas shall be rolled again.
Method of Measurement. Partial depth removal of the pavement will be measured for
payment in feet (meters) along the center of the removed pavement.
HMA for longitudinal partial depth patching will be measured for payment in tons
(metric tons) according to Article 406.13 of the Standard Specifications.
Basis of Payment. Partial depth removal of the pavement will be paid for at the
contract unit price per foot (meter) for LONGITUDINAL PARTIAL DEPTH REMOVAL,
of the thickness specified.
HMA for longitudinal partial depth patching will be paid for at the contract unit price
per ton (metric ton) for LONGITUDINAL PARTIAL DEPTH PATCHING.
CHECK SHEET #31
178
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
CONCRETE MIX DESIGN – DEPARTMENT PROVIDED
Effective: January 1, 2012
Revised: April 1, 2016
For the concrete mix design requirements in Article 1020.05(a) of the Standard
Specifications, the Contractor has the option to request the Engineer determine mix
design material proportions for Class PV, PP, RR, BS, DS, SC, and SI concrete. A
single mix design for each class of concrete will be provided. Acceptance by the
Contractor to use the mix design developed by the Engineer shall not relieve the
Contractor from meeting specification requirements.
CHECK SHEET #32
179
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
STATION NUMBERS IN PAVEMENTS OR OVERLAYS
Effective: January 1, 2022
Description. The Contractor shall provide labor and materials required to imprint
pavement station numbers in the finished surface of portland cement concrete or hot-
mix asphalt pavements and overlays.
Materials. The metal numbers shall be approximately 3/4 in. (20 mm) wide,
5 1/2 in. (125 mm) high, and 5/8 in. (15 mm) deep.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
General. The pavement station numbers shall be constructed as follows.
(a) Format. English (metric) pavement stations shall use the format “X+00
(X+000)” where X represents the pavement station. In English, a pavement
station of 1 is 1+00 or 100 feet. In metric, a pavement station of 1 is 1+000
or 1000 meters.
(b) Interval. 200 ft (English stationing) or 100 m (metric stationing).
(c) Location.
(1) 2 to 5 Lane Pavements - Right edge of pavement in direction of
increasing stations.
(2) Multi-Lane Divided Roadways - Outside edge of pavement in both
directions.
(3) Ramps - Along the baseline edge of pavement.
(d) Position. Stations shall be placed so they can be read from the adjacent
shoulder. The bottom of the numbers shall be placed approximately 2 in.
(5 mm) away from the location of the pavement marking.
Hot-mix asphalt station numbers shall be filled with sand prior to additional
rolling.
Basis of Payment. This work will not be paid for separately but shall be included
in the cost of the pavement or overlay pay item.
180
LOCAL ROADS AND STREETS
RECURRING SPECIAL
PROVISIONS
The following special provisions should only be used
when the local agency is the lead on a project.
CHECK SHEET #LRS1
181
RESERVED
CHECK SHEET #LRS2
182
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
FURNISHED EXCAVATION
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2007
Add the following subparagraph to Article 204.07 of the Standard Specifications:
“(c) Truck Loads. When contract quantities do not exceed 2000 cu yd (cu m),
furnished excavation may be measured by truck loads. Prior to the start of
work, the Contractor and the Engineer shall agree to a standard volume for
the trucks utilized by the Contractor. A shrinkage factor of 25 percent will be
used in the computations.”
CHECK SHEET #LRS3
183
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SURVEILLANCE
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2018
Revise Article 701.10 of the Standard Specifications to read:
“The Contractor shall conduct inspections of the worksite at a frequency that will
allow for the timely replacement of any traffic control device that has become
displaced, worn, or damaged. A sufficient quantity of replacement devices, based on
vulnerability to damage, shall be readily available to meet this requirement.”
Delete Article 701.20(g) of the Standard Specifications.
CHECK SHEET #LRS4
184
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
FLAGGERS IN WORK ZONES
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2007
Revise the last paragraph of Article 701.13 of the Standard Specifications to read:
“Flaggers are required only when workers are present.”
CHECK SHEET #LRS5
185
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
CONTRACT CLAIMS
Effective: January 1, 2002
Revised: January 1, 2007
Revise the second sentence of subparagraph (a) of Article 109.09 of the Standard
Specifications to read:
"All claims shall be submitted to the Engineer."
Revise subparagraph (e) of Article 109.09 of the Standard Specifications to read:
"(e) Procedure. All Claims shall be submitted to the Engineer. The Engineer will
consider all information submitted with the claim. Claims not conforming to
this Article will be returned without consideration. The Engineer may
schedule a claim presentation meeting if, in the Engineer's judgment, such a
meeting would aid in resolution of the claim, otherwise a decision will be
based on the claim documentation submitted. A final decision will be
rendered within 90 days of receipt of the claim.
Full compliance by the Contractor with the provisions specified in this Article
is a contractual condition precedent to the Contractor's right to seek relief in
the Court of Claims. The Engineer’s written decision shall be the final
administrative action of the Department. Unless the Contractor files a claim
for adjudication by the Court of Claims within 60 days after the date of the
written decision, the failure to file shall constitute a release and waiver of the
claim."
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
186
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS FOR CONTRACT PROPOSALS
Effective: January 1, 2002
Revised: January 1, 2015
Replace Article 102.01 of the Standard Specifications with the following:
“Prequalification of Bidders. When prequalification is required and the Awarding
Authority for contract construction work is the County Board of a County, the Council,
the City Council, or the President and Board of Trustees of a city, village, or town,
each prospective bidder, in evidence of competence, shall furnish the Awarding
Authority as a prerequisite to the release of proposal forms by the Awarding Authority,
a certified or photostatic copy of a "Certificate of Eligibility" issued by the Department
of Transportation, according to the Department's "Prequalification Manual".
The two low bidders must file, within 24 hours after the letting, a sworn affidavit in
triplicate, showing all uncompleted contracts awarded to them and all low bids
pending award for Federal, State, County, Municipal and private work, using the
blank form made available for this affidavit. One copy shall be filed with the Awarding
Authority and two copies with IDOT's District office.
Issuance of Proposal Forms. The Awarding Authority reserves the right to refuse
to issue a proposal form for bidding purposes for any of the following reasons:
(a) Lack of competency and adequate machinery, plant, and other equipment,
as revealed by the financial statement and experience questionnaires
required in the prequalification procedures.
(b) Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Awarding Authority, might
hinder or prevent the prompt completion of additional work awarded.
(c) False information provided on a bidder’s “Affidavit of Availability”.
(d) Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and material on
former contracts in force at the time of issuance of proposal forms.
(e) Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the Department.
(f) Default under previous contracts.
(g) Unsatisfactory performance record as shown by past work for the Awarding
Authority, judged from the standpoint of workmanship and progress.
(h) When the Contractor is suspended from eligibility to bid at a public letting
where the contract is awarded by, or requires approval of, the Department.
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
187
(i) When any agent, servant, or employee of the prospective bidder currently
serves as a member, employee, or agent of a governmental body that is
financially involved in the proposal work.
(j) When any agent, servant, or employee of the perspective bidder has
participated in the preparation of plans or specifications for the proposed
work.
Interpretation of Quantities in the Bid Schedule. The quantities appearing in the
bid schedule are approximate and are prepared for the comparison of bids. Payment
to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed and
accepted or materials furnished according to the contract. The scheduled quantities
of work to be done and materials to be furnished may be increased, decreased, or
omitted as hereinafter provided.
Examination of Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, and Site of Work. The
bidder shall, before submitting a bid, carefully examine the provisions of the contract.
The bidder shall inspect in detail the site of the proposed work, investigate and
become familiar with all the local conditions affecting the contract and fully acquaint
themselves with the detailed requirements of construction. Submission of a bid shall
be a conclusive assurance and warranty the bidder has made these examinations
and the bidder understands all requirements for the performance of the work. If
his/her bid is accepted, the bidder shall be responsible for all errors in the proposal
resulting from his/her failure or neglect to comply with these instructions. The
Awarding Authority will, in no case, be responsible for any costs, expenses, losses, or
change in anticipated profits resulting from such failure or neglect of the bidder to
make these examinations.
The bidder shall take no advantage of any error or omission in the proposal and
advertised contract. Any prospective bidder who desires an explanation or
interpretation of the plans, specification, or any of the contract documents, shall
request such in writing from the Awarding Authority, in sufficient time to allow a
written reply by the Awarding Authority that can reach all prospective bidders before
the submission of their bids. Any reply given a prospective bidder concerning any of
the contract documents, plans, and specifications will be furnished to all prospective
bidders in the form determined by the Awarding Authority including, but not limited to,
an addendum, if the information is deemed by the Awarding Authority to be
necessary in submitting bids or if the Awarding Authority concludes the information
would aid competition. Oral explanations, interpretations, or instructions given before
the submission of bids unless at a prebid conference will not be binding on the
Awarding Authority.
Preparation of the Proposal. Bidders shall submit their proposals on the form
furnished by the Awarding Authority. The proposal shall be executed properly, and
bids shall be made for all items indicated in the proposal form, except when alternate
bids are asked, a bid on more than one alternate for each item is not required, unless
otherwise provided. The bidder shall indicate in figures, a unit price for each of the
separate items called for in the proposal form; the bidder shall show the products of
the respective quantities and unit prices in the column provided for that purpose, and
the gross sum shown in the place indicated in the proposal form shall be the
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
188
summation of said products. All writing shall be with ink or typewriter, except the
signature of the bidder which shall be written in ink.
If the proposal is made by an individual, that individual’s name and business
address shall be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the name and business
address of each member of the firm or partnership shall be shown. If made by a
corporation, the proposal shall show the names, titles, and business addresses of the
president, corporate secretary and treasurer. The proposal shall be signed by
president or someone with authority to execute contracts and attested by the
corporate secretary or someone with authority to execute or attest to the execution of
contracts.
When prequalification is required, the proposal form shall be submitted by an
authorized bidder in the same name and style as shown on the “Contractor’s
Statement of Experience and Financial Condition” used for prequalification.
Rejection of Proposals. The Awarding Authority reserves the right to reject any
proposal for any of the conditions in “Issuance of Proposal Forms” or for any of the
following reasons:
(a) More than one proposal for the same work from an individual, firm,
partnership, or corporation under the same name or different names.
(b) Evidence of collusion among bidders.
(c) Unbalanced proposals in which the bid prices for some items are, in the
judgment of the Awarding Authority, out of proportion to the bid prices for
other items.
(d) If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed, except
in the case of authorized alternate pay items or lump sum pay items.
(e) If the proposal form is other than that furnished by the Awarding Authority; or
if the form is altered or any part thereof is detached.
(f) If there are omissions, erasures, alterations, unauthorized additions,
conditional or alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind which may tend to
make the proposal incomplete, indefinite or ambiguous as to its meaning.
(g) If the bidder adds any provisions reserving the right to accept or reject an
award, or to enter into a contract pursuant to an award.
(h) If the proposal is not accompanied by the proper proposal guaranty.
(i) If the proposal is prepared with other than ink or typewriter, or otherwise fails
to meet the requirements of the above "Preparation of Proposal" section.
Proposal Guaranty. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a bid bond on the
Department form contained in the proposal, executed by a corporate surety company
satisfactory to the Awarding Authority, by a bank cashier’s check or a properly
certified check for not less than five percent of the amount bid, or for the amount
specified in the following schedule:
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
189
Amount Bid Proposal Guaranty
Up to $5,000 $150
>$5,000 $10,000 $300
>$10,000 $50,000 $1,000
>$50,000 $100,000 $3,000
>$100,000 $150,000 $5,000
>$150,000 $250,000 $7,500
>$250,000 $500,000 $12,500
>$500,000 $1,000,000 $25,000
>$1,000,000 $1,500,000 $50,000
>$1,500,000 $2,000,000 $75,000
>$2,000,000 $3,000,000 $100,000
>$3,000,000 $5,000,000 $150,000
>$5,000,000 $7,500,000 $250,000
>$7,500,000 $10,000,000 $400,000
>$10,000,000 $15,000,000 $500,000
>$15,000,000 $20,000,000 $600,000
>$20,000,000 $25,000,000 $700,000
>$25,000,000 $30,000,000 $800,000
>$30,000,000 $35,000,000 $900,000
Ove $35,000,000 $1,000,000
In the event that one proposal guaranty check is intended to cover two or more
proposals, the amount must equal to the sum of the proposal guaranties which would
be required for each individual proposal.
Bank cashier's checks or properly certified checks accompanying proposals shall
be made payable to the County Treasurer, when a County is the Awarding Authority;
or the City, Village, or Town Treasurer, when a city, village, or town is the Awarding
Authority.
The proposal guaranty checks of all, except the two lowest responsible, will be
returned promptly after the proposals have been checked, tabulated, and the relation
of the proposals established. Proposal guaranty checks of the two lowest bidders will
be returned as soon as the contract and contract bond of the successful bidder have
been properly executed and approved. Bid bonds will not be returned.
After a period of three working days has elapsed after the date of opening
proposals, the Awarding Authority may permit the two lowest bidders to substitute for
the bank cashier's checks or certified checks submitted with their proposals as
proposal guaranties, bid bonds on the Department forms executed by corporate
surety companies satisfactory to the Awarding Authority.
Delivery of Proposals. If a special envelope is supplied by the Awarding
Authority, each proposal should be submitted in that envelope furnished by the
Awarding Authority and the blank spaces on the envelope shall be filled in correctly to
clearly indicate its contents. When an envelope other than the special one furnished
by the Awarding Authority is used, it shall be marked to clearly indicate its contents.
When sent by mail, the sealed proposal shall be addressed to the Awarding Authority
at the address and in care of the official in whose office the bids are to be received.
All proposals shall be filed prior to the time and at the place specified in the Notice to
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
190
Bidders. Proposals received after the time specified will be returned to the bidder
unopened.
Withdrawal of Proposals. Permission will be given a bidder to withdraw a
proposal if the bidder makes the request in writing or in person before the time for
opening proposals.
Public Opening of Proposals. Proposals will be opened and read publicly at the
time and place specified in the Notice to Bidders. Bidders, their authorized agents,
and other interested parties are invited to be present.
Consideration of Proposals. After the proposals are opened and read, they will
be compared on the basis of the summation of the products of the quantities shown in
the bid schedule by the unit bid prices. In awarding contracts, the Awarding Authority
will, in addition to considering the amounts stated in the proposals, take into
consideration the responsibility of the various bidders as determined from a study of
the data required under "Prequalification of Bidders", and from other investigations
which it may elect to make.
The right is reserved to reject any or all proposals, to waive technicalities, or to
advertise for new proposals, if in the judgment of the Awarding Authority, the best
interests of the Awarding Authority will be promoted thereby.
Award of Contract. The award of contract will be made within 45 calendar days
after the opening of proposals to the lowest responsible and qualified bidder whose
proposal complies with all the requirements prescribed. The successful bidder will be
notified by letter of intent that his/her bid has been accepted, and subject to the
following conditions, the bidder will be the Contractor.
An approved contract executed by the Awarding Authority is required before the
Awarding Authority is bound. An award may be cancelled any time by the Awarding
Authority prior to execution in order to protect the public interest and integrity of the
bidding process or for any other reason if, in the judgment of the Awarding Authority,
the best interests of the Awarding Authority will be promoted thereby.
If a contract is not awarded within 45 days after the opening of proposals,
bidders may file a written request with the Awarding Authority for the withdrawal of
their bid, and the Awarding Authority will permit such withdrawal.
Requirement of Contract Bond. If the Awarding Authority requires a Contract
Bond, the Contractor or Supplier shall furnish the Awarding Authority a performance
and payment bond with good and sufficient sureties in the full amount of the contract
as the penal sum. The surety shall be acceptable to the Awarding Authority, shall
waive notice of any changes and extensions of time, and shall submit its bond on the
form furnished by the Awarding Authority.
Execution of Contract. The contract shall be executed by the successful bidder
and returned, together with the Contract Bond, within 15 days after the contract has
been mailed to the bidder.
If the bidder to whom the award is made is a corporation organized under the
laws of a State other than Illinois, the bidder shall furnish the Awarding Authority a
CHECK SHEET #LRS6
191
copy of the corporation's Certificate of Authority to do business in the State of Illinois
with the return of the executed contract and bond. Failure to furnish such evidence of
a Certificate of Authority within the time required will be considered as just cause for
the annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the proposal guaranty to the
Awarding Authority, not as a penalty, but in payment of liquidated damages sustained
as a result of such failure.
Failure to Execute Contract. If the contract is not executed by the Awarding
Authority within 15 days following receipt from the bidder of the properly executed
contracts and bonds, the bidder shall have the right to withdraw his/her bid without
penalty.
Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and file acceptable bonds
within 15 days after the contract has been mailed to the bidder shall be just cause for
the cancellation of the award and the forfeiture of the proposal guaranty which shall
become the property of the Awarding Authority, not as penalty, but in liquidation of
damages sustained. Award may then be made to the next lowest responsible bidder,
or the work may be readvertised and constructed under contract, or otherwise, as the
Awarding Authority may decide.”
CHECK SHEET #LRS7
192
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS FOR MATERIAL PROPOSALS
Effective: January 1, 2002
Revised: January 1, 2013
Replace Article 102.01 of the Standard Specifications with the following:
“Prequalification of Bidders. When prequalification is required and the awarding
authority for contract construction work is the County Board of a County, the Council,
the City Council, or the President and Board of Trustees of a city, village, or town,
each prospective bidder, in evidence of competence, shall furnish the awarding
authority as a prerequisite to the release of proposal forms by the awarding authority,
a certified or photostatic copy of a "Certificate of Eligibility" issued by the Department
of Transportation, in accordance with the Department's "Prequalification Manual".
The two low bidders must file, within 24 hours after the letting, a sworn affidavit in
triplicate, showing all uncompleted contracts awarded to them and all low bids
pending award for Federal, State, County, Municipal and private work, using the
blank form made available for this affidavit. One copy shall be filed with the awarding
authority and two copies with the District office.
Issuance of Proposal Forms. The Awarding Authority reserves the right to refuse
to issue a proposal form for bidding purposes for any of the following reasons:
(a) Lack of competency and adequate machinery, plant, and other equipment,
as revealed by the financial statement and experience questionnaires
required in prequalification procedures.
(b) Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Awarding Authority, might
hinder or prevent the prompt completion of additional work awarded.
(c) False information provided on a bidder’s “Affidavit of Availability”.
(d) Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and material on
former contracts in force at the time of issuance of proposal forms.
(e) Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the Department.
(f) Default under previous contracts.
(g) Unsatisfactory performance record as shown by past work for the Awarding
Authority, judged from the standpoint of workmanship and progress.
(h) When the Contractor is suspended from eligibility to bid at a public letting
where the contract is awarded by, or requires approval of, the Department.
CHECK SHEET #LRS7
193
(i) When any agent, servant, or employee of the prospective bidder currently
serves as a member, employee, or agent of a governmental body that is
financially involved in the proposal work.
(j) When any agent, servant, or employee of the perspective bidder has
participated in the preparation of plans or specifications for the proposed
work.
Interpretation of Quantities in the Bid Schedule. The quantities appearing in the
bid schedule are approximate and are prepared for the comparison of bids. Payment
to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed and
accepted or materials furnished according to the contract. The scheduled quantities
of work to be done and materials to be furnished may be increased, decreased or
omitted as hereinafter provided.
Examination of Material Proposal, Specifications, Special Provisions, and Site of
Work. The bidder shall, before submitting a bid, carefully examine the provisions of
the proposal. The bidder shall inspect in detail the site of the proposed work,
investigate and become familiar with all the local conditions affecting the work and
fully acquaint themselves with the detailed requirements of the work. Submission of a
bid shall be a conclusive assurance and warranty the bidder has made these
examinations and the bidder understands all requirements for the performance of the
work. If his/her bid is accepted, the bidder will be responsible for all errors in the
proposal resulting from his/her failure or neglect to comply with these instructions.
The Awarding Authority will, in no case, be responsible for any costs, expenses,
losses, or change in anticipated profits resulting from such failure or neglect of the
bidder to make these examinations.
The bidder shall take no advantage of any error or omission in the proposal. Any
prospective bidder who desires an explanation or interpretation of the specification, or
any of the documents, shall request such in writing from the Awarding Authority, in
sufficient time to allow a written reply by the Awarding Authority that can reach all
prospective bidders before the submission of their bids. Any reply given a
prospective bidder concerning any of the documents and specifications will be
furnished to all prospective bidders in the form determined by the Awarding Authority
including, but not limited to, an addendum, if the information is deemed by the
Awarding Authority to be necessary in submitting bids or if the Awarding Authority
concludes the information would aid competition. Oral explanations, interpretations
or instructions given before the submission of bids unless at a prebid conference will
not be binding on the Awarding Authority.
Preparation of the Proposal. Bidders shall submit their proposals on the form
furnished by the Awarding Authority. The proposal shall be executed properly, and
bids shall be made for all items indicated in the proposal form, except when alternate
bids are asked, a bid on more than one alternate for each item is not required, unless
otherwise provided. The bidder shall indicate in figures, a unit price for each of the
separate items called for in the proposal form; the bidder shall show the products of
the respective quantities and unit prices in the column provided for that purpose, and
the gross sum shown in the place indicated in the proposal form shall be the
summation of said products. All writing shall be with ink or typewriter, except the
signature of the bidder which shall be written in ink.
CHECK SHEET #LRS7
194
When prequalification is required, the proposal form shall be submitted by an
authorized bidder in the same name and style as shown on the “Contractor’s
Statement of Experience and Financial Condition” used for prequalification and shall
be submitted in like manner.
Rejection of Proposals. The Awarding Authority reserves the right to reject any
proposal for any of the conditions in “Issuance of Proposal Forms” or for any of the
following reasons:
(a) More than one proposal for the same work from an individual, firm,
partnership, or corporation under the same name or different names.
(b) Evidence of collusion among bidders.
(c) Unbalanced proposals in which the bid prices for some items are, in the
judgment of the Awarding Authority, out of proportion to the bid prices for
other items.
(d) If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed, except
in the case of authorized alternate pay items or lump sum pay items.
(e) If the proposal form is other than that furnished by the Awarding Authority; or
if the form is altered or any part thereof is detached.
(f) If there are omissions, erasures, alterations, unauthorized additions,
conditional or alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind which may tend to
make the proposal incomplete, indefinite or ambiguous as to its meaning.
(g) If the bidder adds any provisions reserving the right to accept or reject an
award, or to enter into a contract pursuant to an award.
(i) If the proposal is not accompanied by the proper proposal guaranty.
(i) If the proposal is prepared with other than ink or typewriter, or otherwise fails
to meet the requirements of the above “Preparation of Proposal” section.
Proposal Guaranty. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a bid bond on the
Department form contained in the proposal, executed by a corporate surety company
satisfactory to the Awarding Authority, by a bank cashier’s check or a properly
certified check for not less than five percent of the amount bid, or for the amount
specified in the following schedule:
CHECK SHEET #LRS7
195
Amount Bid Proposal Guaranty
Up to $5,000 $150
>$5,000 $10,000 $300
>$10,000 $50,000 $1,000
>$50,000 $100,000 $3,000
>$100,000 $150,000 $5,000
>$150,000 $250,000 $7,500
>$250,000 $500,000 $12,500
>$500,000 $1,000,000 $25,000
>$1,000,000 $1,500,000 $50,000
>$1,500,000 $2,000,000 $75,000
>$2,000,000 $3,000,000 $100,000
>$3,000,000 $5,000,000 $150,000
>$5,000,000 $7,500,000 $250,000
>$7,500,000 $10,000,000 $400,000
>$10,000,000 $15,000,000 $500,000
>$15,000,000 $20,000,000 $600,000
>$20,000,000 $25,000,000 $700,000
>$25,000,000 $30,000,000 $800,000
>$30,000,000 $35,000,000 $900,000
Ove $35,000,000 $1,000,000
In the event that one proposal guaranty check is intended to cover two or more
proposals, the amount must equal to the sum of the proposal guaranties which would
be required for each individual proposal.
Bank cashier's checks or properly certified checks accompanying proposals shall
be made payable to the County Treasurer, when a County is the awarding authority;
or the City, Village, or Town Treasurer, when a city, village, or town is the awarding
authority.
If this proposal contains various groups and the bidder has the option of bidding
on one or several groups, the bidder may provide a separate proposal guaranty for
each group or combination of groups in lieu of a single proposal guaranty to cover the
amount bid for the entire proposal. Each proposal guaranty shall identify the groups
covered by the individual proposal guaranty. In the event that one proposal guaranty
check is intended to cover two or more groups, the amount must be equal to the sum
of the proposal guaranties which would be required for each individual group.
The proposal guaranty checks of all, except the two lowest responsible, will be
returned promptly after the proposals have been checked, tabulated, and the relation
of the proposals established. Proposal guaranty checks of the two lowest bidders will
be returned as soon as the contract and contract bond of the successful bidder have
been properly executed and approved. If a contract bond is not required, the
proposal guaranty check will be held in lieu thereof. Bid bonds will not be returned.
The awarding authority may deny the use of a bid bond as a proposal guaranty
but may not further restrict the proposal guaranty. The Notice of Material Letting will
state whether a bid bond is allowed.
CHECK SHEET #LRS7
196
Delivery of Proposals. If a special envelope is supplied by the Awarding
Authority, each proposal should be submitted in that envelope furnished by the
Awarding Authority and the blank spaces on the envelope shall be filled in correctly to
clearly indicate its contents. When an envelope other than the special one furnished
by the Awarding Authority is used, it shall be marked to clearly indicate its contents.
When sent by mail, the sealed proposal shall be addressed to the Awarding Authority
at the address and in care of the official in whose office the bids are to be received.
All proposals shall be filed prior to the time and at the place specified in the Notice to
Bidders. Proposals received after the time specified will be returned to the bidder
unopened.
Withdrawal of Proposals. Permission will be given a bidder to withdraw a
proposal if the bidder makes the request in writing or in person before the time for
opening proposals.
Public Opening of Proposals. Proposals will be opened and read publicly at the
time and place specified in the Notice to Bidders. Bidders, their authorized agents
and other interested parties are invited to be present.
Consideration of Proposals. After the proposals are opened and read, they will
be compared on the basis of the summation of the products of the quantities shown in
the bid schedule by the unit bid prices. In the event of a discrepancy between unit bid
prices and extensions, the unit bid price shall govern. In awarding the supply of
materials, the Awarding Authority will, in addition to considering the amounts stated in
the proposals, take into consideration the responsibility of the various bidders as
determined from a study of the data required under “Prequalification of Bidders”, and
from other investigations which it may elect to make.
The right is reserved to reject any or all proposals, to waive technicalities or to
advertise for new proposals, if in the judgment of the Awarding Authority, the best
interests of the Awarding Authority will be promoted thereby.
Acceptance of Proposal to Furnish Material. The award will be made within
45 calendar days after the opening of proposals to the lowest responsible and
qualified bidder whose proposal complies with all the requirements prescribed. The
successful bidder will be notified by letter of intent that his/her bid has been accepted,
and subject to the following conditions, the bidder will be the Contractor or Supplier.
An acceptance of proposal to furnish materials executed by the Awarding
Authority is required before the Awarding Authority is bound. An award may be
cancelled any time by the Awarding Authority prior to execution in order to protect the
public interest and integrity of the bidding process or for any other reason if, in the
judgment of the Awarding Authority, the best interests of the Awarding Authority will
be promoted thereby.
If a material proposal is not awarded within 45 days after the opening of
proposals, bidders may file a written request with the Awarding Authority for the
withdrawal of their bid, and the Awarding Authority will permit such withdrawal.
Requirement of Contract Bond. If the Awarding Authority requires a Contract
Bond, the Contractor or Supplier shall furnish the Awarding Authority a performance
and payment bond with good and sufficient sureties in the full amount of the award as
CHECK SHEET #LRS7
197
the penal sum. The surety shall be acceptable to the Awarding Authority, shall waive
notice of any changes and extensions of time, and shall submit its bond on the form
furnished by the Awarding Authority.
The contract bond shall be returned within 15 days after the notice of award.
Failure of the successful bidder to execute and file acceptable bonds within 15 days
after the notice of award has been mailed to the bidder shall be just cause for the
cancellation of the award and the forfeiture of the proposal guaranty which shall
become the property of the Awarding Authority, not as penalty, but in liquidation of
damages sustained. Award may then be made to the next lowest responsible bidder,
or the work may be readvertised, or otherwise, as the Awarding Authority may decide.
If the bidder to whom the award is made is a corporation organized under the
laws of a State other than Illinois, the bidder shall furnish the Awarding Authority a
copy of the corporation's Certificate of Authority to do business in the State of Illinois
with the return of the contract bond. Failure to furnish such evidence of a Certificate
of Authority within the time required will be considered as just cause for the
annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the proposal guaranty to the Awarding
Authority, not as a penalty, but in payment of liquidated damages sustained as a
result of such failure.
Failure to Execute the Acceptance of Proposal to Furnish Material. If the
acceptance of proposal to furnish material is not executed by the Awarding Authority
within 15 days following receipt from the bidder of the properly executed bonds, the
bidder shall have the right to withdraw his/her bid without penalty.”
CHECK SHEET #LRS8
198
RESERVED
CHECK SHEET #LRS9
199
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
BITUMINOUS SURFACE TREATMENTS
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2022
Description. This work shall consist of constructing a single or multiple course
bituminous surface treatment as indicated below.
(a) A-1. A-1 shall consist of a bituminous seal coat material and a seal coat
aggregate.
(b) A-2. A-2 shall consist of a prime coat, a bituminous cover coat material and
a cover coat aggregate, and a bituminous seal coat material and seal coat
aggregate. When placed on a hot-mix asphalt surface pavement, the prime
coat shall be eliminated.
(c) A-3. A-3 shall consist of a prime coat, two separate applications of a
bituminous cover coat material and cover coat aggregate, and a bituminous
seal coat material and seal coat aggregate. When placed on a hot-mix
asphalt surface pavement, the prime coat shall be eliminated.
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following.
Item Article/Section
(a) Cover Coat Aggregate ....................................................................... 1004.03
(b) Seal Coat Aggregate (Note 1) ........................................................... 1004.03
(c) Bituminous Materials (Note 2) ................................................................ 1032
Note 1. For A-1 surface treatment, the contract will specify which of the two
aggregate gradations itemized in Article 1004.03 shall be used.
Note 2. For A-1 surface treatment, the bituminous material shall be as
shown on the plans. For A-2 and A-3 surface treatments, the Contractor
shall use one of the bituminous materials according to the following table.
Type of
Construction
Bituminous Materials Recommended for
Weather Conditions Indicated
Warm
[60 to 85 F]*
[(15 to 30 C)]*
Hot
[85 F Plus]*
[(30 C Plus)]*
Prime MC-30, PEP MC-30, PEP
Cover Coat
and
Seal Coat
RS-2, CRS-2, MC-800,
MC-3000, SC-3000,
HFE-90, HFE-150, HFE-300,
CRS-2P, HFRS-2P
RS-2, CRS-2, MC-800,
MC-3000, SC-3000, PG 46-28,
PG 52-28, HFE-90, HFE-150,
HFE-300, CRS-2P, HFRS-2P
CHECK SHEET #LRS9
200
*Temperature of the air in the shade at the time of application.
Equipment. Equipment shall be according to the following.
Item Article/Section
(a) Pneumatic-Tired Rollers .................................................................... 1101.01
(b) Mechanical Sweeper ......................................................................... 1101.03
(c) Aggregate Spreaders ........................................................................ 1102.04
(d) Heating Equipment ............................................................................ 1102.07
(e) General Use Pressure Distributor .................................................. 1102.05(a)
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Weather Limitations. This work shall be done between May 1 and October 1.
Bituminous materials shall be applied only when the temperature of the air in the
shade is above 60 °F (15 °C). No work shall be started if local conditions indicate
that rain is imminent.
This work may be done between October 1 and October 30 providing the
temperature of the air for three consecutive days immediately preceding the day of
application has been: (1) above 60 °F (15 °C) in the shade each day, (2) a minimum
of 40 °F (5 °C), and (3) the temperature of the air in the shade at time of application is
above 60 °F (15 °C).
Preparation of Bituminous Material. The temperature of the bituminous material
at the time of application shall be such that it will spray uniformly without clogging the
spraying nozzles and shall be applied within the temperature ranges according to
Article 1032.04. Bituminous material shall be stored according to
Article 1102.01(a)(6).
Preparation of Aggregate. The aggregates used in the cover coat(s) and the
seal coat shall contain no free moisture.
Sequence of Work. The sequence of construction operations shall be
undertaken as follows.
(a) Repair and preparation of base or existing surface.
(b) Application of bituminous material for prime coat (A-2 and A-3 on aggregate
roadways only).
(c) Alternate applications of bituminous material and aggregate.
Repair and Preparation of Base or Existing Surface. The base or existing
surface shall be prepared according to Section 358.
Prime Coat. The bituminous material shall be applied uniformly with a general
use pressure distributor on the prepared surface at the rate of 0.25 to 0.5 gal/sq yd (1
to 2 L/sq m), the exact rate to be specified by the Engineer. The bituminous priming
CHECK SHEET #LRS9
201
material shall be applied to a width 1 ft (300 mm) greater on each side of the roadway
than the specified width of the finished surface.
The prime coat shall be permitted to cure until the penetration has been
approved by the Engineer, but not less than 24 hours for MC-30 or 4 hours for PEP.
Pools of prime occurring in the depressions shall be removed by brooming or
squeegeeing the excess material over the surrounding surface the same day the
prime coat is applied. Traffic shall not be allowed upon the primed surface during the
curing period. At locations where the prime coat has failed or is damaged, it shall be
repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The prime coat shall be
maintained at all times until the cover coat is constructed. When required by the
Engineer, the primed surface shall be swept prior to constructing the cover coat.
Application of Bituminous Material. The bituminous material shall be applied with
a general use pressure distributor. A hand spray wand shall be used at places not
covered by the distributor. The entire length of the spray bar shall be set at the height
above the surface recommended by the manufacturer for even distribution of the
bituminous material.
To prevent missing or overlapping at transverse joints, heavy paper shall be
spread over the previously applied bituminous material and aggregate. In order to
obtain a uniform application of the bituminous material, the distributor shall be
traveling at the speed required for the specified rate of application when the spray bar
crosses the paper. Adjacent construction, such as concrete pavement, curb and
gutter, and raised reflective pavement markers shall be protected by shields, covers,
or other means.
Application of Aggregates. The cover coat and seal coat aggregates shall be
spread evenly with an aggregate spreader over the entire surface being treated. In
all cases, the aggregate shall be applied ahead of the truck or spreader wheels.
Hand spreading will be permitted only when approved by the Engineer and, when so
permitted, the aggregate shall be spread uniformly and at the approximate rate
specified. Any ridges of aggregate left by the aggregate spreader shall be smoothed
out with hand brooms immediately behind the aggregate spreader.
Cover Coat. Bituminous material for the cover coat shall not be applied until the
previous application is acceptable to the Engineer.
At the beginning of each day's work, no bituminous material shall be applied until
there is sufficient cover coat aggregate in trucks at the work site to completely cover
the first application of bituminous material. The amount of surface area covered by
each successive application of bituminous material shall be determined by the
Engineer. In no case shall this area be greater than can be covered with cover coat
aggregate and given the initial rolling while the bituminous material is still in condition
to hold the aggregate.
The bituminous material, as specified for cover coat, shall be applied uniformly
over the surface at the rate of 0.20 to 0.50 gal/sq yd (1 to 2 L/sq m), the exact rate to
be specified by the Engineer. Immediately following the application of the bituminous
material, the cover coat aggregate shall be spread over the treated surface at the rate
of 15 to 25 lb/sq yd (8 to 14 kg/sq m), the rate to be as specified by the Engineer.
CHECK SHEET #LRS9
202
The entire surface shall be rolled immediately with a pneumatic-tired roller.
Rolling shall proceed in a longitudinal direction beginning at the edges and
progressing toward the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the
width of the roller. The roller shall be operated at a speed which will not cause the
aggregate to be displaced. The aggregate shall then be rolled with a separate
pneumatic-tired roller until the aggregate is properly seated in the bituminous
material.
Seal Coat. When constructing A-2 or A-3, the seal coat shall not be started until
the cover coat immediately preceding the seal coat is completed.
Application of the bituminous material and aggregate and rolling of the seal coat
aggregate shall be the same as specified above for the cover coat.
During the construction period, the Contractor shall maintain the completed work.
If necessary, the Contractor shall apply additional seal coat aggregate to absorb
excess bitumen appearing on the surface and shall repair any areas where pickup
has occurred.
Upon completion of the work and after the final set of the asphalt, excess loose
aggregate shall be removed.
Opening to Traffic. The road shall be opened to traffic according to
Article 701.17(c)(4).
Method of Measurement. Bituminous materials will be measured for payment as
specified in Section 1032.
Cover coat aggregate and seal coat aggregate will be measured in tons (metric
tons) according to the requirements of Article 311.08(b), except that measurement for
payment will not be made for aggregate in excess of 110 percent of the amount
specified by the Engineer.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per ton
(metric ton) for BITUMINOUS MATERIALS (PRIME COAT), BITUMINOUS
MATERIALS (COVER AND SEAL COATS), POLYMERIZED BITUMINOUS
MATERIALS (COVER AND SEAL COATS), COVER COAT AGGREGATE, and
SEAL COAT AGGREGATE.
When provided as a payment item, the preparation of the base or existing
surface will be measured and paid for as specified in Section 358. If not provided as a
payment item, preparation of base or existing surface shall be considered as included
in the contract unit price(s) for the bituminous surface treatment.
CHECK SHEET #LRS10
203
RESERVED
CHECK SHEET #LRS11
204
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES
Effective: January 1, 1999
In addition to all other labor requirements set forth in this proposal and in the
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted by the
Department of Transportation, during the performance of this contract, the Contractor
for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the
“Contractor”) agrees as follows:
Selection of Labor. The Contractor shall comply with all Illinois statutes
pertaining to the selection of labor.
Equal Employment Opportunity. During the performance of this contract, the
Contractor agrees as follows:
(a) That it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
employment because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry,
age, marital status, physical or mental handicap or unfavorable discharge
from military service, and further that it will examine all job classifications to
determine if minority persons or women are underutilized and will take
appropriate affirmative action to rectify any such underutilization.
(b) That, if it hires additional employees in order to perform this contract or any
portion hereof, it will determine the availability of minorities and women in
the area(s) from which it may reasonably recruit and it will hire for each job
classification for which employees are hired in such a way that minorities
and women are not underutilized.
(c) That, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by it or on
its behalf, it will state that all applicants will be afforded equal opportunity
without discrimination because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin,
ancestry, age, marital status, physical or mental handicap or unfavorable
discharge from military service.
That it will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with
which it has or is bound by collective bargaining or other agreement or
understanding, a notice advising such labor organization or representative of
the Contractor’s obligations under the Illinois Human Rights Act and the
Department’s Rules and Regulations. If any such labor organization or
representative fails or refuses to cooperate with the Contractor in its efforts
to comply with so such Act and Rules and Regulations, the Contractor will
promptly so notify the Illinois Department of Human Rights and the
contracting agency and will recruit employees from other sources when
necessary to fulfill its obligations thereunder.
CHECK SHEET #LRS11
205
(e) That it will submit reports as required by the Department of Human Rights
Rules and Regulations, furnish all relevant information as may from time to
time be requested by the Department or the contracting agency, and in all
respects comply with the Illinois Human Rights Act and the Department’s
Rules and Regulations.
(f) That it will permit access to all relevant books, records, accounts and work
sites by personnel of the contracting agency Illinois Department of Human
Rights for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with the Illinois
Human Rights Act and the Department’s Rules and Regulations.
(g) That it will include verbatim or by reference the provisions of this clause in
every subcontract so that such provisions will be binding upon every such
subcontractor. In the same manner as with other provisions of this contract,
the Contractor will be liable for compliance with applicable provisions of this
clause by all its subcontractors; and further it will promptly notify the
contracting agency and the Illinois Department of Human Rights in the event
any subcontractor fails or refuses to comply therewith. In addition, the
Contractor will not utilize any subcontractor declared by the subcontracts
with the State of Illinois or any of its political subdivisions or municipal
corporations.
CHECK SHEET #LRS12
206
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
WAGES OF EMPLOYEES ON PUBLIC WORKS
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2015
1. Prevailing Wages. All wages paid by the Contractor and each subcontractor
shall be in compliance with The Prevailing Wage Act (820 ILCS 130), as
amended, except where a prevailing wage violates a federal law, order, or ruling,
the rate conforming to the federal law, order, or ruling shall govern. The Illinois
Department of Labor publishes the prevailing wage rates on its website. If the
Illinois Department of Labor revises the prevailing wage rates, the revised
prevailing wage rates on the Illinois Department of Labor’s website shall apply to
this contract and the Contractor will not be allowed additional compensation on
account of said revisions. The Contractor shall review the wage rates applicable
to the work of the contract at regular intervals in order to ensure the timely
payment of current wage rates. The Contractor agrees that no additional notice
is required. The Contractor shall be responsible to notify each subcontractor of
the wage rates set forth in this contract and any revisions thereto.
2. Payroll Records. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall make and keep,
for a period of not less than five years from the date of the last payment on a
contract or subcontract, records of all laborers, mechanics, and other workers
employed by them on the project; the records shall include information required
by 820 ILCS 130/5 for each worker. Upon seven business days’ notice, the
Contractor and each subcontractor shall make available for inspection and
copying at a location within this State during reasonable hours, the payroll
records to the public body in charge of the project, its officers and agents, the
Director of Labor and his deputies and agents, and to federal, State, or local law
enforcement agencies and prosecutors.
3. Submission of Payroll Records. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall, no
later than the 15th day of each calendar month, file a certified payroll for the
immediately preceding month with the public body in charge of the project,
except that the full social security number and home address shall not be
included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall include an
identification number for each employee (e.g., the last four digits of the
employee’s social security number). The certified payroll shall consist of a
complete copy of the payroll records, except starting and ending times of work
each day may be omitted.
The certified payroll shall be accompanied by a statement signed by the
Contractor or subcontractor or an officer, employee, or agent of the Contractor or
subcontractor which avers that: (i) he or she has examined the certified payroll
records required to be submitted by the Act and such records are true and
accurate; (ii) the hourly rate paid to each worker is not less than the general
CHECK SHEET #LRS12
207
prevailing rate of hourly wages required; and (iii) the Contractor or subcontractor
is aware that filing a certified payroll that he or she knows to be false is a Class A
misdemeanor.
4. Employee Interviews. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall permit
his/her employees to be interviewed on the job, during working hours, by
compliance investigators of the Department or the Department of Labor.
CHECK SHEET #LRS13
208
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
SELECTION OF LABOR
Effective: January 1, 1999
Revised: January 1, 2012
The Contractor shall comply with all Illinois statutes pertaining to the selection of
labor.
Employment of Illinois Workers During Periods of Excessive Unemployment.
Whenever there is a period of excessive unemployment in Illinois, which is defined
herein as any month immediately following two consecutive calendar months during
which the level of unemployment in the State of Illinois has exceeded five percent as
measured by the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics in its monthly publication of
employment and unemployment figures, the Contractor shall employ at least
90 percent Illinois laborers. “Illinois laborer” means any person who has resided in
Illinois for at least 30 days and intends to become or remain an Illinois resident.
Other laborers may be used when Illinois laborers as defined herein are not
available, or are incapable of performing the particular type of work involved, if so
certified by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor may place
no more than three of his regularly employed non-resident executive and technical
experts, who do not qualify as Illinois laborers, to do work encompassed by this
Contract during a period of excessive unemployment.
This provision applies to all labor, whether skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled,
whether manual or non-manual.
CHECK SHEET #LRS14
209
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
PAVING BRICK AND CONCRETE PAVER PAVEMENTS AND SIDEWALKS
Effective: January 1, 2004
Revised: January 1, 2009
Description. This work shall consist of constructing pavement or sidewalk,
composed of paving bricks or concrete pavers, on a prepared subgrade, subbase, or
base.
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following Articles of Division 1000 -
Materials of the Standard Specifications.
Item Article/Section
(a) Fine Aggregate (Note 1) ................................................. 1003.01, 1003.02(d)
(b) Edge Restraints (Note 2)
(c) Paving Brick (Note 3) ........................................................................ 1041.03
(d) Concrete Pavers (Note 3) ....................................................................... 1042
Note 1. The fine aggregate used for the bedding course and joint filling
shall be sand, silica sand, or slag sand. It shall also be Class A quality and
dry. For the bedding course, the gradation shall be FA 1 or FA 2. For joint
filling, the gradation shall be FA 9.
Note 2. For sidewalk, the edge restraints shall conform to the
manufacturer’s recommendations. For pavement, the edge restraints shall
be combination concrete curb and gutter according to Section 606 of the
Standard Specifications.
Note 3. The dimensions of the bricks and/or pavers shall be as shown on
the plans.
Equipment. Equipment shall conform to the following Articles of Division 1100 -
Equipment of the Standard Specifications.
Item Article/Section
(a) Pneumatic-Tired Rollers ................................................................ 1101.01(a)
(b) Masonry Saw (Note 1)
(c) Vibrator/Compactor (Note 2)
Note 1. The masonry saw shall be a wet or dry saw capable of clean and
accurate cuts.
Note 2. The vibrator/compactor shall be either a plate compactor with a
high frequency, low amplitude plate or a rubber-roller mechanical vibrator.
CHECK SHEET #LRS14
210
Aesthetic Mockup, Review, and Approval. A 1 sq yd (sq m) full-scale mock-up
using actual job specific edge restraint (if other than combination concrete curb and
gutter), materials, brick dimension, colors, methods, and workmanship shall be
provided by the Contractor. The actual vibrating equipment and vibrating rate to be
used on the job shall be used on the mockup. The accepted mock-up will be the
standard by which remaining work will be evaluated for technical and aesthetic merit.
The mock up may be in a location of proposed installation where it may remain if
approved by the Engineer.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Preparation of Subgrade. The subgrade shall be prepared according to
Section 301of the Standard Specifications, except Articles 301.05 and 301.06 will not
apply.
Edge Restraints. Edge restraints shall be placed to a depth of at least the
bottom of the bedding course.
For pavement, a transverse full-depth cast-in-place concrete header shall be
placed at the limits of the pavement.
Bedding Course. The fine aggregate for bedding shall be placed and screeded,
without compaction, to a uniform thickness of 1 to 1.5 in. (25 to 38 mm). Prepared
areas shall not be left overnight, unless they are protected from disturbance and
moisture. Stockpiled material shall be kept covered. Any saturated bedding
aggregate shall be removed and replaced.
Installation. The bricks or pavers shall be laid in the pattern shown on the plans
with a joint width from 1/8 to 1/4 in. (3 to 6 mm) on all sides. Whole bricks or pavers
shall be laid first, starting from an exact edge or from the centerline of the pavement,
followed by cut bricks or pavers. Cut bricks or pavers shall be at least 33 percent of
the whole unit size.
After the entire pavement or sidewalk has been laid, it shall be set into the
bedding course by one pass of the vibrator/compactor. Vibration/compaction shall
stop within 3 ft (1 m) of any unrestrained edge.
For pavement, construction equipment shall not be driven on the new surface
until the joints have been filled.
Joint Filling. The fine aggregate for joint filling shall be spread over the
pavement or sidewalk and hand broomed into the joints. The aggregate shall then be
worked down into the joints with multiple passes of the vibrator/compactor. Each
pass shall be alternated 90 degrees from the previous pass. This process shall be
repeated until the joints are completely filled.
Excess fine aggregate shall be removed by hand brooming.
All bricks and pavers within 6 ft (1.8 m) of the laying face shall be compacted and
the joints completely filled with sand at the end of each workday.
CHECK SHEET #LRS14
211
For pavement, final rolling shall be completed with a 5 – 10 ton (4.5 – 9 metric
ton) static pneumatic-tired roller.
Smoothness. For pavement, the completed surface will be tested for
smoothness with a 16 ft (5 m) straightedge. Surface variations of the mainline
pavement shall not exceed 3/16 in. (5 mm).
Method of Measurement. This work will be measured for payment as follows:
(a) Contract Quantities. The requirements for the use of contract quantities
shall conform to Article 202.07(a) of the Standard Specifications.
(b) Measured Quantities. This work will be measured for payment in place and
the area computed in square yards (square meters). Measurements will not
include the edge restraints.
Edge restraints constructed of combination concrete curb and gutter will be
measured according to Article 606.14 of the Standard Specifications.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square
meter (square yard) for PAVING BRICK PAVEMENT FOR LIGHT TRAFFIC, PAVING
BRICK PAVEMENT FOR HEAVY TRAFFIC, CONCRETE PAVER PAVEMENT,
PAVING BRICK SIDEWALK, or CONCRETE PAVER SIDEWALK.
Edge restraints constructed of combination concrete curb and gutter will be paid
for according to Article 606.15 of the Standard Specifications.
CHECK SHEET #LRS15
212
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
PARTIAL PAYMENTS
Effective: January 1, 2007
Revised: January 1, 2025
Add the following after the first paragraph of Article 109.07(a) of the
Standard Specifications:
“ Prior to completion of 50 percent of the contract, the State will not withhold
retainage from any payment in excess of ten percent of any payment made
prior to the date of completion of 50 percent of the contract. When the
contract is at least 50 percent complete, the State will reduce the retainage
so that no more than five percent is held.
Prior to the completion of 50 percent of the contract, the Contractor and their
respective subcontractors shall not withhold from their subcontractors
retainage in excess of ten percent of any payment made prior to the date of
completion of 50 percent of the contract. When the contract is at least
50 percent complete, the Contractor and its subcontractors shall reduce the
retainage so that no more than 5 percent is withheld from their respective
subcontractors.
When the principal items of the work have been satisfactorily completed, a
semi-final estimate may be made with the consent of the surety. Payment to
the Contractor under such an estimate shall not exceed 90 percent of the
amount retained after making partial payments, but in no event shall the
amount retained after making the semi-final payment be less than one
percent of the adjusted contract price, nor less than $500.00.
When any payment is made directly to the State, payments for completed
work shall have deducted the proportionate share of the cost to be borne by
the State. The deduction will be the estimated cost to the State divided by
the awarded contract value with this percentage applied to the value of work
in place. Any adjustment to be made because of changed quantities will be
made when the final payment is being processed. No retainage will be held
from the value of such payments.”
CHECK SHEET #LRS16
213
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
PROTESTS ON LOCAL LETTINGS
Effective: January 1, 2007
Revised: January 1, 2013
Except for apprenticeship and training certification issues, all protests shall be
handled according to Sections 6.390 through 6.440 of Title 44 Subtitle A Chapter III
Part 6 of the Illinois Administrative Code. For the purpose of a protest under this
special provision, a representative of the awarding local authority executing the
contract will perform the functions of the Chief Procurement Officer (CPO) and the
State Purchasing Officer (SPO).
CHECK SHEET #LRS17
214
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISION
FOR
SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION PROGRAM
Effective: January 1, 2008
Revised: January 1, 2014
In addition to all other labor requirements set forth in this proposal and in the
Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction, adopted by the
Department, during the performance of this contract, the Contractor for itself, its
assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor”)
agrees as follows:
Substance Abuse Prevention Program. Before the Contractor and any subcontractor
commences work, the Contractor and any subcontractor shall have in place a written
Substance Abuse Prevention Program for the prevention of substance abuse among
its employees which meets or exceeds the requirements in 820 ILCS 265 or shall
have a collective bargaining agreement in effect dealing with the subject matter of
820 ILCS 265.
The Contractor and any subcontractor shall file with the public body engaged in the
construction of the public works: a copy of the Substance Abuse Prevention Program
along with a cover letter certifying that their program meets the requirements of the
Act, or a letter certifying that the Contractor or a subcontractor has a collective
bargaining agreement in effect dealing with the subject matter of this Act.
CHECK SHEET #LRS18
215
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
MULTIGRADE COLD MIX ASPHALT
Effective: January 1, 2007
Revised: January 1, 2022
Add the following Article to Section 1032 of the Standard Specifications:
“ 1032.14 Multigrade Cold Mix Asphalt. Multigrade cold mix asphalt will be
accepted according to the Bureau of Materials Policy Memorandum, “Cutback
Asphalt and Road Oil Qualification Procedure”. The Department will maintain a
qualified producer list. These materials shall conform to the requirements listed in the
following table:
Test
Grades
CM-90 CM-150 CM-300
Viscosity (Modified Koppers), (ASTM D 4957),
@ 77 °F (25 °C), 1 sec-1, Paꞏs
150 -
2000
80 - 1000 30 - 500
Flash Point, (Cleveland Open Cup),
(AASHTO T 48), °F (°C)
150 min.
(65 min.)
150 min.
(65 min.)
150 min.
(65 min.)
Distillation Test (AASHTO T 78):
Distillate, percent by volume of
total distillate to 680 °F (360 °C)
Distillate to 437 F (225 °C) 0 - 4 0 - 5 0 - 5
Distillate to 500 F (260 °C) 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5
Distillate to 600 F (315 °C) 10 - 65 30 - 75 40 - 85
Residue from distillation to 680 °F (360 °C),
percent volume by difference
80 min. 75 min. 70 min.
Water, (AASHTO T 59), % 1.0 max. 1.0 max. 1.0 max.
Tests on residue from distillation:
Penetration @ 77 °F (25 °C), 100 g, 5 sec,
(AASHTO T 49), 0.1 mm
90 - 225 100 - 275 200 min.
Float Test @ 140 °F (60 °C),
(AASHTO T 50), sec
1200 min. 1200 min. 1200 min.
Solubility in trichloroethylene,
(AASHTO T 44), %
99.0 min. 99.0 min. 99.0 min.”
CHECK SHEET #LRS19
216
State of Illinois
Department of Transportation
Bureau of Local Roads and Streets
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
REFLECTIVE CRACK CONTROL TREATMENT
Effective: January 1, 2022
Description. This work shall consist of constructing reflective crack control
treatments. Area reflective crack control treatment shall be either System A or C at
the option of the Contractor. Strip reflective crack control treatment shall be either
System A, B, or C at the option of the Contractor.
Materials. Materials shall be according to the following.
Item Article/Section
(a) Reflective Crack Control System ............................................................ 1062
(b) Preparation of Mixture for Cracks, Joints, and Flangeways ............... 1030.11
(c) Hot-Poured Joint Sealer .................................................................... 1050.02
(d) Bituminous Materials (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 3) ...................................... 1032
Note 1. The asphalt binder used for System A shall be PG 58-22 or
PG 64-22.
Note 2. The primer to be used with System B shall be supplied by the
manufacturer of the membrane and shall be compatible with the membrane.
Note 3. The tack coat to be used with System C shall be SS-1, SS-1h,
SS-1hP, NTEA, RS-1, RS-2, CSS-1, CSS-1h, CSS-1hP, CRS-1, CRS-2, or
HFE-90.
Equipment. Equipment shall be according to the following.
Item Article/Section
(a) Rollers ............................................................................................... 1101.01
(b) Mechanical Sweeper ......................................................................... 1101.03
(c) Asphalt-Rubber Processor/Distributor ............................................... 1101.17
(d) Mechanical Laydown Equipment ....................................................... 1101.18
(e) Aggregate Spreaders ........................................................................ 1102.04
(f) General Use Pressure Distributor .................................................. 1102.05(a)
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Surface Preparation. The surface on which reflective crack control system is to
be constructed shall be clean and dry. Base failures shall be repaired. Cracks,
spalls, potholes, or other depressions shall be sealed with an approved crack sealer
or filled with mixture for cracks, joints, and flangeways according to Article 406.05.
CHECK SHEET #LRS19
217
When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the existing pavement surface cannot be
rendered sufficiently smooth by crack sealing and patching, a binder shall be placed
prior to construction of the reflective crack control system. The binder shall be
constructed according to Section 406.
Placing Hot-Mix Asphalt (HMA). When HMA binder or surface course is placed
on top of any reflective crack control system, the mixture shall be placed at a
maximum temperature of 325 °F (160 °C).
Reflective Crack Control System A. The area to be covered with fabric shall be
sprayed uniformly with asphalt binder at a rate of 0.25 to 0.30 gal/sq yd (1 to
1.3 L/sq m) as directed by the Engineer. Asphalt binder application shall be
accomplished with a general use pressure distributor for all surfaces, except where
the distributor does not have room to operate, hand spraying will be allowed. The
width of the spray application shall be 2 to 6 in. (50 to 150 mm) wider than the fabric
width. The asphalt binder shall be applied at a maximum temperature of 325 °F
(160 °C) to avoid damage to the fabric.
After the asphalt binder has been sprayed, the fabric shall be placed onto the
asphalt binder without delay. Every effort must be made to lay the fabric as smoothly
as possible to avoid wrinkles. Wrinkles large enough to cause laps of the fabric shall
be cut and laid out flat. The fabric shall be broomed or squeegeed to remove air
bubbles and make complete contact with the road surface.
The fabric shall overlap the adjacent fabric panel a minimum of 2 in. (50 mm) and
asphalt binder shall be applied by hand to make the joint. The transverse joints shall
be made in such a manner to avoid pickup by the paver. The direction of paving shall
be in the direction of fabric placement.
When placed as a strip treatment, the strip shall be 24 in. (600 mm) wide.
Reflective Crack Control System B. The waterproofing membrane interlayer
shall be placed as shown on the plans. Placement of the membrane shall be done
only when the temperature is above 40 °F (5 °C) and the pavement surfaces are dry
and free of dirt and debris.
The surface shall be primed according to the manufacturer's recommendations
prior to placement of the membrane. The primer shall be placed at a minimum rate of
300 sq ft/gal (7 sq m/L), shall extend 1 in. (25 mm) wider than the membrane, and
shall be allowed to dry until tack free before applying the membrane. Primer shall be
placed on both portland cement concrete and HMA pavement surfaces.
Any spall greater than 3 in. (75 mm) in diameter which will cause a failure of the
material to bond to the pavement or will leave a cavity under the material shall be
corrected with a material approved by the Engineer prior to the placement of the
waterproofing membrane interlayer.
The membrane shall be installed in nominal 12 in. (300 mm) widths [11 3/8 in.
(290 mm) minimum] and shall be centered over the joint or crack within a 1 in.
(25 mm) tolerance. Laps will be permitted in the membrane with a minimum overlap
of 2.5 in. (63 mm). The membrane shall be installed straight and wrinkle-free with no
CHECK SHEET #LRS19
218
curled or uplifted edges. Wrinkles over 3/8 in. (10 mm) width shall be slit and folded
down.
Membrane shall be surface dry before placement of the hot-mix asphalt (HMA)
overlay. Paving may begin immediately after membrane placement.
Reflective Crack Control System C. Immediately prior to application of a tack
coat, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by sweeping.
When placed as a strip treatment, the strip shall be 24 in. (600 mm) wide.
Equipment which meets the approval of the Engineer and applies a uniform
application of tack coat, asphalt rubber, and cover aggregate may be used.
(a) Tack Coat. A tack coat shall be applied according to Article 406.05 at a
residual rate of 0.05 lb/sq ft (0.244 kg/sq m).
(b) Asphalt-Rubber Mixture. For the asphalt-rubber mixture, the Contractor has
the choice of using either a vulcanized rubber in asphalt with a diluent
(Mixture 1) or a crumb rubber blend in asphalt which has been treated with
an extender oil (Mixture 2).
(1) Mixture 1. The percentage of vulcanized rubber shall be 33 ± 4 percent
by weight (mass) of the asphalt cement in Mixture 1.
The temperature of the asphalt shall be between 350 and 400 °F
(175 and 200 °C) before addition of the vulcanized rubber. The material
shall be carefully combined and mixed and reacted for a period of time
as required by the Engineer which shall be based on laboratory testing
by the asphalt-rubber supplier or contracting agency.
The temperature of the asphalt-rubber mixture shall be above 325 °F
(160 °C) during the reaction period.
After the reaction between asphalt binder and rubber has occurred, the
viscosity of the hot asphalt-rubber mixture may be adjusted for spraying
and/or better "wetting" of the cover material by the addition of a diluent.
The diluent shall not exceed 7.5 percent by volume of the hot asphalt-
rubber mixture.
If a job delay results after the full reaction has occurred, the material
may be allowed to cool and be slowly reheated to an acceptable
spraying temperature just prior to application. However, because of the
polymer reversion that can occur when crumb rubber is held for
prolonged high temperatures, the material shall not be reheated to
temperatures above 325 °F (160 °C). Additional diluent up to a
maximum of 3 percent by volume of the hot asphalt-rubber mixture may
be used after reheating of the material.
(2) Mixture 2. The percentage of crumb rubber blend shall be
25 4 percent by weight of the asphalt binder. Prior to adding the
crumb rubber blend, the asphalt and extender oil shall be mixed in such
quantities to produce an absolute viscosity of 600 poises (60 Paꞏs) at
CHECK SHEET #LRS19
219
140 °F (60 °C) when tested according to the requirements of
AASHTO T 202. The asphalt oil blend shall first be heated to 400 °F
(200 °C) minimum and be thoroughly mixed before beginning
incorporation of the crumb rubber blend. The crumb rubber blend shall
be added as quickly as possible and the mix shall be given adequate
circulation and agitation during the addition-mixing process to provide
for proper dispersion. As soon as the mixing of the rubber is complete,
Mixture 2 may be applied to the roadway. However, if the material is
not to be used within one hour of mixing, the temperature shall be
reduced to below 325 °F (160 °C) and reheated on the project site.
(c) Application of Asphalt-Rubber Material. Asphalt-rubber shall be placed only
under the following conditions.
(1) The pavement surface temperature is not less than 60 °F (15 °C) and
rain is not imminent;
(2) The pavement surface is clean and dry;
(3) The wind conditions are such that excessive blowing of the spray bar
fans is not occurring, and
(4) All construction equipment such as asphalt-rubber distributor, aggregate
spreader, haul trucks with cover aggregate, and rollers are in position
and ready to commence placement operations.
The asphalt-rubber mixture shall be applied at a temperature of 290 to
325 °F (140 to 160 °C) at a rate of 0.6 0.05 gal/sq yd (2.7 0.2 L/sq m)
[based on 7.5 lb/hot gal (0.9 kg/hot L)]. Transverse joints shall be
constructed by placing building paper across and over the end of the
previous asphalt-rubber application. Once the spraying has progressed
beyond the paper, the paper shall be removed immediately and disposed of
as directed by the Engineer. Longitudinal joints shall be lapped a minimum
of 4 in. (100 mm).
(d) Application of Cover Material. Cover material shall be applied immediately
to the asphalt-rubber after spreading at a rate of 30 to 40 lb/sq yd (16 to
22 kg/sq m). If steel slag is used for cover material, the spread quantity
shall be increased in proportion to its higher specific gravity.
At the time of application to the asphalt-rubber, cover aggregate shall not
contain any free moisture.
(e) Rolling. At least three pneumatic-tired rollers shall be provided to
accomplish the required embedment of the cover material. At some project
locations or where production rates indicate, fewer rollers may be utilized as
directed by the Engineer.
Sufficient rollers shall be used for the initial rolling to cover the width of the
aggregate spread with one pass. The first pass shall be made immediately
behind the aggregate spreader, and if the spreading is stopped for any
reason, the spreader shall be moved ahead or off to the side so that all
CHECK SHEET #LRS19
220
cover material may be immediately rolled. Four complete coverages with
rollers shall be made with all rolling completed within two hours after the
application of the cover material.
(f) Opening the Completed Asphalt-Rubber Membrane Interlayer to Traffic.
Except when it is necessary that hauling equipment must be on the newly
applied membrane, traffic of all types shall be kept off the membrane until it
has had time to set properly. The speed of all hauling equipment shall not
exceed 15 mph (25 km/hr) when traveling over a membrane which is not
adequately set. The minimum traffic free period shall be at least two hours.
(g) Removing Loose Cover Aggregate. Following placement of the system, the
loose cover aggregate shall be removed with a mechanical sweeper without
dislodging any embedded aggregate.
(h) Placement of HMA. The placement of the HMA overlay shall be delayed as
directed by the Engineer for sufficient time to allow for adequate evaporation
of the diluent or extender oil. A minimum of two hours shall elapse.
Method of Measurement. Area reflective crack control treatment will be
measured for payment in place and the area computed in square yards (square
meters). Strip reflective crack control treatment will be measured for payment in feet
(meters) along the joint or crack.
Basis of Payment. This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per square
yard (square meter) for AREA REFLECTIVE CRACK CONTROL TREATMENT or per
foot (meter) for STRIP REFLECTIVE CRACK CONTROL TREATMENT.